Loading...
31B-252 (14) PART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 01 INSTALLATION A. The Electrical Contractor shall furnish and install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, all devices, wiring, conduit and outlet boxes required for the extension of the existing system as described herein and as indicated on the drawings. C. Wiring shall be in strict accord with the manufacturer's wiring diagrams and instructions and in accord with National Electrical Code, including, but not limited to Article 760, and all applicable state and local codes. Wiring shall be installed in fire rated plenum cable. All junction boxes, pull boxes and splices shall be tagged and otherwise identified. D. Final connections between the control equipment and wiring system shall be made by a factory trained and certified representative of the manufacturer. No final connections at the .. FRCP shall be made by field electricians. -END OF SECTION- .,. DEWEY HOUSE RENOVATIONS 16721-2 SMITH COLLEGE SECTION 16721 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM PART 1 GENERAL 1 . 01 DESCRIPTION A. The existing system consists of a 24 volt DC, closed circuit, supervised, zoned, non-coded system with remote annunciation, battery standby, door releases, as manufactured by Simplex Time Recorder Company. B. All new devices shall be as manufactured by Simplex, to 4" match existing system equipment. 1.02 Submittals for the work under this section shall comply with all General Requirements for this project and shall include the following additional information: A. A detailed list of each piece of equipment with model numbers for each system component. B. Manufacturer's original specification sheets on each item 40 of equipment. All equipment to be furnished shall be clearly marked on the submittal sheets. D. Complete standby battery calculations for the entire fire alarm. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM A. EQUIPMENT 1 . Control panel - Existing, provide new magnetic door holder power supply and control module. 2 . Manual Stations - As noted on drawings. 3 . Heat Detectors - As noted on drawings. 4 . Smoke Detectors - As noted on drawings. 5. Strobe-Horns - As noted on drawings. 6. A/V devices - As noted on the drawings. DEWEY HOUSE RENOVATIONS 16721-1 SMITH COLLEGE SECTION 16620 EMERGENCY LIGHTING PART 1 GENERAL 1 .01 The Contractor shall furnish and install emergency lighting systems as indicated on the drawings. 1.02 The Contractor shall furnish and install exit lighting at all stairs and egresses as shown on drawings as part of the emergency lighting systems. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 .01 The Contractor shall furnish remote heads, exit lights and batteries as per fixture schedule on drawings. 2 .02 The Contractor shall use #12 AWG minimum wire for all DC runs and maintain less than a 3% voltage drop. PART 3 EXECUTION 3 .01 The Contractor shall perform all work in a manner to give the owner a complete and operational emergency/exit light system meeting all necessary codes and standards. 3 .02 The Contractor shall perform necessary tests on the entire system to show a complete operating system. 3 .04 DC wiring to remote emergency lighting heads and exit signs shall be shown on "as-built" drawings. -END OF SECTION- �ee DEWEY HOUSE RENOVATIONS 16620-1 on SMITH COLLEGE E. Use of catalog numbers describing types of fixtures does not necessarily include all the required accessories for a complete installation. All accessories for a complete installation must be provided. F. Install pendant type fixtures in the same room at a uniform height from the floor and hang plumb. Make adjustments of ..� height during installation. G. In areas with no finished ceiling, suspend fixtures from .. construction by approved brackets and chains. Fixtures shown on drawings are to designate quantities only. Install fixtures, conduit and boxes after all ductwork, piping, etc. , have been installed and locate as directed by the Owner's representative in the field. -END OF SECTION- .. OR ow not DEWEY HOUSE RENOVATIONS 16500-4 SMITH COLLEGE PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 .01 FIXTURES, LAMPS AND BALLASTS A. Lighting fixtures shall be furnished and installed as indicated on the drawings, specified herein, and in the Lighting Fixture Schedule. All lighting fixtures shall have Underwriters Laboratory label and be supplied with fittings, hangers, supports, reflectors, diffusers, lamps, ballasts, etc. B. Fluorescent luminaires shall have electronic, CBM, ETL, UL labeled ballasts suitable for operation on 120 volt, 60 hertz , power factor greater than .95,and total harmonic distortion less than 10 percent. Fluorescent fixtures shall be provided with T8 type lamps, 3500 deg K color temperature. C. Each basic fluorescent fixture shall be equipped with the necessary number and type of ballasts to operate only the lamps within the particular basic unit. D. Incandescent fixtures shall be rated at 120 volts and have a medium base socket unless specified otherwise. Lamps shall be 120 volt, medium base and frosted inside unless specified otherwise. E. Fixtures installed in damp or wet locations shall be UL listed for the conditions encountered. PART 3 EXECUTION 3 .01 INSTALLATION A. All fixtures shall be free from finger marks, flaws, scratches, dents or other imperfections. Care shall be taken when installing fixtures not to deface the ceilings or walls. B. Securely support all ceiling fixtures, hangers and outlet boxes from structural supports only. Plastic inserts will not be permitted. Recessed fluorescent lighting fixtures shall be suitably supported from the building structure above the ceiling so the weight of the fixture will not be depending on the ceiling construction. C. All lighting fixture outlets shall include a suitable outlet box. Outlet boxes shall not be supported solely by conduit. All boxes shall be provided with fixture studs as required. D. All fixtures exposed to the weather shall be gasketed and space between the fixture housing and the building shall be made water tight. DEWEY HOUSE RENOVATIONS 16500-3 ' " SMITH COLLEGE B. Lighting fixtures shall be standard products of manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacture of the specific type lighting fixture specified as one of their principal products and shall be manufacturer's latest standard design that complies with specification requirements. 1.04 IDENTIFICATION go A. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to check plans for types and, in the event that any lighting outlets do not an have fixture type marked on the plans, he will notify the Engineer immediately for clarification. B. In the case of a model number which is incorrect or a "' fixture which is no longer available, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer for clarification and corrections. 1 .05 REPLACEMENT A. Remove and replace all broken glassware or fixtures damaged before final acceptance of the work. B. Replace all lamps which have failed prior to final acceptance of the work or which were used for a significant length of time during construction. C. No allowance will be made for breakage or theft before final acceptance. 1. 06 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings shall include the following: 1 . Complete index of all fixtures and lamps. 2 . Manufacturer's shop drawing submittal sheets for each fixture. Such sheets should be clearly marked with: fixture type, per electrical plans; all options, features, accessories as specified or required; fixture voltage; lamp requirements; mounting requirements; damp or wet location, when applicable any installation restrictions; and any and all items not as specified. 3 . Any action taken as a result of the shop drawing inspection must not be construed as final acceptance of the w fixtures, which must fully meet all contract requirements after installation in the project and at time of final inspection. DEWEY HOUSE RENOVATIONS 16500-2 SMITH COLLEGE SECTION 16500 LIGHTING FIXTURES, LAMPS AND BALLASTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. This section of the specifications includes the furnishing and installation of lighting fixtures and lighting equipment for all outlets in the project as listed in the fixture schedule, including the connection of the fixtures and equipment to the electric wiring of the building. B. Lighting fixtures shall be of the types, sizes, etc. , shown in the fixture schedule on the drawings and notes referenced herein. 1 .02 DESCRIPTION A. Provide complete interior lighting systems as shown on the drawings including fixtures, standards, hangers, supports, 4" fittings, lamps, wiring, connections and controls. B. The lighting layouts on the DRAWINGS are diagrammatic 40 only. Refer to Architectural "Reflected Ceiling Plans" for exact location of interior fixtures. Fixtures, in general , have been specified for the particular type of ceiling in which they are to be installed. Verify the ceiling construction details and provide fixtures suitable for the respective ceiling types. Report in writing any discrepancies between drawings to the Owner's Representative. C. Manufacturer's lighting fixture catalog numbers as indicated on the "Lighting Fixture Schedule" indicate quality, type and style but may not cover special , required design details. Provide lighting fixtures having such special details as noted in the "Lighting Fixture Schedule" and as required for proper installation. D. Verify the availability of all fixtures proposed to be used in the execution of the work prior to submitting same for the Engineer's approval. The discontinuance of production of any fixture after such approval has been granted, shall not relieve the Contractor from furnishing an Owner's Representataive/ Engineer approved alternate fixture of comparable quality and design without additional cost to the owner. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All fixtures shall be new and bear the U.L. label for the service intended. DEWEY HOUSE RENOVATIONS 16500-1 SMITH COLLEGE M fault currents and bond all non-current carrying enclosures .� together including raceways, fixtures, panels, controls, motors, disconnects, switches, etc. C. Wireways and all metallic conduit including rigid, electrical metallic tubing and flexible conduits shall be connected at each end to complete the ground system. Junction • boxes and other enclosures shall utilize an equipment ground bus or lug as required to securely bond the equipment ground conductor to the enclosure. 4W D. Lighting fixtures shall be securely connected to the equipment ground conductor. A continuous row of fluorescent fixtures mechanically joined to provide good electrical contact "" may be considered as one fixture with the equipment ground conductor connected at only one point. E. Motors shall be connected to the equipment ground no conductor. Bolts, nuts and washers shall be bronze, cadmium plated steel or other non-corrosive material . F. The equipment ground conductor shall be continuous throughout the system connecting all transformer neutrals, all non-current carrying enclosures, building structural grounds and �• equipment and machinery grounds. G. Domestic metallic water pipe connections to the grounding system shall be inspected as shown on the drawings. All clamps and fittings shall be made secure and arranged to prevent damage or disturbance. -END OF SECTION- '. .,. .w DEWEY HOUSE RENOVATIONS 16450-2 SMITH COLLEGE P" SECTION 16450 GROUNDING PART 1 GENERAL 1 .01 DESCRIPTION A. The intent of this section is to set forth requirements for an effective grounding system. The ground system shall be installed so that the line to ground circuit has an impedance sufficiently low to limit the potential above ground and to w� facilitate the operation of the overcurrent devices in the circuit. B. Ground conductors shall be as short and straight as possible, protected from mechanical injury and, where practicable, without splice or joint. 1. 02 SCOPE A. As a minimum requirement, all grounding work shall be done in accordance with the latest edition and revisions of the National Electrical Code, and supplemented as required by applicable state and local codes. Where these specifications exceed minimum requirements of applicable codes, these specifications shall take precedence. The following shall be solidly grounded: 1) Conduit systems complete. 2) Grounds for machines and motors. 3) Receptacles. No PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 .01 SYSTEM NEUTRAL GROUND so A. The system neutral conductor shall be a white insulated current carrying neutral over which the unbalanced load currents may flow. The neutral feeder conductor shall originate at the grounded secondary of the main building service. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EQUIPMENT GROUND A. The equipment ground conductor is distinct and separate from the system neutral ground conductor and shall not be used as a load current-carrying conductor. The equipment ground conductor so shall be electrically and mechanically continuous from the source of supply to the equipment to be grounded. The equipment ground conductor shall provide a low impedence path for line to ground DEWEY HOUSE RENOVATIONS 16450-1 SMITH COLLEGE .. Im s ww mo .o am AM SECTION 16400 SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION r PART 1 GENERAL 1 .01 All work under this section to be completed by the Electrical Contractor except where otherwise noted. 1 .02 All work shall be in compliance with all national codes or overriding local codes. PART 2 PRODUCTS 40 2 .01 All products furnished and installed under this section shall comply with the appropriate provisions of sections 16010, 16100, and drawing notes. ON 2.02 PANELBOARDS A. Panelboard cabinets shall be of the dead-front safety No type, provided with the size and number of main, and single or double pole branches as indicated in the schedule. Cabinets shall be constructed of zinc-coated sheet steel and shall conform to No Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Standards for Cabinets and Boxes. Trims, unless otherwise noted, shall be fitted with hinged doors having combination lock and latch with all locks keyed alike. 40 B. Acceptable manufacturers: GE, ITE, Square D or Westinghouse. PART 3 EXECUTION 3 .01 PANELBOARDS A. Panel cabinet heights shall not exceed 72" and shall be mounted so that the distance from the floor to the center of the top circuit breaker will not exceed 610" . Cabinets shall be ON provided with trims having adjustable trim clamps. B. A directory holder with a clear plastic or glass plate so and metal frame shall be mounted inside such door. A neatly typed directory shall be mounted in each frame. -END OF SECTION- 00 40 eW DEWEY HOUSE RENOVATIONS 16400-1 SMITH COLLEGE 4w No mo am .w mm ols ..s M. n� w w m no C. All wiring not measuring up to manufacturer's recommended minimum standards shall be replaced. D. Tests shall be made with all conductor splices and terminations completed and with lightning arrestors removed and disconnections made at points of final termination. -END OF SECTION- at go OR wu DEWEY HOUSE RENOVATIONS 16100-9 40 SMITH COLLEGE .. 3 .03 MOUNTING OF OUTLET BOXES: 4W A. Boxes shall be secured firmly in place, set true and square with building lines. 40 B. All boxes, panelboards and troughs surface mounted on vertical surfaces shall be set off not less than one inch and not •• more than 2 inches from surface on metal supports ("uni-strut") . C. Fixture studs shall be provided in outlet boxes and shall be securely fastened. "" D. Outlet boxes for lighting switches, receptacles, telephone, etc. , shall be flush mounted. .�. E. Mount edge of lighting switch boxes 4" from edge of door jamb. Verify with Owner's Representative. 3 .04 MOUNTING OF DEVICES A. All devices shall be mounted at the heights scheduled on the drawings or otherwise noted on the drawings. B. Where height of wall outlets is not given, locate as best �•+ suited for extension to equipment supplied and as directed. Where special conditions exist, locate outlets as directed'. C. Erect wall and switch outlets in advance of furring and fireproofing and firmly secure to steel work with metal straps. Make necessary adjustment to work so outlets are properly centered after interior finish is erected. Set outlets to line up with joints in ceiling tile or in center of one tile block where applicable. D. Before locating the outlet boxes, check all architectural drawings for type of construction and make sure that there is no conflict with other equipment. The outlet boxes shall be symmetrically located according to room layout and shall not interfere with other work or equipment. Also note any detail of the outlets shown on the drawings. 3 .05 TESTS 40 A. After the installation of apparatus and wiring has been completed, electrical conductors shall be tested by the Contractor to insure continuity, phasing, proper splicing, freedom from unwanted grounds and insulation in accordance with Underwriters requirements. B. All tests of multiple conductor circuits shall be applied between one conductor and ground with all other conductors connected to the same ground. Each conductor shall be tested in .K like manner. Aw DEWEY HOUSE RENOVATIONS 16100-8 SMITH COLLEGE 3 .02 INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS A. The voltage drop at the end of any circuit shall not W exceed 3% of the normal voltage under full load. B. The use of lubricants in pulling cable and wire shall be op restricted to those types having a neutral effect on both metallic and non-metallic materials, and having no aging and/or deteriorating effect on natural or synthetic covering of wire, and shall be non-flammable. No oils, greases or compounds other than those recommended by the wire manufacturer shall be used to assist in the pulling of wires. C. Cable pulling forces shall not exceed cable manufacturer's recommended maximum values. Cable manufacturer's recommended pulling and laying methods shall be followed. D. For convenience in maintenance and testing, the Contractor shall make full use of color coded wire in all installations. The neutral wire in all cases shall be white. 40- Ground wires shall be green. For power wiring, the color coding shall be as listed below: on 121/208 Phase A Black Phase B Red Phase C Blue 40 Neutral White Ground Green F. All conductors shall be continuous from box to box; no splices shall be permitted in conduits. G. All splices, taps or connections for 600 volt cable #10 AWG or smaller shall be twist on connectors ("wire nuts") . H. All joints or splices for #8 AWG or larger shall be made with a mechanical compression connector. After the conductors have been made mechanically and electrically secure, the entire joint or splice shall be covered with tape to make the insulation of the joint or splice equal to the insulation of the conductors. The connector shall be UL listed and installed as recommended by the manufacturer using approved clamping equipment and properly sized dies. Approved heat shrink insulation products may be used in lieu of taping. Such products to be installed per manufacturer's written instructions. 40 I. Switches shall not be installed on the grounded neutral conductor unless such switch is required and simultaneously opens all undergrounded conductors serving the particular load. am DEWEY HOUSE RENOVATIONS 16100-7 40 SMITH COLLEGE MM constructed to reinforce such conduits. Conduits shall not be Im supported by mechanical equipment or other equipment or conduit. B. Conduits shall be run in as straight a line as possible 40 to limit the number of bends and offsets to a minimum. Surface mounted and exposed conduits shall be run parallel to building lines to present a neat and orderly appearance. Where three or am more conduits are to be surface mounted and grouped together, they shall be run on pre-fabricated conduit racks. Racks shall be galvanized steel channel . All exposed conduits shall be installed om with right angle turns consisting of manufactured elbows, cast metal fittings or symmetrical bends. Exposed vertical conduit runs, where permitted, shall be run on the building walls or columns where possible. .. C. Conduit runs shall be installed above and to avoid steam or water pipes, etc. A separation of 6 inches shall be maintained ■., between all conduit and hot water lines. D. All conduit ends shall be square cut and reamed to remove burrs. Conduit shall be installed in such a manner that wires may sm be removed and replaced at a later date. E. All couplings and connectors shall be pulled up tight so am as to provide an electrical bond throughout the entire conduit system. F. Conduits shall be continuous from outlet to outlet, and ift from outlets to cabinets, junction or pull boxes, and shall enter and be secured to all boxes in such a manner that each system shall be electrically continuous from point of service to all PM outlets. Where conduits terminate in outlet boxes, cabinets, troughs, etc. , approved locknuts and bushings shall be used to securely join the parts together and effect good electrical to connections for grounding purposes. Insulating bushings shall be used on all conduit thread ends or connections 1 inch or larger. G. Before installation of conduit for switches, ceiling .ft lights, receptacles or motors, the Owner's Representative and Engineer reserve the right to move each outlet's location to better adapt them for usage, prior to installation, within a ■• distance of 5' as presently indicated, at no additional cost to the Owner. Contractor to provide 24 hour notice to request inspection. H. All junction boxes, cabinets, switches and other electrical equipment shall be solidly mounted independent of the conduit system. All outlet boxes shall be securely anchored to the structural members as required or indicated on the drawings. DEWEY HOUSE RENOVATIONS 16100-6 SMITH COLLEGE 0 B. GENERAL PURPOSE RECEPTACLES 1. General purpose Duplex receptacles shall be furnished and installed where shown on the drawings at the mounting heights specified. 2. All receptacles shall be installed in an approved outlet box, properly sized for the number of conductors and devices required. 3 . All receptacles shall be bonded to the metal outlet box by an approved grounding pigtail , x"12 AWG minimum. 4. Receptacles shall be specification grade 3 wire grounding type and shall be rated 20 amperes at 125 40 volts, 3 wire grounding type. All connections shall be screw type. 5. GFCI type Duplex receptacles shall be 20 amperes, 125 volt, 3 wire grounding type with 20 amp feed through rating. Receptacles located outdoors or in damp or wet locations shall have gasketed weatherproof metal cover. 6. Acceptable manufacturers: Leviton, Hubbell , Bryant. C. WALL PLATES 1 . All light control switches, plug receptacles and similar wiring devices shall be provided with matching wall plate with beveled edges. Where more than one device occurs at one point, gang plates shall be used. 2. Outlets in wet locations, outdoors or where shown on the drawings, shall have weatherproof cover plate with spring loaded covers and neoprene gasket. PART 3 EXECUTION 3 .01 INSTALLATION OF CONDUITS A. Unless indicated otherwise, all conduit runs in finished areas with finished ceilings shall be concealed throughout in ceilings, walls and floors. All conduits installed in Electric Rooms and Mechanical Rooms may be exposed at the ceilings and to surface wall mounted equipment, except conduits for light switches and receptacles in these unfinished areas shall be concealed in walls where possible and the device boxes shall be flush type. + Conduit runs to pumps, etc. , located away from walls shall be run exposed from overhead or concealed in or under the floor as shown on the drawings, or as required. Suitable supports shall be DEWEY HOUSE RENOVATIONS 16100-5 �"' SMITH COLLEGE so F. In damp or wet locations, NEMA-3R enclosures shall be no utilized for all disconnect switches, combination starters, pushbutton stations and selector switches. .. G. Pull boxes, junction boxes and terminal boxes for use in wet locations or outdoors shall be of galvanized cast iron for steel conduits, with gasketed cover, cast hub with integral ON bushing and mounting lugs, unless otherwise indicated. H. All boxes shall have ground lugs or busses suitable for grounding to the equipment ground system. 2.05 CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. Branch circuit breakers shall be as required for the panelboards. Breaker shall contain a toggle switching mechanism to provide manual operation, as well as automatic operation, and automatic tripping of the breaker shall be clearly indicated by the breaker handle assuming a position in between "on" and "off" position. Where two or three pole breakers are specified, they shall be of the single unit construction with specific trip a" levers. Each branch circuit shall be distinctly numbered. Where indicated on the drawings or otherwise required, ground fault circuit interrupter circuit breakers shall be provided. These on units shall be bolt-on, UL listed 20 amp, 120 volt rated 10,000 AIC and Class A rated. Acceptable manufacturers: GE, Westinghouse, Square D. oft 2.06 SWITCHES, RECEPTACLES AND WALL PLATES OR A. LIGHTING SWITCHES 1 . Lighting switches shall be furnished and installed go where shown on the drawings at the mounting heights specified. 2 . All switches shall be bonded to the metal outlet box oft by an approved grounding pigtail, #14 AWG minimum. 3 . Lighting switches shall be specification grade, quiet toggle type and shall be rated 20 amperes at 125/277 volts. Switches shall have grounding pigtail attachment screw. 4. Lighting switches shall be single pole, three way, four way, two pole or other type as noted on the drawings. 5. Acceptable manufacturers: Leviton, Hubbell , Bryant. DEWEY HOUSE RENOVATIONS 16100-4 SMITH COLLEGE C. Connectors for flexible conduit shall provide adequate internal protection from abrasion to the wires and shall not restrict or reduce the nominal inside diameter of the flexible conduit, and shall be as manufactured by Thomas and Betts, Appleton, Crouse-Hinds or acceptable substitute with captive locking rings. Minimum size used shall be 1/2 inch, trade size. 2.03 WIRES AND CABLES A. Generally, and unless otherwise specified or indicated on the drawings, wiring where run exposed in Basement shall consist of insulated copper conductors in EMT raceway. Conductors shall be 90 degree C. rated. Single conductors run in conduit shall be type THHN. Conduit fittings to be compression type. Wiring methods on the upper floors shall consist of type AC copper conductors, installed concealed throughout. B. All wiring shall be in accordance with the sizes specified on the drawings; however, if sizes shown are smaller than required by local, state or NEC codes, the codes shall take precedence. If the drawings indicate sizes larger than code requirements, then the drawings shall take precedence. Minimum size of power conductors shall be No. 12 AWG. Where multiple +0 circuits are run together in a conduit, wire sizes shall be increased to allow for derated ampacities per National Electrical Code. Wire in sizes #12 AWG and smaller may be furnished solid or stranded, #10 AWG and larger must be stranded. 2 .04 OUTLET, PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES A. Outlet, pull and junction boxes shall be sized for the number and size of conductors and conduits in accordance with the National Electric Code. All boxes shall be metal. B. Outlet boxes in ceilings shall be a minimum of 4 inches octagonal by 1 1/2 inches deep. C. Outlet boxes in wall shall be a minimum of 4 inches square by 1 1/2 inches deep with plaster ring in finished areas. Multiple gang switch boxes in finished areas shall be at least 2 1/4 inches deep. Boxes in poured concrete work or block wall construction shall be a minimum of 3 inches deep. D. Junction boxes shall have identification labels on their coverplates to identify function and voltage levels within. E. Pull boxes, junction boxes and terminal boxes for use in 01 dry locations, except where otherwise specified, shall be of steel , either hot-dip galvanized or rust-proofed after fabrication with one coat of tough enamel. Covers shall be fastened with minimum No. 10 brass machine screws. DEWEY HOUSE RENOVATIONS 16100-3 SMITH COLLEGE .. PART 2 PRODUCTS '" 2.01 CONDUIT AND FITTINGS .o, A. The conduit shown on the drawings is schematic only. The layout of the electrical systems indicates the approximate locations of outlets, apparatus and equipment. The final so determination as to routing, location and termination shall be governed by structural conditions, obstructions and the verification of shop drawings by the Contractor. B. Schematic shall not be construed to mean the design of the systems may be changed; it merely refers to the exact run of a raceway between given points. It shall be the Contractor's �+ responsibility to secure all shop drawings affecting conduit termination to equipment specified in this or other sections, or furnished by others, and to verify conduit locations before installation. ^ C. The contractor shall consult all drawings and specifications that may affect the locations of any outlets, apparatus and building equipment, to avoid interference with other trades, and permit full coordination of all the work. D. All conduit shall be properly sized and installed so that .� the required number conductors can be installed without injury to the insulation or excessive strain. E. Conduit sizes shown on the drawings are minimum sizes. No conduit smaller than 1/2 inch trade size shall be used in any part of the various systems. F. All conduit, unless specified otherwise in these specifications or on the drawings, shall be EMT conduit. EMT shall be steel with electrogalvanized zinc outside coating and enamel inside coating and shall be used with approved compression type fittings. No die cast, set screw or indenter type fittings shall be used. 2 .02 FLEXIBLE CONDUIT A. Flexible conduit shall be used as indicated and where vibration is a factor, such as with motors and where there is restricted space. The flexible conduit shall join the EMT conduit to the motor, device, etc. , and shall be of minimum practicable length except as otherwise specified or required by Code. Flexible conduit may be used for short extensions. Minimum size shall be 1/2 inch trade size. B. Flexible conduit that is exposed to atmospheric conditions shall have a PVC jacket, approved for wet locations and exposure to direct sunlight. ON DEWEY HOUSE RENOVATIONS 16100-2 SMITH COLLEGE SECTION 16100 BASIC METHODS AND MATERIALS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 Applicable provisions of ELECTRICAL SECTION 16010 shall apply. 1 .02 Unless otherwise indicated, the materials to be furnished under this Contract shall be the standard products of manufacturers regularly engaged in the production of such ■w equipment and shall be the Manufacturer's latest standard design that complies with the Specified Requirements. 1 .03 Each major item of equipment shall have the Manufacturer's name, address, serial and model numbers on a plate or label securely attached to the item. 1.04 All electric equipment of any one system must be the product of one manufacturer, or equivalent products of a number of manufacturers, which are suitable for use in a unified system. 1.05 All electrical equipment shall be delivered to the site in the original sealed containers or packages bearing the Manufacturer's name and brand designation. The Contractor shall at all times protect his work, materials and equipment from any loss or damage. 1.06 All equipment, conduits and fixtures shall be supported from the building structure. In general, all equipment, conduits and wiring shall be installed concealed above ceilings or in walls, except as otherwise noted on the drawings. 1.07 Mechanical Work: 40 A. Electrical equipment furnished by Mechanical Contractor and wired under DIVISION 16000 - ELECTRICAL: 1. Magnetic motor starters, disconnect switches and motors. 2 . Line voltage relays and thermostats. B. Electrical equipment furnished, installed and wired by Mechanical Contractor under division 15000: 1. Low voltage controls. 2 . Interlocking and control wiring between controls, motor starters, relays and damper motors. DEWEY HOUSE RENOVATIONS 16100-1 SMITH COLLEGE up E. The Contractor shall keep himself fully informed as to the shape, size and position of all openings and foundations required for his apparatus and shall provide same to the General am Contractor so that all such openings and foundations may be built in advance. He shall also furnish all supports required so that the General Contractor may build same in place as required. Upon ON failure of this Contractor to properly coordinate with the General Contractor he shall assume the cost of having this work done. 3 .03 CLEAN UP an A. Prior to final acceptance of the Division 16000 work, the Contractor shall refinish or replace all damaged or imperfect "" materials, remove from the premises all waste material present as a result of his work, including cartons, crating, paper, stickers, scaffolding, tools, etc. , and he shall clean all pieces of ow equipment installed under this contract to present a neat and clean installation. B. Clean and lamp all lighting fixtures after installation " and wiring. All lighting fixtures shall be clean at time of final acceptance. Any lamps used during construction shall be replaced prior to final acceptance. C. Upon completion of all installation, lamping and testing, thoroughly inspect all exposed portions of the electrical installation and completely remove all exposed labels, soiled markings and foreign material. 3 .04 FINAL ACCEPTANCE AND APPROVAL A. The Owner will consider the final acceptance of the power and control systems when all wiring considered as a complete system functions to operate all connected electrical equipment in the proper manner as indicated in the detailed specifications and drawings. All motors shall be properly connected to', protective devices and control panels, give proper motor acceleration, and correct motor rotation as indicated on the drawings and as required by the driven equipment. B. On the completion of the entire installation, the approval of the Engineer and the Owner shall be secured covering the installation throughout. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for Certificate of Approval from the public authorities having jurisdiction, local and state fire authorities and other municipal officials as required. -END OF SECTION- DEWEY HOUSE RENOVATIONS 16010-8 SMITH COLLEGE ,� ft B. All work shall be carefully laid out. Where cutting or drilling is necessary for the proper installation of electrical work, this work shall be carefully done. Any damage to the buildings or equipment shall be repaired by skilled mechanics of the trades involved at no additional cost to the Owner. w C. All equipment shall be installed and/or wired in full accordance with the manufacturers written installation instructions. Minimum and maximum nameplate values shall be adhered to. D. The electrical work shall be installed in such a manner and at such times as will require a minimum of cutting and 00 patching of the building structure. E. All conduits, cable, wiring devices and equipment shall be installed in such a manner as to preserve access to other equipment installed under this section or under other sections. F. The Contractor shall effectually protect, at his own 10 expense, such of his work, materials or equipment as is liable to injury during the construction period. All openings into any part of the conduit system, as well as all associated fixtures, 40 equipment, etc. , both before and after being set in place must be securely covered or protected to prevent obstruction, etc. , or injury due to carelessly or maliciously dropped tools or materials, grit, dirt or any foreign matter. The Contractor shall be held responsible for all damage so done, until his work is fully and finally accepted. Conduit ends shall be covered with capped bushings. 3 .02 COORDINATION so A. The Contractor shall coordinate the electrical work with the work of other trades so that there will be no interferences at time of electrical installation. If the Contractor fails to properly coordinate the work, he shall relocate such interfering pieces of construction materials at no additional cost to the Owner. ON B. The Contractor shall apply for detailed information regarding the position of all equipment, as the final or required location may differ from those indicated on the drawings. C. In case of interference with other trades, the Owner's Representative shall decide which is to be relocated, regardless of which is first installed. D. The Contractor shall obtain detailed information from the manufacturers of equipment that he is furnishing for the proper methods of installation and use. He shall obtain information from other trades as required to properly execute his work and the completion of the entire project. DEWEY HOUSE RENOVATIONS 16010-7 +�u SMITH COLLEGE /le PART 2 SCOPE OF WORK "" 2.01 INCLUDED WORK .m A. This Contractor shall provide all supervision, labor, machinery, material and appliances required for complete operating electrical systems as shown on the drawings and hereinafter an specified, including, but not limited to, the following principle items: 1 . Visit and examine the project site and become familiar with all existing conditions pertinent to the work to be performed. 2. Lighting and power distribution systems including all conduit, cable, outlet boxes, branch circuit wiring, etc. 3 . Wiring devices, including receptacles, switches, pilot lights, etc. 4. Interior and exterior lighting systems. 5. Emergency and exit lighting systems. 6. Power wiring to mechanical equipment and Owner's appliances and equipment. 7. Extension of fire alarm and smoke detection system. 2.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. The following work shall not be included in this section and shall be performed by other Contractors: ' 1 . Painting, except as specified. 2. Cutting and patching. 3 . Mechanical work. 4 . Low voltage temperature control wiring. PART 3 EXECUTION 3 .01 WORKMANSHIP A. All the work shall be executed in a workmanlike manner, by experienced mechanics of the trade in accordance with all applicable regulations and the most modern trade practice and shall present a neat appearance. DEWEY HOUSE RENOVATIONS 16010-6 SMITH COLLEGE 1 . 10 GUARANTEE A. The Contractor shall guarantee all work to be free from defects for a period of one (1) year after acceptance. Any and all work found to be defective or not in accordance with the Contract during this period shall be corrected by the Contractor !' after written notification. The Contractor shall repair or correct the work within a reasonable time as determined by the Engineer. If the Contractor does not comply, the Owner may have the work corrected and charge all such work to the Contractor. 1.11 REFERENCE STANDARDS AND INDUSTRY SPECIFICATION 00 A. Any material or operation specified by reference to published specifications of a manufacturer, a society, an association, a code or other published standard, shall comply with requirements of the listed document that is current on date of receipt of bids. In case of a conflict between referenced documents, the one having more stringent requirements shall #0 govern. Any Contractor, when requested, shall furnish a sworn affidavit from the Manufacturer certifying that materials and/or manufactured products delivered to the job meet the requirements specified. However, such affidavit shall not relieve the go Contractor from responsibility of complying with any added requirements of the project specifications. The Contractor must comply with the following codes: 1. Building Officials & Code Administrators International , Inc. (BOCA) . 2. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) . + ► 3 . Underwriters Laboratories (UL) . 4. American National Standards Institute, Inc. (ANSI) . 5. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) . *" 6. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) . 7. Massachusetts Electric Code. 8. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) . 9. Life Safety Code (NFPA 101) . aw 10. Town of Northampton, Ma. 11. Americans with Disabilities Act. DEWEY HOUSE RENOVATIONS 16010-5 "" SMITH COLLEGE Am 1.07 DRAWINGS A. Symbols shown on the drawings show approximate location of equipment, fixtures, outlet boxes and conduit runs, unless otherwise detailed. The exact location shall be governed by existing conditions and obstructions. This is not to be construed to permit redesigning systems. Equipment, devices and conduit arrangements shall fit into the spaces shown on the drawings allowing for acceptable clearances for installations, replacements and maintaining. Im B. It is not intended that the drawings show in detail, every fitting, device, etc. All the material necessary to complete the systems in accordance with the governing regulations, am the best practices of the trade and to the complete satisfaction of the Engineer shall be furnished without additional recompense. C. The Contractor shall be responsible for the coordination ow and proper relation of his work in the building structure and to the existing work. dft D. During the progress of the work, this Contractor shall maintain drawings indicating any deviations from the contract drawings and accurately showing the installed locations of ., underground conduits and other concealed or remote equipment. Such "as built" drawings shall be submitted to the Architect upon completion of the work. oft 1.08 DESIGNATION PLATES A. Provide 1" by 3" (minimum) engraved Bakelite, adhesive ®* backed, designation plates for panels, motors, motor starters, special outlets (230V, 1 phase, etc. ) remote device controls and safety switches. ,. B. Provide embossed pressure sensitive plastic labels for switches, controlling equipment or signals. C. Plates and labels to be black with white letters, minimum size to be 1/4" high and securely fastened to the aforementioned equipment. wo 1.09 WOODEN MOUNTING BOARDS A. At all locations of groups of surface mounted equipment mok (switches, various controls, meters, telephone equipment, etc. ) provide wooden mounting boards. so B. Mounting boards to be made with 3/4" thick exterior grade plywood painted with wood filler and finished with two (2) coats of light gray enamel. A^ DEWEY HOUSE RENOVATIONS 16010-4 SMITH COLLEGE E. At completion of construction, the Contractor shall furnish the Owner with one (1) unused copy of all approved shop drawings, Manufacturer's diagrams, literature, etc. , that were used in execution of the work. 1.05 PERMITS, FEES AND REGULATIONS A. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all required building permits. B. When codes, laws and/or ordinances governing execution of this work require permits, certificates, licenses, inspections, etc. , in addition to the project building permit, the Contractor * shall arrange and pay required fees for such permits, certificates, licenses, inspections, etc. C. The electrical installation shall meet the latest requirements of the Massachusetts Electric Code. In addition, State, Municipal or other authorities' laws, rules or regulations applicable to the work shall be followed. 1.06 MAINTENANCE AND OPERATIONS MANUALS AND INSTRUCTIONS A. Prior to final payment, the Contractor shall provide a bound manual of printed maintenance information and operations instructions for equipment systems provided under this Contract, including preventive maintenance procedures. These instructions shall set forth all the information necessary for the Owner to operate and make full and efficient use of equipment and perform such maintenance and servicing as would ordinarily be done by the Owner or his personnel. They shall be written in simple, non- technical language when possible, with sufficient diagrams and explanations where necessary to be readily understandable by the average layman. Possible hazards shall be particularly pointed out with instructions cautioning against mistakes in operation that might result in damage or danger to the equipment, building or personnel. B. Two (2) copies of the instructions shall be submitted to the Engineer for review and approval: one copy of which shall be returned to the Contractor approved or with instructions for changes. Three (3) additional copies of instructions covering all equipment shall be furnished to the Engineer who will forward two (2) copies to the Owner for his information and use. C. Append to the manual the name, address and telephone number of the Contractors and Subcontractors and for electrical items, provide the name, address and telephone number of Companies servicing installed equipment on a 24-hour basis. DEWEY HOUSE RENOVATIONS 16010-3 SMITH COLLEGE dww No B. The Contractor shall test the entire system when the work is finally completed to insure that all portions are free from short circuits or grounds. All equipment necessary to conduct these tests shall be furnished at the Contractor's expense. C. All inspections and tests shall be made in accordance .. with the requirements set forth under the General Conditions. Rejected materials shall be removed from the site and new materials furnished, retested and installed to the satisfaction of the Engineer, without additional cost to the Owner. 1.04 SHOP DRAWINGS .� A. The Contractor will be held responsible for checking and verification of all field measurements and other existing conditions and he shall submit promptly, as to cause no delay in any work, shop drawings and schedules required for their work. The Contractor shall check and approve all submittals before forwarding to the Engineer. The Engineer will check and approve Ak with reasonable promptness, schedules and drawings but only for conformance with design concept of the project and for compliance with information given in Contract Documents. The Contractor 94 shall make any corrections required by the Engineer. The Engineer's approval of such drawings and schedules shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for deviations from drawings or specifications, unless he has, in writing, called the Oft Engineer's attention to such deviations at the time of submission and has secured the Engineer's written approval, nor shall it relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors in shop drawings or schedules. B. Shop drawings shall be prepared for work of this particular contract. Shop drawings, product data and brochures shall clearly identify by note, mark or labels the applicable specification paragraphs or drawing number. C. When necessary, shop and setting drawings shall be based upon actual measurements taken at the site and upon other job conditions. Show any variations and revisions to Contract „ Documents that are necessary for proper installation. Fabrication or installation shall not be started until shop or setting drawings have been checked and returned with "approved" or "approved as noted" indicated thereon by the Engineer. D. Submit six (6) copies of the Manufacturer's shop drawings showing illustrated cuts of item to be furnished, scale «� details, sizes, dimensions, performance characteristics, capacities, wiring diagrams and controls and all pertinent information. If more than one size or type is shown on any printed sheet, clearly indicate those items. DEWEY HOUSE RENOVATIONS 16010-2 SMITH COLLEGE SECTION 16010 GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The general provisions of the contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Additional Supplementary Conditions shall apply to the work specified under Division 16000 of these Specifications. B. The specifications written herein, and the associated drawings, are complementary, and any portion of the work described in one shall be provided as if described in both. In the event of any discrepancies in the drawings and specifications, this Contractor shall advise the engineer of same prior to proceeding with the work involved. 1.02 GENERAL CONDITIONS A. The term "Contractor" used in this Division shall designate the Electrical Contractor. B. The term "Manufacturer" as used in this specification shall be understood as applying to a company of established reputation in the manufacture of the particular equipment or apparatus from products of their own make, or others, and who assumes full responsibility for products used in said outfits that are not manufactured by them. so C. Before submitting proposals, the Contractor is expected to inspect the site and survey the conditions to be encountered in the performance of the work. Failure to familiarize himself with the conditions shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility 40 for full completion of the work in accordance with the provisions of the contract, at no additional cost to the Owner. 00 D. All private and public property damaged as a result of work performed under this contract shall be repaired and replaced by this Contractor, to the satisfaction of regulations and oft authorities having jurisdiction at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.03 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS IN A. The right is reserved by the Engineer to inspect and test any portion of the equipment and/or materials during the „ progress of its installation. This Contractor shall test all wiring and connections for continuity and grounds before connecting any fixture or equipment. DEWEY HOUSE RENOVATIONS 16010-1 SMITH COLLEGE .. aft 4m ww ww .e. .w ,ok Meet SMACNA Seal Class C standards as minimum for low-pressure ductwork. Pressure Classifications Greater Than 3 Inches Water Gauge: All transverse joints, longitudinal seams,and duct penetrations. Pressure Classification 2 and 3 Inches Water Gauge: All transverse joints and longitudinal seams. Pressure Classification Less than 2 Inches Water Gauge: Transverse joints only. Seal externally insulated ducts prior to insulation installation. Hanging and Supporting: Install and support ducts as follows unless indicated otherwise: Rigid Round,Rectangular,and Flat Oval: As indicated in SMACNA"HVAC Duct Construction Standards," Tables 4-1 through 4-3 and Figures 4-1 through 4-8. Horizontal Ducts: Within 2 feet of each elbow and within 4 feet of each branch intersection. Vertical Ducts: At a maximum interval of 16 feet and at each floor. Upper Attachments To Structures: Allow for a load not exceeding 1/4 of the failure (proof test) load,but are not limited to the specific methods indicated. Install concrete insert prior to placing concrete. Install powder actuated concrete fasteners after concrete is placed and completely cured. Connections: Make duct connections as specified below unless indicated otherwise: an Equipment Connections: Connect equipment with flexible connectors in accordance with Division 15 Section"Duct Accessories." Branch Connections: Comply with SMACNA"HVAC Duct Construction Standards,"Figures 2-7 and 2-8. so Outlet and Inlet Connections: Comply with SMACNA"HVACDuct Construction Standards,"Figures 2-16 through 2-18. Terminal Units Connections: Comply with SMACNA"HVAC Duct construction Standards,"Figure 2-19. Adjust volume control devices as required by the testing and balancing procedures to achieve required air flow. Refer to Division 15 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing" for requirements and procedures for adjusting and balancing air systems. ! " Vacuum ducts systems prior to final acceptance to remove dust and debris. 4" END OF SECTION 15891 +fir sm 16891- 5 AM mitered elbow. Die-Formed Elbows for Sizes Through 8 Inches and All Pressures: 20 gauge with 2-piece welded construction. Round Gored Elbows Gauges: Same as for nonelbow fittings specified above. Pleated Elbows Sizes Through 14 Inches and Pressures Through 10 Inches: 26 gauge. Flexible Ducts: Spiral corrugated aluminum;complying with UL 181. Manufacturers: Buckley Associates,Inc. Execution: Duct System Pressure Class: Construct and install each duct system for the specific duct pressure classification indicated. Install ducts with the fewest possible joints. Use fabricated fittings for all changes in directions,changes in size and shape,and connections. w� Install couplings tight to duct wall surface with projections into duct at connections kept to a minimum. Locate ducts, except as otherwise indicated, vertically and horizontally, parallel and perpendicular to building lines; avoid diagonal runs. Install duct systems in shortest route that does not obstruct useable space or block access for servicing building and its equipment. Install ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other structural and permanent enclosure elements of building. r.. Provide clearance of 1 inch where furring is shown for enclosure or concealment of ducts,plus allowance for insulation thickness,if any. Install insulated ducts with 1-inch clearance outside of insulation. Conceal ducts from view in finished and occupied spaces by locating in mechanical shafts, hollow wall 40 construction,or above suspended ceilings. Do not encase horizontal runs in solid partitions,except as specifically shown. Coordinate layout with suspended ceiling and lighting layouts and similar finished work. .s Installation of Flexible Ducts: For any duct run using flexible ductwork,do not exceed 10'-0"extended length. Install in accordance with Section III of SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards. ;w Electrical Equipment Spaces: Route ductwork to avoid passing through transformer vaults and electrical equipment spaces and enclosures. Non-Fire Rated Partition Penetrations: Where ducts pass interior partitions and exterior walls,and are exposed to view,conceal space between construction opening and duct or duct insulation with sheet metal flanges of same gauge as duct. Overlap opening on 4 sides by at least 1-1/2 inches. **� Seam and Joint Sealing. Seal duct seams and joints as follows: 15891 -4 Fabricate elbows with center-line radius 1.5 x associated duct width, and fabricate to include turning vanes in elbows where shorter radius is necessary. Limit angular tapers to 30 0 for contracting tapers and 200 for expanding tapers. Round Duct Fabrication: Except where interrupted by fittings,provide round ducts in lengths not less than 12 feet. Round Ducts: Fabricate round supply ducts with spiral lockseam construction,except where diameters exceed 72 inches with longitudinal butt-welded seams.Comply with SMACNA"HVAC Duct Construction Standards," Table 3-2 for galvanized steel gauges. 90-Degree Tees and Laterals and Conical Tees: Fabricate to conform to SMACNA"HVAC Duct Construction Standards"1985 Edition,Figures 3-4 and 3-6 and with metal thicknesses specified for longitudinal seam straight ducts. Diverging-Flow Fittings: Fabricate with a reduced entrance to branch taps with no excess material pro- jecting from the body onto branch tap entrance. Elbows: Fabricate in die-formed,gored,pleated,or mitered construction. Fabricate the bend radius of die-formed,gored,and pleated elbows 1.5 times the elbow diameter. Unless elbow construction type 1e indicated,provide elbows meeting the following requirements: Mitered Elbows: Fabricate mitered elbows with welded construction in gauges specified below. Mitered Elbows Radius and Number of Pieces:Unless otherwise indicated,construct elbow to comply with SMACNA"HVAC Duct Construction Standards,"Table 3-1. Round Mitered Elbows: Solid welded and with metal thickness listed below for pressure classes from minus 2 inches to plus 2 inches: 3 to 26 inches: 24 gauge. 27 to 36 inches: 22 gauge. on 37 to 50 inches: 20 gauge. 40 52 to 60 inches: 18 gauge. 62 to 84 inches: 16 gauge. 40 90-Degree,2-Piece,Mitered Elbows: Use only for supply systems, or exhaust systems for material handling classes A and B;and only where space restrictions do not permit the use of 1.5 bend radius elbows. Fabricate with a single-thickness turning vanes. Round Elbows-8 Inches and Smaller: Die-formed elbows for 45-and 90-degree elbows and pleated elbows for 30, 45, 60, and 90 degrees only. Fabricate nonstandard bend angle configurations or 1/2-inch-diameter (e.g.,3-1/2 and 4-1/2 inch) elbows with gored construction. Round Elbows-9 Through 14 Inches: Gored or pleated elbows for 30,45,60,and 90 degrees,except where space restrictions require a mitered elbow. Fabricate nonstandard bend angle configurations ?! ' or 112 inch-diameter(e.g.,9-1/2 and 10-1/2 inch) elbows with gored construction. Round Elbows-Larger Than 14 Inches: Gored elbows, except where space restrictions require a l 15891-3 so Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to the following. "Dow Corning Fire Stop Sealant";Dow Corning Corp. "3M Fire Barrier Caulk CP-25";Electrical Products Div./3M. "RTV 7403";General Electric Co. "Fyre Putty";Standard Oil Engineered Materials Co. Hangers and Supports: Provide the following hanger and support components as indicated: Building Attachments: Concrete inserts, powder actuated fasteners, or structural steel fasteners appropriate for building materials. Do not use powder actuated concrete fasteners for lightweight aggregate concretes or for slabs less than 4 inches thick. Hangers: Galvanized sheet steel,or round,uncoated steel, threaded rod. Hangers Installed In Corrosive Atmospheres: Electro-galvanized, all-thread rod or hot-dipped- galvanized rods with threads painted after installation. Straps and Rod Sizes: Conform with Table 4-1 in SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards,1985 Edition,for sheet steel width and gauge and steel rod diameters. .b Duct Attachments: Sheet metal screws,blind rivets,or self-tapping metal screws;compatible with duct materials. Trapeze and Riser Supports: Steel shapes conforming to ASTM A 36. Where galvanized steel ducts are installed,provide hot-dipped-galvanized steel shapes and plates. Rectangular Duct Fabrication: Except as otherwise indicated, fabricate rectangular ducts with galvanized sheet steel,in accordance with SMACNA"HVAC Duct Construction Standards,"Tables 1-3 through 1-19, including their associated details. Conform to the requirements in the referenced standard for metal thickness,reinforcing types and intervals, tie rod applications,and joint types and intervals. Fabricate rectangular ducts in lengths appropriate to reinforcement and rigidity class required for pressure classification. Provide materials that are free from visual imperfections such as pitting,seam marks,roller marks, stains,and discolorations. Static Pressure Classifications: Except where otherwise indicated,construct duct systems to the 1 + inch water gauge pressure classifications(variable volume duct upstream of VAV boxes is 2 inches water gauge pressure class). Crossbreaking or Cross Beading Crossbreak or bead duct sides that are 19 inches and larger and are ..e 20 gauge or less,with more than 10 sq.ft.of unbraced panel area,as indicated in SMACNA"HVAC Metal Duct Construction Standard," 1985 Edition,Figures 2-1 through 2-10. Rectangular Duct Fittings: Fabricate elbows, transitions, offsets, branch connections,and other duct construction in accordance with SMACNA"HVAC Metal Duct Construction Standard,"1985 Edition,Figures 2- 1 through 2-10. Provide radius type fittings. Unless specifically detailed otherwise, use 450 laterals and 450 elbows for branch takeoff connections. Where 900 branches are indicated,provide conical type tees. .k 15891-2 SECTION 15891-METAL DUCTWORK Description of Work: Extent of metal ductwork is indicated on drawings and in schedules, and by requirements of this section. Ductwork shown on the drawings is schematic and shows the approximate location of ductwork and other equipment. The exact location will be governed by structural conditions,obstructions,and appearance. This is not to be construed so as to permit redesign of the ductwork system. No deviations from the layout will be made without written approval from the Engineer. Do not order or fabricate ductwork prior to coordinating exact location with the structural conditions and all other trades. Provide scaled layout drawings of metal ductwork if required to facilitate this coordination at no extra cost to the Owner. No request for extra compensation will be considered for hardships encountered which would have been +" disclosed or made evident by a reasonable coordination of this work. General: 40 Submittals: Submit product data on sealing materials,and fire-stopping materials. Comply with NFPA 90A,"Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems," """ except as indicated otherwise. Products: Sheet Metal Materials,General: Provide the following materials where indicated. Package and mark sheet metal materials as specified in ASTM A 700. Galvanized Sheet Steel: Lock-forming quality, ASTM A 627, Coating Designation G 90; mill phosphatized rmish for exposed surfaces of ducts exposed to view. Reinforcement Shapes and Plates:Unless otherwise indicated,provide galvanized steel reinforcing where installed on galvanized sheet metal ducts. For aluminum and stainless steel ducts provide reinforcing of compatible materials. go Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 1/4 inch minimum diameter for 36-inch length or less;3/8-inch minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches. Tape Sealing System: Woven-fiber tape impregnated with a gypsum mineral compound and a modified acrylic/silicone activator to react exothermically with the tape to form a hard,durable,airtight seal. Joint and Seam Sealant: Water based liquid rubber duct sealant. Flanged Joint Mastics: One-part,acid-curing,silicone elastomeric joint sealants,complying with ASTM C 920,Type S,Grade NS,Class 25,Use 0. Fire-Resistant Sealant: Provide two-part, foamed-in-place, fire-stopping silicone sealant formulated for use in a through-penetration fire-stop system for filling openings around cables, conduits, pipes, +[ and duct penetrations through -walls and floors. Sealants and accessories shall have fire-resistance ratings indicated as established by testing identical assemblies per ASTM E 814 by Underwriters Laboratory,Inc.or other testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 15891- 1 �Ir � � � � � t � � � ! � � � t t 1 Pa Cleaning: Flush the system with clean water. Remove,clean,and replace strainer screens. END OF SECTION 15520 err Holt 15520-7 location readily accessible for maintenance and inspection. Size reducing valves to supply the maximum steam requirements of the heating system or equipment indicated,at the indicated inlet and outlet pressures. Provide bypass around each reducing valve, with a globe valve equal in size to the area of the reducing valve seat ring. Install gate valves and unions around each reducing valve to facilitate removal and repair of reducing valves. Unions may be omitted for reducing valves with flanged connections. Install pressure gages on the low pressure side of each reducing valve and ahead of the shutoff valve plus one downstream for the shutoff valve. Install strainers upstream for each reducing valve. On two-stage reducing stations omit the strainer upstream from the second stage, unless specifically indicated otherwise. Install safety valves downstream from each reducing valve set a 5 psig higher than the reduced pressure when the reduced pressure Is under 35 psig; and at 10 psig higher than the reduced pressure,if the reduced pressure is above 35 psig or the first-stage of two-stage reducing. Safety Valve Installations: .. Install relief valve in accordance with and where required by ASME B 31.1 - "Power Piping." Pipe discharge to atmosphere outside the building, without stop valves. Terminate vent pipe with screened vent cap. Install a drip pan elbow fitting adjacent to the safety valve. Pipe drip pan elbow drain connection to the nearest floor drain without valves. Comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for installation requirements. Terminal Equipment Connections: Piping size for supply and return shall be same size and the equipment connections. Install traps and control valves in accessible locations as close as possible to the equipment. Install bypass piping with globe valve around control valve. Where multiple, parallel control valves •* are installed,only one bypass is required. Install vacuum breaker downstream from the control valve and bypass,and as close as possible to the coil inlet connection. Install pressure gages at coil inlet connections. .w Pipe outlet from coils to drip leg. From drip leg, install an appropriate trap, sized at 3 times the condensate load of the equipment,at 1/2 psig differential. Field Quality Control: Preparation for testing: Prepare steam and condensate piping in accordance with ASME B 31.9 and as follows: Testing: Test steam and condensate piping as specified in ASME B31.9-"Building Services Piping." 15520-6 Spring hangers to support vertical runs. Install hangers with the following minimum rod sizes and maximum spacing. Nom.Pipe Size Max.Span-Ft. Min.Rod Size=Inches 1 7 3/8 1-1/2 9 3/8 2 i0 3/8 3 12 1/2 3-1/2 13 1/2 4 14 5/8 5 16 5/8 6 17 3/4 g 19 7/8 10 22 7/8 40 12 23 7/8 Support vertical runs at each floor. 40, Steam Trap Installations: Install steam traps in accessible locations as close as possible to connected equipment. Maximum allowable distance from equipment is 4 feet. Unless otherwise indicated,install gate valve, strainer,and union upstream from the trap; install union,check valve,and gate valve downstream from trap. Valve Applications: General duty Valve Applications: The Drawings indicate valve types to be used. Where specific valve types are not indicated the following requirements apply: Shut-off duty: use gate,ball,and butterfly valves Throttling duty: use globe,ball,and butterfly valves . Install shut-off duty valves at each branch connection to supply mains, and elsewhere as indicated. "! Install throttling duty valves at supply connection to each piece of equipment, and elsewhere as indicated. Install angle pattern globe valves on the supply side of each wall mounted terminal unit. If unit has an enclosure,install the valve within the enclosure. Install drain valves at low points in mains, risers,branch lines,and elsewhere as required for system drainage. Install swing check valves as required to control flow direction,and to serve as"vacuum breakers." Pressure Reducing Valve Installations: General: Install pressure reducing valves as required to regulate system pressure. Install in a 40 15520- 5 to wee Install branch connections to supply mains using 45 degree fittings in main with take-off out the top of the main. Use of 90 degree"tee" fittings is permissible, where use of 45 degree fittings are not practical. Where the length of a branch takeoff is less than 10 feet, pitch branch lime down toward mains, 1/2 inch per 10 feet. Make reductions in pipe sizes using eccentric reducer fitting installed with the level side down. Install unions in pipes 2 inch and smaller, adjacent to each valve, at final connections each piece of equipment,and elsewhere as indicated. Unions are not required on flanged devices. Install flanges on valves,apparatus,and equipment having 2-1/2 inch and larger connections. Install flexible connectors at inlet and discharge connections to pumps and other vibration producing equipment. Install strainers on the supply side of each control valve, pressure regulating valve, solenoid valve, traps, and elsewhere as indicated. Install 3/4 inch NPS nipple and ball valve in blow down connection of strainers 2 inch and larger. Use same size nipple and valve as blow-off connection of strainer. Anchor piping to ensure proper direction of expansion and contraction. Install expansion loops and w joints as indicated on the Drawings and specified in Division-15 Section"Anchors and Supports." Install drip legs at low points and natural drainage points in the system, such as at the ends on mains, bottoms of risers, and ahead of pressure regulators, control valves, isolation valves, pipe bends,and expansion joints. On straight runs with no natural drainage points, install drip legs at intervals not exceeding 200 feet where pipe is pitched down in the direction of the steam flow and a maximum of 150 feet where the pipe is pitched up so that condensate flow is opposite of steam flow. Size drip legs at vertical risers full size and extend beyond the rise. Size drip legs at other locations same diameter as the main. Provide an 18 inch drip leg for steam mains smaller than 6 inches. In steam mains 6 inches and larger, provide drip legs sized 2 pipe sizes smaller than the main, but not less than 4 inches. Drip legs, dirt pockets, and strainer blowdowns shall be equipped with gate'valves to allow removal of dirt and scale. s. Install steam traps close to drip legs. Hangers and Supports: General: Hanger, supports, and anchors devices are specified in Division 15 Section "Supports and Anchors." Conform to the table below for maximum spacing of supports: Install the following pipe attachments: Adjustable steel clevis hangers for individual horizontal runs less than 20 feet in length. Adjustable roller hangers and spring hangers for individual horizontal runs 20 feet or longer. Pipe roller complete- MSS Type 44 for multiple horizontal runs, 20 feet or longer, supported on a trapeze. 15520-4 00 Strainers: Y-Pattern Strainers: minimum 250 psig steam working pressure; cast iron body conforming to ASTM A 278, Class 30; threaded connections for 2 inch and smaller, flanged connections for 2.1/2 inch and larger;grade 18—8 stainless steel screen(20 mesh for 2 inch and smaller, and manufacturer recommended perforations for sizes 2-1/2 inch and larger); tapped blow-off plug. Basket Strainers: minimum 250 psig steamworking pressure; cast iron body conforming to ASTM A 278, Class 30;flanged connections;grade 18-8 stainless steel screen;bolted cover. Pipe Applications: Install steel pipe with threaded joints and fittings for 2 inch and smaller, and with welded joints for 2-1/2 inch and larger. Steam supply pipe shall be schedule 40. Condensate return pipe shall be schedule 80. Piping Installations: General Locations and Arrangements: Drawings (plans, schematics, and diagrams) indicate the general location and arrangement of the piping systems. Location and arrangement of piping layout take into consideration pipe sizing and friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. So far as practical, install piping as indicated. Refer to individual system specifications for requirements for coordination drawing submittals. Use fittings for all changes in direction and all branch connections. Conceal all pipe installations in walls,pipe chases,utility spaces,above ceilings,below grade or floors, unless indicated to be exposed to view. as Install exposed piping at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are not permitted, unless expressly indicated Install piping free of sags or bends and with ample space between piping to permit proper insulation applications. on Install piping tight to slabs, beams,joists, columns, walls, and other permanent elements of the building. Provide space to permit insulation applications, with 1 inch clearance outside the insulation. Allow sufficient space above removable ceiling panels to allow for panel removal. Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit applying insulation and servicing of valves. Install drains at low points in mains, risers, and branch lines consisting of a tee fitting, 3/4 inch ball valve,and short 314 inch threaded nipple and cap. Exterior Wall Penetrations: Where pipes pass through fire rated walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors,maintain the fire rated integrity. Refer to Division 7 for special sealers and materials. ssi ' Install steam supply piping at a uniform grade of 1/4 inch in ten feet downward in the direction of flow. Install condensate return piping at a uniform grade of 1/2 inch in ten feet downward in the direction of flow. 15520-3 .m dissimilar metals,prevent galvanic action,and prevent corrosion. Joining Materials: Welding Materials: Comply, with Section II, Part C. ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for welding materials appropriate for the wall thickness and chemical analysis fo the pipe being welded. . ww Pipe Flange Gasket Material: ANSI B16.21 full-faced for cast iron and cast bronze flanges, and raised face for steel flanges. Thickness,material,and type suitable for design temperatures and pressures. General Duty Valves: General duty valves (i.e., gate, globe, check, ball, and butterfly valves) are specified in Division 15 Section "Valves." Special duty valves are specified in this Article by their generic name; refer to .+ below,Article"Valve Application"for specific uses and applications for each valve specified. Safety Valves: ..No General: Select steam safety valves for full relief of capacity of equipment served, in accordance with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Furnish complete with cast iron drip-pan elbow having threaded inlet and outlet with threads (FPT) conforming to ANSI B1.20.1; sized for full size of safety valve outlet connection. Cast-Iron Safety Valves: cast iron body and bronze seat, Class 250; forged copper alloy disc and nozzle;fully enclosed stainless steel spring having an adjustable pressure range and positive shut-off; threaded end connections for valves 2 inch and smaller, raised face flanged inlet and threaded outlet connections for valves 2- 1/2 inch and larger. Factory-set valves to relieve at 10 psi above operating pressure. .,� Pressure Regulating Valves; Select pressure reducing valves for capacity and pressure rating as indicated. Pilot-actuated, diaphragm type, with adjustable pressure range and positive shut-off; cast iron body with flanged end connections, hardened stainless steel trim, and replaceable valve head and seat. Provide main head stem guide fitted with flushing and pressure arresting device. Provide cover over pilot diaphragm for protection against dirt accumulation. Steam Traps: Thermostatic Traps: Select traps for capacity and pressure rating as indicated. Cast brass, angle pattern body,with integral union tailpiece and screw-in cap; maximum operating pressure of 25 psig; balanced pressure stainless steel or monel diaphragm or bellows element, with renewable hardened stainless steel valve head and seat. Float and Thermostatic Traps: Select traps for capacity and pressure rating as indicated. ASTM A 278, Class 30 cast iron body and bolted cap; renewable, stainless steel float mechanism, with renewable, hardened stainless steel head and seat; balanced pressure thermostatic air vent made of * * stainless steel or monel bellows with stainless steel head and seat. Air Vents: Quick Vents: cast iron or brass body, with balanced pressure stainless steel or monel thermostatic bellows,and stainless steel heads and seats. Float Vents: cast iron or brass body; seamless brass float; balance pressure thermostatic bellows; replaceable stainless steel seat,float,and head. 15520-2 SECTION 15520-STEAM AND CONDENSATE PIPING This Section includes low pressure steam and condensate piping and specialties for building HVAC and domestic water heating systems. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with the provisions of the following. ASME B 31.9 "Building Services Piping: for materials, products, and installation. Safety valves and pressure vessels shall bear the appropriate ASME label. ASME "Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code," Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualification: for qualifications for welding processes and operators. 00 BOCA Basic National Mechanical Code. Materials and Products: Provide piping materials and factory-fabricated piping products of sizes, types, pressure ratings, temperature ratings, and capacities as indicated. Where not indicated, provide proper selection as determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements. Provide sizes and types matching piping and equipment connections; provide fittings of materials which match pipe materials. Where more than one type of materials or products are indicated, selection is Installer's option. Basic Identification: Provide identification in accordance with Mechanical Identification,Section to 15190. Pipe and Tube Materials: '? Steel Pipe: ASTM A 120,Schedule 40 and 80 for application as specified below, seamless, black steel pipe,with beveled ends. Fittings: Cast-Iron Threaded Fittings: ANSI B16.4, Class 125,standard pattern, for threaded joints. Threads shall conform to ANSI B1.20.1. Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: ANSI B16.3, Class 150, standard pattern, for threaded joints. Threads shall conform to ANSI B1.20.1. Steel Fittings: ASTM A 234,seamless or welded, for welded joints. "a Cast-Iron Threaded Flanges: ANSI B16.1, Class 125; raised ground face, bolt holes spot faced. Threads shall conform to ANSI B1.20.1. Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ANSI B16.5,including bolts,nuts,and gaskets of the following material group,end connection and facing: Material Group: 1.1. End Connections: Butt Welding. Facings: Raised face. Unions: ANSI B16.39, malleable-iron, Class 150 hexagonal stock, with ball-and-socket joints, metal- to-metal bronze seating surfaces;female threaded ends. Threads shall conform to ANSI B1.20.1. Dielectric Unions: Soldered or threaded end connections to.suit application; constructed to isolate 16520- 1 �r i [ � i � i � � � t t � w PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE DEWEY HOUSE P-1 FLOOR MOUNTED WATER SAVER ELONGATED TOILET, HANDICAPPED,ADA COMPLIANCE,CADET II, 17"H, EL 1.6(GPF),2216.500(2216.143 WITH 4072.500 TANK), AQUAGUARD LINER,WHITE OPEN FRONT SEAT AND LID. P-2 NOT USED P-3 LAY-IN LAVATORY AMERICAN STANDARD#0476.028 AQUALYN SYMMONS MODEL S-60-G-H SCOT METERING FAUCET WITH TEMPERATURE SELECTION AND BLADE TYPE HANDLE FOR BARRIER FREE APPLICATION (NO FAUCET SUBSTITUTIONS). .5 GPM FLOW RATE WITH GRID STRAINER P.O.PLUG. P-3A WALL HUNG HANDICAPPED WHEELCHAIR PATIENTS LAVATORY,ADA COMPLIANCE. AMERICAN STANDARD#9141.011 27"x20",4" CENTERS ZURN ZR 1231 CONCEALED ARM CARRIER SYMMONS MODEL S-60-G-H SCOT METERING FAUCET WITH TEMPERATURE SELECTION AND BLADE TYPE HANDLE FOR BARRIER FREE APPLICATION (NO FAUCET SUBSTITUTIONS). GRID STRAINER,OFFSET P-TRAP AND w� INSULATED OR RECESSED SUPPLIES. USE PRE-MOLDED INSULATION KIT. 15440-S ,m 00 Replace washers of leaking or dripping faucets and stops. Clean fixtures,equipment,trim,and strainers using manufacturer's recommended cleaning methods and materials. Provide protective covering for installed fixtures,water coolers,and trim. Do not allow use of fixtures for temporary facilities unless expressly approved in writing by the Owner. END OF SECTION 15440 Apt "W go 06 ro IM 15440-2 SECTION 15440-PLUMBING FIXTURES �r Plumbing Fixture Standards: Comply with applicable portions of BOCA Basic/National Plumbing Code pertaining to materials and installation of plumbing fixtures. Comply with ANSI Standard A117.1: "Specifications for Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible To and Usable By Physically Handicapped People". Comply with Massachusetts AAB and Massachusetts Code. Submit product data for each type of plumbing fixture specified,including fixture and trim,fittings,accessories,appliances, appurtenances,equipment,supports,construction details,dimensions of components,and finishes. Products: A ► Provide factory-fabricated fixtures and trim of type,style and material indicated.Where trim is not indicated,provide fixture manufacturer's trim as indicated by their published product information;or as recommended by the manufacturer,and as required for a complete installation. All fixtures of same type must be furnished by single manufacturer.Where type is not otherwise indicated,provide fixtures complying with governing regulations. Provide chrome plated supplies with stops for all tank type toilets,lavatories and sinks.Provide chrome plated tailpieces and P-traps for all sinks and lavatories. Furnish all faucets by single manufacturer. ,(w Installation: Install plumbing fixtures and kitchen equipment level and plumb, in accordance with fixture manufacturer's written instructions,rough-in drawings,and pertinent codes and regulations,the original design,and the referenced standards. Comply with the installation requirements of ANSI A117.1 and Public Law 90-480,and applicable state standards with respect to plumbing fixtures for the physically handicapped. M Refer to Architectural Elevations for mounting heights of all fixtures. If not shown mount at height as directed by Architect. Fasten plumbing fixtures and kitchen equipment securely to supports or building structure. Secure supplies behind or within wall construction to provide rigid installation. Install a stop valve in an accessible location in the water connection to each fixture or equipment item. Install escutcheons at each wall, floor, and ceiling penetration in exposed finished locations and within cabinets and millwork. Seal fixtures and equipment to was and floors using silicone sealant. Match sealant color to fixture color. Test fixtures and equipment to demonstrate proper operation upon completion of installation and after units are water pressurized. Replace malfunctioning units,then retest. Inspect each installed unit for damage. Replace damaged fixtures. Adjust water pressure at drinking fountains,faucets,shower valves,and flush valves to provide proper flow and stream. 15440- 1 t�s DRAIN/WASTE/VENT SCHEDULE DEWEY HOUSE DV-1 TOILET ROOM FLOOR DRAIN ZURN ZN-415-P,2"OUTLET,WITH 5"ROUND NICKEL BRONZE TOP 1/2"TRAP PRUAER CONNECTION (FEED TRAP PRRVIER FROM CLOSET .. LAV OR SINK. CONCEAL IN WALL. M.C. TO PROVIDE WALL ACCESS PANEL,ACUDOR, FOR EACH TRAP PRR ER) Aw Z-1022 1/2"TRAP PRRdER ift.rA w. 15420-S we Installation of Floor Drains: Install floor drains in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and in locations indicated. Install floor drains at low points of surface areas to be drained,or as indicated. Set tops of drains flush with finished floor. Trap all drains connected to the sanitary sewer. Install drain flashing collar or flange so that no leakage occurs between drain and adjoining flooring. Maintain integrity of waterproof membranes,where penetrated. Position drains so that they are accessible and easy to maintain. Installation of Trap Primers: Install trap primers with piping pitched towards drain trap,minimum of 1/8 inch per foot(1 percent). Adjust trap primer for proper flow. Connections: Piping Runouts to Fixtures: Provide drainage and vent piping rnouts to plumbing fixtures and drains,with approved trap, of sizes indicated;but in no case smaller than required by the plumbing code. Locate piping runouts as close as possible to bottom of floor slab supporting fixtures or drains. Field Quality Control: Inspections: Arrange for inspection of the piping system before concealed or closed-in after system is roughed-in,and prior to setting fixtures. Arrange for a final inspection by the plumbing official to observe the tests specified below and to insure compliance with the requirements of the plumbing code. rw Piping System Test: Test for leaks and defects all new drainage and vent piping systems and parts of existing systems,which have been altered,extended or repaired. Perform tests in accordance with the authority having jurisdiction. ' Repair all leaks and defects using new materials and retest system or portion thereof until satisfactory results are obtained. Clean drain strainers,domes,and traps. Remove dirt and debris. Protection: Protect drains during remainder of construction period,to avoid clogging with dirt and debris,and to prevent damage from traffic and construction work. _ Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day or whenever work stops. END OF SECTION 15420 15420-3 Drainage Piping Products Manufacturer: Smith;Wade,or Zurn. Installation: Install supports and anchors in accordance with Division-15 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods section"Supports and Anchors". Install hangers at the following intervals: Max.Horiz. Spacing(H) Max. Vert. Spacing(ft) Cast Iron Pipe 5 15 Insure trench bottoms are smooth,firm,and free from rock throughout the length of the pipe before proceeding with pipe installation. Shape bottom of trench to fit bottom of pipe for 90-degrees(bott(m 1/4 of the circumference). Fill unevenness with tamped sand backfill. At each pipe joint dig bell holes to relieve the bell of the pipe of all loads, and to ensure continuous bearing of the pipe barrel on the foundation. Make changes in direction for drainage and vent piping using appropriate 45-degree wyes,half-wyes,or long sweep quarter, sixth,eighth,or sixteenth bends. Sanitary tees or short quarter bends may be used on vertical stacks of drainage lines where the change in direction of flow is from horizontal to vertical,except use long-turn tees where two fixtures are installed back to back and have a connnon drain. Straight tees,elbows,and crosses may be used on vent lines. No change in direction of flow greater than 90 degrees shall be made. Where different sizes of drainage pipes and fittings are connected,use proper size,standard increasers and reducers. Reduction of the size of drainage piping in the direction of flow is prohibited. .+a Install underground building drains to conform with the plumbing code, and in accordance with the Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute Engineering Manual. Lay underground building drains beginning at low point of systems,true to grades and alignment indicated with unbroken continuity of invert. Place bell ends of piping facing upstream. Install required gaskets in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for use of lubricants, cements, and other special installation requirements. Maintain swab or drag in line and pull past each joint as it is completed. Install building drain pitched down at minimum slope of 1/4"per foot(2 percent)for piping 3"and smaller,and 1/8"per foot(1 percent)for piping 4"and larger. Extend building drain to connect to sewer piping,of size and in location indicated for service entrance to building. am Install sleeve and mechanical sleeve seal through foundation wall for watertight installation. Installation of Piping Specialties: .. i Above Ground Cleanouts: Install in above ground piping and building drain piping as indicated,and: as required by plumbing code,at each change in direction of piping greater than 45 degrees,at minimum intervals of 50'for piping 4"and smaller and 100'for larger piping,at base of each vertical soil or waste stack. Cleanouts Covers: Install floor and wall cleanout covers for concealed piping,types as indicated. Flashing Flanges: Install flashing flange and clamping device with each stack and cleanout passing,through waterproof membranes. Vent Flashing Sleeves: Install on stacks passing through roof,secure over stack flashing in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 15420-2 Ow SECTION 15420-DRAINAGE AND VENT SYSTEMS Plumbing Code Compliance: Comply with applicable portions of Massachusetts Plumbing Code. Materials and Products: Provide piping materials and factory-fabricated piping products of sizes,types,pressure ratings, temperature ratings,and capacities as Indicated. Where not indicated,provide proper selection as determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements. Provide sizes and types matching piping and equipment connections;provide fittings of materials which match pipe materials used in fuel oil systems. Where more than one type of materials or products are indicated,selection is Installer's option. Basic Identification: Provide identification in accordance with Division 15 section: "Mechanical Identification." WA Above Ground Drainage and Vent Pipe and Fittings: Cast-iron soil pipe. Conform to ASTM A74, for service weight,hub-and-spigot soil pipe and fittings,with neoprene compression gasket joints conforming to ASTM C564. Hubless cast-iron soil pipe. Conform to CISPI Standard 301.Service weight,cast-iron soil pipe and fittings,with clamps and gaskets conforming to CISPI Standard 310. Underground Building Drain Pipe and Fittings: Cast-iron soil pipe. Conform to ASTM A74, for service weight,hub-and-spigot soil pipe and fittings,with neoprene t compression gasket joints conforming to ASTM C564. Drainage Piping Specialties: OA P g system. Trap Primers: Bronze body valve with automatic vacuum breaker, with 1/2" connections matching P i m stem. Complying with ASSE 1018. 0 Cleanout Plugs: Cast-bronze or brass, threads complying with ANSI B2.1.countersunk head. Install in ceanouts as indicated,and as required by Plumbing Code. so Floor Cleanouts: Cast-iron body and frame;adjustable round top as follows: Nickel-Bronze Top: Pattern to suit adjacent floor finish. Install in occupied areas. OR Cast-Iron Top: Pattern to suit adjacent floor finish. Install in unoccupied areas. Wall Cleanouts: Cast-iron body adaptable to pipe with cleanout plug,stainless steel round cover and screw. 40 Flashing Flanges: Cast-iron watertight stack or wall sleeve with membrane flashing ring. Provide underdeck clam and sleeve length as required. Vent Flashing Sleeves: Cast-iron calking type roof coupling for cast-iron stacks,cast-iron threaded type roof coupling for 40 steel stacks,and cast-bronze stack flashing sleeve for copper tubing. Floor and Roof Drains: Provide floor and roof drains of size and type as indicated. Where size and type is not indicated, select drain to suit installation. 15420- 1 WATER DISTRIBUTION SCHEDULE DEWEY HOUSE WS-1 ANTI-FREEZE,ANTI-SYPHON WALL HYDRANT WITH SQUARE FLUSH MOUNTED DOOR, WOODFORD MODEL 65C,KEYED OPERATION. WS-IA CHICAGO No 952 INSIDE SILL FAUCET WITH INTEGRAL VACUUM BREAKER, .. 3/4"HOSE THREAD,LOCK SHIELD CAP, REMOVABLE TEE HANDLE, 1/2"FLANGED FEMALE INLET, POLISHED CHROME PLATE. FOR HOT WATER SERVICE. (IF PERMISSIBLE WITH MASS. CODE AND/OR COMPLIANCE OFFICER HAVING JURISDICTION. OTHERWISE PIPE TO COLD WATER.) we low 15411 -S altered,extended, or required prior to use. Use the purging and disinfecting procedure prescribed by the authority having jurisdiction, or in case a method is not prescribed by that authority, the procedure described in either AWWA C601, or AWWA D105. END OF SECTION 15411 �w 15411-3 am OW Spring hangers to support vertical runs. Install hangers with the following minimum rod sizes and maximum spacing: Nom.Pipe Size Max.Span-Ft. Min.Rod Size-Inches 1 7 3/8 1-1/2 9 3/8 2 10 3/8 3 12 1/2 3-1/2 13 1/2 4 14 5/8 Support vertical runs of each floor. Installation of Valves: INN Installation requirements for general duty valves are specified in a separate section of Division 15. Sectional Valves: Install on each branch and riser, close to main, where branch or riser serves 2 or more plumbing fixtures or equipment connections, and elsewhere as indicated. For sectional valves 2"and smaller, use gate or ball valves; for sectional valves 2-1/2"and larger, use gate or butterfly valves. Shutoff Valves: Install on inlet of each plumbing equipment item, and on inlet of each plumbing fixture, and elsewhere as indicated. For shutoff valves 2"and smaller, use gate or ball valves; for shutoff valves 2-1/2"and larger,use gate or butterfly valves. r. Drain Valves: Install on each plumbing equipment item located to completely drain,equipment for service or repair. Install drain valves at the base of each riser, at low points of horizontal runs, and elsewhere as required to completely drain distribution piping system. For drain'valves 2" and R smaller,use gate or ball valves;for drain valves 2-1/2"and larger, use gate or butterfly',valves. Equipment Connections: WO Piping Runouts to Fixtures: Provide hot and cold water piping runouts to fixtures of sizes indicated, but in no case smaller than required by the plumbing code. OM Field Quality Control: Piping System Test: Test for leaks and defects all new water distribution piping systems and parts of existing systems, which have been altered,extended or repaired. Repair all leaks and defects using new materials and retest system or portion thereof until satisfactory results are obtained. Adjusting and Cleaning. Cleaning and Disinfecting: Purge all new water distribution piping systems and parts of existing systems, which have been 15411-2 Feu ' SECTION 15411-WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING �r Plumbing Code Compliance: Comply with applicable portions of BOCA Basic National Plumbing Code. tib Materials and Products: Provide piping materials and factory-fabricated piping products of sizes, types, pressure ratings, temperature ratings, and capacities as indicated. Where not indicated, provide proper selection as determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements. Provide sizes and types matching piping and equipment connections; provide fittings of materials which match pipe materials. Where more than one type of materials or products are indicated, selection is Installer's option. Basic Identification: Provide identification in accordance with Division 15: "Mechanical Identification." ON Pipes and Fittings: Pipe Within Building: Copper tubing. Conform to ASTM 888, Type L, hard temper, copper tube; ANSI B16.22 streamlined pattern wrought-copper fittings,with soldered joints using 95-5 tin-antimony solder. Valves: Gate,ball,check,and drain valves are specified in separate section 15100. Piping Installation: Verify all dimensions by field measurements. Verify that all water distribution piping may be installed in accordance with pertinent codes and regulations, the original design, and the referenced standards. r Examine rough-in requirements for plumbing fixtures and other equipment having water connections to verify actual locations of piping connections prior to installation. 'ph Where pipes pass through fire-rated walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors, maintain fire-rated integri- ty. Refer to Division-15 section"Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods". Install piping with 1/32"per foot(1/4 percent) downward slope towards drain point. ow Hangers and Supports: General: Hanger, supports, and anchors devices are specified in Division 15 Section"Supports and Anchors." Conform to the table below for maximum spacing of supports: Install the following pipe attachments: Adjustable steel clevis hangers for individual horizontal runs less than 20 feet in length. Adjustable roller hangers and spring hangers for individual horizontal runs 20 feet and longer. Pipe roller, complete-MSS Type 44 for multiple horizontal runs, 20 feet or longer, support on a trapeze. ' 15411- 1 tags and signs. Install check valves in each water supply connection. w. Alarm Check Valves: Install valves in the vertical position, in proper direction of flow including the bypass check valve and retard chamber drain line connection. Install valve trim in accordance with the valve manufacturer's appropriate trim diagram. Test valve for proper operation. To stay in existing location. Dry Pipe Valves: Install in the vertical position,in proper direction of flow,in the main supply to the dry-pipe system. Install the basic trim set,priming chamber attachment and fill line attachment in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions. During hydrostatic test of system piping at pressures in excess of 50 psi,position the clapper in latched wide open position or removed from valve,to prevent injury to the valve. Test valve for proper operation. To stay in existing location. Backflow Preventers: Install in proper direction of flow to prevent backflow into public water mains. Install fire department connection valves in piping where fire department connections are required. Consult with the local Fire Department for locations. Install water flow indicators where required. Consult with the local Fire Department for locations. Mount supervisory switches on each sectional valve. Install manual shutoff at each audible alarm station. Install Inspector's test connection at most remote point from riser. Sprinkler Piping Flushing: Prior to connecting sprinkler risers for flushing, flush water feed mains, lead-in connections and control portions of sprinkler piping. After fire sprinkler piping installation has'!been completed and before piping is placed in service, flush entire sprinkler system, as required to remove foreign substances, under pressure as specified in NFPA 13. Continue flushing until water is clear, and check to ensure that debris has not clogged sprinklers. Hydrostatic Testing: After flushing system,test fire sprinkler piping hydrostatically,for period of 2 hours,at not less than 200 psi or at 50 psi in excess of maximum static pressure when maximum static pressure is in excess of 150 psi. Check system for leakage of joints. Measure hydrostatic pressure at low point of each system dr zone being tested. Hydrostatic test system prior to sprinkler head and finish wall and ceiling installation in accordance with NFPA 13. Test for leakage at normal operating pressure after sprinkler head installation. Repair or replace new and existing piping system as required to eliminate leakage in accordance with NFPA standards for"little or no leakage"and retest as specified to demonstrate compliance. Extra Heads: For each style and temperature range required,furnish additional sprinkler heads,amounting to one unit for every 100 installed units,but not less than 5 units of each. Extra Wrenches: Furnish 2 spanner wrenches for each type and size of valve connection and fire hose coupling. Obtain receipt from Owner that extra stock has been received. END OF SECTION 15300 15300-6 po wa Sprinkler Heads: fusible link type,and style as indicated or required by the application. Unless otherwise indicated, provide heads with nominal 1/2 inch discharge orifice,for"Ordinary"temperature range. Provide chrome plated finish in finished spaces exposed to view. Sprinkler Cabinet and Wrench: Furnish st eel,baked red enamel,sprinkler box with capacity to store 10 sprinklers and wrench sized to sprinklers. Reuse existing if O.K.with Owner. Automatic Sprinklers Manufacturers: Automatic Sprinkler; Central Sprinkler; Grinnell Fire Protection Systems(GEM);Reliable;Viking. Wall Type Siamese Connections: Provide wall type cast brass siamese connections and escutcheon plate assembly,with 2,2-1/2"fire department inlets with female hose connections,American National fire hose connection screw thread, equipped with individual drop clapper valves,equipped with plugs and chains,construction features as required,and constructed with the following additional construction features: Finish: Polished brass or chrome plate. Inlet Pipe: 4"pipe(pipe size). Cast Lettering: "AUTO. SPKR.". Escutcheon: 12"diameter or 7"x 14"rectangular. Siamese Connection: Flush, stacked inlets; flush, adjacent inlets; Y-type, inlets straight, projecting configuration; or Y-type, inlets 450, projecting configuration. Select as per local fire department requirements. Siamese Manufacturers: Reuse existing. Installation: Comply with requirements of NFPA 13 and NFPA 14 for installation of fire protection piping materials. Install piping products in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions,and in accordance with recognized industry practices to ensure that piping systems comply with requirements and serve its intended purposes. Coordinate location and timing of sprinkler work with other work, including plumbing, HVAC and electrical, as necessary to interface components of fire protection piping properly with other work. Conceal sprinkler piping in areas of new construction. Coordinate planning for and location of exposed sprinkler piping,sprinkler risers and equipment with the Architect and Owner to assume best possible location with respect to present building uses. cur Install drain piping at low points of piping systems. Provide dry drum drips where required. Install sectional valves in inlet piping,at bottom of each riser,and in loops as required. Gate Valves: Install supervised-open gate valves so located to control all sources of water supply except fire department connections. Where there is more than one control valve,provide permanently marked identification signs indicating the portion of the system controlled by each valve. Refer to Division-15 Section"Mechanical Identification"for valve 15300-5 rr Swing Check Valves: MSS SP-71; Class 175,cast iron body and bolted cap conforming to ASTM A 126, Class B;horizontal swing,with a bronze disc or cast iron disc with bronze disc ring,and flanged ends. Valve shall be capable of being refitted while the valve remains in the line. , Alarm Check Valve: 175 psig working pressure,designed for horizontal or vertical installations,and have cast iron, flanged inlet and outlet,bronze grooved seat wtih"O"ring seals,single hinge pin and latch design. Provide trim sets for bypass,drain,electric sprinkler alarm switch,pressure gages,precision retarding chamber,drip cup assembly piped without valves separate from main drain line,and fill line attachment with strainer. Reuse existing. Dry-Pipe Valves: differential type, 175 psig working pressure,and have cast iron,flanged inlet and outlet,bronze seat with "O" ring seals, single hinge pin and latch design. Provide trim sets for air supply,drain,priming level,alarm connections,ball drip valves,pressure gages,priming chamber attachment,and fill line attachment. Reuse existing. Air-Pressure Maintenance Device,Dry-Pipe System: An automatic device to maintain the correct air pressure in a dry-pipe system or deluge system. System shall have shut-off valves to permit servicing without shutting down the sprinkler system,bypass valve for quick system filling, pressure regulator or switch to maintain system pressure, strainer,pressure ratings 14 to 60 psig adjustable range,and 175 psig maximum inlet pressure. Electrical ratings shall match compressor ratings. Reuse existing. Fire Department Connection Valves: Provide fire department connection iron swing check valve, 175 psi rated working pressure,of size and end type as required. Reuse existing. Valve Manufacturers: Allen (W.D.); Crokcr-Standard; Elkhart Brass; Grinnell Fire Protection Systems; Grunau Sprinkler;Guardian Fire Equipment; Seco; Stockham Valves and Fittings;or Western Fire Equipment. Backflow Preventers: Provide double check valve assemblies or double detector check valve assemblies to comply with State of New Hampshire regulations for Low Hazard Use. Manufacturers: Watts, 709-No Substitutions. Meters and Gages: Provide meters and gages in accordance with the following listing: Pressure gages,0-250 psi range. Fire Protection Specialties: Provide fire protection specialties,UL-listed, in accordance with the following listing. Provide sizes and types which mate and match piping and equipment connections. w Water Flow Indicators: Provide vane type water flow detectors. Reuse existing. Water-Motor Gongs: Provide 10"weatherproof, red enameled finish,water-motor gongs. Reuse existing. Supervisory Switches: Provide products recommended by manufacturer for use in service indicated. (For new tamper proof valve.) Fire Protection Specialties Manufacturers: Allen(W.D.);Croker-Standard;Elkhart Brass;Grinnell Fire Protection Systems;Grunau Sprinkler, Guardian Fire Equipment;Potter Roemer;or Western Fire Equipment. Install fire protection specialties in accordance with NFPA 13 and 14. Automatic Sprinklers: 15300-4 At each outside alarm device,sign indicating what authority to call if device is activated. Install fire protection signs on piping in accordance with NFPA 13 and NFPA 14 requirements. Pipes and Pipe Fittings: Provide pipes,and pipe fittings in accordance with the following listing: Ductile-iron Pipe and Fittings: Conform to ANSI A21.51 for Ductile iron pipe,with ANSI A21.4 cement mortar lining for pipe installed below ground outside building. Black Steel Pipe: ASTM A 120,Schedule 40,seamless,black steel pipe for less than 2 1/2";Class 125,cast- iron threaded fittings and threaded joints,or mechanical grooved pipe couplings and fittings;cut-groove type, FM and UL listed. Black Steel Pipe: ASTM A 120, Schedule 10,seamless,black steel pipe for 2 1/2"and larger;mechanical grooved pipe couplings and fittings;roll-groove or mechanical locking type,FM and UL listed. Piping Specialties: Provide piping specialties in accordance with the following listing: ` Pipe escutcheons. Dielectric unions. Drip pans. Pipe sleeves. Sleeve seals. Fire Barrier Penetration Seals. Supports and Anchors: Provide supports and anchors'in accordance with the following listing: Adjustable steel clevis hangers, adjustable steel band hangers, or adjustable band hangers, for horizontal-piping hangers and supports. Two-bolt riser clamps for vertical piping supports. Steel turnbuckles and malleable-iron sockets for hanger-rod attachments. Concrete inserts, top beam C-clamps, side beam or channel clamps or center beam clamps for building attachments. Horizontal band hangers at floor level locations will only be permitted in storage and utility type spaces,not in educational,office,corridor,or stair areas. Valves: Provide valves in accordance with the following listing: Crate Valves-2 Inch and Smaller: body and bonnet of cast bronze, 175 pound cold water working pressure -non-shock,threaded ends,solid wedge,outside screw and yoke,rising stem, screw-in bonnet,and malleable iron handwheel. Valves shall be capable of being repacked under pressure,with valve wide open. Gate Valves-2-1/2 Inch and Larger: iron body;bronze mounted, 175 pound cold water working pressure -non-shock. Valves shall have solid taper wedge;outside screw and yoke,rising stem;flanged bonnet,with body and bonnet conforming to ASTM A 126 Class B;replaceable bronze wedge facing rings;flanged ends; and a packing assembly consisting of a cast iron gland flange, brass gland, packing, bonnet, and bronze bonnet bushing. Valves shall be capable of being repacked under pressure,with valve wide open. 15300-3 .. A Design: Design and layout of system to be by qualified sprinkler contractor according to NFPA 13 and 14;this section specifies basic materials and methods. Design Basis: Base hydraulic calculations and system design on results of flow test. Allow for domestic water maximum flow. Insurance Company Compliance: Comply with Insurance Company requirements. Contact Mr. Lee West,Travelers oft Insurance Co. (203-277-1283). NFPA Compliance: Install fire protection systems in accordance with NFPA 13 "Standard for the Installation of am Sprinkler Systems, (1987 ed.)"and NFPA 14 "Standard for the Installation of Standpipe and Hose Systems." UL or Factory Mutual Compliance: Provide only listed and approved Factory Mutual (fM) or Underwriters am Laboratories(UL)fire protection products in sprinkler systems. Local Compliance: Coordinate with local authorities(Public Works,Fire Department,etc.)any and all equipment installation requirements. *■+ Submittals: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and installation instructions for fire protection materials and products. Submittals shall be reviewed by owner,Owner's Insurance Company,and local fire inspector. (Do not submit to Mechanical Engineer). Approval Drawings and Calculations: Prepare approval drawings of fire protection systems indicating pipe sizes,pipe locations,fittings,shutoffs,equipment,etc. Prepare hydraulic calculations of fire protection systems. Submit to Agency having jurisdiction.Submit one approved copy,bearing stamp and/or signatures of all parties involved in review before proceeding with installation. Certificate of Installation: Submit certificate upon completion of fire protection piping work which indicates that work has been tested in accordance with NFPA 13 and NFPA 14,and also that system is operational,complete,and has no defects. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts lists for fire protection materials and products. Include this data, product data, shop drawings, approval drawings, approval calculations, certificate of installation, and record drawings in maintenance manual;accordance with requirements of Division 1. Piping Materials and Products: Provide piping materials and factory-fabricated piping products of sizes,types,pressure ratings,temperature ratings,and capacities as required.Provide proper selection as determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements. Provide sizes and types matching piping and equipment connections;provide fittings of materials which match pipe materials used in fine protection piping systems. Where more than one type of materials or products are indicated,selection is Installer's option. Identification: Provide identification in accordance with the following listing: Fire Protection Piping: Plastic pipe markers. Fire Protection Valves: Plastic valve tags. Fire Protection Signs: Provide the following signs: At each sprinkler valve,sign indicating what portion of system valve controls. 15300-2 s SECTION 15300-FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS General: Provide renovations of existing sprinkler system as needed for a complete and proper installation,tested and in compliance with all Federal,state and local codes. Maintain/provide sprinkler protection for all existing(and new) construction. It is not the intent of this contract to convert areas of building N.I.C. Work included: Extend existing dry sprinkler system. Provide sprinkler coverage for new stair tower and new(outside)covered wheel chair ramp area. Relocate existing heads as required by renovation work and NFPA. Provide sprinkler coverage of concealed,combustible spaces,such as under new ramp. Use sidewall heads if/as necessary. Relocate existing sprinkler main into building. Arrange for testing inspection of all existing components as required by NFPA, local fire inspector, and insurance requirements. Provide new automatic oil-less compressor as add alternate. Provide recessed sprinkler heads where possible. Arrange for flow test with Municipal Water Department. Base hydraulic calculations and system design on results of flow test. Allow for domestic water maximum flow. Provide complete shop drawings and hydraulic calculations for the automatic sprinkler system for review and approval by the appropriate rating agency before fabrication and erection,including control and alarm signal device locations. Provide/renovate complete sprinkler system alarm check valve installation including alarm valves, double check backflow preventer, gate valves, retarding chambers, dry pipe valve and air maintenance device, auxiliary valves, electric and water motor alarm bells, drain valves, siamese connections, ball drip check valves,alarm flow switches,and accessories as shown or specified. uw Provide/renovate sprinkler system distribution piping including main, risers, branch mains and headers, automatic sprinklers,zone alarm flow switches,inspector's test outlets,drains,hangers and supports. Provide all sprinkler related electrical wiring, including power wiring back to panel, supervisory switch wiring,wiring to alarms,and other wiring as required for a complete system. Provide spare head for existing tool storage cabinet with spares and tools as required. Sprinkler Contractor is required to coordinate sprinkler pipe location with ceiling diffusers and other mechanical piping and equipment. If sprinkler piping is installed prior to mechanical equipment, Sprinkler Contractor shall be required to relocate sprinkler piping that may conflict with mechanical equipment located as shown on drawings. Offset existing sprinkler mains and nmouts as needed for installation of new beams in basement and first floor ceilings. Refer to Mechanical Drawings Ml,M2 and M3 for further clarification. 15300- 1 MECHANICAL INSULATION SCHEDULE DEWEY HOUSE PLUMBING PIPING COLD PIPING: 1"FIBERGLASS POTABLE COLD WATER PIPING *HOT PIPING: 1"FIBERGLASS POTABLE HOT WATER PIPING HOT DRAIN PIPING HOT LOW MEDIUM PRESSURE PIPING: 1"FIBERGLASS FOR PIPES LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 1", 1-1/2"FOR PIPES LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 4",2"FOR PIPES GREATER THAN 5". MEDIUM AND LOW PRESSURE STEAM AND CONDENSATE PIPING DUCTWORK INSULATION COLD DUCTWORK: 1-1/2" FLEXIBLE FIBERGLASS EXHAUST DUCTWORK TO WALL CAPS *PROVIDE WHITE ARMAFLEX INSULATION KITS ON HANDICAPPED LAVS IF OFFSET/RECESSED ..� SUPPLIES NOT UTILIZED. SAME WITH DRAIN. w� «w, 15250-S on Comer Angles: Except for over and hood exhaust duct insulation,install comer angles on external comers of insulation on ductwork in exposed finished spaces before covering with jacketing. Install duct insulation with maximum allowable compression of 25%. Overlap all seams minimum of 2"and finish with 3" wide pressure sensitive tape. 10 Apply insulation using staggered joint method for both single and double layer construction,where feasible. Apply each layer of insulation separately. Coat insulated equipment surfaces with layer of insulating cement,troweled in workmanlike manner, leaving smooth continuous surface. Fill in scored block,seams,chipped edges and depressions,and cover over wire netting and joints with cement of sufficient thickness to remove surface irregularities. Coat glass cloth jacketed insulation on equipment surfaces with mastic,troweled in workmanlike manner,leaving smooth continuous surface of sufficient thickness to remove surface irregularities. Cover insulated equipmerit surfaces with all-service jacketing neatly fitted firmly secured. Lap seams at least 2". Apply over vapor barrier where applicable. Do not insulate boiler manholes,handholes,cleariouts,ASW stamp,and manufacturer's nameplate. Provide neatly beveled edge at interruptions of insulation. Provide removable insulation sections to cover parts of equipment which must be opened periodically for maintenance; include metal vessel covers,fasteners,flanges,frames and accessories. Repair damaged sections of existing mechanical insulation,both previously damaged or damaged during this construction period. Use insulation of same thickness as existing insulation,install new jacket lapping and sealed over existing. Replace damaged insulation which cannot be repaired satisfactorily,including units with vapor barrier damage and moisture saturated units. Protection: Insulation Installer shall advise Contractor of required protection for insulation work during remainder of construction period,to avoid damage and deterioration. END OF SECTION 15250 15250-3 Protective Finishes:As recommended by insulation manufacturer for applications indicated. Plumbing Piping System Insulation: Insulate plumbing piping systems as scheduled. Omit insulation on chrome-plated exposed piping(except for handicapped fixtures), air chambers,unions, strainers, check valves, balance cocks,flow regulators,drain lines from water coolers, drainage piping located in crawl spaces or tunnels,buried piping,fire protection piping,and pre-insulated equipment. HVAC Piping System Insulation: Insulate HVAC piping systems as scheduled. Omit insulation on hot piping within radiation enclosures or unit cabinets;on heating piping beyond control valve,located within heated space;and on unions,flanges,strainers,flexible connections,and expansion joints. Insulation of Piping Exposed to Weather. Protect outdoor insulation from weather by installing outdoor protective jacketing as recommended by the manufacturer. Ductwork System Insulation: Insulate ductwork systems as scheduled with rigid fiberglass for exposed(to view)locations(Flexible fiberglass permitted in concealed locations). Insulation of Ductwork Exposed to Weather: Protect outdoor insulation from weather by installing outdoor protective jacketing. Equipment Insulation: Include equipment and breeching as scheduled. Installation: w. General: Install insulation products in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, and in accordance with recognized industry practices to ensure that insulation serves its intended purpose. Install insulation on mechanical systems subsequent to testing and acceptance of tests. Install insulation materials with smooth and even surfaces. Insulate each continuous run of piping with full-length units of insulation,with single cut piece to complete run. Do not use cut pieces or scraps abutting each other. Clean and dry pipe surfaces prior to insulating. Butt insulation joints firmly together to ensure complete and tight fit over surfaces to be covered. Maintain integrity of vapor-barrier jackets on pipe insulation,and protect to prevent puncture or other damage. Cover valves,fittings and similar items in each mechanical system with equivalent thickness and composition of insulation as applied to adjoining run. Install factory molded,precut or job fabricated units(at Installer's option)except where specific form or type is indicated. Extend insulation without interruption through walls,floors and similar penetrations,except where otherwise indicated. Butt pipe insulation against pipe hanger insulation inserts. For hot pipes,apply 3"wide vapor-barrier tape or band over butt joints. For cold piping,apply wet coat of vapor-barrier lap cement on butt joints,and seal joints with 3" , wide vapor-barrier tape or band. 15250-2 "" 4P ON SECTION 15250-MECHANICAL INSULATION PF Flame/Smoke Ratings: Provide composite mechanical insulation (insulation,jackets, coverings, sealers, mastics and adhesives)with flame-spread index of 25 or less,and smoke-developed index of 50 or less,as tested by ASTM E 84(NFPA 255)method. Manufacturw. Armstrong World Industries;CertainTeed;Knauf Fiber Glass;Owens-Coming Fibcrglas-,Specialty Products and Insulation Co. Piping Insulation Materials: Fiberglass Piping Insulation: ASTM C 547,Class 1. Jackets for Piping Insulation: ASTM C 92 1,Type I for piping with temperatures below ambient,Type II for piping with temperatures above ambient. Type I may be used for all piping at Installers option. Encase pipe fittings insulation with one-piece premolded PVC fittings covers,fastened as per manufacturer's recommendations. Encase exterior piping insulation with aluminum jacket with weather-proof construction. ON Staples,Bands,Wires,Cement,Adhesives,Sealers,and Protective Finishes: As recommended by insulation manufacturer for applications indicated. Ductwork Insulation Materials: Rigid Fiberglass Ductwork Insulation: ASTM C 612,Class I for rectangular ductwork,equal to Owens-Coming pipe and tank insulation for round ductwork. Flexible Fiberglass Ductwork Insulation: ASTM C 553,Type I,Class B-4. Jackets for Ductwork Insulation: ASTM C 92 1,Type I for ductwork with temperatures below ambient;Type H for ductwork with temperatures above ambient.Unfaced for ductwork exposed to weather. Manufacturer: Mon-Eco Industries,Inc. Staples,Bands,Wires,Tape,Anchors,Comer Angles,Cements,Adhesives,Coatings,Sealers,and Protective Finishes:As recommended by insulation manufacturer for applications indicated. Equipment Insulation Materials: Rigid Fiberglass Equipment Insulation: ASTM C 612,Class 2. Flexible Fiberglass Equipment Insulation: ASTM C 553,Type I,Class B-4. Mineral Fiber Preformed Pipe Insulation: ASTM C 547 Calcium Silicate Equipment Insulation: ASTM C 533,Type 1,Block. Jacketing Materials for Equipment Insulation: Provide pre-sized glass cloth jacketing material,not less than 7.8 ounces per square yard,or metal jacket at Installer's option,except as otherwise indicated. Staples,Bands,Wire,Wire Netting,Tape,Comer Angles,Anchors,Stud Pins,Adhesives,Cements,Sealers,Mastics and 15250- 1 Near each branch,excluding short take-offs for fixtures and terminal units;mark each pipe at branch,where there could be question of flow pattern. Near locations where pipes pass through walls or floors/ceilings,or enter non-accessible enclosures. At access doors,manholes and similar access points which permit view of concealed piping. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination. Spaced intermediately at maximum spacing of 50'along each piping run,except reduce spacing to 25'in congested +� areas of piping and equipment. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings,except omit intermediately spaced markers. .� Underground Piping Identification: During back-fillinghop-soiling of each exterior underground piping systems,install continuous underground-type plastic line marker,located directly over buried line at 6"to 8"below finished grade. w Valve Identification: Provide valve tag on every valve,cock and control device in each piping system;exclude check valves, valves within factory-fabricated equipment units, HVAC terminal devices and similar rough-in connections of end-use fixtures and units. List each tagged valve in valve schedule for each piping system. .., Mount valve schedule frames and schedules in machine rooms where indicated or,if not otherwise indicated,where directed by Architect/Engineer. Where more than one major machine room is shown for project,install mounted valve schedule in each major machine room,and repeat only main valves which are to be operated in conjunction with operations of more than single machine room. END OF SECTION 15190 er, 15190-2 to SECTION 15190-MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION aw ANSI Compliance: Comply with ANSI A13.1 for lettering size,length of color field,colors,and installed viewing angles of identification devices. Schedules: Submit valve schedule for each piping system,typewritten and reproduced on 8-1/2"x 11"bond paper. Tabulate valve number,piping system,system abbreviation(as shown on tag),location of valve(room or space),and variations for identification(if any). Mark valves which are intended for emergency shut-off and similar special uses,by special"flags," in margin of schedule. Manufacturers: Allen Systems;W.H.Brady;Industrial Safety Supply;or Seton Name Plate. RN Plastic Pipe Markers;Snap-On Type: Provide manufacturer's standard pre-printed,semi-rigid,snap-on,color-coded,pipe markers,complying with ANSI Al3.1. OF Plastic Pipe Markers; Pressure-Sensitive Type: Provide manufacturer's standard pre-printed, permanent adhesive, color-coded,pressure-sensitive vinyl pipe markers,complying with ANSI A13.1. ow. Underground-Type Plastic Line Marker: Manufacturer's standard permanent,bright-colored,continuous-printed plastic type, intended for direct-burial service;not less than 6"wide x 4 mils thick. Provide tape with printing which most accurately indicates type of service of buried pipe. wo Plastic Valve Tags: Provide manufacturer's standard solid plastic valve tags with printed enamel lettering,with piping system abbreviation in approximately 3/16"high letters and sequenced valve numbers approximately 3/8"high,and with 5/32"hole for fastener. ON Valve Tag Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard solid brass chain(wire link or beaded type),or solid brass S-hooks of the sizes required for proper attachment of tags to valves,and manufactured specifically for that purpose. as Valve Schedule Frames: For each page of the valve schedule,provide a glazed display frame,with screws for removable mounting on masonry walls. Provide frames of extruded aluminum or plastic with SSB-grade sheet glass or plastic. 00 Plastic Equipment Markers: Provide manufacturer's standard laminated plastic,color coded equipment markers. Lettering and Graphics: Coordinate names,abbreviations and other designations used in mechanical identification work, with corresponding designations shown,specified or scheduled. Provide numbers,lettering and wording as indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, as recommended by manufacturers or as required for proper identification and operation/maintenance of mechanical systems and equipment. Installation of Mechanical Identification: Coordination: Where identification is to be applied to surfaces which require insulation,painting or other covering or finish, including valve tags in finished mechanical spaces,install identification after completion of covering and painting. Install identification prior to installation of acoustical ceilings and similar removable concealment. Piping Identification: Install pipe markers on each system,and include arrows to show normal direction of flow: Locate pipe markers and color bands as follows wherever piping is exposed to view in occupied spaces,machine rooms,accessible maintenance spaces(shafts,tunnels,plenums)and exterior non-concealed locations. Near each valve and control device. 15190- 1 OR Install hangers and supports complete with necessary inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers and other accessories. Except as otherwise indicated for exposed continuous pipe runs, install hangers and supports of same type and style as installed for adjacent similar piping. Support fire-water piping independently of other piping. Prevent electrolysis in support of copper tubing by use of hangers and supports which are copper plated,or by other recognized industry methods. Install hangers and supports to allow controlled movement of piping systems and to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends and similar units. Install hangers and supports so that piping live and dead loading and stresses from movement will ... not be transmitted to connected equipment. Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes, and so that maximum pipe deflections allowed by ANSI B31 Pressure Piping Codes are not exceeded. Comply with the following installation requirements for insulated piping: Clamps: Attach clamps, including spacers (if any), to piping with clamps projecting through insulation;do not exceed pipe stresses allowed by ANSI B31. Shields: Where low-compressive-strength insulation or vapor barriers are indicated on cold .� water piping,install coated protective shields. Install anchors at proper locations to prevent stresses from exceeding those permitted by ANSI B31, and to prevent transfer of loading and stresses to connected equipment. Install anchors where not otherwise indicated, at ends of principal pipe-runs, at intermediate points w in pipe-runs between expansion loops and bends. Make provisions for preset of anchors as required to accommodate both expansion and contraction of piping. Hanger Adjustment: Adjust hangers so as to distribute loads equally on attachments. Support Adjustment: Provide grout under supports so as to bring piping and equipment to proper level and elevations. Provide concrete housekeeping bases for floor mounted equipment furnished as part of the work of Division 15. Size bases to extend minimum of 4" beyond equipment base in any direction; and V above finished floor elevation. Construct of reinforced concrete, roughen floor slab'beneath base for bond, and provide steel rod anchors between floor and base. Locate anchor bolts II using equipment manufacturer's templates. Chamfer top and edge corners. i Provide structural steel stands to support equipment not floor mounted or hung from structure. Construct of structural steel members or steel pipe and fittings. Provide factory-fabricated tank saddles or tanks mounted on steel stands. END OF SECTION 15140 15140-2 SECTION 15140-SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS MSS Standard Compliance: Comply with the following: Provide pipe hangers and supports of which materials, design, and manufacture comply with MSS SP-58. Select and apply pipe hangers and supports,complying with MSS SP-69. Fabricate and install pipe hangers and supports,complying with MSS SP-89. Terminology used in this section is defined in MSS SP-90. General: Except as otherwise indicated, for each piping system provide factory-fabricated horizontal- piping hangers and supports complying with MSS SP-58, selected by Installer to suit piping systems, in accordance with MSS SP-69 and manufacturer's published'product information. Use only one type by one manufacturer for each piping service. Select size of hangers and supports to exactly fit pipe size for bare piping, and to exactly fit around piping insulation with saddle or shield for insulated piping. Provide copper-plated hangers and supports for copper-piping systems. Manufacturer of Hangers and Supports: B-Line Systems; Carpenter and Patterson; Corner & Lada; No Elcen Metal Products;Fee&Mason;or ITT Grinnel. Saddles and Shields: Except as otherwise indicated, provide saddles and shields under piping OW hangers and supports, factory-fabricated, for all insulated piping. Size saddles and shields for exact fit to mate with pipe insulation. on Heavy-Duty Steel Trapezes: Fabricate from steel shapes selected for loads required; weld steel in accordance with AWS standards. Pipe Guides: Provide factory-fabricated guides, of cast semi-steel or heavy fabricated steel,consisting tw of bolted two-section outer cylinder and base with two-section guiding spider bolted tight to pipe. Size guide and spiders to clear pipe and insulation cif any), and cylinder. Provide guides of length recommended by manufacturer to allow indicated travel. Installation: Install building attachments at required locations within concrete or on structural steel for proper piping support. Space attachments within maximum piping span length indicated in MSS SP-69. Install additional building attachments where support is required for additional concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, guides, strainers, expansion joints, and at changes in direction of piping. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed; fasten inserts securely to forms. Where concrete with compressive strength less than 2500 psi is indicated,install reinforcing bars through openings at top of inserts. " Install hangers, supports, clamps and attachments to support piping properly from building structure;comply with MSS SP- 69. Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping to be supported together on trapeze type hangers where possible. Install supports with maximum spacings complying with MSS SP-69. Where piping of various sizes is to be supported together by trapeze hangers, space hangers for smallest pipe size or install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipe. Do not use wire or perforated metal to support piping, and do not support piping from other sp piping. 15140- 1 �r SECTION 151 -METERS AND GAGES Direct Mount Dial Thermometers: Provide direct mount dial thermometers of vapor tension, universal angle type, drawn steel or brass case,glass lens,4-1/2" diameter,copper bulb with phospher bronze bourdon pressure tube, one scale division accuracy,brass precision geared movement, 400-240OF range. Manufacturer: Marsh;Trerice; or Weiss. Pressure Gages: Provide pressure gages of general use, 1`Xo accuracy, ANSI B40.1 grade A, phospher bronze bourdon type, bottom connection, drawn steel or brass case, glass lens, 4-1/2" diameter, with 1/4" brass male NPT connector,range to suit. Manufacturer: Ametek;Marsh;Marshalltown;Trerice;or Weiss. Pressure Gage Cocks: Provide pressure gage cocks between pressure gages and gage tees on piping systems. Construct gage cock of brass with 1/4" female NPT on each end, and"T" handle brass plug. Provide 114" brass bushing snubber with corrosion resistant porous metal disc, through which pressure fluid is filtered. Select disc material for fluid served and pressure rating. Manufacturer: Same as for pressure gages. Installation: Install temperature gages in vertical upright position,and tilted so as to be easily read by observ- er standing on floor. Install pressure gages in piping tee with pressure gage cock, located on pipe at most readable position. Install pressure gage cocks in piping tee with snubber. END OF SECTION 15135 15135- 1 solder ends. Valve shall be capable of being reground while the valve remains in the line. Wafer Check Valves- (Non-Slam): Class 250, cast iron body, replaceable lapped bronze seat, lapped and balanced twin bronze flappers and stainless steel trim. Valve shall be designed to open and close at approximately one foot differential pressure. Twin flappers shall be loaded with a stainless steel torsion spring to minimize flapper drag and assure even non-slam checking action. Selection of Valve Ends (Pipe Connections): Except as otherwise indicated, select valves with the following ends or types of pipe/tube connections: Copper Tube Size 2 Inch and Smaller: Solder ends,except in heating hot water and low pressure so steam service which shall have threaded ends. Steel Pipe Sizes 2 Inch and Smaller: Threaded or grooved-end. tM Steel Pipe Sizes 2-1/2 Inch and Larger: Grooved-end or flanged. Manufacturers: Apollo,Kitz,Nibco,Watts .o General Application: Use gate, ball, and butterfly valves for shut-off duty; globe ball, and butterfly for throttling duty. �* Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary. Installation: Install valves and unions for each fixture and item of equipment in a manner to allow equipment removal without system shut-down. Unions are not required on flanged devices. "* Install 3-valve bypass around each pressure reducing valve using throttling type valves. w Install valves where required for proper operation of piping and equipment, including valves in branch lines where necessary to isolate sections of piping. Locate valves so as to be accessible and so that separate support can be provided when necessary. Install valves with stems pointed up, in vertical position where possible, but in no case with stems pointed downward for horizontal plane unless unavoidable. Install valve drains with hose-end adapter for each valve that must be installed with stem below horizontal plane. Install extended-stem valves, where insulation is indicated, arranged in proper manner to receive insulation. END OF SECTION 15100 on ww 15100-2 No _SECTION 15100-VALVES This section includes general duty valves common to most mechanical piping systems. General: Comply with ASME B31.9 for building services piping and ASME B31.a for power piping. Pressure and Temperature Ratings: as required to suit system pressures and temperatures. Sizes: Unless otherwise indicated,provide valves of same size as upstream pipe size. End Connections: as specified in the individual valves specificatio ns. Threads: Comply with ANSI B2.1..AnsVASME B1.20.1. Flanges: Comply with ANSI B16.1 for cast iron, ANSI B16.5 for steel, and ANSI B16.24 for bronze valves. Solder-Joint: Comply with ANSI B16.18. Do not use solder joints for HVAC applications. Gate Valves-2*lnch and SmaUer: MSS SP-80;Class 126,body and bonnet of ASTM V62 cast bronze, threaded or solder ends, solid disc, copper-silicon alloy stem, brass packing glad, *Teflon" impregnated packing, and malleable iron handwheel. Class 150 valve meeting the above shall be used where pressure requires. 40, Gate Valves - 2-1/2 Inch and Larger: MSS SP-70; Class 126 iron body, bronze mounted, with body and bonnet conforming to ASTM A 126 Class B,flanged ends,and"Teflon"impregnated packing and 40 two-piece backing gland assembly. Ball Valves- 2 Inch and Smaller: rated for 150 psi saturated steam pressure, 600 psi WOG pressure; 2-piece construction, bronze/brass body conforming to ASTM B 62, standard/full port, chrome- 40 plated brass ball,replaceable"Teflon"or"TFE"seats and seals, blowout proof stem,and vinyl-covered steel handle. Provide solder ends for condenser water, chilled water, and domestic hot and cold water service; threaded ends for beating hot water and low pressure steam. Plug Valves - 2 Inch and Smaller: 150 psi WOG, bronze body, straightaway patter, square head, threaded ends. Plug Valves-2-1/2 Inch and Larger: Mss SP-78; 175 psi lubricated plug type, semi-steel body, single gland wrench operated,flanged ends. Globe Valves-2 Inch and SmaHer: MSS SP-80; Class 125, body and screwed bonnet of ASTM B 62 cast bronze, threaded or solder ends, brass or replaceable composition disc,copper silicon alloy stem, brass packing gland, "Teflon" impregnated packing, and malleable iron handwheel. Class 150 valves meeting the above shall be used where pressure requires. Butterfly Valves-2-1/2 Inch and Larger: MSS SP-67; rated at 200 psi; cast-iron body conforming to ASTM a 126, Class B. Provide valves with field replaceable EPDM sleeve, nickel plated ductile iron go disc (except aluminum bronze disc for valves installed in condenser water piping), stainless steel stem, and EPDM O-ring stem seals. Provide lever operators with locks for sizes 2 through 6 inches and gear operators with position indicator for sizes 8 through 24 inches. Provide lug or wafer type as indicated. Drill tap valves on dead-end service or requiring additional body strength. Swing Check Valves - 2 Inch and Smaller: MSS SP-80; Class 150, cast bronze body and cap conforming to ASTM B 62, horizontal sw.ing,Y-pattern, with a bronze disc, and having threaded or 15100- 1 includes vapor-barrier jacket,provide sleeve with sufficient clearance for installation. Install length of sleeve equal to thickness of constriction penetrated,and finish flush to surface;except floor sleeves. Extend floor sleeves 1/4"above level floor finish,and 3/4"above floor finish sloped to drain. Provide temporary support of sleeves during placement of concrete and other work around sleeves,and provide temporary closure to prevent concrete and other materials from entering sleeves. Fire Barrier Penetration Seals: Fill entire opening with sealing compound. Adhere to manufacturer's installation instructions. Locate drip pans under piping passing over or within 3'horizontally of electrical equipment,and elsewhere as indicated. Hang from structure with rods and building attachments,weld rods to sides of drip pan. Brace to prevent sagging or swaying. Connect 1"drain line to drain connection,and run to nearest plumbing drain or elsewhere as indicated. Installation of Access Doors: Set frames accurately in position and securely attached to supports,with face panels plumb and level in relation to adjacent finish surfaces. Adjust hardware and panels after installation for proper operation. s, END OF SECTION 15055 .w. 15055-2 SECTION 15055-BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS Mechanical Specialties: Escutcheons: Chrome-plated,stamped steel,hinged,split-ring escutcheon,with set screw. Inside diameter shall closely fit pipe outside diameter,or outside of pipe insulation where pipe is insulated. Outside diameter shall completely cover the opening in floors,walls,or ceilings. Unions: Malleable-iron,Class 150 for low pressure service and class 250 for high pressure service;hexagonal stock,with ball-and-socket joints,metal-to-metal bronze seating surfaces;female threaded ends. Dielectric Unions: Provide dielectric unions with appropriate end connections for the pipe materials in which installed (screwed,soldered,or flanged),which effectively isolate dissimilar metals,to prevent galvanic action,and stop corrosion. Sleeves: Steel Sleeves: Schedule 40 galvanized,welded steel pipe,ASTM A53,Grade A. Mechanical Sleeve Seals: Modular mechanical type,consisting of interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fill annular space between pipe and sleeve,connected with bolts and pressure plates which cause rubber sealing elements to expand when tightened,providing watertight seal and electrical insulation. Fire-Resistant Sealant: Provide two-part, foamed-in-place, fire-stopping silicone sealant formulated for use in a on through-penetration fire-stop system for filling openings around cables,conduits,pipes,and duct penetrations through walls and floors.Sealants and accessories shall have fire-resistance ratings indicated as established by testing identical assemblies per ASTM E 814 by Underwriters Laboratory,Inc.or other testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. to Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,products that may be incorporated in the Work include,but are not limited to the following: "Dow Corning Fire Stop Sealant";Dow Corning Corp. "3M Fire Barrier Caulk CP-25%Electrical Products Div./3M. "RTV 7403";General Electric Co. Kw Tyre Putty";Standard Oil Engineered Materials Co. Drip Pans: Provide drip pans fabricated from corrosion-resistant sheet metal with watertight joints,and with edges turned po up 2-1R". Reinforce top,either by structural angles or by rolling top over 1/4"steel rod. Provide hole,gasket,and flange at low point for watertight joint and V drain line connection. Mechanical Specialties Installation: pa Install unions at the final connection to each piece of equipment and plumbing fixture having 2"and smaller connections, and elsewhere as indicated. Install dielectric unions to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals in dry piping systems(gas,compressed air,vacuum). Install dielectric fittings to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals in wet piping systems(water,steam). Install pipe sleeves where piping passes through masonry walls,floors,roofs,and fire-rated assemblies. Do not install sleeves through structural members of work,except as detailed on drawings,or as reviewed by Architect/Engineer. Install sleeves accurately centered on pipe runs. Size sleeves so that piping and insulation(if any)will have free movement in sleeve,including allowance for thermal expansion;but not less than 2 pipe sizes larger than piping run. Where insulation 15055- 1 am ■. MECHANICAL DEMOLITION SCHEDULE DEWEY HOUSE M.C.TO SELECTIVELY REMOVE PORTIONS OF EXISTING STEAM, COLD,HOT, SANITARY,STORM AND VENT PIPING AS NEEDED FOR RENOVATION WORK AND SEPARATION OF COMBINED SANITARY AND STORM SYSTEM. REMOVE OBSOLETE KITCHEN EQUIPMENT AND PLUMBING CONNECTIONS. W, .o to M r. .w w. 15040-S `• OR SECTION 15040-MECHANICAL DEMOLITION Description of Work: Demolition requires salvage removal of equipment and disposal of piping and ductwork, offsite,as scheduled: Submittals: Provide a detailed description and sequence of demolition and removal work to ensure uninterrupted progress of the Owner's on-site operations. Salvage: Items of salvageable value shall be offered to the Owner and if accepted, transported to a local storage site as directed by the Owner. Items not accepted by the Owner shall become the property of the Contractor and must be transported from the site as they are removed. Traffic: Conduct demolition operations and removal of debris to ensure minimum interference with roads,streets,walks,and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. Protections: Ensure safe passage of persons around area of demolition. Conduct operations to prevent damage or injury to the building, equipment,other facilities,and persons. Damages: Promptly repair damages caused to facilities by demolition operations at no cost to Owner. Utility Services: Maintain existing utilities, keep in service, and protect against damage during demolition operations. Pollution Controls: Use suitable methods to limit dust and dirt rising and scattering in air to lowest practical level. Regulatory Compliance: Comply with all applicable codes and regulations. END OF SECTION 15040 so t" 15040- 1 me ra Internal Thermal Overload Protection for Motors: For motors so indicated,protection automatically opens the power supply circuit to the motor,or a control circuit arranged for external connection. Protection operates when winding temperature " exceeds a safe value calibrated to the temperature returns to normal range except as otherwise indicated. Bearings,belt connected motors and other motors with high radial forces on motor shaft shall be ball bearing type. Sealed, prelubricated sleeve bearings may be used for other single phase motors. END OF SECTION 15030 WV MW Oft go 15030-3 On �w w 120 V Circuit: 115 V-motor rating. Capacity: Sufficient to start and operate connected loads at designated speeds in indicated environment,and with indicated *�! operating sequence,without exceeding nameplate ratings. Provide motors rated for continuous duty at 100 percent of rated capacity. Temperature Rise: Based on 40°C ambient except as otherwise indicated. no Enclosure: Open dripproof. so Polyphase motors: General: Squirrel-cage induction-type conforming to the following requirements except as otherwise indicated. .. NEMA Design Letter Designation: "B". Multi-Speed Motors: Separate winding for each speed Energy Efficient Motors: Nominal efficiency equal to or greater than that stated in NEMA MG1,table 12-6C for that type and rating of motor. Variable Speed Motors for use with Solid-State Drives: Energy efficient, squirrel-cage induction,design B units with ratings,characteristics,and features coordinated with and approved by drive manufacturer. Internal Thermal Overload Protection for Motors: For motors so indicated,protection automatically opens control circuit arranged for external connection. Protection operates when winding temperature exceeds safe value calibrated to the temperature rating of the motor insulation. Bearings: Double-shielded,prelubricated ball bearings suitable for radial and thrust loading of the application. Rugged Duty Motors: Totally enclosed with 1.25 minimum service factor. Provide motors with regreasable bearings and equipped with capped relief vents. hrsulate windings with nonhygroscopic material external finish shall be chemical resistant paint over corrosion resistant primer. Provide integral condensate drains. Motors for Reduced Inrush Starting: Coordinate with indicated reduced inrush controller type and with characteristics of w drive equipment load. Provide required wiring leads in motor terminal box to suit control method. Single Phase Motors General: Conform to the following requirements except as otherwise indicated. Energy Efficient Motors: One of the following types as selected to suit the starting torque and other requirement of the specific motor application. Permanent Split Capacitor. 9W Split-Phase Start,Capacitor-Run. Capacitor-Start,Capacitor-Run. Shaded-Pole Motors: Use only for motors smaller than 1/20 hp. 15030-2 on SECTION 15030-ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT Summary: This section specifies the basic requirements for electrical components for mechanical equipment. These components go include,but are not limited to starters,disconnect switches and motors. It includes motors that are factory-installed as part of equipment and appliances as well as field-installed motors. Starters,Disconnects,General: Provide factory mounted disconnects and famish accessory starters as indicated on schedule. Where not indicated,fianish starters and disconnects to Electrical Contractor as required for proper installation and operation of equipment. Confirm electrical characteristics of equipment specified with electrical installer before ordering. Comply with National Electrical Code(NFPA 70). Electrical components and materials shall be UL labeled. Starters,Electrical Devices and Wiring: Motor Starter Characteristics: ON Enclosures: NEMA 1,general purpose enclosures with padlock ears,except in wet locations shall be NEMA 3R with conduit hubs,or units in hazardous locations which shall have NEC proper class and division. no Type and size of starter shall be as recommended by motor manufacturer and the driven equipment manufacturer for applicable protection and start-up condition. 00 Motor connections: Flexible conduit,except where plug-in electrical cords are specifically indicated. P" Disconnect Switches: Fusible switches: fused, each phase; general duty; horsepower rated; non-teasible quick-make, quick-break mechanism; dead front line side shield; solderless lugs suitable for copper or aluminum conductors; spring reinforced fuse clips;electro silver plated cun-ent carrying parts;hinged doors;operating lever arranged for locking in the"OPEN"position;arc quenchers;capacity and characteristics as indicated. Non-fusible switches: for equipment 2 horsepower and smaller,shall be horsepower rated;toggle switch type; quantity of poles and voltage rating as indicated. For equipment larger than 2 horsepower,switches shall be the same as fusible type. Motors,General: General: Requirements below apply to motors covered by this section except as otherwise indicated. - Motors smaller than 1/2 HP: Single phase. Frequency rating: 60 Hz. Voltage rating: Determined by voltage of circuit to which motor is connected for the following motor voltage ratings (utilization voltages): 15030- 1 inspection and maintenance operations to be performed daily,weekly,monthly,quarterly and annually as required to provide for long life and faithful performance of the systems. The schedule shall be prepared by the Mechanical Contractor. It shall be presented in a concise 8-1/2x11 chart format to serve as a checklist for maintenance personnel. (Copies of manufacturer's product literature do not satisfy this requirement.) One copy of the valve charts in clear plastic covers and bound in each operating and maintenance manuals. Warranties: Refer to the Division 1 Section: WARRANTIES and BONDS for procedures and submittal requirements for warranties. Refer to individual equipment specifications for warranty requirements. Compile and assemble the warranties specified in Division 15,into a separated set of vinyl covered,three ring binders, tabulated and indexed for easy reference. Provide complete warranty information for each item of product or equipment to include date of beginning of warranty or bond;duration of warranty or bond;and names,addresses,and telephone numbers and procedures for filing a claim and obtaining warranty services. ? " Cleaning: Refer to the Division-1 Section: PROJECT CLOSEOUT for general requirements for final cleaning. Refer to Division-15 Section: TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING for requirements for cleaning filters,strainers, and mechanical systems prior to final acceptance. END OF SECTION 15010 ter 15010-5 written request or direction of the Owner,Architect or Engineer. Refer to the Instructions to Bidders for additional requirements in selecting products and requesting substitutions. , Nameplate Data: Provide permanent operational data nameplate on each item of power operated mechanical equipment, indicating manufacturer,product name,model number,serial number,capacity,operating and power characteristics,labels of tested compliances,and similar essential data. Locate nameplates in an accessible location. Delivery,Storage and Handling: Deliver products to project properly identified with names,model numbers,types,grades,compliance labels,and similar information needed for distinct identifications; adequately packaged and protected to prevent damage during shipment, AM storage,and handling. Store equipment and materials at the site,unless off-site storage is authorized in writing. Protect stored equipment and materials from damage. Coordinate deliveries of mechanical materials and equipment to minimize construction site congestion. Limit each shipment of materials and equipment to the items and quantities needed for the smooth and efficient flow of installations. Record Documents: Refer to the Division 1 Section: PROJECT CLOSEOUT for requirements. The following paragraphs supplement the requirements of Division 1. Mark Drawings to indicate revisions to piping and ductwork,size and location both exterior and interior;including locations of coils,dampers and other control devices,filters,boxes,and similar units requiring periodic maintenance or repair;actual equipment locations, dimensioned for column lines; actual inverts and locations of underground;piping; concealed equipment,dimensioned to column lines;mains and branches of piping systems,with valves and control devices located and numbered, concealed unions located, and with items requiring maintenance located (i.e., traps, strainers, expansion compensators,tanks,etc.); Change Orders;concealed control system devices. Mark Specifications to indicate approved substitutions,Change Orders;actual equipment and materials used. Operation and Maintenance Data: Refer to the Division I Section: PROJECT CLOSEOUT for procedures and requirements for preparation and submittal of maintenance manuals. In addition to the information required by Division 1 for Maintenance Data,include the following information: " Manufacturer's printed operating procedures to include start-up, break-in, routine and normal operating instructions; regulation,control,stopping,shut-down,and emergency instructions;and summer and winter operating instructions. Maintenance procedures for routine preventative maintenance and troubleshooting;disassembly,repair,and reassembly; aligning and adjusting instructions. ,re Servicing instructions and lubrication charts and schedules. A periodic preventative maintenance and inspection schedule for each system and for the components in the system,listing **° 15010-4 remove and replace defective Work, remove and replace Work not conforming to requirements of the Contract Documents; remove samples of installed Work as specified for testing; install equipment and materials in existing structures; ! " upon written instructions from the Architect/Engmeer, uncover and restore Work to provide for Architect/Engmeer observation of concealed Work. Cut,remove and legally dispose of selected mechanical equipment,components,and materials as indicated,including,but not limited to removal of mechanical piping, heating units,plumbing fixtures and trim,and other mechanical items made obsolete by the new Work. Protect the structure,furnishings,finishes,and adjacent materials not indicated or scheduled to be removed. Locate identify,and protect mechanical and electrical services passing through remodeling or demolition area and serving other areas required to be maintained operational. When transit services must be interrupted,provide temporary services for the affected areas and notify the Owner prior to changeover. Mechanical Submittals: Refer to the Conditions of the Contract (General and Supplementary) and Division 1 Section: SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA,AND SAMPLES for submittal definitions,requirements,and procedures. Submit all mechanical shop drawings at one time in a bound volume or notebook organized by specification sections and tabbed. Shop drawings will become part of maintenance manuals. on Submittal of shop drawings,product data,and samples will be accepted only when stamped"approved"by The Contractor in accordance with the provisions of the"Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples" Section of AIA Document A201. Data an submitted from subcontractors and material suppliers directly to the Architect/Engineer will not be processed. Provide product data on the following items: on escutheons,dielectric unions,solder,valves,mechanical identification,mechanical insulation,fire protection equipment, plumbing fixtures,equipment and trim,hydronic specialties,terminal units,electric control devices,and all other major equipment items. po To establish a standard of design, quality and function, specific products are scheduled on the drawings and in the specifications. Contractors wishing to substitute products other than scheduled must submit a written request to the Engineer for approval at least five(5)days prior to the date for receipt of Bids. Each such request shall include catalog data and any other information necessary for a complete evaluation. Any deviations from the product specified must be noted. Manufacturers of products similar in quality and function are listed in the specifications,but such listing does not necessarily mean that a substitute by the manufacturer will be accepted. See front end of specifications for further clarifications. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for coordinating the installation of accepted substitutions,making such changes as may be required for the work to be completed in all respects. Any additional cost,or any loss or damage arising from the substitution of any material or method for those originally specified shall be borne by the Contractor,not withstanding approval or acceptance of such substitution by the Owner,Architect or Engineer,unless such substitution was made at the 15010-3 Refer to equipment specifications in Divisions 2 through 16 for rough-in requirements. Mechanical Installations: + Coordinate mechanical equipment and materials installation with other building components. Verify all dimensions by field measurements. Arrange for chases,slots,and openings in other building components to allow for mechanical installations. Coordinate the installation of required supporting devices and sleeves to be set in poured in place concrete and other structural components,as they are constructed. Sequence,coordinate,and integrate installations of mechanical materials and equipment for efficient flow of the Work. Give particular attention to large equipment requiring positioning prior to closing-in the building. Coordinate the cutting and patching of building components to accommodate the installation of mechanical equipment and materials. Where mounting heights are not detailed or dimensioned,install mechanical services and overhead equipment to provide the maximum headroom possible. Install mechanical equipment to facilitate maintenance and repair or replacement of equipment components. As much as practical,connect equipment for ease of disconnecting,with minimum of interference with other installations. Coordinate the installation of mechanical materials and equipment above ceilings with suspension system,light fixtures,and other installations. Coordinate correction of mechanical systems with exterior underground and overhead utilities and services. Comply with requirements of governing regulations,franchised service companies,and controlling agencies. Provide required connection for each service. Cutting and Patchings: w� This Article specifies the cutting and patching of mechanical equipment,components,and materials to include removal and legal disposal of selected materials,components,and equipment. Refer to the Division 1 Section: CUTTING AND PATCHING for general requirements for cutting and patching. .s Refer to Division 16 Section: BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS for requirements for cutting and patching electrical equipment,components,and materials. Do not endanger or damage installed Work through procedures and processes of cutting and patching. Arrange for repairs required to restore other work,because of damage caused as a result of mechanical installations. awr No additional compensation will be authorized for cutting and patching Work that is necessitated by ill-timed,defective,or non-conforming installations. Perform cutting,fitting,and patching of mechanical equipment and materials required to: uncover Work to provide for installation of ill-timed Work; 15010-2 on P0 SECTION 15010-BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS This Section specifies the basic requirements for mechanical installations and includes requirements common to more than one section of Division 15. It expands and supplements the requirements specified in sections of Division 1. The Contractor,before submitting a proposal,will visit the site with plans and specifications in hand to determine the conditions under which work will be performed. AW No request for extra compensation will be considered for hardships encountered which would have been disclosed or made evident by a reasonable examination of the site. Permits and Inspections: Refer to General Conditions. Codes and Standards: Refer to the General Conditions. Comply with the applicable requirements of the applicable editions of the following publications in addition to codes referenced elsewhere in this Division. The BOCA Basic/National Plumbing Code The BOCA Basic/National Mechanical Code Applicable State and Local Codes Reference Symbols: Symbols shown on the drawings show approximate location of fixtures,ductwork,piping,and other equipment,unless otherwise detailed The exact location will be governed by structural conditions,appearance and obstructions. This is not to be construed so as to permit redesigning systems. It is not intended that the drawings show in detail every fitting and appurtenance,etc.,but all material necessary to complete the systems in accordance with the practices of the trade and to the complete satisfaction of the Architect will be provided without additional recompense under this Division of the specifications. No deviations from the layout will be made without written approval of the Architect. P. Accessibility: Install equipment and materials to provide required access for servicing and maintenance. Coordinate the final location of concealed equipment and devices requiring access with final location of required access panels and doors. Allow ample space for removal of all parts that require replacement or servicing. Extend all grease fittings to an accessible location. ON Install access panel or doors where units are concealed behind finished surfaces. Access panels and doors are specified in Division 15 Section"BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS." No Rough-In: Verify final locations for rough-ins with field measurements and with the requirements of the actual equipment to be connected. 15010- 1 SECTION 15001-SUMMARY OF MECHANICAL WORK Identification: Refer to the Contract (Owner-Contractor Agreement) for name location, project number and abbreviated identification of the work of the project. Contract Documents: Requirements of the work are contained in the contract documents, and include cross-references herein to published information,which is not necessarily bound therewith. Verbal Summary of Work: Contractor to provide complete in-place mechanical systems, as shown on drawings and/or as needed for a complete and proper installation,tested and in compliance with all Federal, State and local codes for Dewey House,Smith College,Northampton,MA. a�w END OF SECTION 15001 15001- 1 wr DEWEY HOUSE Dietz& Company Architects, Inc. HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLIND PRODUCT DATA SHEET Horizontal Louver Blind Designation: HB 1 Slat Description: Unperforated slat complying with the following requirements: Nominal Slat Width: 1 inch (mini blinds.) Tilt Operation: Manual with wand. Length of Tilter Control: Full length of blinds. Position of Tilter Control: Left side unless otherwise indicated. an Tilt: Full. MR Cord Lock Operation: Cord lock, locks pull cord to stop blind at any position in ascending or descending travel. Position: Right unless otherwise indicated. OR Cord Equalizers: Self-aligning to maintain horizontal blind position. Valance: Match color of slats. Mounting: Within window jambs. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors produced for horizontal blinds specified. Manufacturer's Name: Levolor. Product Name: Mark I. Color: As selected by the Architect from the full color range. END OF SECTION 12511 w HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS 12511 Page 3 ON DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. PART 2 - PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS „ Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product specified in each Horizontal Louver Blind Product Data Sheet at the end of this Section. so MATERIALS AND FABRICATION Product Standard and Description: American Window Covering Manufacturers Association(AWCMA) Document w 1029. Each horizontal louver blind unit consists of slats,rails, cord lock, tilting mechanism, tapes, and installation hardware complying with referenced product standard and requirements indicated on each Horizontal Louver Blind Product Data Sheet at the end of this Section. Lifting and Tilting Mechanisms: Noncorrosive, self-lubricating materials. Unit Sizes: Obtain units fabricated in sizes to fill window and other openings as follows,measured at 74 deg.F (23 deg C): Blind Units Installed Between(Inside)Jambs: Width and length equal to 1/2 inch less than opening dimensions formed by jamb, head, and sill members of opening in which each blind is installed. Installation Fasteners: Not less than two fasteners per bracket, fabricated from metal noncorrosive to blind hardware and adjoining construction and to support blind units under conditions of normal use. PART 3 - EXECUTION EXAMINATION Examine openings where horizontal louver blinds will be installed prior to beginning installation. Verify that critical dimensions are correct and surface conditions acceptable. Complete all finishing operations, including painting, before beginning installation. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. aye INSTALLATION Install blinds level, plumb, and located so exterior slat edges in any position are not closer than 1 inch to interior face of glass lites, gaps between slat ends and jambs do not exceed 1/4 inch plus or minus 1/8 inch, and bottom rail in fully lowered position is within 1/2 inch of bottom of window or other opening. CLEANING After completing the installation, clean blind surfaces according to the manufacturer's instructions. w Remove surplus materials, packaging, rubbish and debris resulting from the installation. Leave areas where installation occurred neat, clean, and ready for use. wit go HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS 12511 Page 2 ON vp DEWEY HOUSE Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. SECTION 12511 - HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division so 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section includes horizontal louver blinds. Scope of work shall include providing horizontal louver blinds for a total of sixteen(16)windows in the rear portion of the first floor of Dewey House only. SUBMITTALS General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. Product data for each type of horizontal louver blind specified. Include printed data on physical characteristics. Samples for initial selection purposes in manufacturer's standard sizes showing full range of colors available for each type of blind indicated. Samples for Verification Purposes: One 12-inch-long slat for each color slat required. Maintenance data to include in Operating and Maintenance Manual specified in Division 1. QUALITY ASSURANCE Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has specialized in installing horizontal louver blinds similar to those required for this Project. Surface Burning Characteristics: Provide blinds identical to those tested for the following fire performance characteristics as determined by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Test Method: NFPA 701, Small Scale Vertical Burn Test. Single-Source Responsibility: Obtain horizontal louver blinds from one source of a single manufacturer. PROJECT CONDITIONS Field Measurements: Check openings by field measurements before fabrication. Show recorded measurements on shop drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delay in the Work. Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, guarantee opening dimensions and proceed with fabrication of blinds without field measurements. Coordinate wall and ceiling construction to ensure that actual opening dimensions correspond to guaranteed dimensions. HORIZONTAL LOUVER BLINDS 12511 Page 1 IM DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Install toilet accessory units according to manufacturers' instructions, using fasteners appropriate to substrate as go recommended by unit manufacturer. Install units plumb and level, firmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated. go Secure mirrors to walls in concealed, tamperproof manner with special hangers, toggle bolts, or screws. Set units plumb, level, and square at locations indicated, according to manufacturer's instructions for type of substrate involved. go Install grab bars to withstand a downward load of at least 250 lbf, complying with ASTM F 446. ADJUSTING AND CLEANING Adjust toilet accessories for proper operation and verify that mechanisms function smoothly. Replace damaged or defective items. Clean and polish all exposed surfaces strictly according to manufacturer's recommendations after removing temporary labels and protective coatings. SCHEDULE OF TOILET ACCESSORIES Existing Bathroom: 1 Mirror - 36" high by width of room 1 Toilet paper dispenser 1 Recessed towel dispenser 1 Robe hook New Handicapped Accessible Bathroom: 1 Mirror - 36" x 36" 1 Toilet paper dispenser 1 Recessed towel dispenser 1 Robe hook 1 Grab bar - 42" long 1 Grab bar - 72" long ` END OF SECTION 10800 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES 10800 Page 4 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz& Company Architects, Inc. MISCELLANEOUS ACCESSORIES Double-Prong Robe Hook: Heavy-duty satin finished stainless steel double-prong robe hook; rectangular wall bracket with backplate for concealed mounting. MIRROR UNITS Stainless Steel Framed Mirror Units: Fabricate frame with angle shapes not less than 0.05 inch (18 gage), with square corners mitered, welded, and ground smooth. Provide in No. 4 satin polished finish. Standard Stainless Steel Framed Mirror Units: Fabricate frame with channel shapes not less than 0.04 inch (20 gage), with square comers carefully mitered to hairline joints and mechanically interlocked. Provide in Type 430 bright polished finish. FABRICATION r General: Only a maximum 1-1/2-inch-diameter,unobtrusive stamped manufacturer logo,as approved by Architect, is permitted on exposed face of toilet or bath accessory units. On either interior surface not exposed to view or back surface, provide additional identification by either a printed, waterproof label or a stamped nameplate, indicating manufacturer's name and product model number. General: No names or labels are permitted on exposed faces of toilet and bath accessory units. On either interior surface not exposed to view or on back surface, provide identification of each accessory item either by a printed, "a waterproof label or a stamped nameplate indicating manufacturer's name and product model number. Surface-Mounted Toilet Accessories, General: Except where otherwise indicated, fabricate units with tight seams OR and joints,exposed edges rolled. Hang doors or access panels with continuous stainless steel piano hinge. Provide concealed anchorage wherever possible. Recessed Toilet Accessories, General: Except where otherwise indicated,fabricate units of all-welded construction, w without mitered corners. Hang doors or access panels with full-length, stainless steel piano hinge. Provide anchorage that is fully concealed when unit is closed. 40 Framed Mirror Units,General: Fabricate frames for glass mirror units to accommodate wood,felt,plastic,or other glass edge protection material. Provide mirror backing and support system that will permit rigid, tamperproof glass installation and prevent moisture accumulation, as follows: Provide galvanized-steel backing sheet, not less than 0.034 inch (22 gage) and full mirror size, with nonabsorptive filler material. Corrugated cardboard is not an acceptable filler material. Mirror Unit Hangers: Provide system for mounting mirror units that will permit rigid,tamperproof, and theftproof installation, as follows: One-piece, galvanized-steel, wall-hanger device with spring-action locking mechanism to hold mirror unit in position with no exposed screws or bolts. Keys: Provide universal keys for access to toilet accessory units requiring internal access for servicing, resupply, etc. Provide minimum of six keys to Owner's representative. t PART 3 - EXECUTION INSTALLATION TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES 10800 Page 3 go DEWEY HOUSE Dietz,&Company Architects, Inc. A &J Washroom Accessories. American Specialties, Inc. Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc. Bradley Corporation. General Accessory Manufacturing Co. McKinney/Parker. MATERIALS. GENERAL Stainless Steel: AISI Type 302/304, with polished No. 4 finish, 0.034-inch(22-gage) minimum thickness. Brass: Leaded and unleaded, flat products, ASTM B 19; rods, shapes, forgings, and flat products with finished edges, ASTM B 16; Castings, ASTM B 30. Sheet Steel: Cold-rolled, commercial quality ASTM A 366, 0.04-inch (20-gage) minimum. Surface preparation and metal pretreatment as required for applied finish. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 527, G60. Chromium Plating: Nickel and chromium electro-deposited on base metal, ASTM B 456, Type SC 2. Baked Enamel Finish: Factory-applied, gloss white, baked acrylic enamel coating. Mirror Glass: Nominal 6.0-mm(0.23-inch)thick, conforming to ASTM C 1036, Type I, Class 1, Quality q2, and with silvering, electro- plated copper coating, and protective organic coating. Galvanized Steel Mounting Devices: ASTM A 153, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. Fasteners: Screws, bolts, and other devices of same material as accessory unit, or of galvanized steel where concealed. PAPER TOWEL DISPENSERS Recessed Towel Dispensers: Fabricate of stainless steel for nominal 4-inch wall depth, sized to dispense not less than 400 C-fold or 700 multifold paper towels without use of special adapters; door equipped with tumbler lockset. TOILET TISSUE DISPENSERS Single-Roll Dispenser: Size to accommodate core type tissue to 5-inch-diameter roll. Fabrication: Spindled, chrome-plated, zinc alloy construction; designed for surface mounting. GRAB BARS Stainless Steel Type: Provide grab bars with wall thickness not less than 0.05 inch (18 gage) and as follows: .. Mounting: Concealed, manufacturer's standard flanges and anchorages. Clearance: 1-1/2-inch clearance between wall surface and inside face of bar. Gripping Surfaces: Manufacturer's standard nonslip texture. Medium-Duty Size: Outside diameter of 1-1/4 inches. TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES 10800 Page 2 „,� wr DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. SECTION 10800 - TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section includes toilet and bath accessory items as scheduled. SUBMITTALS General: Submit the following according to Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specifications Sections. Product data for each toilet accessory item specified, including construction details relative to materials,dimensions, gages, profiles, mounting method, specified options, and finishes. it Maintenance instructions including replaceable parts and service recommendations. w QUALITY ASSURANCE Inserts and Anchorages: Furnish accessory manufacturers' standard inserts and anchoring devices that must be set in concrete or built into masonry. Coordinate delivery with other work to avoid delay. Single-Source Responsibility: Provide products of same manufacturer for each type of accessory unit and for units exposed to view in same areas, unless otherwise acceptable to Architect. PROJECT CONDITIONS Coordination: Coordinate accessory locations, installation, and sequencing with other work to avoid interference with and ensure proper installation, operation, adjustment, cleaning, and servicing of toilet accessory items. WARRANTY Warranty: Submit a written warranty executed by mirror manufacturer, agreeing to replace any mirrors that develop visible silver spoilage defects within warranty period. Warranty Period: 15 years from date of Substantial Completion. so The warranty shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and will be in addition to and run concurrent with other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. PART 2 - PRODUCTS ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide toilet accessories by one of the following: TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES 10800 Page 1 MR DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. to PART 3 - EXECUTION INSTALLATION M! Install units in locations and at mounting heights indicated and in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Keep perimeter lines straight, plumb, and level. Provide grounds, clips, backing materials, adhesives, brackets, anchors, trim, and accessories necessary for a complete installation. 0! ADJUST AND CLEAN 40 Verify that accessories required for each unit have been properly installed and that operating units function properly. Clean units in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Break in chalkboards only as recommended by the w► manufacturer. END OF SECTION 10100 tai VISUAL DISPLAY BOARDS 10100 Page 3 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Allow for trimming and fitting wherever taking field measurements before fabrication might delay the *" Work. WARRANTY Porcelain Enamel Chalkboard Warranty: Furnish the manufacturer's written warranty,agreeing to replace porcelain enamel chalkboards that do not retain their original writing and erasing qualities,become slick and shiny,or exhibit crazing, cracking, or flaking, provided the manufacturer's instructions with regard to handling, installation, protection, and maintenance have been followed. Warranty Period: 50 years. .. PART 2 - PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following: Wall-Mounted Conference Units: Claridge Products and Equipment, Inc. Draper Shade & Screen Co. Greensteel, Inc. Nelson-Adams. MW CONFERENCE UNITS so Hinp,ed Conference Units: Provide the manufacturer's standard wall-mounted,two-door conference unit,fabricated to size indicated,consisting of two-door cabinet with perimeter frame, sides, and back, with interior writing surface and tackboard panels and pull-down projection screen. Provide unit completely assembled with Concealed hangers. Comply with the following requirements for design and construction: Cabinet: Provide the manufacturer's standard plastic laminate covered cabinet, with frame constructed of solid wood with integral chalktray. Construct hinged door panels with solid frame, hung on full-length piano hinges. Colors as selected by Architect. Writing Surface: Provide manufacturer's standard porcelain enamel markerboard for liquid chalk markers, mounted on the inside back panel of the unit. Bulletin Boards: Provide manufacturer's standard natural cork tackboard insert with map rail and spring clips attached to the inside surface of each door panel. Proiection Screen: Provide the manufacturer's standard 40-inch by 40-inch pull-down matte white projection screen mounted above rear writing surface. �* Overall Unit Size: 4'0" x 4'0". FABRICATION Assembly: Provide factory-assembled conference units. VISUAL DISPLAY BOARDS 10100 Page 2 ,,, DEWEY HOUSE Dietz& Company Architects, Inc. SECTION 10100 - VISUAL DISPLAY BOARDS w� PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. tw SUMMARY This Section includes the following types of visual display boards: Hinged conference (lecture) units with projection screen. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section: Division 6 Section "Roush Carpentry" for wood blocking and grounds. Division 9 Section "Gypsum Board Assemblies" for tackboard material. SUBMITTALS General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. Product Data: Provide product data for each type of markerboard required. Include sections of typical trim members and dimensioned elevations. Show anchors, grounds, reinforcement, accessories, layout, and installation details. Samples: Provide the following samples of each product for initial selection of colors, patterns, and textures, as required, and for verification of compliance with requirements indicated. Samples for initial selection of color, pattern, and texture: - Porcelain Enamel Chalkboard and Markerboard: Manufacturer's color charts consisting of actual sections of porcelain enamel finish showing the full range of colors available for each type of chalkboard and markerboard required. QUALITY ASSURANCE Installer Oualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who is an authorized representative of the chalkboard manufacturer for both installation and maintenance of the type of sliding chalkboard units required for this Project. go Maintenance Proximity: Not more than 4 hours' normal travel time from the Installer's place of business to the Project site. on PROJECT CONDITIONS Field Measurements: Take field measurements prior to preparation of shop drawings and fabrication to ensure proper fitting. Show recorded measurements on final shop drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delay. VISUAL DISPLAY BOARDS 10100 Page 1 we DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. VINYL WALL COVERING DATA SHEET No Wall Covering Type: A No Manufacturer: Tower Vinyl Wallcovering Style Name: Mikado an Item Number: T2-MK-14 Color: Moonstone Vinyl Wall Covering Standard: FS CCC-W-408A and CFFA-W-101-A, Type II, medium duty wwe Backing Material: Osnaburg Stain Resistant Coating: Towercote .�e TEXTILE WALL COVERING DATA SHEET Wall Covering Typ : B Manufacturer: Maharam Style Name: Natural Dimensions, Timberland Item Number: #302804-08 Color: Eden Applied Backing Material: Acrylic Width: 54" Weigh : 12.2 ounces Performance Coating: "Scotchguard" by 3M Co. * END OF SECTION 09950 rs WALL COVERINGS 09950 Page 4 + ON DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Moisture Content: Maximum of 5 percent on new plaster, concrete, and concrete masonry units when tested with an electronic moisture meter. PR Prime new gypsum board with a recommended primer. Check painted surfaces for pigment bleeding. Sand gloss, semi-gloss, and eggshell finishes with fine sandpaper. Install wall liner, with no gaps or overlaps, where required by wall covering manufacturer. Form smooth wrinkle-free surface for finished installation. Do not begin wall covering installation until wall liner has dried. lO INSTALLATION taw Follow manufacturer's printed instructions for installation. Install wall covering with no gaps or overlaps. 00 Match pattern 6 feet above finish floor. Install seams vertical and plumb at least 6 inches from outside comers and 3 inches from inside comers. No horizontal seams. Remove air bubbles, wrinkles, blisters, and other defects. No Trim edges for color uniformity, pattern match, and tight closure at seams and edges. Butt seams. CLEANING Remove excess adhesive at finished seams, perimeter edges, and adjacent surfaces. Use cleaning methods recommended by the wall covering manufacturer. Replace strips that cannot be cleaned. WALL COVERING SCHEDULE Wall covering materials are scheduled on the following "Data Sheets." so WALL COVERINGS 09950 Page 3 am DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Smoke Develoved: 450 or less. PROJECT CONDITIONS Maintain a constant temperature not less than 60 deg F (16 deg C) in installation areas for at least 10 days before and 10 days after installation. *• EXTRA MATERIALS rw Furnish extra materials from same production runs as wall covering installed. Package materials with protective covering and identify with labels describing contents. Deliver extra materials to Owner. Rolls: Furnish quantity of full-size units equal to 10 percent of amount installed. ..w PART 2 - PRODUCTS WALL COVERING MATERIALS Refer to Wall Covering Data Sheets at the end of this Section. Data sheets specify manufacturer, style, color, pattern, size, and related requirements for wall covering materials. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the products specified in each Wall Covering Data Sheet. ADHESIVES General: Manufacturer's standard for use with specific wall covering and substrate application. Characteristics: Mildew-resistant, nonstaining, and strippable. PART 3 - EXECUTION PREPARATION Acclimatize wall covering materials by removing them from packaging in the installation areas not less than 24 hours before installation. Follow manufacturer's printed instructions for surface preparation. Prepare substrates to achieve a smooth, dry, clean surface free of flaking, unsound coatings, cracks, and defects. Painted Surfaces: Treat areas susceptible to pigment bleeding. Am Metals: If not factory-primed, clean and apply rust inhibitive zinc primer. WALL COVERINGS 09950 Page 2 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz& Company Architects, Inc. SECTION 09950 - WALL COVERINGS PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section includes the following: Vinyl wall covering. Textile wall covering. Prime coats for substrates are specified in Division 9 Section "Painting." SUBMITTALS General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. 40 Product data for each type of product specified. Include data on physical characteristics, durability,fade resistance, and flame resistance characteristics. Samples for verification purposes of each type, color, texture, and pattern of wall covering and molding accessory required, prepared on samples of size indicated below: Full-width sample, not less than 36 inches long, of each wall covering specified. Show complete pattern repeat. Maintenance data for inclusion in "Operating and Maintenance Manual" specified in Division 1. Include the following: Methods for maintaining wall covering. Precautions for use of cleaning materials and methods that could be detrimental to finishes and performance. QUALITY ASSURANCE Fire Performance Characteristics: Provide wall coverings with the following surface burning characteristics as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84 by UL or other testing and inspecting organizations acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify wall coverings with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting organization. Flame Spread: 25 or less. WALL COVERINGS 09950 Page 1 .w, ..� w rae .■ .r p■ DEWEY HOUSE Dietz& Company Architects, Inc. Finish Coat: Interior, semigloss, odorless, alkyd enamel. Moore: Moore's Satin Impervo Enamel #235. P & L: Cellu-Tone Alkyd Satin Enamel. PW END OF SECTION 09900 No N ON PAINTING 09900 Page 13 MR 40 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Lusterless (Flat) Emulsion Finish: Two coats. "" Primer: White, interior, latex-based primer. IN Moore: Moore's Latex Quick-Dry Prime Seal #201. P & L: Latex Wall Primer Z30001. Finish Coat: Interior, flat, latex-based paint. Moore: Regal Wall Satin#215. P & L: Vapex Latex Flat Wall Finish. Plaster: Lusterless (Flat) Emulsion Finish: Two coats. Primer: Interior, flat, latex-based paint. Moore: Moore's Latex Quick-Dry Prime Seal #201. P & L: Vapex Latex Flat Wall Finish. Finish Coat: Interior, flat, latex-based paint. Moore: Regal Wall Satin#215. P & L: Vapex Latex Flat Wall Finish. .■ Woodwork: Semigloss Enamel Finish: Three coats. Undercoat: Interior enamel undercoat. Moore: Moore's Alkyd Enamel Underbody #217. P & L: Interior Trim Primer. First and Second Coats: Interior, semigloss, odorless, alkyd enamel. Moore: Moore's Satin Impervo Enamel #235. P & L: Cellu-Tone Alkyd Satin Enamel. Ferrous Metal: Semigloss Enamel Finish: Two coats over primer with total dry film thickness not less than 2.5 mils. Primer: Synthetic, quick-drying, rust-inhibiting primer. Moore: Ironclad Retardo Rust-Inhibitive Paint#163. P & L: Effecto Rust-Inhibiting Primer. Undercoat: Interior epamel undercoat. Moore: Moore's Alkyd Enamel Underbody #217. P & L: Interior Trim Primer. PAINTING 09900 Page 12 P" DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Moore: Moorwhite Primer #100. P & L: Suprime 2. First and Second Coats: Exterior acrylic emulsion. Moore: MoorGlo Latex House & Trim Paint#096. P & L: Prohide Plus Latex Satin House Paint. Wood: Including wood doors and window casings: Gloss Latex Finish: Two finish coats over primer with total dry film thickness not less than 3.0 mils. Primer: Exterior primer coating. Moore: Moorwhite Primer #100 P & L: Suprime 8. First & Second Coats: Semi-gloss enamel. Moore: Impervo Enamel #133. P & L: Effecto Enamel. Ferrous Metal: Primer is not required on shop-primed items. Full-Gloss Alkvd Enamel: Two finish coats over primer. For handrails. Primer: Synthetic rust-inhibiting primer. Moore: IronClad Retardo Rust-Inhibitive Paint #163. P & L: Effecto Rust-Inhibiting Primer. First and Second Coats: Gloss alkyd enamel. Moore: Impervo High-Gloss Enamel #133. P & L: Effecto Enamel. Semi-gloss Enamel: Two finish coats over primer. For metal doors. Primer: Synthetic rust-inhibiting primer. Moore: IronClad Retardo Rust-Inhibitive Paint#163. P & L: Effecto Rust-Inhibiting Primer. r .First and Second Coats: Semi-gloss alkyd enamel. Moore: ON P & L: INTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE on General: Provide the following paint systems for the various substrates, as indicated. Gypsum Drywall Systems: ON PAINTING 09900 Page 11 go DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as acceptable to Architect. Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. Remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to protect their work after completing painting operations. .. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. PAINT SCHEDULE General: Subtrates to be painted include, but are not limited to, the following: ■* Exterior substrates: Wood doors. Wood siding. Wood trim, including door, window, porch woodwork and miscellaneous trim. Metal handrails. .�. Metal doors. Interior substrates: Wood doors. Wood windows. Wood trim, including door, window, base, chairrail and miscellaneous trim. Metal doors. Metal handrails. " Gypsum wallboard ceilings. Gypsum wallboard in stairs and rear entry. Priming for vinyl wallcovering and textile wallcovering. Radiators. EXTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE Provide the following paint systems for the various substrates indicated. Wood: Including wood siding and wood trim: Soft Gloss: Two finish coats over primer. Gloss to match existing. Primer: Exterior primer coating. PAINTING 09900 Page 10 , FN DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. to imperfections will not be acceptable. on Completed Work: Match approved samples for color, texture, and coverage. Remove, refinish, or repaint work not complying with specified requirements. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL kv The Owner reserves the right to invoke the following test procedure at any time and as often as the Owner deems necessary during the period when paint is being applied: The Owner will engage the services of an independent testing agency to sample the paint material being used. Samples of material delivered to the Project will be taken, identified, sealed, and certified in the presence of the Contractor. The testing agency will perform appropriate tests for the following characteristics as required by the Owner: " Quantitative materials analysis. Abrasion resistance. Apparent reflectivity. Flexibility. Washability. Absorption. Accelerated weathering. Dry opacity. Accelerated yellowness. Recoating. Skinning. Color retention. Alkali and mildew resistance. If test results show material being used does not comply with specified requirements, the Contractor may be ow directed to stop painting, remove noncomplying paint, pay for testing, repaint surfaces coated with rejected paint, and remove rejected paint from previously painted surfaces if,upon repainting with specified paint, the two coatings are incompatible. CLEANING Cleanup: At the end of each work day,remove empty cans, rags, rubbish,and other discarded paint materials from the site. After completing painting, clean glass and paint-spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint by washing and PAINTING 09900 Page 9 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. The term exposed surfaces includes areas visible when permanent or built-in fixtures,convector covers, covers for finned tube radiation, grilles, and similar components are in place. Extend coatings in these areas, as required, to maintain the system integrity and provide desired protection. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed surfaces. Before the final installation of equipment,paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only. Paint interior surfaces of ducts, where visible through registers or grilles, with a flat,nonspecular black paint. Paint back sides of access panels and removable or hinged covers to match exposed surfaces. Finish interior of wall and base cabinets and similar field-finished casework to match exterior. Finish exterior doors on tops, bottoms, and side edges same as exterior faces. .. Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or varnish coat. Omit primer on metal surfaces that have been shop-primed and touch-up painted. Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration. Allow sufficient time between successive coats to permit proper drying. Do not recoat until paint has dried to where it feels firm, does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure, and where application of another coat of paint does not cause the undercoat to lift or lose adhesion. Application Procedures: Apply paints and coatings by brush, roller, spray, or other applicators according to the manufacturer's directions. Brushes: Use brushes best suited for the material applied. Rollers: Use rollers of carpet, velvet back, or high-pile sheep's wool as recommended by the manufacturer for the material and texture required. Spray Equipment: Use airless spray equipment with orifice size as recommended by the manufacturer for the material and texture required. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply materials no thinner than the manufacturer's recommended spreading rate. Provide the total dry film thickness of the entire system as recommended by the manufacturer. Mechanical and Electrical Work: Painting mechanical and electrical work is limited to items exposed in mechanical equipment rooms and in occupied spaces. �e Prime Coats: Before applying finish coats, apply a prime coat of material, as recommended by the manufacturer, to material that is required to be painted or finished and that has not been prime-coated by others. Recoat primed �• and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat appears, to ensure a finish coat with no bum-through or other defects due to insufficient sealing. Stipple Enamel Finish: Roll and redistribute paint to an even and fine texture. Leave no evidence of rolling such as laps, irregularity in texture, skid marks, or other surface imperfections. Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover to provide a smooth, opaque surface of uniform finish, color, •` appearance, and coverage. Cloudiness, spotting,holidays,laps,brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface PAINTING 09900 Page 8 ,,,, DEWEY HOUSE Dietz& Company Architects, Inc. Cracks, voids and abrasions must be spackled and finished in the same wall texture, and finished flush to the adjoining surfaces. Repaired surfaces are to be spot-primed before applying overall coat of primer. Remove existing wallpaper as required to install wallcovering or to paint. Gypsum Wallboard: Remove all peeling or scaling paint by scraping. Sand areas thoroughly to feather edges smooth with adjacent surface. Cracks, holes and blemished areas shall be filled and sanded flush with adjacent surfaces, then spot primed with finish coating. Surfaces that have been defaced with marking pens, crayons, or lipsticks, are to be solvent washed, then spot primed with white shellac. Glossy surfaces are to be dulled by sanding lighly with#00 sandpaper. Ceilings or walls that exhibit water stains are to be sealed with white shellac. Materials Preparation: Carefully mix and prepare paint materials according to manufacturer's directions. Maintain containers used in mixing and applying paint in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density; stir as required during application. Do not stir surface film into material. Remove film and, if necessary, strain material before using. Use only thinners approved by the paint manufacturer and only within recommended limits. Tintin : Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of each coat where multiple coats of the same material are applied. Tint undercoats to match the color of the finish coat, but provide sufficient differences in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat. APPLICATION General: Apply paint according to manufacturer's directions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions detrimental to formation of a durable paint film. Paint colors, surface treatments, and finishes are indicated in the schedules. Provide finish coats that are compatible with primers used. The number of coats and the film thickness required are the same regardless of the application method. Do not apply succeeding coats until the previous coat has cured as recommended by the manufacturer. Sand between applications where sanding is required to produce a smooth even surface according to the manufacturer's directions. Apply additional coats if undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through final coat of paint until paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance. Give special attention to ensure that surfaces, including edges, comers, crevices, welds, and exposed fasteners, receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces. PAINTING 09900 Page 7 4W DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Backprime paneling on interior partitions where masonry, plaster, or other wet wall construction occurs on backside. Seal tops, bottoms, and cutouts of unprimed wood doors with a heavy coat of varnish or sealer immediately upon delivery. Ferrous Metals: Clean ungalvanized ferrous metal surfaces that have not been shop-coated; remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances. Use solvent or mechanical cleaning methods that comply with recommendations of the Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC). Blast steel surfaces clean as recommended by the paint system manufacturer and according to requirements of SSPC specification SSPC-SP 10. Treat bare and sandblasted or pickled clean metal with a metal treatment wash coat before priming. Touch up bare areas and shop-applied prime coats that have been damaged. Wire-brush, clean with solvents recommended by the paint manufacturer, and touch up with the same primer as the shop coat. SURFACE PREPARATION FOR PREVIOUSLY PAINTED SURFACES Wood: Remove all blistered, peeling and scaling paint to a sound substrate by scraping, sanding, and wirebrushing. Where bare wood is exposed, spot prime before applying an overall coat of primer. Surfaces that exhibit moderate to heavy chalk deposits shall be cleaned thoroughly to a sound substrate by wirebrushing, sanding or by power wash. These surfaces shall be primed. All loose or split caulking, putty or glazing compound, shall be removed and primed. Putty or glaze and reprime to create sandwich effect. Glossy surfaces under eaves, and all protected areas not exposed to normal weathering shall be dulled by sanding. Mildew shall be removed by scrubbing or power wash equipment, using a commercial mildew wash. Surfaces that have been defaced with marking pens, lipsticks,etc., should be washed with solvents, then spot- primed with white shellac to control residual "bleeding." Scarred or chipped spots should be agressively sanded so as to feather them flush with the surface. Ferrous Metals: All surfaces shall be free of grease and oil, and cleaned in accordance with SSPC-SP1 "Solvent Cleaning" followed by removal of all loose, scaling paint by hand scraping, or by use of power tools. Rusted surfaces to be cleaned in accordance with SSPC-SP2 "Hand Tool Cleaning" or SSPC-SP3 "Power Tool Cleaning." Glossy surfaces shall be dulled by sanding. Where heavy rust, corrosion and deteriorated coatings exist, the surface shall be abrasive blast cleaned in accordance with SSPC-SP6 "Commercial Blast Cleaning." The surface should be blown off with compressed air to remove traces of blast products,and shall be primed within 24 hours. Plaster, Gypsum, Sand Finishes: All surfaces shall be thoroughly dry and clean. Newly plastered walls and ceilings shall be allowed to cure for at leat 30 days under good drying conditions. Safe level for painting to be determined by use of a moisture meter. PAINTING 09900 Page 6 ,,, M DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. ow PPG: 77-30 Quick Drying Sanding Sealer. P & L: No recommendation. S-W: ProMar Varnish Sanding Sealer B26V3. am PART 3 - EXECUTION PM EXAMINATION Examine substrates and conditions under which painting will be performed for compliance with paint application on requirements. Surfaces receiving paint must be thoroughly dry before paint is applied. Do not begin to apply paint until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. ww Start of painting will be construed as the Applicator's acceptance of surfaces and conditions within a particular area. Coordination of Work: Review other Sections in which primers are provided to ensure compatibility of the total system for various substrates. On request, furnish information on characteristics of finish materials to ensure use of compatible primers. Notify the Architect about anticipated problems using the materials specified over substrates primed by others. PREPARATION General: Remove hardware and hardware accessories,plates,machined surfaces, lighting fixtures,and similar items already installed that are not to be painted, or provide surface-applied protection prior to surface preparation and p aintin g. Remove these items, if necessary, to completely paint the items and adjacent surfaces. Following completion of painting operations in each space or area, have items reinstalled by workers skilled in the trades involved. Cleaning: Before applying paint or other surface treatments, clean the substrates of substances that could impair the bond of the various coatings. Remove oil and grease prior to cleaning. Schedule cleaning and painting so dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces. Surface Preparation for New Surfaces: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to the manufacturer's instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime. Notify Architect in writing about anticipated problems using the specified finish-coat material with substrates primed by others. Wood: Clean surfaces of dirt, oil,and other foreign substances with scrapers, mineral spirits, and sandpaper, as required. Sand surfaces exposed to view smooth and dust off. Scrape and clean small, dry, seasoned knots,and apply a thin coat of white shellac or other recommended knot sealer before applying primer. After priming, fill holes and imperfections in finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood filler. Sand smooth when dried. Prime, stain, or seal wood to be painted immediately upon delivery. Prime edges, ends, faces, undersides, and backsides of wood, including cabinets, counters, cases, and paneling. When transparent finish is required, backprime with spar varnish. on PAINTING 09900 Page 5 40 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Apply solvent-thinned paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air temperatures .a are between 45 deg F (7 deg C) and 95 deg F (35 deg C). Do not apply paint in snow,rain, fog,or mist;or when the relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; or at temperatures wo less than 5 deg F (3 deg C) above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. Painting may continue during inclement weather if surfaces and areas to be painted are enclosed and heated within temperature limits specified by the manufacturer during application and drying periods. 10 PART 2 - PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following: Benjamin Moore and Co. (Moore). Pratt and Lambert (P & L). PAINT MATERIALS, GENERAL Material Compatibility: Provide block fillers, primers, finish coat materials, and related materials that are compatible with one another and the substrates indicated under conditions of service and application,as demonstrated by the manufacturer based on testing and field experience. Material Quality: Provide the manufacturer's best-quality trade sale paint material of the various coating types specified. Paint material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will not be acceptable. Proprietary Names: Use of manufacturer's proprietary product names to designate colors or materials is not intended to imply that products named are required to be used to the exclusion of equivalent products of other manufacturers. Furnish the manufacturer's material data and certificates of performance for proposed ■ substitutions. Colors: Match colors indicated by reference to the manufacturer's standard color designations. �e MISCELLANEOUS WOOD-FINISHING MATERIALS Wood-Finishing Materials: Provide the manufacturer's recommended factory-formulated,wood-finishing materials that are compatible with the substrate and undercoats indicated. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: Cut Shellac: Quick-drying, rosin-free, clear, general-purpose shellac varnish. Devoe: 4900 Wonder Woodsealer Quick-Dry Sealer. Fuller: No recommendation. Glidden: 5035 Ultra-Hide Sanding Sealer. PAINTING 09900 Page 4 ON DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. po QUALITY ASSURANCE Applicator Qualifications: Engage an experienced applicator who has completed painting system applications similar am in material and extent to those indicated for the Project that have resulted in a construction record of successful in-service performance. Single-Source Responsibility: Provide primers and undercoat paint produced by the same manufacturer as the finish on coats. Field Samples: On wall surfaces and other exterior and interior components,duplicate finishes of prepared samples. ON Provide full-coat finish samples on at least 100 sq. ft. of surface until required sheen, color, and texture are obtained; simulate finished lighting conditions for review of in-place work. an Final acceptance of colors will be from job-applied samples. The Architect will select one room or surface to represent surfaces and conditions for each type of coating and substrate to be painted. Apply coatings in this room or surface according to the schedule or as specified. 0M After finishes are accepted, this room or surface will be used to evaluate coating systems of a similar nature. on DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver materials to the job site in the manufacturer's original, unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label, and the following information: Product name or title of material. Product description (generic classification or binder type). Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacture. Contents by volume, for pigment and vehicle constituents. Thinning instructions. Application instructions. Color name and number. on Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well-ventilated area at a minimum ambient temperature of 45 deg F (7 deg Q. Maintain containers used in storage in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. Protect from freezing. Keep storage area neat and orderly. Remove oily rags and waste daily. Take necessary measures to ensure that workers and work areas are protected from fire and health hazards resulting from handling, mixing, and application. JOB CONDITIONS Apply water-based paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air temperatures are between 50 deg F (10 deg C) and 90 deg F (32 deg C). w PAINTING 09900 Page 3 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Anodized aluminum. ■" Stainless steel. Chromium plate. Copper. e. Bronze. Brass. . � Operating vans not to be painted include moving parts of operating equipment, such as the following: Valve and damper operators. Linkages. Sensing devices. Motor and fan shafts. Labels: Do not paint over Underwriters Laboratories, Factory Mutual or other code-required labels or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for shop-priming ferrous metal. Division 8 Section "Standard Steel Doors and Frames" for shop-priming steel doors and frames. Division 9 Section "Wall Coverings" for substrate sealer under wall coverings. ' Divisions 15 and 16: Painting mechanical and electrical work is specified in Divisions 15 and 16,respectively. SUBMITTALS General: Submit the following according to Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. Product data for each paint system specified, including block fillers and primers. Provide the manufacturer's technical information including label analysis and instructions for handling,storage, and application of each material proposed for use. List each material and cross-reference the specific coating, finish system, and application. Identify each material by the manufacturer's catalog number and general classification. Certification by the manufacturer that products supplied comply with local regulations controlling use of volatile organic compounds (VOCs). Samples for Verification Purposes: Provide samples of each color and material to be applied, with texture to simulate actual conditions, on representative samples of the actual substrate. PAINTING 09900 Page 2 ®. ON DEWEY HOUSE Dietz& Company Architects, Inc. in SECTION 09900 - PAINTING 00 PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS ON Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. ON SUMMARY This Section includes surface preparation,painting,and finishing of exposed interior and exterior items and surfaces. 40 Surface preparation, priming, and finish coats specified in this Section are in addition to shop-priming and surface treatment specified under other Sections. OR Paint exposed surfaces whether or not colors are designated in schedules, except where a surface or material is specifically indicated not to be painted or is to remain natural. Where an item or surface is not specifically mentioned, paint the same as similar adjacent materials or surfaces. If color or finish is not designated, the Architect will select from standard colors or finishes available. Paintins includes field-painting exposed bare and covered pipes and ducts (including color coding), hangers, exposed steel and iron work, and primed metal surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment. Paintine is not required on prefinished items, finished metal surfaces, concealed surfaces, operating parts, and labels. Prefinished items not to be painted include the following factory-finished components: Acoustic materials. Finished mechanical and electrical equipment. Light fixtures. Switchgear. aw Distribution cabinets. Concealed surfaces not to be painted include wall or ceiling surfaces in the following generally inaccessible areas: Foundation spaces. Furred areas. Pipe spaces. Duct shafts. Finished metal surfaces not to be painted include: on PAINTING 09900 Page 1 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz& Company Architects, Inc. pw Pile Height/Wire: 9/32" cut and 1/4" loop. Surface Pile Weight: 41 oz. so Total Pile Weight: 79.39 oz. Backing: Primary: Unitary backing. Secondary: Woven polypropelene. CARPET TYPE C: am Manufacturer's Contact: Tony Scaramuzza at 1-800-535-3978 *5215 Construction: Cut pile. Design: Godiva by Patcraft. Texture: Cut pile. Face Fiber: 100% Monsanto LXI, Type 6,6 Nylon. Gauge: 1/10. Stiches per inch: 13. Pile Height/Wire: 1/4". Surface Pile Weight: 42 oz. Total Pile Weight: 78.7 oz. Backing: Primary: Unitary backing. Secondary: Woven polypropelene. END OF SECTION 09680 on ""' CARPET 09680 Page 5 40 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and installer, to ensure carpet is not damaged or deteriorated at time of Substantial Completion. CARPET SCHEDULE Provide carpet as scheduled on the following "Data Sheets." Each Data Sheet begins with a new page. .. WOVEN CARPET DATA SHEET CARPET TYPE A: 40 Manufacturer's Contact: Tony Scaramuzza at 1-800-535-3978 *5215 Construction: Precision cut and uncut. ..� Desi n: Subliminal by Patcraft. Texture: Loop and cut pile. Face Fiber: 100% Monsanto Ultron VIP Continuous Filament Nylon. Gauge: 1/8. Stiches per inch: 14. Pile Height/Wire: 9/32" cut and 1/4" loop. Surface Pile Weight: 41 oz. Total Pile Weight: 79.39 oz. w Backing: Primary: Unitary backing. Secondary: Woven polypropelene. CARPET TYPE B: Manufacturer's Contact: Tony Scaramuzza at 1-800-535-3978 *5215 Construction: Precision cut and uncut, overdyed. Design: Incognito by Patcraft. Texture: Loop and cut pile. Face Fiber: 100% Monsanto Ultron VIP Continuous Filament Nylon. Gauge: 1/8. Stiches per inch: 14. CARPET 09680 Page 4 a M DEWEY HOUSE Dietz& Company Architects, Inc. MR Clear away debris and scrape up cementitious deposits from concrete surfaces to receive carpet; apply sealer to prevent dusting. Patch holes and level to a smooth surface. If previous finish chemically stripped, reseal concrete. Seal powdery or porous surfaces with sealer recommended by carpet manufacturer. Patch holes and cracks. Sand to level. Remove wax. Seal surface with sealer recommended by carpet manufacturer. Replace missing pieces of existing resilient flooring or patch to level. Cut out peaked sheet goods seams and fill pa with latex underlayment. INSTALLATION on Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for seam locations and direction of carpet; maintain uniformity of carpet direction and lay of pile. At doorways, center seams under door in closed position; do not place seams perpendicular to door frame, in direction of traffic through doorway. Do not bridge building expansion joints with continuous carpet. Extend carpet under removable flanges and furnishings and into alcoves and closets of each space. Provide cutouts where required, and bind cut edges where not concealed by protective edge guards or overlapping flanges. Install carnet edge ward where edge of carpet is exposed; anchor guards to substrate. Install carpet by trimming edges, butting cuts with seaming cement, and taping and/or sewing seams to provide sufficient strength for stretching and continued stresses during life of carpet. Stretch carpet to provide smooth, ripple-free, taut, trim edges; secure to stripping and conceal behind edge of stripping. Use power stretcher where carpet length is greater than 20 feet. Fit sections of carpet prior to application of adhesive. Trim edges and butt cuts with seaming cement. Apply adhesive uniformly to substrate in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Butt edges tight to form seams without gaps. Roll entire area lightly to eliminate air pockets and ensure uniform bond. Install cocoa mats to comply with manufacturer's instructions at locations indicated and coordinated with entrance locations and traffic patterns. Anchor fixed surface-type frame members to floor with devices spaced as recommended by manufacturer. CLEANING Remove adhesive from carpet surface with manufacturer's recommended cleaning agent. Remove and dispose of debris and unusable scraps. Vacuum with commercial machine with face-beater element. Remove soil. Replace carpet where soil cannot be removed. Remove protruding face yam. Vacuum carpet. PROTECTION w CARPET 09680 Page 3 40 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. MR Deliver extra materials to Owner. Furnish extra materials matching products installed as described below,packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. Am Carpet: Before installation begins, furnish quantity of full width for each type of material equal to 5 percent of amount installed. w. PART 2 - PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS we Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: Carpet: See Data Sheets at the end of this Section. .. Cocoa Mats: no American Floor Products Company, Inc. Durable Mat Mfg. Company. Mats, Inc. R.C. Musson Rubber Company. Pawling Corp. Tennessee Mat Company, Inc. Uscoa International Corp. U.S. Mat and Rubber Company, Inc. Cocoa Mats: Constructed from cocoa fiber yam permanently bonded to polyvinyl chloride (PVC) backing for dimensional stability and resistance to shedding. Thickness: 3/4 inch overall; 1.5 lb per sq. ft. Color: Dark Brown. Tapered Flexible Frame: Tapered flexible vinyl edge-frame members with integral base flange for an cementing to mat backing, 2 inches wide and 1/4 inch less than overall mat thickness;, apply to all 4 mat edges with welded mitered comers. as ACCESSORIES Carnet Edge Guard: Extruded or molded heavy-duty vinyl or rubber of size and profile indicated; minimum 2-inch-wide anchorage flange; manufacturer's standard colors. Johnsonite or approved equal. Seaming Cement: Hot-melt adhesive tape or similar product recommended by carpet manufacturer for taping seams and butting cut edges at backing to form secure seams and to prevent pile loss at seams. Carpet Adhesive: Water resistant and nonstaining as recommended by carpet manufacturer to comply with flammability requirements for installed carpet. PART 3 - EXECUTION PREPARATION CARPET 09680 Page 2 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz& Company Architects, Inc. SECTION 09680 - CARPET 40 PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section includes carpet, cocoa mat, installation, and accessories. g• SUBMITTALS General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. Samples for verification purposes in manufacturer's standard size, showing full range of color, texture, and pattern variations expected. Prepare samples from same material to be used for the Work. Submit the following: go 12-inch-square samples of each type of carpet material required. we QUALITY ASSURANCE Carpet Surface Burning Characteristics: Provide carpet identical to that tested for the following fire performance characteristics, per test method indicated below, by UL or other testing and inspecting organizations acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify carpet with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting organization. Test Method: DOC FF 1-70. Rating: Pass. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Deliver materials to project site in original factory wrappings and containers, labeled with identification of manufacturer, brand name, and lot number. Store materials in original undamaged packages and containers, inside well-ventilated area protected from weather, moisture, soilage, extreme temperatures, and humidity. Lay flat, blocked off ground. Maintain minimum temperature of 68 deg F (20 deg C) at least three days prior to and during installation in area where materials are stored. PROJECT CONDITIONS Substrate Conditions: No condensation within 48 hours on underside of 4-foot by 4-foot polyethylene sheet, fully taped at perimeter to substrate. Substrate Conditions: pH of 9 or less when substrate wetted with potable water and pHydrion paper applied. EXTRA MATERIALS '""'"" CARPET 09680 Page 1 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Comply with floor covering manufacturer's directions including those for trowel notching, adhesive mixing, and adhesive open and working times. Chemically bond seams in sheet vinyl floor coverings where this seaming method is indicated. Prepare seams and apply seam sealers to produce tightly fitted seams without gaps or overlaps. Hand roll sheet vinyl floor coverings in both directions from center out to embed floor coverings in adhesive and eliminate trapped air. At walls, door casings, and other locations where access by roller is impractical, press floor coverings firmly in place with flat-bladed instrument. CLEANING AND PROTECTION Perform the following operations immediately after installing sheet vinyl floor coverings: Remove visible adhesive and other surface blemishes using cleaner recommended by floor covering manufacturers. Sweep or vacuum floor thoroughly. Do not wash floor until after period recommended by floor covering manufacturer. Damp-mov floor to remove black marks and soil. Protect flooring against mars, marks, indentations, and other damage from construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during remainder of construction period. Use protection methods indicated or .� recommended by floor covering manufacturer. Avvly protective floor polish to sheet vinyl floor covering surfaces that are free from soil, visible adhesive, and surface blemishes. Use commercially available, metal, cross-linked acrylic product acceptable to floor covering manufacturer. Coordinate selection of floor polish with Owner's maintenance service. Cover sheet vinyl floor coverings with undyed, untreated building paper until inspection for Substantial Completion. Do not move heavy and sharp objects directly over sheet vinyl floor coverings. Place plywood or hardboard " panels over floor coverings and under objects while they are being moved. Slide or roll objects over panels without moving panels. Clean resilient sheet flooring not more than 4 days prior to dates scheduled for inspections intended to establish date of Substantial Completion in each area of Project. Clean sheet vinyl floor coverings by method recommended by manufacturer. Strip protective floor polish that was applied after completing installation,prior to cleaning. Reapply floor polish after cleaning. END OF SECTION 09666 SHEET VINYL FLOOR COVERINGS 09666 Page 4 P" DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. on Underlayment over subfloor complies with requirements specified in Division 6 "Rough Carpentry." OR Underlayment surface is free of surface irregularities and substances with potential to interfere with adhesive bond, show through surface, or stain sheet vinyl floor coverings. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. PREPARATION General: Comply with manufacturer's installation specifications to prepare substrates indicated to receive sheet vinyl floor coverings. Use trowelable leveling and patching compounds per floor covering manufacturer's direction to fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates. Broom or vacuum clean substrates to be covered by sheet vinyl floor coverings immediately before installation. Following cleaning, examine substrates to determine if there is visually any evidence of moisture, alkaline salts, carbonation, or dust. INSTALLATION General: Comply with sheet vinyl floor covering manufacturer's installation instructions and other requirements indicated that are applicable to each type of floor covering installation included in Project. Lay out sheet vinyl floor coverings to comply with the following requirements: Maintain uniformity of sheet vinyl floor covering direction. Arrange for a minimum number of seams and place them in inconspicuous and low traffic areas, but in no case less than 6 inches away from parallel joints in flooring substrates. Match edges of resilient floor coverings for color shading and pattern at seams. Avoid cross seams. Scribe, cut, and fit sheet vinyl floor coverings to butt tightly to vertical surfaces, permanent fixtures, and built-in furniture, including cabinets, pipes, outlets, edgings, thresholds, and nosings. Extend sheet vinyl floor coverings into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, and similar openings. Maintain reference markers, holes, or openings that are in place or plainly marked for future cutting by repeating on finish flooring as marked on subfloor. Use chalk or other nonpermanent marking device. Install sheet vinyl floor coverings on covers for telephone and electrical ducts, and similar items occurring within finished floor areas. Maintain overall continuity of color and pattern with pieces of flooring installed on these covers. Tightly adhere edges to perimeter of floor around covers and to covers. Adhere sheet vinyl floor coverings to flooring substrates by method approved by floor covering manufacturer. Produce completed installation without open cracks, voids, raising and puckering at joints, telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, or other surface imperfections. ps SHEET VINYL FLOOR COVERINGS 09666 Page 3 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. PROJECT CONDITIONS Maintain a minimum temperature of 70 deg F(21 deg C)in spaces to receive sheet vinyl floor coverings for at least 48 hours prior to installation,during installation,and for not less than 48 hours after installation. After this period, maintain a temperature of not less than 55 deg F (13 deg C). Do not install sheet vinyl floor coverings until they are at the same temperature as the space where they are to be installed. Close spaces to traffic while installing sheet vinyl floor covering. SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING Install sheet vinyl floor coverings and accessories after other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed. EXTRA MATERIALS Deliver extra materials to Owner. Furnish extra materials matching products installed as described below,packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels clearly describing contents. Furnish not less than 10 linear feet for each 500 linear feet or fraction thereof, in roll form of each different composition, wearing surface, color, and pattern of sheet vinyl floor covering installed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS .. MANUFACTURERS Products: Provide Armstrong Possibilities Quilted Dots Commercial Corlon vinyl sheet flooring. INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES Trowelable Underlayments and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified,portland-cement-based formulation provided or approved by floor covering manufacturer for applications indicated. Adhesives (Cements): Water-resistant, stabilized type as recommended by manufacturer to suit sheet vinyl floor covering products and substrate conditions indicated. Seam Sealer: Formulation provided or approved by floor covering manufacturer for products',indicated. Resilient Edge Strips: Provide resilient edge strips in colors as selected by Architect from full color range of Johnsonite accessories. PART 3 - EXECUTION .R EXAMINATION General: Examine areas where installation of sheet vinyl floor coverings will occur, with Installer present, to verify that substrates and conditions are satisfactory for installation and comply with floor covering manufacturer's requirements and those specified in this Section. For wood subfloors verify the following: SHEET VINYL FLOOR COVERINGS 09666 Page 2 �„ DEWEY HOUSE Dietz& Company Architects, Inc. on SECTION 09666 - SHEET VINYL FLOOR COVERINGS ffw PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS 40 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 4. SUMMARY to This Section includes the following: Sheet vinyl floor coverings with fibrous backing. Resilient edge strips at dissimilar floor material intersections. SUBMITTALS General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. Product data for each type of product specified. Samples for verification purposes in form of 6-inch by 9-inch sections of each different color and pattern of sheet vinyl floor covering product specified, showing full range of variations expected in these characteristics. Maintenance data for sheet vinyl floor coverings, to include in the Operating and Maintenance Manual specified in Division 1. QUALITY ASSURANCE Single-Source Responsibility for Sheet Vinyl Floor Coverings: Obtain each type, color, and pattern of sheet vinyl floor covering from a single source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying progress of the Work. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Deliver sheet vinyl floor coverings and installation accessories to Project site in original manufacturer's unopened cartons and containers, each bearing names of product and manufacturer, Project identification, and shipping and handling instructions. o. Store flooring materials in dry spaces protected from the weather with ambient temperatures maintained between 50 deg F (10 deg C) and 90 deg F (32 deg Q. Move sheet vinyl floor coverings and installation accessories into spaces where they will be installed at least 48 hours in advance of installation. �„ SHEET VINYL FLOOR COVERINGS 09666 Page 1 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz& Company Architects, Inc. CLEANING Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical panel ceilings,including trim,edge moldings,and suspension system members. 00 Comply with manufacturer's instructions for cleaning and touchup of minor finish damage. Remove and replace ceiling components that cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to permanently eliminate evidence of damage. ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILING PRODUCT DATA SHEET Acoustical Panel Ceiling Desi n ation: A 40 Acoustical Panel Characteristics: Provide panels complying with ASTM E 1264 for characteristics described below: Pattern: Scored Beaded Cirrus. Size: 24 by 24 inches x 3/4" tegular lay-in. Acoustical Panel Ceiling Designation: B PM Acoustical Panel Characteristics: Provide panels complying with ASTM E 1264 for characteristics described below: Pattem: Beaded Cirrus. Size: 24 by 24 inches x 3/4" tegular lay-in. sw Acoustical Panel Ceiling Designation: C Acoustical Panel Characteristics: Provide panels complying with ASTM E 1264 for characteristics described below: Pattern: Square-cut Lay-in Cirrus. NO Size: 24 by 24 inches x 3/4" tegular lay-in. END OF SECTION 09511 ps M ON ON ON Ift 00 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09511 Page 7 OW DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. supplemental suspension members and hangers in the form of trapezes or equivalent devices. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling loads within performance limits established by referenced standards and publications. Secure wire hangers to ceiling suspension members and to supports above with a minimum of 3 tight turns. Connect hangers either directly to structures or to inserts, eye screws, or other devices that are secure, that are appropriate for substrate, and that will not deteriorate or otherwise fail due to age, corrosion, or elevated temperatures. Secure flat, angle,channel,and rod hangers to structure, including intermediate framing members,by attaching to inserts, eye screws, or other devices that are secure and appropriate for both the structure to which hangers are attached and the type of hanger involved. Install hangers in a manner that will not cause them to deteriorate or fail due to age, corrosion, or elevated temperatures. Secure bracing wires to ceiling suspension members and to supports with a minimum of 4 tight turns. Fasten bracing wires to concrete with cast-in-place or postinstalled anchors. Do not support ceilings directly from permanent metal forms. Fasten hangers to cast-in-place hanger inserts, ow powder-actuated fasteners, or drilled-in anchors that extend through forms into concrete. Space hangers not more than 48 inches (1200 mm)o.c. along each member supported directly from hangers, ■m unless otherwise shown; and provide hangers not more than 8 inches (200 mm) from ends of each member. Install edge moldings and trim of type indicated at perimeter of acoustical ceiling area and where necessary to conceal edges of acoustical panels. Amply acoustical sealant in a continuous ribbon concealed on back of vertical legs of moldings before they are installed. .. Screw attach moldings to substrate at intervals not over 16 inches (400 mm) o.c. and not more than 3 inches (75 mm) from ends, leveling with ceiling suspension system to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 12 feet (3.18 mm �.• in 3.66 m). Miter comers accurately and connect securely. Do not use exposed fasteners, including pop rivets, on moldings and trim. Install suspension system runners so they are square and securely interlocked with one another. Remove and replace dented, bent, or kinked members. .w Install acoustical panels with undamaged edges and fitted accurately into suspension system runners and edge moldings. Scribe and cut panels at borders and penetrations to provide neat, precise fit. s For square-edged panels, install panels with edges fully hidden from view by flanges of suspension system runners and moldings. For reveal-edged panels on suspension system members with box-shaped flanges, install panels with reveal surfaces in firm contact with suspension system surfaces and panel faces flush with bottom face of runners. Paint the cut panel edges remaining exposed after installation; match color of exposed panel surfaces using ow coating recommended for this purpose by acoustical panel manufacturer. Protect lighting fixtures and air ducts to comply with requirements indicated for fire-resistance-rated assembly. ow ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09511 Page 6 "" DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Acoustical Sealant for Concealed Joints: BA-98; Pecora Corp. Tremco Acoustical Sealant; Tremco, Inc. PART 3 - EXECUTION EXAMINATION Examine substrates and structural framing to which acoustical panel ceilings attach or abut, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements specified in this and other Sections that affect ceiling installation and anchorage. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. PREPARATION Measure each ceiling area and establish the layout of acoustical panels to balance border widths at opposite edges of each ceiling. Avoid using less-than-half-width panels at borders, and conform to the layout shown on reflected ceiling plans. INSTALLATION General: Install acoustical panel ceilings to comply with publications referenced below per manufacturer's instructions and CISCA "Ceiling Systems Handbook." Standard for Ceiling Suspension System Installations: Comply with ASTM C 636. Standard for Ceiling Suspension Systems Requiring Seismic Restraint: Comply with ASTM E 580. CISCA Recommendations for Acoustical Ceilings: Comply with CISCA "Recommendations for Direct-Hung Acoustical Tile and Lay-In Panel Ceilings." CISCA Guidelines for Systems Requiring Seismic Restraint: Comply with CISCA "Guidelines for Seismic Restraint of Direct-Hung Suspended Ceiling Assemblies." U.B.C. Standard for Ceiling Suspension Systems: U.B.C. Standard No. 47-18. Suspend ceiling hangers from building's structural members and as follows: Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum that are not part of the supporting structure or of the ceiling suspension system. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions; offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means. Splay hangers only where required, and if permitted with fire-resistance-rated ceilings, to miss obstructions; offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacings that interfere with the location of hangers at spacings required to support standard suspension system members, install ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09511 Page 5 t DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. galvanized-steel sheet complying with ASTM A 446, G 90 (ASTM A 446M, Z 275) Coating Designation, with bolted connections and 5/16-inch- (8-mm-) diameter bolts. Sheet-Metal Edge Moldings and Tri m: Type and profile indicated, or if not indicated, manufacturer's standard iar moldings for edges and penetrations that fit acoustical panel edge details and suspension systems indicated; formed from sheet metal of same material and finish as that used for exposed flanges of suspension system runners. For lay-in panels with reveal edge details, provide stepped-edge molding that forms reveal of same depth and r width as that formed between edge of panel and flange at exposed suspension member. For circular penetrations of ceiling, provide edge moldings fabricated to diameter required to fit penetration exactly. NON-FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED DIRECT-HUNG SUSPENSION SYSTEMS Wide-Face, Cavved, Double-Web, Steel Suspension System: Main and cross runners roll formed from prepainted or electrolytic zinc-coated, cold-rolled steel sheet, with prefinished 15/16-inch- (24-mm-) wide metal caps on flanges; other characteristics as follows: Structural Classification: Heavy-duty system. e.. End Condition of Cross Runners: Override (stepped) or butt-edge type, as standard with manufacturer. Cap Material and Finish: Steel sheet painted white. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: w Wide-Face, Capped, Double-Web, Steel Suspension Systems: Prelude 15/16" Exposed Tee System; Armstrong World Industries, Inc. w ACOUSTICAL SEALANT Acoustical Sealant for Exvosed and Concealed Joints: Manufacturer's standard nonsag,paintable,nonstaining latex sealant complying with ASTM C 834 and the following requirements: Product is effective in reducing airborne sound transmission through perimeter joints and openings in building construction as demonstrated by testing representative assemblies per ASTM E 90. Product has flame-spread and smoke-developed ratings of less than 25 per ASTM E 84. Acoustical Sealant for Concealed Joints: Manufacturer's standard nondrying, nonhardening, nonskinning, nonstaining, gunnable, synthetic rubber sealant recommended for sealing interior concealed joints to reduce transmission of airborne sound. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: Acoustical Sealant for Exvosed and Concealed Joints: AC-20 FTR Acoustical and Insulation Sealant; Pecora Corp. +* SHEETROCK Acoustical Sealant; United States Gypsum Company. ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09511 Page 4 s DEWEY HOUSE Dietz& Company Architects, Inc. CEILINGS OF NODULAR CAST OR MOLDED MINERAL-BASE ACOUSTICAL PANELS Panel Characteristics: Type III, Form 1 acoustical panels per ASTM E 1264, with painted finish,complying with pattern and other requirements indicated below: 00 Pattern: Panels matching pattern indicated on Data Sheets. Color/Light Reflectance Coefficient: White/LR 0.75. Color: White. Noise Reduction Coefficient: NRC 0.65. Ceiling Sound Transmission Class: CSTC 35. Edge Detail: As indicated on attached Data Sheets. Thickness: 3/4 inch (19 mm). on Size: 24 by 24 inches (610 by 610 mm). Suspension System Type: As described below and specified in Part 2 "Non-Fire-Resistance-Rated, Direct-Hung Suspension Systems" Article: Wide-face, capped, double-web, steel suspension system. METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS, GENERAL Metal Suspension System Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard metal suspension systems of types, structural classifications, and finishes indicated that comply with applicable ASTM C 635 requirements. 04 Finishes and Colors: Provide manufacturer's standard factory-applied finish for type of system indicated. Attachment Devices: Size for 5 times the design load indicated in ASTM C 635, Table 1, Direct Hung unless otherwise indicated. go Wire Hangers, Braces, and Ties: Provide wires complying with the following requirements: Zinc-Coated Carbon Steel Wire: ASTM A 641 (ASTM A 641M), Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper. Nickel-Copper Alloy Wire: ASTM B 164, nickel-copper alloy UNS N04400. " Size: Select wire diameter so that its stress at 3 times the hanger design load(ASTM C 635, Table 1, Direct Hung) will be less than the yield stress of wire, but provide not less than 0.106-inch- (2.69-mm-) diameter wire. Hanger Rods: Mild steel, zinc coated, or protected with rust-inhibitive paint. ww Flat Hangers: Mild steel, zinc coated, or protected with rust-inhibitive paint. Angle Hangers: Angles with legs not less than 7/8 inch (22 mm) wide, formed with 0.0396-inch- (1-mm-) thick !"" ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09511 Page 3 00 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. 40 Work. Single-Source Responsibility for Suspension System: Obtain each type of suspension system from a single source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying the Work. Obtain both acoustical panels and suspension system from the same manufacturer. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements of Division 1 Section "Project Meetings." DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Deliver acoustical panels and suspension system components to Project site in original,unopened packages and store them in a fully enclosed space where they will be protected against damage from moisture, direct sunlight, surface contamination, and other causes. +�• Before installing acoustical panels, permit them to reach room temperature and a stabilized moisture content. Handle acoustical panels carefully to avoid chipping edges or damaging units in any way. .w PROJECT CONDITIONS Space Enclosure and Environmental Limitations: Do not install acoustical panel ceilings until spaces are enclosed and weatherproof, wet-work in spaces is completed and dry, work above ceilings is complete, and ambient , temperature and humidity conditions are being maintained at the levels indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use. COORDINATION Coordinate layout and installation of acoustical panels and suspension system components with other construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by them, including light fixtures,HVAC equipment, fire-suppression system components (if any), and partition assemblies (if any). we. EXTRA MATERIALS Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed, are packaged with protective covering for storage, and are identified with labels clearly describing contents. Acoustical Ceiling Units: Furnish quantity of full-size units equal to 2.0 percent of amount installed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS ,.r MANUFACTURERS uwb Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products specified in each Acoustical Panel Ceiling Product Data Sheet at the end of this Section. ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09511 Page 2 .w w DEWEY HOUSE Dietz& Company Architects, Inc. 40 SECTION 09511 - ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS ON PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS am Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section includes ceilings composed of acoustical panels and exposed suspension systems. SUBMITTALS General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. Product data for each type of product specified. Samples for verification of each type of exposed finish required, prepared on samples of size indicated below. Where finishes involve normal color and texture variations, include sample sets showing the full range of variations expected. Full-size samples of each acoustical panel type, pattern, and color. pa Set of 12-inch- (300-mm-)long samples of exposed suspension system members, including moldings, for each color and system type required. 00 QUALITY ASSURANCE Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has completed acoustical panel ceilings similar in material, design,and extent to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide acoustical panel ceilings that comply with the following requirements: Fire-response tests are performed by a qualified testing and inspecting agency. Qualified testing and inspecting agencies include Underwriters Laboratories (UL), Warnock Hersey, or another agency that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and that performs testing and follow-up services. Surface-burning characteristics of acoustical panels comply with ASTM E 1264 for Class A materials as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84. Acoustical panel ceilings indicated are identical in materials and construction to those tested for fire resistance per ASTM E 119. Single-Source Responsibility for Ceiling Units: Obtain each type of acoustical ceiling panel from a single source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying the ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09511 Page 1 �w ■w DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. combinations: ..► Embedding and First Coat: Ready-mixed, drying-type, all-purpose or taping compound. Fill (Second) Coat: Ready-mixed, drying-type, all-purpose or topping compound. Finish(Third) Coat: Ready-mixed, drying-type, all-purpose or topping compound. Where level 1 gypsum board finish is indicated, apply joint compound specified for embedding coat. CLEANING AND PROTECTION Promptly remove any residual joint compound from adjacent surfaces. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner suitable to Installer, that ensures gypsum board assemblies remain without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 09255 w GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255 Page 8 ON DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. TACKBOARD APPLICATION METHODS Fastening: Fasten to substrate with screws and glue. Finishing: Seams shall be taped and finished as per the requirements for finishing gypsum wallboard assemblies. Provide level 4 finish. Edge Tri m: Provide J channel anchors at edges. INSTALLING TRIM ACCESSORIES General: For trim accessories with back flanges, fasten to framing with the same fasteners used to fasten gypsum board. Otherwise, fasten trim accessories according to accessory manufacturer's directions for type, length, and spacing of fasteners. Install comer beads at external comers. Install edge trim where edge of gypsum panels would otherwise be exposed or semiexposed. Provide edge trim type with face flange formed to receive joint compound except where other types are indicated. an Install LC-bead where gypsum panels are tightly abutted to other construction and back flange can be attached to framing or supporting substrate. !" Install L-bead where edge trims can only be installed after gypsum panels are installed. Install U-bead where indicated. Install aluminum edge trim and other accessories where indicated. Install control joints at locations indicated, and where not indicated according to ASTM C 840, and in locations approved by Architect for visual effect. FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES General: Apply joint treatment at gypsum board joints (both directions); flanges of comer bead, edge trim, and control joints; penetrations; fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces for decoration and levels of gypsum board finish indicated. Prefill open joints, rounded or beveled edges, and damaged areas using setting-type joint compound. to Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints and to trim accessories with concealed face flanges as recommended by trim accessory manufacturer and as required to prevent cracks from developing in joint compound at flange edges. Levels of Gvvsum Board Finish: Provide the following levels of gypsum board finish per GA-214. Level 1 for ceiling plenum areas, concealed areas, and where indicated, unless a higher level of finish is required for fire-resistive-rated assemblies and sound-rated assemblies. Level 4 for gypsum board surfaces unless otherwise indicated. ! " For level 4 gypsum board finish, embed tape in joint compound and apply three separate coats of joint compound over joints, angles, fastener heads, and accessories. Touch up and sand between coats and after last coat as needed to produce a surface free of visual defects and ready for decoration. Use one of the following joint compound GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255 Page 7 Im DEWEY HOUSE Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Do not attach gypsum panels across the flat grain of wide-dimension lumber including floor joists and headers. MK` Instead, float gypsum panels over these members using resilient channels or provide control joints to counteract wood shrinkage. no Spot grout hollow metal door frames for solid core wood doors,hollow metal doors, and doors over 32 inches wide. Apply spot grout at each jamb anchor clip and immediately insert gypsum panels into frames. Form control ioints and expansion joints at locations indicated and as detailed, with space between edges of adjoining gypsum panels, as well as supporting framing behind gypsum panels. Cover both faces of stud partition framing with gypsum panels in concealed spaces (above ceilings, etc.), except * in chase walls that are braced internally. Except where concealed application is indicated or required for sound, fire, air, or smoke ratings, coverage may be accomplished with scraps of not less than 8 sq. ft. in area. Fit gypsum panels around ducts, pipes, and conduits. OR Isolate perimeter of non-load-bearing gypsum board partitions at structural abutments, except floors, as detailed. Provide 1/4-inch-to-1/2-inch-wide spaces at these locations and trim edges with U-bead edge trim where edges of ow gypsum panels are exposed. Seal joints between edges and abutting structural surfaces with acoustical sealant. Floating Construction: Where feasible,including where recommended by manufacturer, install gypsum panels over wood framing, with floating internal comer construction. a Where STC-rated gypsum board assemblies are indicated, seal construction at perimeters, behind control and expansion joints, openings, and penetrations with a continuous bead of acoustical sealant including a bead at both faces of the partitions. Comply with ASTM C 919 and manufacturer's recommendations for location of edge trim and closing off sound-flanking paths around or through gypsum board assemblies, including sealing partitions above acoustical ceilings. Space fasteners in gypsum panels according to referenced gypsum board application and finishing standard and manufacturer's recommendations. GYPSUM BOARD APPLICATION METHODS Single-Layer Application: Install gypsum wallboard panels as follows: . On ceilings, apply gypsum panels prior to wall/partition board application to the greatest extent possible and at right angles to framing, unless otherwise indicated. On partitions/walls, apply gypsum panels horizontally (perpendicular to framing), unless parallel application is required for fire-resistive-rated assemblies. Use maximum-length panels to minimize end joints. Single-Layer Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum panels to supports as follows: Fasten with screws. Direct-Bonding to Substrate: Where gypsum panels are indicated as directly adhered to a substrate(other than studs, joists, furring members or base layer of gypsum board), comply with gypsum board manufacturer's recommendations, and temporarily brace or fasten gypsum panels until fastening adhesive has set. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255 Page 6 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz& Company Architects, Inc. Fastening gypsum board to wood members. Fastening gypsum board to gypsum board. Gypsum Board Nails: ASTM C 514. Asphalt-Saturated Organic Felt: ASTM D 226, Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt), nonperforated. Sound Attenuation Blankets: Unfaced mineral-fiber blanket insulation produced by combining mineral fibers of type described below with thermosetting resins to comply with ASTM C 665 for Type I (blankets without membrane on facing): Mineral-Fiber Type: Fibers manufactured from glass or slag. PART 3 - EXECUTION EXAMINATION Examine substrates to which gypsum board assemblies attach or abut,installed hollow metal frames, cast-in-anchors, and structural framing with Installer present for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of assemblies specified in this Section. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. APPLYING AND FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD AND TACKBOARD, GENERAL PX Gypsum Board Application and Finishing Standards: Install and finish gypsum panels to comply with ASTM C 840 and GA-216. Install sound attenuation blankets where indicated prior to installing gypsum panels unless blankets are readily installed after panels have been installed on one side. Install ceiling board panels across framing to minimize the number of abutting end joints and avoid abutting end on joints in the central area of each ceiling. Stagger abutting end joints of adjacent panels not less than one framing member. po Install wall/partition board panels to minimize the number of abutting end joints or avoid them entirely. Stagger abutting end joints not less than one framing member in alternate courses of board. At stairwells and other high walls, install panels horizontally with end abutting joints over studs and staggered. am Install gypsum panels with face side out. Do not install imperfect, damaged, or damp panels. Butt panels together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1/16 inch of open space between panels. Do not force into place. Locate both edge or end Joints over supports, except in ceiling applications where intermediate supports or gypsum board back-blocking is provided behind end joints. Position adjoining panels so that tapered edges abut tapered edges, and field-cut edges abut field-cut edges and ends. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints over different studs on opposite sides of partitions. Avoid joints at corners of framed openings where possible. Attach gypsum panels to framing provided at openings and cutouts. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255 Page 5 ... DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS General: Provide joint treatment materials complying with ASTM C 475 and the recommendations of both the manufacturers of sheet products and of joint treatment materials for each application indicated. Joint Tape for Gypsum Board: Paper reinforcing tape, unless otherwise indicated. +w Use pressure-sensitive or staple-attached open-weave glass-fiber reinforcing tape with compatible joint compound where recommended by manufacturer of gypsum board and joint treatment materials for application indicated. Drying-Tyne Joint Compounds for Gypsum Board: Factory-packaged vinyl-based products complying with the following requirements for formulation and intended use. ftr Ready-Mixed Formulation: Factory-mixed product. All-purpose compound formulated for both taping and topping compounds. w ACOUSTICAL SEALANT Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints: Manufacturer's standard nonsag,paintable,nonstaining latex am sealant complying with ASTM C 834 and the following requirements: Product is effective in reducing airborne sound transmission through perimeter joints and openings in building .■ construction as demonstrated by testing representative assemblies per ASTM E 90. Product has flame-spread and smoke-developed ratings of less than 25 per ASTM E 84. so Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: Acoustical Sealant: AC-20 FTR Acoustical and Insulation Sealant, Pecora Corp. SHEETROCK Acoustical Sealant, United States Gypsum Co. w Acoustical Sealant for Concealed Joints: BA-98, Pecora Corp. Tremco Acoustical Sealant, Tremco, Inc. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS .� General: Provide auxiliary materials for gypsum board construction that comply with referenced standards and recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer. yew Laminating Adhesive: Special adhesive or joint compound recommended for laminating gypsum panels. Spot Grout: ASTM C 475,setting-type joint compound recommended for spot grouting hollow metal door frames. 00 Fastening Adhesive for Wood: ASTM C 557. Steel drill screws complying with ASTM C 1002 for the following applications: GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255 Page 4 """° DEWEY HOUSE Dietz& Company Architects, Inc. Thickness: Provide gypsum board in thicknesses indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, in either 1/2 inch or 5/8 inch thicknesses to comply with ASTM C 840 for application system and support spacing indicated. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36 and as follows: Tyne: Regular for vertical surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. Tyne: Type X where required for fire-resistive-rated assemblies. Type: Sag-resistant type for ceiling surfaces. Tyne: Proprietary type as required for specific fire-resistive-rated assemblies. Edges: Tapered. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following products where proprietary gypsum wallboard is indicated: Gyprock Fireguard C Gypsum Board, Domtar Gypsum. Firestop Type C, Georgia-Pacific Corp. Fire-Shield G, Gold Bond Building Products Div., National Gypsum Co. SHEETROCK Brand Gypsum Panels, FIRECODE C Core, United States Gypsum Co. SHEETROCK Brand Gypsum Panels, ULTRACODE Core, United States Gypsum Co. TACKBOARD General: Provide tackboard indicated in maximum lengths available to minimize end-to-end butt joints. Thickness: Provide in 1/2" sheets. s Product: Provide Micore 300 Board. TRIM ACCESSORIES Accessories for Interior Installation: Comer beads, edge trim, and control joints complying with ASTM C 1047 and requirements indicated below: !!� Material: Formed metal, plastic, or metal combined with paper, with metal complying with the following requirement: Sheet steel coated with zinc by hot-dip or electrolytic processes, or with aluminum or rolled zinc. Shaves indicated below by reference to Fig. 1 designations in ASTM C 1047: Cornerbead on outside comers, unless otherwise indicated. LC-bead with both face and back flanges; face flange formed to receive joint compound. Use LC-beads for edge trim unless otherwise indicated. L-bead with face flange only; face flange formed to receive joint compound. Use L-bead where indicated. U-bead with face and back flanges; face flange formed to be left without application of joint compound. Use U-bead where indicated. One-piece control Joint formed with V-shaped slot, with removable strip covering slot opening. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255 Page 3 .. DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Single-Source Responsibility for Panel Products: Obtain each type of gypsum board and other panel products from a single manufacturer. Single-Source Responsibility for Finishing Materials: Obtain finishing materials from either the same manufacturer that supplies gypsum board and other panel products or from a manufacturer acceptable to gypsum board manufacturer. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Deliver materials in original packages, containers,or bundles bearing brand name and identification of manufacturer or supplier. Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against damage from weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination,corrosion, construction traffic, and other causes. Neatly stack gypsum panels flat to prevent sagging. Handle gypsum board to prevent damage to edges, ends, and surfaces. Do not bend or otherwise damage metal comer beads and trim. PROJECT CONDITIONS Environmental Conditions, General: Establish and maintain environmental conditions for applying and finishing gypsum board to comply with ASTM C 840 and with gypsum board manufacturer's recommendations. Room Temperatures: For nonadhesive attachment of gypsum board to framing, maintain not less than 40 deg F (4 deg Q. For adhesive attachment and finishing of gypsum board, maintain not less than 50 deg F (10 deg C) for 48 hours prior to application and continuously after until dry. Do not exceed 95 deg F (35 deg C) when using temporary heat sources. Ventilation: Ventilate building spaces, as required, for drying joint treatment materials. Avoid drafts during hot dry weather to prevent finishing materials from drying too rapidly. +■ PART 2 - PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Gypsum Board and Related Products: Domtar Gypsum. Georgia-Pacific Corp. Gold Bond Building Products Div., National Gypsum Co. United States Gypsum Co. Tackboard: United States Gypsum Co. GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS General: Provide gypsum board of types indicated in maximum lengths available to minimize end-to-end butt joints. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255 Page 2 "" DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. SECTION 09255 - GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES w PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section includes the following: an Gypsum board assemblies attached to wood framing and furring members. Gypsum board used for tackable substrate. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry" for the following: Wood framing and furring. go DEFINITIONS Gypsum Board Construction Terminology: Refer to ASTM C 11 and GA-505 for definitions of terms related to gypsum board assemblies not defined in this Section or in other referenced standards. ASSEMBLY PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS OPP Sound Transmission Characteristics: For gypsum board assemblies indicated to have STC ratings,provide materials and construction identical to those of assemblies whose STC ratings were determined per ASTM E 90 and classified per ASTM E 413 by a qualified independent testing agency. SUBMITTALS General: Submit the following according to Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. Product data for each type of product specified. Product certificates signed by manufacturers of gypsum board assembly components certifying that their products comply with specified requirements. QUALITY ASSURANCE Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Where fire-rated gypsum board assemblies are indicated,provide materials and construction identical to those of assemblies tested for fire resistance per ASTM E 119 by an independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Fire Resistance Ratings: As indicated by reference to GA File Numbers in GA-600 "Fire Resistance Design Manual" or to design designations in UL "Fire Resistance Directory" or in the listing of another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255 Page 1 .0 .e ..4 we DEWEY HOUSE Dietz& Company Architects, Inc. Heading 5: Doors 5.6.7,8,9&10 1 1/2 Pair, ball bearing butts 1 Closer 1 Lockset 1 Kickplate 1 Floor Mounted Door Stop 1 Door Hold-open(omit on Doors 9 & 10) Heading 6: Door 11 on 1 1/2 Pair, ball bearing butts 1 Closer 1 Privacy Set 1 Kickplate Heading 7: Door 13 3 Pair, ball bearing butts 2 Overhead Stays 1 Astragal 2 Surface Bolts, top and bottom Heading 8: Doors 14 & 15 Butts, weatherstripping, threshold and door sweep by door manufacturer. 1 1/2 Pair, ball bearing butts 1 Passage Set 1 Door Release 1 Closer Heading 9: Doors 16 & 17 Re-use existing hardware. Heading 10: Door 18 & 19 Butts, weatherstripping, threshold and door sweep by door manufacturer. 1 Passage Set 1 Closer END OF SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE 08710 Page 11 no DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Door bottom: Pemko 430 DR wo Kic lates: Provide the following kickplates by Rockwood, Bums, or Baldwin. sm Kickplate: 12" x 2" less than door width US10, mounted on push side of door. Door Stop Devices: Provide the following door stop devices by Ives, Sargent, Baldwin, or Rockwood. us Floor door stop Ives 436 &438 Wall bumpers Ives 402 1/2 Door hold-open Ives 452 .o Within Units Ives 060F 10 .m Door Coordinator: Ives 469 Series. Flush Bolts: Ives 453. No Exit Devices: Von Duprin 9975 Mortise panic device. SCHEDULE OF HARDWARE an Heading 1: Door 1 1 Passage Set 1 Closer 1 1/2 Pair, ball bearing butts Heading 2: Door 2 Remove existing lockset and patch existing holes. 1 Exit Device Heading 3: Door 3 1 Passage Set 1 Full Dummy Trim 2 Kickplates, 12" x 2" LWOD, on push side of door 2 Pair Spring Hinges „r 1 Pair, ball bearing butts 2 Door Releases 1 Door Coordinator Heading 4: Door 4 Remove existing locksets, fill existing holes as required. Re-use existing hinges 1 Lockset 1 Kickplate 1 Closer wr 1 Weatherstripping 1 Threshold 1 Door Bottom DOOR HARDWARE 08710 Page 10 �, DEWEY HOUSE Dietz& Company Architects, Inc. proper installation and operation. Drill and countersink units that are not factory prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors in accordance with industry standards. Set thresholds for exterior doors in full bed of butyl-rubber or polyisobutylene mastic sealant complying with requirements specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealers." Weatherstripping and Seals: Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations to the extent installation requirements are not otherwise indicated. ADJUSTING CLEANING AND DEMONSTRATING �w Adjust and check each operating item of hardware and each door to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to operate freely and smoothly or as intended for the application made. ! " Where door hardware is installed more than one month prior to acceptance or occupancy of a space or area, return to the installation during the week prior to acceptance or occupancy and make final check and adjustment of all hardware items in such space or area. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish of hardware and doors. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by hardware installation. Instruct Owner's personnel in the proper adjustment and maintenance of door hardware and hardware finishes. HARDWARE SCHEDULE General: Provide hardware for each door to comply with requirements of Section "Door Hardware," hardware set numbers indicated in door schedule, and in the following schedule of hardware sets. PRODUCTS Hinges: Provide Stanley FBB179, standard weight, ball bearing, US10 finish. Door Closers: Provide LCN 4010 Series closers at doors as specified. All closers to have full cover and adjustable back-check feature. Back-check to be effective at approximately 70 degrees in the parallel arm mounting position. Latchsets &Lockset: Provide the following locksets scheduled below by Corbin ML2200 Series, Newport NSM: Passage Set ML2210, ANSI F01 Full Dummy Trim ML2270 Lockset ML2255, ANSI F05 ±! ! Privacy Set ML2230, ANSI F19 Door Release: Provide Rixson-Firemark Model 981, 24 VDC, 136 amp. Weatherstripping, Threshold and Door Sweep: Provide the following items by National Guard Products, Reese or Pemko. Numbers scheduled below are by Stanley. Astragal Pemko 355 PWS Weatherstripping Pemko 303 DS Threshold Pemko 255 Series DOOR HARDWARE 08710 Page 9 w DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Exterior Hinged or Pivoted Doors: Provide units not less than 4 inches wide, formed to accommodate change in floor elevation where indicated, fabricated to accommodate door hardware and to fit door frames, and as follows: For in-swinging doors provide units with interlocking lip and interior drain channel; include hook on bottom , edge of door and drain pan. For out-swinging doors provide units with interlocking lip and with hook on bottom edge of door to act as weather bar. For out-swingin dg oors provide rabbeted type units with replaceable weatherstrip insert in stop. HARDWARE FINISHES Match items to the manufacturer's standard color and texture finish for the latch and lock sets (or push-pull units rep if no latch or lock sets). Provide finishes that match the existing finishes in the building. Provide quality of finish, including thickness of plating or coating (if any), composition, hardness, and other qualities complying with manufacturer's standards, but in no case less than specified by referenced standards for the applicable units of hardware. Provide protective lacquer coating on all exposed hardware finishes of brass, bronze, and aluminum, except as otherwise indicated. The suffix "-NL" is used with standard finish designations to indicate "no lacquer." .w The designations used in schedules and elsewhere to indicate hardware finishes are those listed in ANSI/BHMA A156.18, "Materials and Finishes," including coordination with the traditional U.S. finishes shown by certain manufacturers for their products. PART 3 - EXECUTION INSTALLATION Mount hardware units at heights indicated in following applicable publications, except as specifically indicated or required to comply with governing regulations(including Massachusetts Architectural Access Board and Americans with Disabilities Guidelines) and except as otherwise directed by Architect. a■. "Recommended Locations for Builders Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames" by the Door and Hardware Institute. "Recommended Locations for Builders Hardware for Custom Steel Doors and Frames" by the Door and Hardware Institute. NWWDA Industry Standard I.S.1.7, "Hardware Locations for Wood Flush Doors." *+� Install each hardware item in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Where cutting and fitting is required to install hardware onto or into surfaces that are later to be painted or finished in another way, ..A coordinate removal, storage, and reinstallation or application of surface protection with finishing work specified in the Division 9 Sections. Do not install surface-mounted items until finishes have been completed on the substrates involved. Set units level, plumb, and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce the attachment substrate as necessary for DOOR HARDWARE 08710 Page 8 ,� DEWEY HOUSE Dietz& Company Architects, Inc. and delayed action closing. Combination Door Closers and Holders: Provide units designed to hold door in open position under normal usage r and to release and close door automatically under fire conditions. Incorporate an integral electromagnetic holder mechanism designed for use with UL listed fire detectors, provided with normally closed switching contacts. Provide integral smoke detector device in combination door closers and holders complying with UL 228. Provide black resilient parts for exposed bumpers. DOOR TRIM UNITS Fasteners: Provide manufacturer's standard exposed fasteners for door trim units consisting of either machine no screws or self-tapping screws. Fabricate protection plates not more than 1-1/2 inches less than door width on hinge side and not more than 1/2 inch less than door width on pull side by height indicated. Metal Plates: Brass or bronze, 0.062 inch (U.S. 16 gage). WEATHERSTRIPPING AND SEALS General: Provide continuous weatherstripping on exterior doors and smoke, light, or sound seals on interior doors where indicated or scheduled. Provide noncorrosive fasteners for exterior applications and elsewhere as indicated. Replaceable Seal Strips: Provide only those units where resilient or flexible seal strip is easily replaceable and readily available from stocks maintained by manufacturer. Weatherstripping at Jambs and Heads: Provide bumper-type resilient insert and metal retainer strips,surface applied unless shown as mortised or semimortised, and of following metal, finish, and resilient bumper material: Extruded aluminum with color anodized finish as selected from manufacturer's standard color range, 0.062-inch minimum thickness of main walls and flanges. Solid neoprene conforming to MIL R 6855, Class II, Grade 40. Flexible, hollow bulb or loop insert. Flexible silicone hollow bulb or loop insert. Weatherstripping at Door Bottoms: Provide threshold consisting of contact-type resilient insert and metal housing of design and size shown and of following metal, finish, and resilient seal strip: Extruded aluminum with color anodized finish as selected from manufacturer's standard color range, 0.062-inch minimum thickness of main walls and flanges. Solid neoprene wiper or sweep seal complying with MIL R 6855, Class II, Grade 40. THRESHOLDS General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide standard metal threshold unit of type, size, and profile as shown or scheduled. DOOR HARDWARE 08710 Page 7 go DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Key Quantity: Furnish 3 change keys for each lock, 5 master keys for each master system, and 5 grandmaster keys for each grandmaster system. Furnish one extra blank for each lock. Deliver keys to Owner. LOCKS, LATCHES, AND BOLTS ► Strikes: Provide manufacturer's standard wrought box strike for each latch or lock bolt, with curved lip extended to protect frame, finished to match hardware set, unless otherwise indicated. Provide flat lip strikes for locks with 3-piece, antifriction latchbolts as recommended by manufacturer. Provide extra long strike lips for locks used on frames with applied wood casing trim. Provide recess type top strikes for bolts locking into head frames, unless otherwise indicated. �w Provide dust-proof strikes for foot bolts, except where special threshold construction provides nonrecessed strike for bolt. Provide roller type strikes where recommended by manufacturer of the latch and lock units. Provide standard(open) strike plates for interior doors of residential units where wood door frames are used. w Lock Throw: Provide 5/8-inch minimum throw of latch on pairs of doors. Comply with UL requirements for throw of bolts and latch bolts on rated fire openings. Provide 1/2-inch minimum throw of latch for other bored and preassembled types of locks and 3/4-inch minimum throw of latch for mortise locks. Provide 1-inch minimum throw for all dead bolts. Flush Bolt Heads: Minimum of 1/2-inch-diameter rods of brass, bronze, or stainless steel with minimum 12-inch-long rod for doors up to 7'-0" in height. Provide longer rods as necessary for doors exceeding 7'-0" in height. Exit Device Doggine: Except on fire-rated doors where closers are provided on doors equipped with exit devices, equip the units with keyed dogging device to keep the latch bolt retracted, when engaged. Rabbeted Doors: Where rabbeted door stiles are indicated, provide special rabbeted front on Bock and latch units and bolts. CLOSERS AND DOOR CONTROL DEVICES Size of Units: Except as otherwise specifically indicated,comply with the manufacturer's recommendations for size of door control unit depending on size of door, exposure to weather, and anticipated frequency of use. Where parallel arms are indicated for closers, provide closer unit one size larger than recommended for use with standard arms. Provide parallel arms for all overhead closers, except as otherwise indicated. Access-Free Manual Closers: Where manual closers are indicated for doors required to be accessible to the .� physically handicapped, provide adjustable units complying with ANSI A117.1 provisions for door opening force DOOR HARDWARE 08710 Page 6 on DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. or nut on opposite face is exposed in other work unless their use is the only means of reinforcing the work adequately to fasten the hardware securely. Where thru-bolts are used as a means of reinforcing the work, provide sleeves for each thru-bolt or use sex screw fasteners. HINGES. BUTTS, AND PIVOTS Templates: Except for hinges and pivots to be installed entirely(both leaves) into wood doors and frames, provide only template-produced units. Screws: Provide Phillips flat-head screws complying with the following requirements: For metal doors and frames install machine screws into drilled and tapped holes. For wood doors and frames install wood screws. For fire-rated wood doors install#12 x 1-1/4-inch, threaded-to-the-head steel wood screws. Finish screw heads to match surface of hinges or pivots. Hinge Pins: Except as otherwise indicated, provide hinge pins as follows: Out-Swing Exterior Doors: Nonremovable pins. Out-Swing Corridor Doors with Locks: Nonremovable pins. Interior Doors: Nonrising pins. Tim: Flat button and matching plug, finished to match leaves. Number of Hinges: Provide number of hinges indicated but not less than 3 hinges per door leaf for doors 90 inches or less in height and one additional hinge for each 30 inches of additional height. Fire-Rated Doors: Not less than 3 hinges per door leaf for doors 86 inches or less in height with same rule for additional hinges. LOCK CYLINDERS AND KEYING so Review the keving system with the Owner and provide the type required (master, grandmaster or great-grandmaster), either new or integrated with Owner's existing system. Eauiy locks with manufacturer's standard 6-pin tumbler cylinders. Furnish final cores and keys for installation by Owner. Metals: Construct lock cylinder parts from brass or bronze, stainless steel, or nickel silver. Comply with Owner's instructions for masterkeying and, except as otherwise indicated, provide individual change key for each lock that is not designated to be keyed alike with a group of related locks. Permanently inscribe each key with number of lock that identifies cylinder manufacturer's key symbol, and notation, "DO NOT DUPLICATE." Key Material: Provide keys of nickel silver only. DOOR HARDWARE 08710 Page 5 ws DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Bored and Preassembled Locks and Latches: ANSI/BHMA A156.2. "w" Exit Devices: ANSI/BHMA A156.3. WM Door Controls - Closers: ANSI/BHMA A156.4. Auxiliary Locks and Associated Products: ANSI/BHMA A156.5. No Architectural Door Trim: ANSI/BHMA A156.6. Template Hinge Dimensions: ANSI/BHMA A156.7. *w Door Controls - Overhead Holders: ANSI/BHMA A156.8. up Interconnected Locks and Latches: ANSI/BHMA A156.12. Mortise Locks and Latches: ANSI/BHMA A156.13. am Sliding and Folding Door Hardware: ANSI/BHMA A156.14. Closer Holder Release Devices: ANSI/BHMA A156.15. wR Auxiliary Hardware: ANSI/BHMA A156.16. Self-Closing Hinges and Pivots: ANSI/BHMA A156.17. aw Materials and Finishes: ANSI/BHMA A156.18. .aa MATERIALS AND FABRICATION Manufacturer's Name Plate: Do not use manufacturers' products that have manufacturer's name or trade name displayed in a visible location(omit removable nameplates)except in conjunction with required fire-rated labels and as otherwise acceptable to Architect. Manufacturer's identification will be permitted on rim of lock cylinders only. Base Metals: Produce hardware units of basic metal and forming method indicated, using manufacturer's standard metal alloy, composition, temper, and hardness, but in no case of lesser (commercially recognized) quality than specified for applicable hardware units by applicable ANSI/BHMA A156 series standards for each type of hardware item and with ANSI/BHMA A156.18 for finish designations indicated. Do not furnish "optional" materials or forming methods for those indicated, except as otherwise specified. w. Fasteners: Provide hardware manufactured to conform to published templates, generally prepared for machine screw installation. Do not provide hardware that has been prepared for self-tapping sheet metal screws, except as specifically indicated. Furnish screws for installation with each hardware item. Provide Phillips flat-head screws except as otherwise indicated. Finish exposed(exposed under any condition)screws to match hardware finish or, if exposed in surfaces of other work, to match finish of this other work as closely as possible including "prepared for paint" surfaces to receive painted finish. Provide concealed fasteners for hardware units that are exposed when door is closed except to the extent no standard units of type specified are available with concealed fasteners. Do not use thru-bolts for installation where bolt head DOOR HARDWARE 08710 Page 4 ■� on DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. No Require supplier to meet with Owner to finalize keying requirements and to obtain final instructions in writing. Fire-Rated Openings: Provide door hardware for fire-rated openings that complies with NFPA Standard No. 80 and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Provide only items of door hardware that are listed and are identical to products tested by UL, Warnock Hersey, FM, or other testing and inspecting organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for use on types and sizes of doors indicated in compliance with requirements of fire-rated door and door frame labels. PRODUCT HANDLING ,fit Tag each item or package separately with identification related to final hardware schedule, and include basic installation instructions with each item or package. Packaging of door hardware is responsibility of supplier. As material is received by hardware supplier from various manufacturers, sort and repackage in containers clearly marked with appropriate hardware set number to match set numbers of approved hardware schedule. Two or more identical sets may be packed in same container. Inventory door hardware jointly with representatives of hardware supplier and hardware installer until each is satisfied that count is correct. Deliver individually packaged door hardware items promptly to place of installation(shop or Project site). Provide secure lock-up for door hardware delivered to the Project, but not yet installed. Control handling and installation of hardware items that are not immediately replaceable so that completion of the Work will not be delayed by hardware losses both before and after installation. MAINTENANCE Maintenance Tools and Instructions: Furnish a complete set of specialized tools and maintenance instructions as needed for Owner's continued adjustment, maintenance, and removal and replacement of door hardware. PART 2 - PRODUCTS OR SCHEDULED HARDWARE Requirements for design, grade, function,finish,size, and other distinctive qualities of each type of finish hardware are indicated in the "Hardware Schedule" at the end of this Section. Products are identified by using hardware designation numbers of the following: Manufacturer's Product Designations:tions: The product designation and name of one manufacturer are listed for each hardware type required for the purpose of establishing minimum requirements. Provide either the product designated or, where more than one manufacturer is specified under the Article "Manufacturers" in Part 2 for each hardware type, the comparable product of one of the other manufacturers that complies with requirements. ANSI/BHMA designations� used elsewhere in this Section or in schedules to describe hardware items or to define quality or function are derived from the following standards. Provide products complying with these standards and requirements specified elsewhere in this Section. Butts and Hinges: ANSI/BHMA A156.1. s DOOR HARDWARE 08710 Page 3 am DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. function, and finish of door hardware. Final Hardware Schedule Content: Based on hardware indicated, organize schedule into "hardware sets" indicating complete designations of every item required for each door or opening. Include the following information: Type, style, function, size, and finish of each hardware item. No Name and manufacturer of each item. Fastenings and other pertinent information. Location of each hardware set cross referenced to indications on Drawings both on floor plans and in door and frame schedule. Explanation of all abbreviations, symbols, and codes contained in schedule. Mounting locations for hardware. Door and frame sizes and materials. Keying information. Submittal Sequence: Submit final schedule at earliest possible date particularly where acceptance of hardware schedule must precede fabrication of other work that is critical in the Project construction schedule. Include with schedule the product data, samples, shop drawings of other work affected by door hardware, and other information essential to the coordinated review of schedule. w� Keying Schedule: Submit separate detailed schedule indicating clearly how the Owner's final instructions on keying of locks has been fulfilled. Samples of each type of exposed hardware unit in finish indicated and tagged with full description for coordination with schedule. Submit samples prior to submission of final hardware schedule. Samples will be returned to the supplier. Units that are acceptable and remain undamaged through submittal, review, and field comparison process may, after final check of operation,be incorporated in the Work, within limitations of keying coordination requirements. Templates for doors, frames, and other work specified to be factory prepared for the installation of door hardware. Check shop drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing door hardware to comply with indicated requirements. QUALITY ASSURANCE Single Source Responsibility: Obtain each type of hardware(latch and lock sets,hinges,closers, etc.)from a single manufacturer. Supplier Qualifications: A recognized architectural door hardware supplier, with warehousing facilities in the Project's vicinity, that has a record of successful in-service performance for supplying door hardware similar in quantity, type, and quality to that indicated for this Project and that employs an experienced architectural hardware consultant (AHC) who is available to Owner, Architect, and Contractor, at reasonable times during the course of the Work, for consultation. DOOR HARDWARE 08710 Page 2 t�► DEWEY HOUSE Dietz& Company Architects, Inc. " SECTION 08710 - DOOR HARDWARE W PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. pa SUMMARY This Section includes items known commercially as finish or door hardware that are required for swing, sliding, 10 and folding doors, except special types of unique hardware specified in the same sections as the doors and door frames on which they are installed. This Section includes the following: Hinges. Lock cylinders and keys. Lock and latch sets. Bolts. Exit devices. Closers. Overhead holders. Miscellaneous door control devices. Protection plates. Weatherstripping for exterior doors. Automatic drop seals (door bottoms). Astragals or meeting seals on pairs of doors. Thresholds. SUBMITTALS General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification sections. Product data including manufacturers' technical product data for each item of door hardware, installation instructions, maintenance of operating parts and finish, and other information necessary to show compliance with requirements. Final hardware schedule coordinated with doors, frames, and related work to ensure proper size, thickness,hand, DOOR HARDWARE 08710 Page 1 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz& Company Architects, Inc. Clean glass of preglazed window units promptly after installation. Wash and polish glass on both faces before Substantial Completion. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for final cleaning and maintenance. Remove nonpermanent labels from glass surfaces. Remove and replace glass that has been broken, chipped, cracked, abraded or damaged during the construction period. so PROTECTION Protect window units from damage or deterioration until time of substantial completion. w END OF SECTION 08610 No W IM WOOD WINDOWS 08610 Page 7 W DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Preglazed Window Units: Except for light sizes in excess of 100 united inches, preglaze window units at the shop before delivery, unless preglazing is not available from the fabricator. Groove Glazing: Preglazed units without removable stops or other provision permitting convenient *" field disassembly to facilitate replacement of broken glass will not be accepted. Complete fabrication,assembly, finishing,hardware application,and other work before shipment to the project site, to the maximum extent possible. Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment and installation. Where necessary for fitting at site, provide ample allowance for scribing, trimming, and fitting. FINISHES MR Wood Finish: Provide the following finish on exposed wood in units: ho Shop-Primed Units: Provide the fabricator's standard shop prime coat on interior wood surfaces only. Color: White. w PART 3 - EXECUTION INSPECTION Inspect openings before beginning installation. Verify that the opening is correct and the sill plate is level. Do not , proceed with installation of window units until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Masonry surfaces shall be visibly dry, and free of excess mortar, sand, and other construction debris. Wood frame walls shall be dry, clean, sound and well-nailed, free of voids, and without offsets at joints. Ensure that nail heads are driven flush with surfaces in the opening and within 3 inches of the comer. Coordinate window installation with wall flashings and other built-in components. INSTALLATION Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation of window units, hardware, operators, accessories, and other window components. Set units plumb, level, true to line, without warp or rack of frames or sash. Provide proper support and anchor securely in place. Set sill members in a bed of compound or with joint fillers or gaskets as indicated, to provide weathertight construction. ADJUSTING Adjust operating sash and hardware to provide a tight fit at contact points and weatherstripping, and to provide smooth operation and a weathertight closure. Lubricate hardware and moving parts. CLEANING w Clean interior and exterior surfaces promptly after installation. Take care to avoid damage to protective coatings and finishes. Remove excess glazing and sealants, dirt, and other substances. WOOD WINDOWS 08610 Page 6 '""' DEWEY HOUSE Dietz& Company Architects, Inc. Screen Fabric: 18 by 14 or 18 by 16 mesh of 0.013-inch-diameter aluminum wire; comply with FS RR-W-365, Type VII; except black anodized or "gun metal" coating on wire. Insect Screens Frames: Provide formed or extruded aluminum frames and removable vinyl fabric-retainer spline. Comply with requirements of SMA 1004. Finish: Anodized aluminum or baked-on organic coating in color selected by Architect from manufacturer's standards. Glass and Glazing Materials: Provide the manufacturer's standard clear, sealed, insulating safety glazing material that complies with ANSI Z97.1. Glazing Seal: Provide the manufacturer's standard extruded vinyl or butyl glazing gasket providing weather Wd weathertight seal. DOUBLE-HUNG WINDOWS Window Grade: Comply with the requirements of NWWDA Performance Grade 40. Provide window units that have "tilt-in" feature permitting both sides of the sash to be cleaned from the Ow interior. Hardware: Provide the following equipment and operating hardware: Sash Balances: Manufacturer's standard concealed, block and tackle, counterbalancing mechanism-type sash balances (2 per sash). Lock: Cam action sweep lock and keeper on the meeting rail. Lift Handle: Applied sash lifts on bottom rail of lower sash (2 per sash). AR FABRICATION General: Provide the manufacturer's standard fabrication of units. Comply with indicated standards. Include a complete system for assembly of components and anchorage of window units. Comply with requirements of referenced standards for moisture content of lumber at time of fabrication and for relative humidity conditions in the installation areas. Fabricate windows to produce units that are reglazable without dismantling sash framing. Provide openings and mortises precut, where possible, to receive hardware and other items. Each window unit includes sash, frame, stops, sill (including undersill or nosing), exterior casing and moldings, integral mullions and muntins, hardware, and accessories. Provide weatherstripping at perimeter of each operating sash. For double/single-hung sash, provide weatherstripping only at horizontal rails of operable sash. Provide removable insect screen for each operating sash, with location determined by manufacturer. ' Provide glazing stops, nailed or snap-on type, coordinated with glass selection and glazing system indicated. WOOD WINDOWS 08610 Page 5 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Prime-Coated Wood Window Units: Eagle Window and Door, Inc. Rolscreen Co. (Pella). MATERIALS General: Comply with requirements of NWWDA I.S. 2. Wood: Clear Ponderosa Pine or other suitable fine-grain lumber that has been kiln dried to a moisture content of 6 to 12 percent at time of fabrication and is free of visible finger joints,blue stain,knots,pitch pockets and surface checks larger than 1/32 inch wide by 2 inches long. Lumber shall be water-repellent preservative treated after machining in accordance with NWWDA I.S. 4. .� Anchors, Clips, and Accessories: Fabricate anchors, clips and window accessories of aluminum, nonmagnetic stainless steel, or hot-dip zinc-coated steel or iron complying with the requirements of ASTM B 633 for SC 3 .� (severe) service condition; provide strength sufficient to withstand design pressure indicated. Aluminum Cladding: Manufacturer's standard extruded cladding mechanically bonded to exterior wood sash and frame members. Trim members: Hollow aluminum extrusions for trim. Finish: Factory-applied, baked on enamel fmish. Color: White. w Fasteners: Comply with NWWDA I.S.2 for fabrication and with manufacturer's recommendations and standard industry practices for type and size of installation fasteners. Use zinc-coated or nonferrous nails and screws for window fabrication and installation. Use brass screws for hardware and accessory installation. Hardware: Manufacturer's standard hardware, necessary to operate, tightly close, and securely lock windows. Do not use aluminum in frictional contact with other metals. Provide solid bronze hardware, with plated steel or brass/bronze operating bars and rods. Compression Weatherstripping: Provide compressible weatherstripping, designed for permanently resilient sealing under bumper or wiper action, completely concealed when sash is closed. Weatherstripping material: Molded PVC gaskets complying with ASTM D 2287. Sliding Weatherstripping: Provide woven pile weatherstripping of polypropylene, wool, or nylon pile, with resin-impregnated backing fabric; comply with AAMA 701.2. Provide weatherstripping with integral, center-line barrier fin of semirigid plastic polypropylene sheet. Insect Screens: Provide removable insect screen panel for each movable glazed sash. Comply with requirements of SMA 2005. WOOD WINDOWS 08610 Page 4 ^' DEWEY HOUSE Dietz& Company Architects, Inc. Provide safety glass permanently marked with the certification label of the Safety Glazing Certification Council (SGCC) or other certification agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Glazing Standards: Comply with recommendations of the Flat Glass Marketing Association (FGMA) "Glazing Manual" and "Sealant Manual" except where more stringent requirements are indicated. Insulating Glass Certification Program: Provide insulating glass units permanently marked with the appropriate certification label of the either the Insulating Glass Certification Council (IGCC) or the Associated Laboratories, Inc. (ALI). Provide the certification label either on spacers or at least one component pane of each unit. Single Source Responsibility: Provide windows produced by a single fabricator who is capable of indicating prior successful production of units similar to those required. Design Concept: The drawings indicate window sizes, profiles, and dimensional requirements and are based on the specific types and models indicated by Eagle Window and Door, Inc. Window units by other manufacturers having equal performance characteristics may be considered, provided deviations from indicated dimensions and go profiles are minor and do not change the design concept or intended performance as judged by the Architect. The burden of proof for equality is on the proposer. PROJECT CONDITIONS Field Measurements: Check actual window openings by accurate field measurement before fabrication. Show recorded measurements on final shop drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delay. Where necessary, proceed with fabrication without measurements, and coordinate tolerances to ensure proper fit of window units. WARRANTY Wood Window Warranty: Submit a written warranty, executed by the window manufacturer, agreeing to repair or replace units that fail in materials or workmanship within the specified warranty period. Failures include, but are not necessarily limited to: Structural failures, including excessive deflection, excessive leakage, or air infiltration. Faulty operation of window sash or hardware. Deterioration of metals,finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering. W Warranty Period: 2 years after the date of Substantial Completion for total window product and 10 years after the date of Substantial Completion for the air seals on insulating glass. The warranty shall not deprive the Owner of other rights or remedies that the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and is in addition to and runs concurrent with other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. PART 2 - PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide window units by one of the following: WOOD WINDOWS 08610 Page 3 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. (inward) and negative (outward) test pressure of 40 lbs. per sq. ft. SUBMITTALS w. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections: Product data for each type of wood window required, including: Standard construction details and fabrication methods. Profiles and dimensions of individual components. " Data on hardware, accessories, and finishes. Recommendations for maintenance and cleaning exterior surfaces. Shop drawings for each type of window specified. Layout and installation details, including anchors. Typical window unit elevations at 3/4-inch scale. Full-size details of typical and composite members. Hardware, including operators. Glazing details. Accessories. Samples for Initial Color Selection: Submit samples of each required finish on 12-inch-long sections of window members. Where finishes involve normal color variations, include sample sets showing the full range of expected variations. Samples for Verification Purposes: The Architect reserves the right to require additional samples that show fabrication techniques and workmanship and design of hardware and accessories. .w QUALITY ASSURANCE Manufacturer Oualifications: Firms whose windows have been certified under the NWWDA "Hallmark Program" for wood window units are listed in the current NWWDA "Membership and Product Directory" and comply with requirements indicated. Provide only wood window units bearing a NWWDA"Hallmark Program" label certifying compliance with requirements of NWWDA I.S. 2. Wood Window Standard: Comply with NWWDA 1.S. 2 for standards of performance and fabrication workmanship for wood windows. Safety Glass Standard: Provide the type of products indicated that comply with ANSI Z97.1 and testing .a requirements of 16 CFR Part 1201 for Category II materials. WOOD WINDOWS 08610 Page 2 OR DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. no SECTION 08610 - WOOD WINDOWS 00 PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS 00 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this section. go SUMMARY This Section includes the following prime-coated wood window types: Double-Hung Window Units. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section: s� Interior and exterior wood trim that is not included as part of the wood window units is specified in Division 6 Section "Finish Carpentry." Joint sealing between wood windows and adjacent materials is specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealers." Field painting factory prime-coated wood windows is specified in Division 9 Section "Painting." SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS Standards: Performance requirements for structural performance, air infiltration, and water penetration for wood windows are those specified in NWWDA I.S. 2 "Industry Standard for Wood Window Units." Provide wood window units bearing the NWWDA "Hallmark Program" label certifying compliance with requirements of NWWDA I.S. 2 for the performance grade indicated. Testing: Manufacturer's stock units of each grade of required wood window shall have been tested by a recognized testing laboratory or agency in accordance with ASTM E 283 for air infiltration, ASTM E 547 for water penetration, and ASTM E 330 for structural performance. Test samples shall comply with requirements in NWWDA I.S. 2 for test sample sizes and methods. Performance Requirements (Grade 40 Windows): Each required window unit shall comply with the following performance requirements: aa� Air Infiltration: Not more than 0.25 cfm per sq. ft. of overall frame area at an inward test pressure of 1.57 lbs. per sq. ft. Water Penetration: No water penetration as defined in the test method at an inward test pressure of 4.43 lbs. per sq. ft. on Structural Performance: No glass breakage, damage to hardware, permanent deformation that would impair operation of the unit, or residual deflection greater than 0.4 percent of the span at a positive on WOOD WINDOWS 08610 Page 1 w DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Reject doors with defects. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. INSTALLATION Hardware: For installation see Division 8 Section "Door Hardware." Manufacturer's Instructions: Install wood doors to comply with manufacturer's instructions and referenced quality standard and as indicated. Install fire-rated doors in corresponding fire-rated frames according to requirements of NFPA 80. Job-Fit Doors: Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels as indicated below; do not trim .�. stiles and rails in excess of limits set by manufacturer or permitted with fire-rated doors. Machine doors for hardware. Seal cut surfaces after fitting and machining. Fitting Clearances for Non-Fire-Rated Doors: Provide 1/8 inch(3.2 mm) at jambs and heads, 1/16 inch(1.6 mm) per leaf at meeting stiles for pairs of doors, and 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) from bottom of door to top of decorative floor finish or covering. Where threshold is shown or scheduled, provide 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) clearance from bottom of door to top of threshold. Fitting Clearances for Fire-Rated Doors: Comply with NFPA 80. Bevel non-fire-rated doors 1/8 inch in 2 inches (3-1/2 degrees) at lock and hinge edges. w Bevel fire-rated doors 1/8 inch in 2 inches (3-1/2 degrees) on lock edge; trim stiles and rails only to extent permitted by labeling agency. Field-Finished Doors: Refer to the following for finishing requirements: Division 9 Section "Painting." ADJUSTING AND PROTECTION Ch)eratio Rehang or replace doors that do not swing or operate freely. Protect doors as recommended by door manufacturer to ensure that wood doors will be without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 08212 STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS 08212 Page 4 .� 4M DEWEY HOUSE Dietz& Company Architects, Inc. standard for design group indicated. Design and Layout: Panel design as described below under NWWDA design group,with minimum dimensions for stiles, rails, panels, and other elements complying with referenced NWWDA standard. NWWDA Design Group: 1-3/4 Interior Panel Doors. Panel Design: As indicated. Interior Fire Doors: Fire-rated doors with 1-3/4-inch- (45-mm-) thick stiles and rails and 1-3/8-inch- (35-mm-) thick flat panels, complying with requirements indicated for interior doors of NWWDA Design Group 1-3/4 Interior Panel Doors. FABRICATION Fabricate stile and rail wood doors to comply with the following requirements: In sizes indicated for job-site fitting. Fitting Clearances for Non-Fire-Rated Doors: Provide 1/8 inch(3.2 nun)at jambs and heads, 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) per leaf at meeting stiles for pairs of doors, and 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) from bottom of door to top of decorative floor finish or covering. Where threshold is shown or scheduled, provide 3/8-inch (9.5-mm) clearance from bottom of door to top of threshold. Fitting Clearances for Fire-Rated Doors: Comply with NFPA 80. Bevel non-fire-rated doors 1/8 inch in 2 inches (3-1/2 degrees) at lock and hinge edges. on Bevel fire-rated doors 1/8 inch in 2 inches (3-1/2 degrees) on lock edge; trim stiles and rails only to extent permitted by labeling agency. on Factory machine doors for hardware that is not surface applied. Locate hardware to comply with DHI-WDHS-3. Comply with final hardware schedules, door frame shop drawings, DHI Al 15-W series standards, and hardware templates. 40 Coordinate measurements of hardware mortises in metal frames to verify dimensions and alignment before proceeding with factory machining. N SHOP PRIMING Doors for Opaque Finish: Shop prime exposed portions of doors for paint finish with one coat of wood primer on specified in Division 9 Section "Painting." PART 3 - EXECUTION EXAMINATION Examine installed door frames prior to hanging door: Verify that frames comply with indicated requirements for type, size, location, and swing characteristics and have been installed with plumb jambs and level heads. STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS 08212 Page 3 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Mark, label, or otherwise identify panel wood doors as complying with NWWDA I.S.6. DELIVERY STORAGE, AND HANDLING Protect doors during transit, storage, and handling to prevent damage, soiling, and deterioration. Comply with requirements of referenced standard and manufacturer's instructions. Identify each door with individual opening numbers as designated on shop drawings, using temporary, removable, or concealed markings. PROJECT CONDITIONS w Conditioning: Do not deliver or install doors until conditions for temperature and relative humidity have been stabilized and will be maintained in storage and installation areas during the remainder of the construction period rwr to comply with the following requirements applicable to Project's geographical location: AWI quality standard Section 100-S-11 "Relative Humidity and Moisture Content." PART 2 - PRODUCTS w MANUFACTURERS Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide doors by one of the following: Stile and Rail Doors of Stock Desien and Construction: Eggers Industries. Jeld-Wen, Inc. Louisiana Pacific Corp. The Maiman Company. Maywood, Inc. Morgan Manufacturing. Nicolai Door. w Sauder Industries Ltd. F. E. Schumacher Co., Inc. Semling-Menke Co., Inc. Simpson Door Company. Temple Products, Inc. Tru-Line Doors, Inc. wu STILE AND RAIL DOORS OF STOCK DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION Interior Doors: Comply with the following requirements: wea NWWDA Grade for Opaque Finish: Standard. Wood Species for Opaque Finish: Manufacturer's standard softwood species and cut for stiles and rails; with .� panels of same species or wood base construction materials, as standard with manufacturer. Panel Confi urn ation: Flat. Flat Panel Thickness: Manufacturer's standard but not less than that required by referenced NWWDA STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS 08212 Page 2 �w DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. SECTION 08212 - STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including the General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section includes the following: Interior stile and rail wood doors with flat panels. Shop priming of stile and rail wood doors. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: Division 6 Section "Finish Carpentry" for wood door frames. SUBMITTALS General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. Product data for each type of door, including details of construction, glazing, and factory-finishing specifications. Shop drawings indicating location and size of each door; elevation of each kind of door; construction details not we covered in product data, including those for stiles, rails, panels, and moldings (sticking); location and extent of hardware cutouts; fire ratings; requirements for veneer matching and factory finishing; and other pertinent data. Product certificates signed by door manufacturers certifying that their products comply with specified requirements. ON QUALITY ASSURANCE Quality Standard: Comply with the following standard: NWWDA Ouality Standard: I.S.6, "Industry Standard for Wood Stile and Rail Doors," of the National Wood Window and Door Association. AWI Quality Standard: "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards"of the Architectural Woodwork Institute for grade of door, construction, finish, and other requirements. Fire-Rated Wood Doors: Provide wood doors that comply with NFPA 80; are identical in materials and construction to units tested in door and frame assemblies per ASTM E 152; and are labeled and listed by UL, Warnock Hersey, or another testing and inspection agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Single-Source Responsibility: Obtain doors from one source and by a single manufacturer. Product Certification: Require door manufacturer to certify that doors comply with specified requirements including those of referenced door standard. STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS 08212 Page 1 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. ADJUST AND CLEAN Prime Coat Touch-up: Immediately after erection, sand smooth any rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touch-up of compatible air-drying primer. Protection Removal: Immediately prior to final inspection, remove protective plastic wrappings from prefinished doors. "® Final Adiustments: Check and readjust operating hardware items, leaving steel doors and frames undamaged and in complete and proper operating condition. END OF SECTION 08111 STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08111 Page 5 on DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. ASTM C 976 on fully operable door assemblies. .� Unless otherwise indicated, provide thermal-rated assemblies with R factor of 14.5. Hardware Preparation: Prepare doors and frames to receive mortised and concealed hardware in accordance with final Door Hardware Schedule and templates provided by hardware supplier. Comply with applicable requirements of ANSI A115 Series Specifications for door and frame preparation for hardware. Reinforce doors and frames to receive surface-applied hardware. Drilling and tapping for surface-applied hardware may be done at project site. Locate hardware as indicated on final shop drawings or, if not indicated, in accordance with "Recommended Locations for Builder's Hardware on Standard Steel Doors and Frames," published by Door and Hardware Institute. ■s Shop Painting: Clean, treat, and paint exposed surfaces of steel door and frame units, including galvanized surfaces. Clean steel surfaces of mill scale, rust, oil, grease, dirt, and other foreign materials before application of paint. Apply shop coat of prime paint of even consistency to provide a uniformly finished surface ready to �* receive finish paint. w. PART 3 - EXECUTION INSTALLATION General: Install standard steel doors, frames, and accessories in accordance with final shop drawings, manufacturer's data, and as herein specified. .� Placing Frames: Comply with provisions of SDI-105 "Recommended Erection Instructions';For Steel Frames," unless otherwise indicated. Except for frames located at existing concrete, masonry or drywall installations, pace frames prior to construction of enclosing walls and ceilings. Set frames accurately in position, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is completed, remove temporary braces and spreaders leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged. At existing concrete or masonry construction,provide 3 completed opening anchors per jamb adjacent to hinge location on hinge jamb and at corresponding heights on strike jamb, set fames and secure to adjacent construction with bolts and masonry anchorage devices. Install fire-rated frames in accordance with NFPA Standard No. 80. In in-place drywall partitions install knock down slip-on drywall frames w Door Installation: Fit hollow metal doors accurately in frames, within clearances specified in ANSI/SDI-100. Install fire-rated doors with clearances as specified in NFPA Standard No. 80. STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08111 Page 4 s DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. hot-dip galvanize in compliance with ASTM A 153, Class C or D as applicable. Shop Applied Paint: Apply after fabrication. Primer: Rust-inhibitive enamel or paint,either air-drying or baking, suitable as a base for specified finish paints complying with ANSI A224.1, "Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Prime Painted Steel Surfaces for Steel Doors and Frames." DOORS Provide metal doors of types and styles indicated on drawings or schedules. an Product: Provide 18 gauge, heavy duty, Benchmark Galvanize Commercial Doors. FRAMES so Provide metal frames for doors of types and styles as shown on drawings and schedules. Conceal fastenings,unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate frames of minimum 16-gage cold-rolled steel. 40 Fabricate frames with mitered or coped comers, welded construction for exterior applications and knocked-down for field assembly at interior applications. PM Product: Provide 16 gauge Benchmark Adjusta-Fit 2 piece frame for surface application of wood trim. Provide complete with weatherstripping, barrier-free threshold and door sweep. ON FABRICATION Fabricate steel door and frame units to be rigid, neat in appearance and free from defects, warp or buckle. Wherever practicable, fit and assemble units in manufacturer's plant. Clearly identify work that cannot be permanently factory-assembled before shipment, to assure proper assembly at project site. Comply with ANSI/SDI-100 requirements. Internal Construction: Manufacturer's standard polyurethane on inside of face sheets where appropriate in accordance with SDI standards. Clearances: Not more than 1/8 inch at jambs and heads except between non-fire-rated pairs of doors not more than 1/4 inch. Not more than 3/4 inch at bottom. Fabricate exposed faces of doors and panels, including stiles and rails of nonflush units,from only cold-rolled steel. Tolerances: Comply with SDI 117 "Manufacturing Tolerances Standard Steel Doors and Frames." Fabricate frames, concealed stiffeners, reinforcement, edge channels, louvers and moldings from either cold-rolled or hot- rolled steel. Exposed Fasteners: Unless otherwise indicated, provide countersunk flat or oval heads for exposed screws and bolts. Thermal-Rated (Insulating)Assemblies: At exterior locations and elsewhere as shown or scheduled, provide doors fabricated as thermal insulating door and frame assemblies and tested in accordance with ASTM C 236 or STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08111 Page 3 am DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. contract drawings. ow Label Construction Certification: For door assemblies required to be fire-rated and exceeding limitations of labeled assemblies, submit manufacturer's certification that each door and frame assembly has been constructed to conform to design, materials and construction equivalent to requirements for labeled construction. dw QUALITY ASSURANCE .. Provide doors and frames complying with Steel Door Institute "Recommended Specifications Standard Steel Doors and Frames" ANSI/SDI-100 and as herein specified. .. Fire-Rated Door Assemblies: Units that comply with NFPA 80, are identical to door and frame assemblies whose fire resistance characteristics have been determined per ASTM E 152 and which are labeled and listed by UL, Factory Mutual, Warnock Hersey, or other testing and inspecting organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. .o DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Deliver doors and frames cardboard-wrapped or crated to provide protection during transit and job storage. Provide ow additional protection to prevent damage to finish of factory-finished doors and frames. Inspect doors and frames upon delivery for damage. Minor damages may be repaired provided refinished items are equal in all respects to new work and acceptable to Architect; otherwise, remove and replace damaged items no as directed. Store doors and frames at building site under cover. Place units on minimum 4-inches high wood blocking. Avoid use of non-vented plastic or canvas shelters which could create humidity chamber. If cardboard wrapper on door becomes wet, remove carton immediately. Provide 1/4-inches spaces between stacked doors to promote air circulation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide standard steel doors and frames by the following: aw Standard Steel Doors and Frames: Benchmark, General Products Company, Inc. MATERIALS Galvanized Steel Sheets: Electrogalvanized steel sheets conforming to ASTM A591. Supports and Anchors: Fabricate of not less than 18-gage sheet steel; galvanized where used with galvanized frames. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard units. Where items are to be built into exterior walls, STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08111 Page 2 P0 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz& Company Architects, Inc. SECTION 08111 - STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY ! * This Section includes the following products manufactured in accordance with SDI Recommended Standards: Doors: Flush, hollow or composite construction standard steel doors for interior and exterior locations. Frames: Pressed steel frames for doors, transoms, sidelights, mullions,interior glazed panels, and other interior and exterior openings of following type: 40 Knockdown field assembled type. Assemblies: Provide standard steel door and frame assemblies as required for the following: tm Labeled and fire rated. Thermal rated (insulated). Provide factory primed doors and frames to be field painted. Painting primed doors and frames is specified in Division 9 Section "Painting." Wood doors are specified in another Division 8 Section. Door hardware is specified in another Division 8 Section. so Building in of anchors and grouting of frames in masonry construction is specified in Division 4. SUBMITTALS General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. Product data for each type of door and frame specified, including details of construction, materials, dimensions, hardware preparation, core, label compliance, sound ratings, profiles, and finishes. Shop drawings showing fabrication and installation of standard steel doors and frames. Include details of each frame type, elevations of door design types, conditions at openings, details of construction, location and installation requirements of door and frame hardware and reinforcements, and details of joints and connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. Provide schedule of doors and frames using same reference numbers for details and openings as those on on STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08111 Page 1 4P 04 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz& Company Architects, Inc. PW JOINT SEALANT SCHEDULE: The following schedule is intended as a general quideline for materials and applications throughout the project. The following iems and locations shall include, but not be limited to: Item/ PM Location Material Color* Masonry Joints General Building Silicone As selected Siding to trim General Building Silicone As selected Exterior louvers General Building Silicone As selected &vents Exterior doors General Building Silicone As selected Exterior windows General Building Silicone As selected Fire Caulking Fire Caulking Joint Sealant at Mildew Resistant Silicone As selected ceramic tile Joint Sealants at Acrylic - emulsion White joints between interior walls & door, window, or other frames or trim or baseboard Perimeter joints of Mildew Resistant Silicone White plumbing fixtures * To match-means to match color of item/material to be caulked. If colors of two materials at joint are different, consult Architect for color choice. As selected -means as selected by the Architect from the manufacturer's full im range of colors. END OF SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALERS 07900 Page 7 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Latex Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with requirements of ASTM C 790 for use of latex sealants. Installation of Sealant Backinas: Install sealant backings to comply with the following requirements: Install joint fillers of type indicated to provide support of sealants during application and at position required to produce the cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths which allow optimum sealant movement capability. Do not leave gaps between ends of joint fillers. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear joint fillers. Remove absorbent joint fillers which have become wet prior to sealant application and replace with dry material. Install bond breaker tape between sealants and joint fillers,compression seals,or back of joints where adhesion of sealant to surfaces at back of joints would result in sealant failure. Install compressible seals serving as sealant backings to comply with requirements indicated above for joint fillers. Installation of Sealants: Install sealants by proven techniques that result in sealants directly contacting and fully wetting joint substrates, completely filling recesses provided for each joint configuration, and providing uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths which allow optimum sealant movement capability. Tooling,of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and prior to time skinning or curing begins, tool sealants to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated, to eliminate air pockets, and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. Remove excess sealants from surfaces adjacent to joint. Do not use tooling agents which discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces or are not approved by sealant manufacturer. Provide concave Joint configuration per Figure 6A in ASTM C 962, unless otherwise indicated. w Installation of Fire-Stopping Sealant: Install sealant, including forming, packing, and other accessory materials to fill openings around mechanical and electrical services penetrating floors and walls to provide fire-stops with fire resistance ratings indicated for floor or wall assembly in which penetration occurs. Comply with installation requirements established by testing and inspecting agency. CLEANING: Clean off excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved by manufacturers of joint sealers and of products in which joints occur. am PROTECTION: Protect joint sealers during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances or from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so that they are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealers immediately and reseal joints with new materials to produce joint sealer installations with repaired areas indistinguishable from original work. ° JOINT SEALERS 07900 Page 6 PM DEWEY HOUSE Dietz& Company Architects, Inc. 40 Masking Tape: Provide nonstaining, nonabsorbent type compatible with joint sealants and to surfaces adjacent to joints. Accessory Materials for Fire-Stopping Sealants: Provide forming, joint fillers, packing and other accessory materials required for installation of fire-stopping sealants as applicable to installation conditions indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION EXAMINATION: Examine ioints indicated to receive ioint sealers, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances and other conditions affecting joint sealer performance. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealers until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. PREPARATION: Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealers to comply with recommendations of joint sealer manufacturers and the following requirements: Remove all foreign material from joint substrates which could interfere with adhesion of joint sealer, including dust; paints, except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer; old joint sealers; oil; grease; waterproofing; water repellants; water; surface dirt; and frost. Clean concrete, masonry, unglazed surfaces of ceramic tile and similar porous joint substrate surfaces, by brushing,grinding,blast cleaning,mechanical abrading,or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealers. Remove loose particles remaining from above cleaning operations by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil-free compressed air. Remove laitance and form release agents from concrete. Clean metal, glass, porcelain enamel, glazed surfaces of ceramic tile; and other nonporous surfaces by chemical cleaners or other means which are not harmful to substrates or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealers. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where indicated or where recommended by joint sealer manufacturer based on preconstruction joint sealer-substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint sealer manufacturer's recommendations. Confine primers to areas of joint sealer bond, do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with adjoining surfaces which otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. h INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALERS: General: Comply with joint sealer manufacturers' printed installation instructions applicable to products and applications indicated, except where more stringent requirements apply. Elastomeric Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations of ASTM C 962 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications and conditions indicated. JOINT SEALERS 07900 Page 5 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Acrylic-Emulsion Sealant: *�+ "Chem-Calk 600"; Bostik Construction Products Div. "AC-20"; Pecora Corp. "Sonolac"; Sonnebom Building Products Div.; Rexnord Chemical Products, Inc. "Tremco Acrylic Latex 834"; Tremco Inc. FIRE-RESISTANT JOINT SEALERS: General: Provide manufacturer's standard fire-stopping sealant, with accessory materials, having fire-resistance ratings indicated as established by testing identical assemblies per ASTM E 814 by Underwriters Laboratory, Inc. or other testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. One-Part Fire-Stopping Sealant (Fire Caulking): One part elastomeric sealant formulated for use in a through-penetration fire-stop s stem for sealing openings around cables conduit, pipes and similar penetrations through walls and floors. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products which may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: One-Part Fire-Stoppin Sealant: ealant: "Dow Coming Fire Stop Sealant"; Dow Coming Corp. "3M Fire Barrier Caulk CP-25"; Electrical Products Div./3M. "RTV 7403"; General Electric Co. "Fyre Putty"; Standard Oil Engineered Materials Co. JOINT SEALANT BACKING: ,w General: Provide sealant backings of material and type which are nonstaining;are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. .. Plastic Foam Joint Fillers: Preformed, compressible, resilient, nonwaxing, nonextruding strips of flexible, nongassing plastic foam of material indicated below; nonabsorbent to water and gas; and of size, shape and density 'A to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance. Either open-cell polyurethane foam or closed-cell polyethylene foam, unless otherwise indicated, subject to wo approval of sealant manufacturer, for cold-applied sealants only. Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape as recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint filler materials or joint surfaces at back of joint where such adhesion go would result in sealant failure. Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS: .f Primer: Provide type recommended by joint sealer manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint sealer-substrate tests and field tests. am Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Provide nonstaining, chemical cleaners of type which are acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials,which are not harmful to substrates and adjacent nonporous materials, and which do not leave oily residues or otherwise have a detrimental effect on sealant adhesion or in-service performance. JOINT SEALERS 07900 Page 4 ,�„ DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Colors: Provide color of exposed joint sealers indicated or, if not otherwise indicated,as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. ww, ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS: Elastomeric Sealant Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard chemically curing, elastomeric sealant of base polymer indicated which complies with ASTM C 920 requirements, including those referenced for Type, Grade, Class, and Uses. One-Part Nonacid-Curing Silicone Sealant(General Building Silicone): Type S,Grade NS,Class 25,and complying with the following requirements for Uses and additional joint movement capability: Uses T, NT, M, G, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O. Additional capability,when tested for adhesion and cohesion under maximum cyclic movement per ASTM C 719, to withstand the following percentage changes in joint width as measured at time of application and remain in compliance with other requirements of ASTM C 920 for Uses indicated: 50 percent movement in both extension and compression for a total of 100 percent movement. One-Part Mildew-Resistant Silicone Sealant (Mildew Resistant Silicone): Type S; Grade NS; Class 25; Uses NT, G, A, and, as applicable to nonporous joint substrates indicated, O; formulated with fungicide; intended for sealing interior joints with nonporous substrates and subject to in-service exposure to conditions of high humidity and temperature extremes. Uses T, M, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: One-Part Nonacid-Curing Silicone Sealant: "Dow Coming 795"; Dow Corning Corp. "Rhodorsil 611% Rhone-Poulenc Inc. "Rhodorsil 70"; Rhone-Poulenc Inc. "Omniseal"; Sonnebom Building Products Div., Rexnord Chemical Products Inc. One-Part Mildew-Resistant Silicone Sealant: "Dow Coming 786"; Dow Coming Corp. "SCS 1702 Sanitary"; General Electric Co. "863 #345 White"; Pecora Corp. "Rhodorsil 6B White"; Rhone-Poulenc Inc. "Proglaze White"; Tremco Corp. "OmniPlus"; Sonnebom Building Products Div., Rexnord Chemical Products Inc. �w LATEX JOINT SEALANTS: Acrylic-Emulsion Sealant: Manufacturer's standard, one part, nonsag, mildew-resistant, acrylic-emulsion sealant complying with ASTM C 834, formulated to be paintable and recommended for exposed applications on interior and on protected exterior locations involving joint movement of not more than plus or minus 5 percent. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, latex joint sealants which may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: JOINT SEALERS 07900 Page 3 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. showing full range of colors available, for each product exposed to view. ■* Samples for verification purposes of each type and color of joint sealer required. Install joint sealer samples in 1/2 inch wide joints formed between two 6 inch long strips of material matching the appearance of exposed surfaces rw adjacent to joint sealers. Certificates from manufacturers of joint sealers attesting that their products comply with specification requirements and are suitable for the use indicated. OUALITY ASSURANCE: Installer Oualifications: Engage an Installer who has successfully completed within the last 3 years at least 3 joint sealer applications similar in type and size to that of this Project. Single Source Responsibility for Joint Sealer Materials: Obtain joint sealer materials from a single manufacturer ' for each different product required. Pre-Installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements of the Division-1 section covering this activity. DELIVERY. STORAGE, AND HANDLING: .e. Deliver materials to Project site in original unopened containers or bundles with labels informing about manufacturer, product name and designation, color, expiration period for use, pot life, curing time, and mixing instructions for multicomponent materials. Store and handle materials in compliance with manufacturers' recommendations to prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture, high or low temperatures, contaminants, or other causes. r PROJECT CONDITIONS: Environmental Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealers under the following conditions: When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside the limits permitted by joint sealer manufacturer or below 40 deg F (4.4 deg Q. + When joint substrates are wet due to rain, frost, condensation, or other causes. Joint Width Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealers where joint widths ate less than allowed by joint sealer manufacturer for application indicated. Joint Substrate Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealers until contaminants capable of interfering with their adhesion are removed from joint substrates. PART 2 - PRODUCTS MATERIALS, GENERAL: Compatibility: Provide joint sealers, joint fillers and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application,as demonstrated by sealant(manufacturer based on testing and field experience. .. JOINT SEALERS 07900 Page 2 , DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. SECTION 07900 - JOINT SEALERS PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS: P" Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. AN SUMMARY: Extent of each form and type of joint sealer is indicated on drawings and schedules. No This Section includes joint sealers for the following locations: Exterior joints in vertical surfaces and nontraffic horizontal surfaces as indicated below. Perimeter joints between masonry and frames of doors and windows. Joints of wood siding to wood trim. on Joints of wood siding and trim to masonry or other materials. Joints between different materials. Other joints as indicated. sw Interior ioints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces as indicated below: At penetrations by electrical conduit, plumbing pipe, and furnace flues. Perimeter joints of exterior openings and at openings in fire-rated assemblies. Tile joints and edges. Perimeter joints between interior wall surfaces and frames of interior doors and windows. Perimeter joints around all exterior doors at interior and exterior joints. Joints at plumbing fixtures. Other joints as indicated. Interior ioints in horizontal traffic surfaces as indicated below: Joints between different materials. Other joints as indicated. Sealing concealed Perimeter joints of gypsum drywall partitions(with acoustic sealant)to reduce sound transmission characteristics is specified in Division-9 Section "Gypsum Drywall." SYSTEM PERFORMANCES: Provide joint sealers that have been produced and installed to establish and maintain watertight and airtight continuous seals. SUBMITTALS: Product Data from manufacturers for each joint sealer product required, including instructions for joint preparation and joint sealer application. Samples for Initial Selection Purposes: Manufacturer's standard bead samples consisting of strips of actual products JOINT SEALERS 07900 Page 1 ON No DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. CLEANING AND PROTECTION .m Remove protective film(if any) from exposed surfaces of metal roofing promptly upon installation. Strip with care to avoid damage to finishes. an Clean exposed metal surfaces of substances that would interfere with uniform oxidation and weathering. Provide final protection in a manner acceptable to installer that ensures that metal roofing is without damage or 4W deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. w� END OF SECTION 07610 w. wry w� SHEET METAL ROOFING 07610 Page 4 .,, OR DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Sealant Joints: Where movable, non-expansion-type joints are indicated or required for proper performance of work, form metal to provide for proper installation of elastomeric sealant, in compliance with SMACNA standards. Separations: Provide for separation of metal from noncompatible metal or corrosive substrate by coating concealed surfaces at locations of contact, with bituminous coating or other permanent separation as recommended by manufacturer/fabricator. PART 3 - EXECUTION PREPARATION Coordinate metal roofn with rain drainage work, flashing, trim and construction of decks, parapets, walls, and other adjoining work to provide a permanently leakproof, secure, and noncorrosive installation. INSTALLATION No Manufacturer's Recommendations: Except as otherwise shown or specified, comply with recommendations and instructions of manufacturer of sheet metal being fabricated and installed. 00 Separate dissimilar metals by painting each metal surface in area of contact with a bituminous coating, by applying rubberized asphalt underlayment to each metal surface, or by other permanent separation as recommended by manufacturers of dissimilar metals. Install underlayment and paper slip sheet on substrate under metal roofing to greatest extent possible unless otherwise recommended by manufacturer of sheet metal. Use adhesive for temporary anchorage, where possible, to minimize use of mechanical fasteners under metal roofing. Lap joints 2 inches minimum. Form and fabricate sheets, seams, strips, cleats, valleys, ridges, edge treatments, integral flashings, and other components of metal roofing to profiles,patterns,and drainage arrangements shown and as required for permanently on leakproof construction. Provide for thermal expansion and contraction of the work. Seal joints as shown and as required for leakproof construction. Shop-fabricate materials to greatest extent possible. Sealant-Type Joints: Where sealant-filled joints are used, embed hooked flanges of joint members not less than 1 inch into sealant. Form joints to conceal sealant completely. When ambient temperature is moderate at time of installation(40 deg to 70 deg F or 4 deg to 21 deg C), set joint members for 50 percent movement either way. Adjust setting proportionately for installation at higher ambient temperatures. Do not install sealant-type joints at sr temperatures below 40 deg F (4 deg Q. Comply with requirements of Division 7 "Sealant" Sections for handling and installing sealants. Fabricate and install work with lines and comers of exposed units true and accurate. Form exposed faces flat and free of buckles, excessive waves, and avoidable tool marks considering temper and reflectivity of metal. Provide uniform, neat seams with minimum exposure of solder, welds, and sealant. Except as otherwise shown, fold back sheet metal to form a hem on concealed side of exposed edges. 0 Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible in exposed work, and locate so as to minimize possibility of leakage. Cover and seal fasteners and anchors as required for a tight installation. Tin uncoated copper surfaces at edges of sheets to be soldered, for a width of 1-1/2 inches, using solder recommended for copper work. Where surfaces to be soldered are lead-coated, do not tin the edges,but wire brush lead coating before soldering. SHEET METAL ROOFING 07610 Page 3 M DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Beacon Sales, Inc. .. Copper Craft Revere Copper Products, Inc. Follansbee Steel. Overly Manufacturing Co. so MATERIALS Aw Copper Roofing Sheets: Cold-rolled copper sheet complying with ASTM B 370 temper designation, H00, unless otherwise indicated, and as follows: ow Weight: 16 oz. per sq. ft. unless otherwise indicated. Batten Caps: 20 oz. per sq. ft. copper unless otherwise indicated. wo Miscellaneous Materials: Provide materials and types of fasteners, solder, welding rods, protective coatings, separators, sealants and accessory items as recommended by sheet metal manufacturer and fabricator for metal roofing work, except as otherwise indicated. am Paper Slip Sheet: Minimum 5-lb. rosin-sized building paper. Felts: Provide asphalt-saturated organic felts conforming to the requirements of ASTM D 226, Type II (No. 30). Accessories: Except as indicated as work of another specification Section, provide components required for a complete roof system, including trim, copings, fascias, ridge closures, clips, seam covers, battens, flashings, gutters, louvers, sealants, gaskets, and closure strips. Match materials and finishes of roof. Sealing Tape: Pressure-sensitive 100 percent solids polyisobutylene compound sealing tape with release paper w backing. Provide permanently elastic, nonsag, nontoxic, nonstaining tape. Joint Sealant: One-part elastomeric polyurethane, polysulfide,or silicone rubber sealant as recommended by the building manufacturer. Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt mastic, SSPC paint 12, compounded for 15-mil dry film thickness per coat, except as otherwise indicated. Provide inert-type noncorrosive compound, nominally free of sulfur components and other deleterious impurities. SHOP-FABRICATED UNITS w. General Metal Fabrication: Shop-fabricate work to greatest extent possible. Comply with details shown and with applicable requirements of SMACNA "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" and other recognized industry practices. Fabricate for waterproof and weather-resistant performance with expansion provisions for running work, sufficient to permanently prevent leakage, damage, or deterioration of the work. Form work to fit substrate. Comply with material manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for forming material. Form exposed sheet metal work without excessive oil-canning,buckling,and tool marks, true to line and levels indicated,with exposed edges folded back to form hems. Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams in sheet metal with flat-lock seams. For metal other than aluminum,tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder. "" Expansion Provisions: Where lapped or bayonet-type expansion provisions in work cannot be used, or would not be sufficiently water/weatherproof,form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges,not less than 1 inch deep, Ok filled with mastic sealant (concealed within joints). SHEET METAL ROOFING 07610 Page 2 ■s r DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. SECTION 07610 - SHEET METAL ROOFING PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section includes the following: Standing-seam metal roofing. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: Division 7 Section "Flashing and Sheet Metal" for flashing not part of roofing and other sheet metal work. Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for field-applied panel sealants. Wood framing and decking are specified in a Division 6 Section. SUBMITTALS General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. Product data including metal manufacturer's and fabricator's specifications, installation instructions, and general recommendations for roofing applications. Include certification or other data substantiating that materials comply pe with requirements. Shop drawings showing manner of forming, joining, and securing metal roofing, and pattern of seams. Show expansion joint details and waterproof connections to adjoining work and at obstructions and penetrations. QUALITY ASSURANCE Installer: A firm with 3 years of successful experience with installation of metal roofing of type and scope equivalent to Work of this Section. Industry Standard: Except as otherwise shown or specified, comply with applicable recommendations and details of "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" by SMACNA. Conform to dimensions and profiles shown. Wind U lift: Provide roof assemblies meeting requirements of UL 580 for Class 90 wind uplift resistance. Desi roof assembly to conform to the requirements of ANSI A 58.1. PART 2 - PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide materials by one of the following: SHEET METAL ROOFING 07610 Page 1 40 on .m DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. filled with mastic sealant (concealed within joints). Sealant Joints: Where movable, nonexpansion type joints are indicated or required for proper performance of work, form metal to provide for proper installation of elastomeric sealant, in compliance with SMACNA standards. Separations: Provide for separation of metal from noncompatible metal or corrosive substrates by coating concealed !! surfaces at locations of contact, with bituminous coating or other permanent separation as recommended by manufacturer/fabricator. PART 3 - EXECUTION INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS General: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations and with SMACNA "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Anchor units of work securely in place by methods so indicated, providing for thermal expansion of metal units; conceal fasteners where possible, and set units true to line and level as indicated. Install work with laps, joints, and seams that will be permanently watertight and weatherproof. Underlayment: Where stainless steel or aluminum is to be installed directly on cementitious or wood substrates, install a slip sheet of red rosin paper and a course of polyethylene underlayment. Bed flanges of work in a thick coat of bituminous roofing cement where required for waterproof performance. Install "beehive"-type strainer-guard at conductor heads, removable for cleaning downspouts. CLEANING AND PROTECTION Clean exposed metal surfaces, removing substances that might cause corrosion of metal or deterioration of finishes. 40 Protection: Advise Contractor of required procedures for surveillance and protection of flashings and sheet metal work during construction to ensure that work will be without damage or deterioration other than natural weathering +0 at time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 07600 ON MR 40 Page 3 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 07600 g .o, DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Solder: For use with steel or copper, provide 50 - 50 tin/lead solder (ASTM B 32'), with rosin flux. 00 Fasteners: Same metal as flashing/sheet metal or other non- corrosive metal as recommended by sheet manufacturer. Match finish of exposed heads with material being fastened. ow, Bituminous Coating: SSPC - Paint 12, solvent-type bituminous mastic, nominally free of sulfur, compounded for 15-mil dry film thickness per coat. 40 Mastic Sealant: Polyisobutylene;nonhardening, nonskinning, non-drying, nonmigrating sealant. Elastomeric Sealant: Generic type recommended by manufacturer of metal and fabricator of components being sealed and complying with requirements for joint sealants as specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealers." Epoxv Seam Sealer: 2-part noncorrosive metal seam cementing compound, recommended by metal manufacturer for exterior/interior nonmoving joints including riveted joints. Paper Slip Sheet: 5-lb. rosin-sized building paper. w� Metal Accessories: Provide sheet metal clips, straps, anchoring devices, and similar accessory units as required for installation of work, matching or compatible with material being installed,noncorrosive, size and gage required for performance. Cast-Iron Draina eg_Boots: Grey iron castings of size and pattern indicated, ASTM A 48, bituminous shop-coated. Gutter and Conductor-Head Guards: 20-gage bronze or nonmagnetic stainless steel mesh or fabricated units, with selvaged edges and noncorrosive fasteners. Select materials for compatibility with gutters and downspouts. Roofing Cement: ASTM D 2822, asphaltic. .. FABRICATED UNITS General Metal Fabrication: Shop-fabricate work to greatest extent possible. Comply with details shown and with applicable requirements of SMACNA "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" and other recognized industry practices. Fabricate for waterproof and weather-resistant performance, with expansion provisions for running work, sufficient to permanently prevent leakage, damage, or deterioration of the work. Form work to fit substrates. Comply with *�* material manufacturer instructions and recommendations for forming material. Form exposed sheet metal work without excessive oil-canning,buckling,and tool marks, true to line and levels indicated,with exposed edges folded back to form hems. Gutters: Provide 5" or 6" half round, double rolled edge gutters as indicated on the drawings. Gutters shall be fabricated from 20 oz. copper. Provide special carrying straps as required for installation to standing seams. Rod and strap hangers, downspouts, and gutters are available at Beacon Sales, Inc. Downspouts: Provide corrugated round downspouts, sized as indicated on the drawings. Downspouts shall be fabricated from 16 oz. copper and shall terminate in cast iron drainage boots. Provide downspout straps as required , for fastening to wall. Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams in sheet metal with flat-lock seams. For metal other than aluminum,tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder. Form aluminum seams with epoxy seam sealer; rivet joints for additional �w strength where required. Expansion Provisions: Where lapped or bayonet-type expansion provisions in work cannot be used or would not be sufficiently water/weatherproof, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges,not less than 1 inch deep, FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 07600 Page 2 ,we OX DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. SECTION 07600 - FLASHING AND SHEET METAL PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this Section. SUMMARY This Section includes the following: Metal wall flashing and expansion joints. Built-in metal valleys, gutters, and scuppers. Gutters and downspouts (rain drainage). w Miscellaneous sheet metal accessories. Integral masonry flashings are specified as masonry work in sections of Division 4. Standing seam metal roof systems are specified in Division 7 section "Sheet Metal Roofing." Slate roofing sytems are specified in Division 7 section "Slate Roofing." SUBMITTALS on General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. Product data Flashing, Sheet Metal, and Accessories: Manufacturer's technical product data, installation to instructions and general recommendations for each specified sheet material and fabricated product. Shop drawings showing layout, profiles, methods of joining, and anchorages details, including gutters and downspouts. Provide layouts at 1/4-inch scale and details at 3-inch scale. PROJECT CONDITIONS Coordinate work of this section with interfacing and adjoining work for proper sequencing of each installation. Ensure best possible weather resistance and durability of work and protection of materials and finishes. PART 2 - PRODUCTS SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM MATERIALS Copver: ASTM B 370; temper H00 (cold-rolled) except where temper 060 is required for forming; 16 oz. (0.0216-inch thick) except as otherwise indicated. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS AND ACCESSORIES: FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 07600 Page 1 �I ____ __ on DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. ow Where flashings occur perpendicular to slope, return sheet metal a minimum of 4 inches under shingles. If open valley length exceeds 12 feet, taper valleys by increasing width of valley flashing by 2 inches (1 inch each side) for each 8 feet of valley. Felt Underlavment Installation: Apply one layer of felt over entire roof surface, beginning at eaves, with courses perpendicular to slope of roof. Lap succeeding courses 2 inches minimum,with 6-inch minimum end laps. Fasten with sufficient nails to hold in place until slate shingles are installed. For graduated slate roofs and for slopes 4 inches per foot or less, apply double felt layer adhered with mastic, with joints staggered between layers. Perimeter Underlavment: From eaves, apply to a minimum of 24 inches inside the inside face of exterior wall line. In addition to eaves, apply minimum 24-inch-wide layer at entire perimeter of surfaces to receive roofing slate, including ridges, valleys, and rakes. Slate Shingle Installation: Beginning at eaves, install slate roofing shingles according to recommendations of manufacturer and with details and recommendations of"NRCA Steep Roofmg Manual." Unless otherwise indicated, provide at least 3-inch lap between succeeding courses of slate shingles and break (stagger)joints between courses a minimum of 3 inches. Provide 2-inch projection of slate at eaves and I inch projection at gables. Cut and fit slate neatly around roof vents, pipes, ventilators and other projections through roof. Nail slate shingles so nail heads just touch slate lightly--do not drive nails home or draw slates downward. Install slate at ridges in saddle pattern. Lay ridge slates in plastic cement spread generously over unexposed surfaces of lower course of slate. Nail ridge slates in place through joints of underlying slate. Nail hip slates to supporting wood blocking. Align butts of combing slates at hips with butts of coursed shingles. Cover heads of exposed nails with plastic cement. ADJUST AND CLEAN Remove and replace damaged or broken slates. Remove excess slate and debris from site. END OF SECTION 07315 SLATE SHINGLES 07315 Page 3 M DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. II, 36-inch-wide rolls. .� Mastic: Nonasbestos, fibrated, asphalt cement complying with ASTM D 4586, designed for trowel application. Copper Flashing: ASTM B 370, temper H00 (cold-rolled) except where temper 060 is required for forming; 16 oz. (0.0216 inch thick), except as otherwise indicated. Roofing Nails: 12-gage,hot-dip galvanized steel,Type ES,barbed-shank roofing nails,minimum 3/8-inch-diameter head, and long enough to penetrate 3/4 inch into solid decking or to penetrate through plywood sheathing. Slating Nails: 10-gage, diamond-point, smooth-shaft, hard copper-wire slating nails with large head (minimum ,,.,, 5/16-inch-diameter) and long enough to penetrate either completely through or at least 3/4 inch into sheathing. Perimeter Underlayment: Polyethylene-sheet-backed rubberized asphalt membrane, 40 mils thick. Provide primer when recommended by manufacturer. "" Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: Bituthene Ice & Water Shield, W.R. Grace & Co. Polyken 640 Underlayment Membrane, Polyken Technologies. Polyguard Deck Guard, Polyguard Products, Inc. Plastic Cement: One-part,nonsag,solvent-release-curing,polymerized butyl sealant complying with ASTM C 1085 and formulated with minimum of 75 percent solids,to be nonstaining,and have a tack-free time of 24 hours or less. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: BC-158, Pecora Corp. PSI 301, Polymeric Systems, Inc. PTI 757, Protective Treatments, Inc. Sonneborn Multi-Purpose Sealant, Sonneborn Building Products Div., ChemRex, Inc. Elastomeric Butyl Caulk, W. R. Meadows, Inc. Tremco Butyl Sealant, Tremco, Inc. PART 3 - EXECUTION EXAMINATION Examine substrate and conditions under which slate roof shingle Work is to be performed; notify Contractor in writing of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with slate shingle Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Cover or otherwise plug drains to prevent entrance of slate shingle trimmings and debris. INSTALLATION Sheet Metal Flashing Installation: Install sheet metal flashing, vent flashing, and edge protection as indicated and in compliance with details and recommendations of the "NRCA Steep Roofing Manual." Fabricate metal flashings at open valleys with a minimum 1-inch-high standing rib at center of valley to break force of water flow. Extend metal flashing a minimum of 12 inches onto roof deck on each side of valley. SLATE SHINGLES 07315 Page 2 .A DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. SECTION 07315 - SLATE SHINGLES �w PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section includes slate shingle roofing. so Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry" for roof deck, cant strips, and nailers. Division 7 Section "Flashing and Sheet Metal" for metal flashing, valleys, gutters, and downspouts. wr DESCRIPTION Standard Slate Roofs: Smooth, natural-cleft surfaces, 3/16- to 1/4-inch-thick slate shingles. with the longer and thicker shingles at the eaves, graduated to the ridges. SUBMITTALS General: Submit the following according to the Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. Product data for each type of product specified. Submit manufacturer's detailed technical product data, installation instructions and recommendations, including necessary data to document that materials comply with requirements. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Deliver slate shingles to Project site and store as close as possible to the point of installation to minimize damage while handling. SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING Substrate: Proceed with slate shingle roofing installation only after substrate construction, vent stacks, and other penetrating work is complete, and when substrate materials are dry. PART 2 - PRODUCTS SHINGLES a Slate Shingles: Slate shingle material shall be provided by the Owner. Contractor shall be responsible for pick-up of material at location designated by Owner. so FLASHING SHEET METAL, AND ACCESSORIES Felt Underlavment: No. 30 minimum, asphalt-saturated organic roofing felt, complying with ASTM D 226, Type SLATE SHINGLES 07315 Page 1 go w w .w. ..Mc �w .■r w ws DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Seal overlapping ioints in vapor retarders with adhesives or tape per vapor retarder manufacturer's printed directions. Seal butt joints and fastener penetrations with tape of type recommended by vapor retarder manufacturer. Locate all joints over framing members or other solid substrates. Firmly attach vapor retarders to substrates with mechanical fasteners or adhesives as recommended by vapor retarder manufacturer. Seal joint s caused by pipes, conduits, electrical boxes, and similar items penetrating vapor retarders with tape of type recommended by vapor retarder manufacturer to create an airtight seal between penetrating objects and vapor retarder. Repair any tears or punctures in vapor retarders immediately before concealment by other work. Cover with tape or another layer of vapor retarder. PROTECTION General: Protect installed insulation and vapor retarders from damage due to harmful weather exposures, physical abuse, and other causes. Provide temporary coverings or enclosures where insulation will be subject to abuse and cannot be concealed and protected by permanent construction immediately after installation. END OF SECTION 07210 BUILDING INSULATION 07210 Page 5 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Clean substrates of substances harmful to insulations or vapor retarders, including removal of projections that might .. puncture vapor retarders. Close off openings in cavities receiving poured-in-place insulation to prevent the escape of insulation. Provide bronze or stainless steel screen (inside) where openings must be maintained for drainage or ventilation. INSTALLATION. GENERAL Comply with insulation manufacturer's instructions applicable to products and application indicated. If printed instructions are not available or do not apply to project conditions, consult manufacturer's technical representative � for specific recommendations before proceeding with installation of insulation. Extend insulation full thickness as indicated to envelop entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions, and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections that interfere with placement. Apply a single laver of insulation of required thickness, unless otherwise shown or required to make up total thickness. INSTALLATION OF GENERAL BUILDING INSULATION w� Apply insulation units to substrate by method indicated, complying with manufacturer's recommendations. If no specific method is indicated, bond units to substrate with adhesive or use mechanical anchorage to provide permanent placement and support of units. + Set vapor retarder faced units with vapor retarder to warm side of construction,except as otherwise indicated. Do not obstruct ventilation spaces, except for firestopping. Tape Joints and ruptures in vapor retarder, and seal each continuous area of insulation to surrounding construction to ensure airtight installation. Stuff glass fiber loose fill insulation into miscellaneous voids and cavity spaces where shown. Compact to approximately 40 percent of normal maximum volume (to a density of approximately 2.5 pcf). INSTALLATION OF SAFING INSULATION .w Install safing insulation to fill gaps at fire-rated openings as needed. Cut safing insulation wider than gap to be filled to ensure compression fit and seal joint between insulation and material with calking approved by safing insulation manufacturer for this purpose. Leave no voids in completed installation. INSTALLATION OF VAPOR RETARDERS General: Extend vapor retarder to extremities of areas to be protected from vapor transmission. Secure in place with adhesives or other anchorage system as indicated. Extend vapor retarder to cover miscellaneous voids in insulated substrates, including those filled with loose fiber insulation. Seal vertical Joints in vapor retarders over framing by lapping not less than 2 wall studs. Fasten vapor retarders to framing at top, end, and bottom edges, at perimeter of wall openings, and at lap joints; space fasteners 16 inches O.C. BUILDING INSULATION 07210 Page 4 ON DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Faced Mineral Fiber Blanket/Batt Insulation: Thermal insulation produced by combining mineral fibers of type described below with thermosetting resins to comply with ASTM C 665 for Type III, Class A (blankets with reflective vapor-retarder membrane facing with flame spread of 25 or less); foil-scrim-kraft or foil-scrim-polyethylene vapor-retarder membrane on one face, and as follows: Mineral Fiber Type: Fibers manufactured from glass. Surface Burning Characteristics: Maximum flame spread and smoke developed values of 25 and 50, respectively. Flanged Units: Provide blankets/batts fabricated with facing incorporating 4-inch-wide flanges along their edges for attachment to framing members. so SAFING INSULATION AND ACCESSORIES Semi-Refractory Fiber Board Safing.Insulation: Semi-rigid boards designed for use as a fire stop at openings between edge of slab and exterior wall panels, produced by combining semi-refractory mineral fiber manufactured 401 from slag with thermosetting resin binders to comply with ASTM C 612, Class 1 and 2; nominal density of 4.0 pcf; passing ASTM E 136 for combustion characteristics; r-value of 4.0 at 75 deg F (23.9 deg Q. on Calkinp,Com ound: Material approved by manufacturer of safing insulation for sealing joint between foil backing of safing insulation and edge of concrete floor slab against penetration of smoke. Safing Clips: Galvanized steel safing clips approved by manufacturer of safing insulation for holding safing insulation in place. VAPOR RETARDERS Polyethylene Vapor Retarder: ASTM D 4397, 6.0 mils thick, with a maximum permeance rating of 0.13 perms. Tape for Vapor Retarder: Pressure sensitive tape of type recommended by vapor retarder manufacturer for sealing joints and penetrations in vapor retarder. AUXILIARY INSULATING MATERIALS Eave Ventilation Troughs: Preformed rigid fiberboard or plastic sheets designed and sized to fit between roof framing members and to provide cross ventilation between insulated attic spaces and vented eaves. PART 3 - EXECUTION r EXAMINATION Examine substrates and conditions with Installer present, for compliance with requirements of the Sections in which substrates and related work are specified and to determine if other conditions affecting performance of insulation are satisfactory. Do not proceed with installation of insulation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. PREPARATION BUILDING INSULATION 07210 Page 3 �Ir w. DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Protect insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration by moisture, soiling, and other sources. Store inside and in a dry location. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for handling, storage, and protection during installation. Protect plastic insulation as follows: .e Do not expose to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment. Protect aeainst ignition at all times. Do not deliver plastic insulating materials to project site ahead of ""0, installation time. Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of .. construction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide insulation products of one of the following: Manufacturers of Glass Fiber Insulation: CertainTeed Corp. Knauf Fiber Glass GmbH. " Manville: Building Insulations Div., Manville Sales Corp. Owens/Corning Fiberglas Corp. Manufacturers of Semi-Refractory Fiber Insulation: Cafco Industries Ltd. Fibrex Inc. USG: Thermafiber Div., USG Interiors, Inc. INSULATING MATERIALS General: Provide insulating materials that comply with requirements and with referenced standards. Preformed Units: Sizes to fit applications indicated, selected from manufacturer's standard thicknesses, widths, and lengths. Unfaced Mineral Fiber Blanket/Batt Insulation: Thermal insulation produced by combining mineral fibers of type described below with thermosetting resins to comply with ASTM C 665 for Type I (blankets without membrane facing); and as follows: ON Mineral Fiber Tyne: Fibers manufactured from glass. Surface Burning Characteristics: Maximum flame spread and smoke developed values of 25 and 50, respectively. BUILDING INSULATION 07210 Page 2 "" DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. der SECTION 07210 - BUILDING INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section includes the following: g' Safing insulation. Building insulation in batt form. P DEFINITIONS Thermal Resistivity: Where the thermal resistivity of insulation products are designated by "r-values," they represent the reciprocal of thermal conductivity(k-values). Thermal conductivity is the rate of heat flow through a homogenous material exactly 1 inch thick. Thermal resistivities are expressed by the temperature difference in degrees F between the two exposed faces required to cause one BTU to flow through one square foot per hour at pa mean temperatures indicated. SUBMITTALS General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. Product data for each type of insulation product specified. QUALITY ASSURANCE Fire Performance Characteristics: Provide insulation materials identical to those whose indicated fire performance characteristics have been determined per the ASTM test method indicated below, by UL or other testing and inspecting organizations acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting organization. Surface Burning Characteristic: ASTM E 84. Fire Resistance Ratings: ASTM E 119. Combustion Characteristics: ASTM E 136. Siniale-Source Responsibility for Insulation Products: Obtain each type of building insulation from a single source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying progress of the Work. so BUILDING INSULATION 07210 Page 1 .� w w ,w. ,.. DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING INSTALLATION General: Apply dampproofing to all exterior below-grade surfaces of exterior underground walls in contact with earth or other backfill and where space is enclosed on opposite side. Extend vertical dampproofine down walls from finished grade line to top of footing,extend over top of footing,and turn down minimum of 6 inches over outside face of footing. Extend 12 inches onto intersecting walls and footings but do not extend onto surfaces that will be exposed to view when project is completed. ASPHALT EMULSION ON EXTERIOR SURFACES Apply coat of liquid asphalt emulsion dampproofing material by brushing or spraying at rate of 1.5 to 2.5 gallons per. 100 sq. ft.,depending upon substrate texture, as required to produce uniform dry film thickness of not less than 15 mils. Apply in 2 coats if necessary to obtain required thickness, allowing time for complete drying between coats. Anvly coat of semifibrated, semimastic, asphalt emulsion dampproofing materials, by brushing or spraying at rate of 5.0 gallons per 100 sq. ft., to produce uniform, dry film thickness of not less than 30 mils. INSTALLATION OF DAMPPROOF PROTECTION COURSE General: Where indicated, install protection course of type indicated over completed-and-cured dampproofing treatment. Comply with dampproofing materials manufacturer's recommendations for method of support or attachment of protection materials. Support with spot application of plastic cement where not otherwise indicated. END OF SECTION 07160 BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING 07160 Page 3 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Asphalt Emulsion: Asphalt-and-water-emulsion coating, compounded to penetrate substrate and build to moisture-resistant coating. Provide semifibrated-tvpe semimastic asbestos-free emulsion; ASTM D 1227, Type I1, except containing nonasbestos fibrous reinforcement and filler materials. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide coal tar products of one of the following: Celotex Corporation. ChemRex, Inc./Sonneborne Building Products Div. GS Roofing Products Company, Inc. J & P Petroleum Products, Inc. Karnak Chemical Corporation. Koch Materials Company. Koppers Company, Inc. Lunday Thagard Company. Manville Building Materials Corporation. Tamko Corporation. Tremco, Inc. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS Protection Course, Film Type: 4-mil carbonated polyethylene film. PART 3 - EXECUTION PREPARATION OF SUBSTRATE Clean substrate of projections and substances detrimental to work;comply with recommendations of prime materials manufacturer. Install cant strips and similar accessories as shown and as recommended by prime materials manufacturer even though not shown. Fill voids, seal Joints, and apply bond breakers (if any) as recommended by prime materials manufacturer, with particular attention at construction joints. Install separate flashings and comer protection stripping as recommended by prime materials manufacturer, where indicated to precede application of dampproofing. Comply with details shown and manufacturer's recommendations. Give particular attention to requirements at building expansion joints, if any. Prime substrate as recommended by prime materials manufacturer. Protection of Other Work: Do not allow liquid and mastic compounds to enter and clog drains and conductors. Prevent spillage and migration onto other surfaces of work, by masking or otherwise protecting adjoining work. INSTALLATION, GENERAL Comply with manufacturer's recommendations,except where more stringent requirements are indicated or specified and where project conditions require extra precautions or provisions to ensure satisfactory performance of work. BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING 07160 Page 2 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. SECTION 07160 - BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY Thin,Section includes the following: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion dampproofmg. SUBMITTALS General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Section "Submittals." Product Data: Include data substantiating that materials comply with specified requirements for each dampproofmg material specified. on QUALITY ASSURANCE Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer who has completed bituminous dampproofing work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for Project and that has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. Single-Source Responsibility: Obtain primary dampproofmg materials and primers from a single manufacturer. Provide secondary materials only as recommended by manufacturer of primary materials. PROJECT CONDITIONS Substrate: Proceed with dampproofmg work only after substrate construction and penetrating work have been completed. Weather: Proceed with dampproofmg work only when existing and forecast weather conditions will permit work to be performed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Ventilation: Provide adequate ventilation during application of solvent-based components in enclosed spaces. Maintain ventilation until dampproofmg membrane has thoroughly cured. PART 2 - PRODUCTS BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING. GENERAL Odor Elimination: For interior and concealed-in-wall uses,provide type of bituminous dampproofmg material that is warranted by manufacturer to be substantially odor-free after drying for 24 hours under normal conditions. Ob COLD-APPLIED ASPHALT EMULSION DAMPPROOFING BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING 07160 Page 1 R .� w ws wd ..e .� .a.e w. .� ,.. DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. PROTECTION Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure finish carpentry is without damage or deterioration at 0 time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 06200 to wo pa FINISH CARPENTRY 06200 Page 7 P an DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. PANELING Plank Paneling: Arrange in pattern to match existing. Stagger end joints in random pattern to uniformly distribute joints on each wall. Select and arrange panels on each wall for best match of adjacent panels for paneling where grain character or color variations are noticeable. Install with uniform tight joints between panels. Fasten paneling to gypsum wallboard substrates using nails and adhesive. SIDING Underlayment: Apply one layer of felt underlayment horizontally over entire surface to receive siding,lapping ends and succeeding courses a minimum of 2 inches. Fasten felt with sufficient number of galvanized roofing nails or *� noncorrosive staples to hold underlayment in place until siding application. Lumber Siding: Apply starter strip along bottom edge of sheathing or sill. Install first course of siding with lower , edge at least 1/8 inch below starter strip and subsequent courses lapped 1 inch over course below. Nail at each stud. Do not nail through siding below. Leave 1/8-inch gap at trim and comers unless recommended otherwise by manufacturer and apply sealant. Butt joints only at stud locations, nailing top and bottom on each side and staggering joints in subsequent courses. Flashin : Install metal flashing as indicated on the drawings and recommended by siding manufacturer. Finish: Apply finish within 2 weeks of installation. Install siding to comply with manufacturer's warranty requirements. SOLID SURFACING MATERIAL Install in strict accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. PLASTIC LAMINATE Fasten plastic laminate countertops by screwing through wall cleats into underside of countertop. Provide plastic laminate skirt as indicated on drawings. ADJUSTING Repair damaged or defective finish carpentry where possible to eliminate functional or visual defects. Where not possible to repair, replace finish carpentry. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance. CLEANING Clean finish carpentry on exposed and semiexposed surfaces. Touch up factory-applied finishes to restore damaged or soiled areas. FINISH CARPENTRY 06200 Page 6 "�"" DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Examine substrates for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting installation and performance of finish carpentry. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. PR PREPARATION Clean substrates of projections and substances detrimental to application. Condition finish carpentry to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas before installation for a minimum of 24 hours unless longer conditioning recommended by manufacturer. Backurime lumber for painted finish exposed on the exterior. Comply with requirements for surface preparation and application in Section "Painting." INSTALLATION. GENERAL Do not use finish carpentry materials that are unsound,warped,bowed, twisted, improperly treated or finished,not adequately seasoned, or too small to fabricate with proper jointing arrangements. Do not use manufactured units with defective surfaces, sizes, or patterns. Install finish carpentry plumb,level,true, and aligned with adjacent materials. Use concealed shims where required for alignment. Scribe and cut finish carpentry to fit adjoining work. Refinish and seal cuts as recommended by manufacturer. Install to tolerance of 1/8 inch in 8 feet for plumb and level. Install adjoining finish carpentry with 1/16 inch maximum offset for flush installation and 1/8 inch maximum offset for reveal installation. Coordinate finish carpentry with materials and systems that may be in or adjacent to standing and running trim and rails. Provide cutouts for mechanical and electrical items that penetrate exposed surfaces of trim and rails. Finish in accordance with specified requirements. Refer to Division 9 Sections for final finishing of finish carpentry. STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM AND RAILS OR Install with minimum number of joints practical,using full-length pieces from maximum lengths of lumber available. Stagger joints in adjacent and related standing and running trim and rails. Cope at returns and miter at comers to produce tight-fitting joints with full-surface contact throughout length of joint. Use scarf joints for end-to-end joints. Plane back of casings to provide uniform thickness across joints if required. Match color and grain pattern across joints. Install trim after drywall joint finishing operations are completed. "I Drill pilot holes in hardwood prior to nailing or fastening to prevent splitting. Fasten to prevent movement or warping. Countersink nail heads on exposed carpentry work and fill holes. Fit exterior joints to exclude water. Apply flat grain lumber with bark side exposed to weather. FINISH CARPENTRY 06200 Page 5 W DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Material: Provide Gibraltar solid surfacing by Ralph Wilson Plastics Co.. Provide in 1/4" thickness. go PLASTIC LAMINATE w Material: Provide Wilsonart by Ralph Wilson Plastics Co.. Provide in bullnose configuration with no backsplash. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS no Fasteners for Exterior Finish Carpentry: Stainless steel or noncorrosive aluminum nails in sufficient length to penetrate minimum of 1-1/2 inches into substrate unless recommended otherwise by manufacturer. as Countersink nails and fill surface where face nailing is unavoidable. Fasteners for Interior Finish Carpentry: Nails, screws, and other anchoring devices of type, size, material, and finish required for application indicated to provide secure attachment, concealed where possible. Countersink nails, fill surface flush, and sand where face nailing is unavoidable. Where finish carpentry materials are exposed in areas of high humidity,provide fasteners and anchorages with hot-dip galvanized coating complying with ASTM A 153. Felt Underlayment: Asphalt-saturated organic felts,unperforated,conforming to requirements of ASTM D 26,Type 1, No. 15. Adhesives: Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for adhesives. a Flashing: Comply with requirements of Division 7 Section "Flashing and Sheet Metal" for flashing materials installed in finish carpentry. Sealants: Comply with requirements of Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for materials required for sealing siding work. FABRICATION Wood Moisture Content: Comply with requirements of specified inspection agencies and manufacturer's dW recommendations for moisture content of finish carpentry in relation to relative humidity conditions existing during time of fabrication and in installation areas. Provide finish carpentry with moisture content that is compatible with Project requirements. 40 Fabricate finish carpentry to dimensions, profiles and details indicated. Ease edges to radius indicated for the following: Lumber less than 1 inch in nominal thickness: 1/16 inch. Lumber 1 inch or more in nominal thickness: 1/8 inch. Fabricate solid surfacing material in longest length sheets possible. Review joint locations with Architect prior to fabrication. PART 3 - EXECUTION EXAMINATION FINISH CARPENTRY 06200 Page 4 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Lumber for Painted Finish: Solid stock. INTERIOR STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM AND RAILS Trim and Rails: For trim in form of boards and worked products, provide lumber complying with the following requirements. Species: Poplar; WWPA. Select Grade: B and Better. Finish Grade: Superior. Select Grade: Supreme. Texture: Surfaced (smooth). Lumber for Painted Finish: Solid lumber stock. Wood Molding Patterns: For stock molding patterns included in Wood Moulding and Millwork Producers Association WM 7 and graded under WM 4, provide the following grade based on finish indicated and fabricated from species specified: Moldings for Painted Finish: N-Grade. PANELING Plank Paneling: Interior wood plank paneling complying with Wood Moulding and Millwork Producers Association WM 9. Species: Poplar. Grade: B and Better, Superior Finish Grade. Confieuration: To match existing. SIDING Lumber Siding: Kiln-dried wood lumber for siding in size and pattern as shown on drawings. Western Red Cedar Bevel Siding: West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau Grade "Clear VG Heart," SIS2E. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide materials by one of the following: Lumber Siding: Abitibi-Price Corp. Champion International Corp. Georgia-Pacific Corp. Masonite Corp. SOLID SURFACING MATERIAL FINISH CARPENTRY 06200 Page 3 1 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. damp or wet surfaces. Stack lumber as well as plywood and other panels. Provide for air circulation within and around stacks and under tel6porary coverings including polyethylene and similar materials. Do not deliver interior finish carpentry until environmental conditions meet requirements specified for installation areas. If finish carpentry must be stored in other than installation areas, store only in areas where environmental conditions meet requirements specified for installation areas. PROJECT CONDITIONS Environmental Conditions: Obtain and comply with finish carpentry manufacturer's and installer's coordinated advice for optimum temperature and humidity conditions for finish carpentry during its storage and installation. Weather Conditions: Proceed with finish carpentry only when existing and forecasted weather conditions will permit exterior finish carpentry to be installed in compliance with manufacturer's recommendations and when substrate is completely dry. PART 2 - PRODUCTS MATERIALS, GENERAL Lumber Standards: Comply with PS 20 "American Softwood Lumber Standard" for lumber and with applicable grading rules of inspection agencies certified by American Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review. Inspection Agencies: Inspection agencies and the abbreviations used to reference them with lumber grades and species include the following: RIS - Redwood Inspection Service. SPIB - Southern Pine Inspection Bureau. WCLIB - West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau. WWPA - Western Wood Products Association. Grade Stamps: Provide lumber with each piece factory-marked with grade stamp of inspection agency evidencing compliance with grading rule requirements and identifying grading agency, grade, species, moisture content at time of surfacing, and mill. For exposed lumber furnish pieces with grade stamps applied to ends or back of each piece, or omit grade stamps entirely and provide certificates of grade compliance issued by inspection agency. .� EXTERIOR STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM AND RAILS Trim and Rails: For trim and rails in form of boards and worked products, provide lumber complying with the .® following requirements including those of the grading agency listed with species. Species: Western red cedar; WCLIB OR WWPA. Grade: B and Better, 1 and 2 Clear VG (Vertical Grain). Texture: Surfaced (smooth). FINISH CARPENTRY 06200 Page 2 ""` DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. SECTION 06200 - FINISH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS W Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section includes the following: Exterior standing and running trim and rails. Interior standing and running trim and rails. Plank paneling. Lumber siding. Solid surfacing material. on Plastic laminate countertops. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry" for furring, blocking, and other carpentry work that is not exposed to view. Division 7 Section "Building Insulation" for insulation under siding. Division 7 Section "Flashing and Sheet Metal" for flashing and other sheet metal work. �r Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for sealants. Division 9 Section "Painting" for back priming and finishing of finish carpentry. SUBMITTALS General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. Product data for each type of factory-fabricated product and process specified, including details of construction relative to materials, dimensions of individual components, profiles, textures, and colors. QUALITY ASSURANCE Installer Qualifications: Arrange for installation of finish carpentry by a firm that can demonstrate successful experience in installing finish carpentry items similar in type and quality to those required for this Project. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Delivery and Storage: Keep materials under cover and dry. Protect against exposure to weather and contact with PM FINISH CARPENTRY 06200 Page 1 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Install special framing as shown for eaves, overhangs, dormers and similar conditions, if any. TIMBER FRAMING Install timber framing with crown edge up and provide not less than 4 inches of bearing on supports. Install continuous members unless shown; tie together over supports if not continuous. Where beams or girders are framed into pockets of exterior concrete or masonry walls, provide 1/2-inch air space between sides and ends of wood members and supporting wall. Where built-up beams or girders of nominal 2-inch dimension lumber on edge are shown, fasten together with 2 rows of 20d nails spaced not less than 32 inches o.c. Locate one row near top edge and other near bottom edge. Locate end joints in members over supports; for continuous members, stagger ends at quarter points P" between supports. Install wood posts using metal anchoring and attachment devices indicated. Seal ends of timber beams and posts exposed to weather with a water-repellent preservative. INSTALLATION OF CONSTRUCTION PANELS General: Comply with applicable recommendations contained in Form No. E30, "APA Design/Construction Guide - Residential & Commercial," for types of construction panels and applications indicated. Fastening Methods: Fasten panels as indicated below: Subflooring: Glue and nail to framing throughout. Sheathing: Nail to framing. Underlayment: Nail to subflooring. Fill and sand edge joints of underlayment receiving resilient flooring. Plywood Backing Panels: Nail to supports. AIR INFILTRATION BARRIER Cover sheathing with air infiltration barrier as follows: w Apply air infiltration barrier to cover upstanding flashing with 4-inch overlap. END OF SECTION 06100 �w PM ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 Page 11 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. where span of header exceeds 4 feet. **� Do not notch in middle third of Joists; limit notches to 1/6-depth of joist, 1/3 at ends. Do not bore holes larger than 1/3-depth of joist or locate closer than 2 inches from top or bottom. Install solid blocking (2 inches thick ..� by depth of joist)at ends of joists unless nailed to header or bearing member. Lan members framing from opposite sides of beams, girders or partitions not less than 4 inches or securely tie opposing members together. Install solid blocking(2 inches thick by depth of joist)over supports. Anchor members paralleling masonry with 1/4-inch by 1-1/4-inch metal strap anchors spaced not more than 8 feet o.c. Extend anchors at least 4 inches into masonry, turn up 4 inches and extend over and fasten to 3 joists. , Under jamb studs at openings, install solid blocking between joist. Under non-load-bearing_partitions, install double joists separated by solid blocking equal to depth of studs .� above. Install triple joists separated as above, under partitions receiving ceramic tile and similar heavy finishes or fixtures. Install bridging of type indicated below between joists where nominal depth-to-thickness ratio exceeds 6, at intervals of 8 feet. Diagonal wood bridging formed from bevel cut nominal 1-inch by 4-inch lumber, double-crossed and nailed both ends to joists. . Solid wood bridging 2 inches thick by depth of joist, end nailed to joist. Steel bridging installed to comply with bridging manufacturer's directions. RAFTER AND CEILING JOIST FRAMING Ceiling Joists:oists: Install ceiling joists with crown up and to comply with requirements specified above for floor joists. Face nail to ends of parallel rafters. Where principal ceiling joists are at right angles to rafters, frame as indicated with additional short joists from wall plate to first joist; nail to ends of rafters and to top plate and nail to long joists or anchor with framing anchors or metal straps. Install 1 by 8 or 2 by 4 stringers spaced 4 feet o.c. crosswise over w, principal ceiling joists. Rafters: Notch to fit exterior wall plates and toe nail or use special metal framing anchors. Double rafters to form headers and trimmers at openings in roof framing (if any), and support with metal hangers. Where rafters abut at ridge, place directly opposite each other and nail to ridge member or use metal ridge hangers. At valleys, install valley rafter of size shown, or if not shown, twice the thickness of regular rafters and 2 « inches deeper. Bevel ends of jack rafters for full bearing against valley rafter. At hins, install hip rafters of size shown, or if not shown, of same thickness as regular rafters and 2 inches deeper. Bevel ends of jack rafters for full bearing against hip rafters. Install collar beams (ties) as shown, or if not shown, install 1-inch by 6-inch boards between every third pair of rafters. Locate below ridge member, one-third of distance to ceiling joists. Cut ends to fit slope and nail to rafters. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 Page 10 „� P" DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. P0 Do not splice structural members between supports. Fireston concealed spaces of wood framed walls and partitions at each floor level and at the ceiling line of the ON top story. Where firestops are not automatically provided by the framing system used, use closely fitted wood blocks of nominal 2-inch-thick lumber of the same width as framing members. IN STUD FRAMING General: Arrange studs so that wide face of stud is perpendicular to direction of wall or partition and narrow face is parallel. Install single bottom plate and double top plates using 2-inch-thick members whose widths equal that of studs; except single top plate may be used for non-load-bearing partitions. Nail or anchor plates to supporting construction. For exterior walls install 2-inch by 6-inch wood studs spaced 24 inches o.c. For exterior walls install 2-inch by 4-inch wood studs spaced 16 inches o.c. For interior partitions and walls install 2-inch by 4-inch wood studs spaced 16 inches o.c. Construct comers and intersections with not less than 3 studs. Install miscellaneous blocking and framing as shown and as required for support of facing materials, fixtures, specialty items, and trim. Install continuous horizontal blocking row at mid-height of single-story partitions over 8 feet high and at midpoint of multi-story partitions, using 2-inch thick members of same width as wall or partitions. Frame openings with multiple studs and headers. Install nailed header members of thickness equal to width of studs. Set headers on edge and support on jamb studs. For nonbearing partitions, install double jamb studs and headers not less than 4 inches deep for openings 3 feet and less in width, and not less than 6 inches deep for wider openings. For load-bearingpartitions, install double jamb studs for openings 6 feet and less in width, and triple jamb studs for wider openings. Install headers of depth shown, or if not shown, as recommended by N.F.P.A. "Manual for House Framing." Install diagonal bracing in stud framing of exterior walls, except as otherwise indicated. Brace both walls at each external comer, full story height, at a 45 degree angle, using either a let-in 1 by 4 or 2 by 4 blocking or ! ' metal diagonal bracing. Omit bracing where following types of sheathing are indicated. Plywood sheathing or comer bracing, 4-feet-wide panels vertically. +a FLOOR JOIST FRAMING General: Install floor joists with crown edge up and support ends of each member with not less than 1-1/2 inches of bearing on wood or metal, or 3 inches on masonry. Attach floor joists as follows: To wood bearing members by toe nailing or metal framing anchors. To wood supporting members with wood ledgers as shown, or if not shown, with metal joist hangers. Fire-cut members built into masonry. Frame openings with headers and trimmers supported by metal joist hangers; double headers and trimmers ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 Page 9 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Attach to substrates as required to support applied loading. Countersink bolts and nuts flush with surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. Build into masonry during installation of masonry work. Where possible, anchor to formwork before concrete placement. Install permanent grounds of dressed, preservative treated, key-bevelled lumber not less than 1-1/2 inches wide and of thickness required to bring face of ground to exact thickness of finish material involved. Remove temporary grounds when no longer required. WOOD FURRING Install plumb and level with closure strips at edges and openings. Shim with wood as required for tolerance of finished work. Firestop furred spaces on walls at each floor level and at ceiling line of top story, with wood blocking or noncombustible materials, accurately fitted to close furred spaces. Furring to Receive Plywood Paneling: Install 1-inch by 3-inch furring at 2 feet o.c., horizontally and vertically. Select furring for freedom from knots capable of producing bent-over nails and resulting damage to paneling. Furring to Receive Gypsum Drywall: Install 1-inch by 2-inch furring at 16 inches o.c., vertically. n� Furring to Receive Plaster Lath: Install 1-inch by 2-inch furring at 16 inches o.c., vertically. Suspended Furring: Install suspended furring members of size and spacing indicated, including hangers and **� attachment devices. Level to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 10 feet, except 1/4 inch in 10 feet for thick-coat plaster work. wo WOOD FRAMING. GENERAL Framing Standard: Comply with N.F.P.A. "Manual for Wood Frame Construction," unless otherwise indicated. Framing with Engineered Wood Products: Install framing composed of engineered wood products to comply with manufacturer's directions. A.e Install framing members of size and spacing indicated. Anchor and nail as shown, and to comply with the following: National Evaluation Report No. NER-272 for pneumatic or mechanical driven staples, P-Nails, and allied fasteners. Published requirements of manufacturer of metal framing anchors. "Recommended Nailing Schedule" of referenced framing standard and with N.F.P.A. "National Design Specifications for Wood Construction." "Table No. II - Recommended Nailing Schedule" of the Uniform Building Code. "Appendix C - Recommended Nailing Schedule" of the BOCA National Building Code. "Table 1705.1 - Fastening Schedule," of the Standard Building Code. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 Page 8 .. am DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. treated, comply with applicable requirements of AWPA Standards C2 (Lumber) and C9 (Plywood). Mark each treated item with the AWPB or SPIB Quality Mark Requirements. Pressure-treat above-ground items with water-borne preservatives to a minimum retention of 0.25 pcf. For interior uses, after treatment, kiln-dry lumber and plywood to a maximum moisture content, respectively, of 19 percent and 15 percent. Treat indicated items and the following: Wood cants, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, stripping, and similar members in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and waterproofing. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping, and similar concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete. am Wood framing members less than 18 inches above grade. Wood floor plates installed over concrete slabs directly in contact with earth. no Pressure-treat wood members in contact with the ground or fresh water with water-borne preservatives to a minimum retention of 0.40 pcf. "I Complete fabrication of treated items prior to treatment, where possible. If cut after treatment, coat cut surfaces to comply with AWPA M4. Inspect each piece of lumber or plywood after drying and discard damaged or defective pieces. PART 3 - EXECUTION INSTALLATION, GENERAL Discard units of material with defects that impair quality of rough carpentry construction and that are too small to use in fabricating rough carpentry with minimum joints or optimum joint arrangement. Select individual pieces of lumber for the location it is to be used. Place natural camber upwards. Place knots on top of joists, beams, and rafters. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb and true to line and cut and fitted. Fit rough carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as required for accurate fit. Correlate location of e■ furring, nailers, blocking, grounds, and similar supports to allow attachment of other construction. Securely attach rough carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated. Countersink nail heads on exposed carpentry work and fill holes. Use common wire nails, unless otherwise indicated. Use finishing nails for finish work. Select fasteners of size that will not penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Make tight connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting of wood; predrill as required. WOOD GROUNDS NAILERS BLOCKING AND SLEEPERS Install wood grounds, nailers, blocking, and sleepers where shown and where required for screeding or attachment of other work. Form to shapes as shown and cut as required for true line and level of work to be attached. Coordinate location with other work involved. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 Page 7 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A; with ASTM A 563 hex nuts and where indicated, �• flat washers. METAL FRAMING ANCHORS General: Provide metal framing anchors of type, size, metal, and finish indicated that comply with requirements specified including the following: Current Evaluation/Research Reports: Provide products for which model code evaluation/research reports exist that are acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and that evidence compliance of metal framing anchors for application indicated with the building code in effect for this Project. ., Allowable Design Loads: Provide products for which manufacturer publishes allowable design loads that are determined from empirical data or by rational engineering analysis and that are demonstrated by comprehensive testing performed by a qualified independent testing laboratory. �.. Galvanized Steel Sheet: Steel sheet zinc-coated by hot-dip process on continuous lines prior to fabrication to comply with ASTM A 525 for Coating Designation G60 and with ASTM A 446, Grade A (structural quality); ASTM A 526 (commercial quality); or ASTM A 527 (lock-forming quality); as standard with manufacturer for type of anchor indicated. Use galvanized steel framing anchors for rough carpentry exposed to weather, in ground contact, or in area of high relative humidity, and where indicated. Painted Steel Sheet: ASTM A 366 (commercial quality)cold rolled steel sheet or ASTM A 570, Grade 33 (structural quality)hot-rolled steel sheet, as standard with manufacturer for type of anchor indicated, coated after fabrication with manufacturers standard, fast-curing, lead-free "universal primer" resistant to normal atmospheric corrosion. . „ Use painted steel framing anchors for rough carpentry not exposed to weather, in ground contact, or in area of high relative humidity. STRUCTURAL PLATES AND WELDMENTS Plates and Shapes: ASTM A36 steel Fabricate and install steel hangers and plates as shown on drawing S1 through S3. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS Sill Sealer Gaskets: Glass fiber resilient insulation fabricated in strip form for use as a sill sealer; 1 inch nominal thickness compressible to 1/32 inch; selected from manufacturer's standard widths to suit width of sill members indicated; in rolls of 50 feet or 100 feet in length. Adhesives for Field Gluing Panels to Framing: Formulation complying with APA AFG-01 that is approved for use with type of construction panel indicated by both adhesive and panel manufacturer. Water Repellent Preservative: NWWDA-tested and -accepted formulation containing 3-iodo-2-propynyl butyl carbonate (IPBC) as its active ingredient. PRESERVATIVE WOOD TREATMENT BY PRESSURE PROCESS General: Where lumber or plywood is indicated as preservative- treated wood or is specified herein to be ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 Page 6 ,� ON DEWEY HOUSE Dietz& Company Architects, Inc. an Span Rating: As required to suit stud spacing indicated. Roof Sheathing: APA RATED SHEATHING. Exposure Durability Classification: EXTERIOR. Span Rating: As required to suit rafter spacing indicated. CONSTRUCTION PANELS FOR BACKING so Plywood Backing Panels: For mounting electrical or telephone equipment, provide fire-retardant-treated plywood panels with grade designation, APA C-D PLUGGED EXPOSURE 1, in thickness indicated, or, if not otherwise indicated, not less than 15/32 inch. ON CONSTRUCTION PANELS FOR UNDERLAYMENT Plywood Underlayment for Resilient Flooring: For underlayment under 19/32 inch in indicated thickness, provide plywood construction panels with fully sanded face complying with the following requirements: Grade Designation: APA UNDERLAYMENT EXT. For underlayment over lumber floors with boards up to 4 inches wide, provide plywood of species Group 1. 40 Construction Panel Underlavment for Resilient Flooring: For underlayment 19/32 inch or more in indicated thickness, provide APA RATED STURD-I-FLOOR panels, with fully sanded face and as follows: on Exposure Classification: EXTERIOR. AIR INFILTRATION BARRIER on Woven nolyolefin sheet, 0.005 inch thick, with a moisture vapor transmission rate of 70 grams/sq. meter/24 hours per ASTM E 96, Procedure A and a flame spread not exceeding 25 per ASTM E 84. on Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: "Tyvek Housewrap," Fibers Department, Du Pont Company. FASTENERS General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this article for material and manufacture. Where rough carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, or in area of high relative humidity, !" provide fasteners with a hot-dip zinc coating per ASTM A 153 or of AISI Type 304 stainless steel. Nails, Wire, Brads, and Staples: FS FF-N-105. lip Power Driven Fasteners: National Evaluation Report NER-272. Wood Screws: ANSI B18.6.1. Lag Bolts: ANSI B18.2.I. we ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 Page 5 on DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Grading: Material hand-selected at factory from lumber of species and grade indicated below that complies with "Appearance" grade requirements of ALSC National Grading Rule; issue inspection certificate of inspection agency for selected material. Same species and grade as indicated for structural framing. TIMBERS For timbers used for rough framing only (5 inches and thicker), provide material complying with the following requirements: Douglas Fir "Select Structural" grade per WCLIB/WWPA rules. Southern Pine, "No. 1 Dense SR" per SPIB rules. Free of heart center. MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER General: Provide lumber for support or attachment of other construction including rooftop equipment curbs and support bases, cant strips, bucks, nailers, blocking, furring, grounds, stripping, and similar members. ••+ Fabricate miscellaneous lumber from dimension lumber of sizes indicated and into shapes shown. Moisture content: 19 percent maximum for lumber items not specified to receive wood preservative treatment. Grade: "Standard" grade light-framing-size lumber of any species or board-size lumber as required. "No. 3 Common" or "Standard" grade boards per WCLIB or WWPA rules or "No. 2 Boards" per SPIB rules. CONSTRUCTION PANELS, GENERAL Construction Panel Standards: Comply with PS 1 "U.S. Product Standard for Construction and Industrial Plywood" for plywood construction panels and, for products not manufactured under PS 1 provisions, with APA PRP-108. Trademark: Furnish construction panels that are each factory- marked with APA trademark evidencing compliance with grade requirements. CONCEALED PERFORMANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION PANELS General: Where construction panels are indicated for the following concealed types of applications, provide .w APA Performance-Rated Panels complying with requirements designated under each application for grade designation, span rating, exposure durability classification, edge detail (where applicable), and thickness. Subflooring: APA RATED STURDI-FLOOR. Exposure Durability Classification: EXTERIOR. Span Rating: As required to suit joist spacing indicated. Wall Sheathing: APA RATED SHEATHING. Exposure Durability Classification: EXTERIOR. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 Page 4 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. RIS - Redwood Inspection Service. NLGA - National Lumber Grades Authority (Canadian). SPIB - Southern Pine Inspection Bureau. WCLIB - West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau. WWPA - Western Wood Products Association. Grade Stamps: Provide lumber with each piece factory-marked with grade stamp of inspection agency evidencing compliance with grading rule requirements and identifying grading agency, grade, species, moisture content at time of surfacing, and mill. For exposed lumber furnish pieces with grade stamps applied to ends or back of each piece; or omit grade stamps entirely and provide certificates of grade compliance issued by inspection agency. Nominal sizes are indicated, except as shown by detail dimensions. Provide actual sizes as required by PS 20, for moisture content specified for each use. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated. Provide seasoned lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content at time of dressing and shipment for sizes 2 inches or less in nominal thickness, unless otherwise indicated. DIMENSION LUMBER For light framing provide "Stud," "No. 3," or "Standard" grade lumber for stud framing (2 to 4 inches thick, 2 to 4 inches wide, 10 feet and shorter) and "Stud" or "No. 3" grade for other light framing (2 to 4 inches thick, 2 to 6 inches wide), any species. For light framing (2 to 4 inches thick, 2 to 4 inches wide) provide the following grade and species: "Standard" grade. Spruce-Pine-Fir graded under NLGA rules. For structural light framing (2 to 4 inches thick, 2 to 4 inches wide), provide the following grade and species: "No. 2" grade or better. Spruce-Pine-Fir graded under NLGA rules. ps For structural framing (2 to 4 inches thick, 5 inches and wider), provide the following grade and species: "Select Structural" grade. "No. 1/No. 2" grade or better. Spruce-Pine-Fir graded under NLGA rules. Except: where southern pine is designated on the plans provide: "No. 1" grade or better. Southern Pine graded under SPIB rules. For exposed framing lumber provide material complying with the following requirements: Definition: Exposed framing refers to dimension lumber that is not concealed by other construction and is indicated to receive a stained or natural finish. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 Page 3 ON MR DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Metal framing anchors and other manufactured items. .. Construction adhesives. Material certificates for dimensional lumber specified to comply with minimum allowable unit stresses. Indicate species and grade selected for each use as well as design values approved by the Board of Review of American Lumber Standards Committee. Wood treatment data as follows including chemical treatment manufacturer's instructions for handling, storing, installation, and finishing of treated material: For each tvpe of preservative treated wood product include certification by treating plant stating type of preservative solution and pressure process used, net amount of preservative retained, and compliance with applicable standards. For water-bome treated products include statement that moisture content of treated materials was reduced to levels indicated prior to shipment to project site. .m QUALITY ASSURANCE Codes and Standards: Comply with provisions of the following codes, specifications, and standards, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified: National Forest Products Association (NFPA) "National Design Specification for Wood Construction" and the supplement "Design Values for Wood Construction". American Plywood Association (APA) "Performance Specification AFG-01" and "Residential & Commercial Design/Construction Guide". .. Ouality Control shall be performed by the Contractor's personnel or a hired independent agency. Daily inspection of the work shall be made for the correctness of materials and installation. The results of the daily inspections shall be recorded and available at the site for review. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Delivery and Storage: Keep materials under cover and dry. Protect against exposure to weather and contact with damp or wet surfaces. Stack lumber as well as plywood and other panels; provide for air circulation within and around stacks and under temporary coverings including polyethylene and similar materials. For lumber and plywood pressure treated with waterbome chemicals, place spacers between each bundle to provide air circulation. any PART 2 - PRODUCTS .A LUMBER. GENERAL Lumber Standards: Furnish lumber manufactured to comply with PS 20 "American Softwood Lumber .�. Standard" and with applicable grading rules of inspection agencies certified by American Lumber Standards Committee's (ALSC) Board of Review. Inspection Agencies: Inspection agencies and the abbreviations used to reference them with lumber grades and species include the following: ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 Page 2 ,,,� PIR DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section includes the following: 40 Framing with dimension lumber. Framing with timbers. Wood grounds, milers, and blocking. Wood furring. Sheathing. Subflooring. Underlayment. Repairs and reinforcement of existing wood and timber framing. a Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: Division 6 Section "Finish Carpentry" for nonstructural carpentry items exposed to view and not specified in another Section. Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for associated steel framing. DEFINITIONS Roush carpentry includes carpentry work not specified as part of other Sections and generally not exposed, on unless otherwise specified. SUBMITTALS General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. Product data for the following products: IM Wood products. Underlayment. Air infiltration barrier. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 Page 1 00 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. 40 Set steel stair base plates on wedges or other adjustable devices. After the stairs have been positioned and aligned, tighten the anchor bolts. Do not remove wedges or shims, but if protruding, cut off flush with the edge of the bearing plate before packing with grout. Use nonmetallic, nonshrink grout, unless otherwise indicated. Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates to ensure that no voids remain. INSTALLING STEEL PIPE RAILINGS AND HANDRAILS Adiust handrails and railing systems prior to anchoring to ensure matching alignment at abutting joints. Space posts at spacing indicated or, if not indicated, as required by design loadings. Plumb posts in each direction. Secure an posts and railing ends to building construction as follows: Anchor posts to steel by welding directly to steel supporting members. Anchor handrail ends into concrete and masonry with steel round flanges welded to rail ends and anchored into wall construction with drilled-in expansion anchors. on Secure handrails to wall with wall brackets and end fittings. Provide bracket with 1-1/2-inch (38-mm) clearance from inside face of handrail and finished wall surface. Locate brackets as indicated or, if not indicated, at spacing required to support structural loads. Secure wall brackets and wall return fittings to building construction as follows: Use type of bracket with predrilled hole for exposed bolt anchorage. For wood stud partitions,use lag bolts set into wood backing between studs. Coordinate with stud installations for accurate location of backing members. ADJUSTING AND CLEANING Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint, and paint exposed areas with same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field-painted surfaces. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils (0.05 mm). ON END OF SECTION 05510 ON an 40 METAL STAIRS 05510 Page 9 No DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Apply shop primer to uncoated surfaces, except those with galvanized finish or those to be embedded in concrete, MW sprayed-on fireproofing, or masonry, unless otherwise indicated. Comply with requirements of SSPC-PA 1 "Paint Application Specification No. 1" for shop painting. .w Stripe paint comers, crevices, bolts, welds, and sharp edges. PART 3 - EXECUTION PREPARATION Coordinate and furnish anchorages, setting drawings,diagrams, templates, instructions,and directions for installing anchorages, including concrete inserts,weld plates, and anchor bolts. Coordinate delivery of such items to Project site. so INSTALLATION, GENERAL Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing steel am stairs to in-place construction;include threaded fasteners for concrete and masonry inserts, through-bolts,lag bolts, and other connectors as required. go Cutting, Fitting,and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing steel stairs. Set units accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and measured from established lines and levels. 4M Install steel stairs by welding stair framing to steel structure or to weld plates cast into concrete, except where otherwise indicated. so Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop-welded because of shipping size limitations. Do not weld, cut, or abrade the surfaces of exterior units that have been hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and are intended for bolted field no connections. Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements: Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 40 Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. Remove welding flux immediately. 4w, At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so that no roughness shows after finishing and welded surface matches contours of adjoining surfaces. Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces of aluminum that will come into contact with concrete or dissimilar metals with a heavy coat of bituminous paint. INSTALLING STEEL STAIRS WITH GROUTED BASE PLATES Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of bond-reducing materials and roughen to improve bond to surfaces. Clean bottom surface of base plates. METAL STAIRS 05510 page 8 „�, W DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. 10 Form changes in direction of handrails and rails as follows: By radius bends of radius indicated. Form simple and compound curves by bending pipe in jigs to produce uniform curvature for each repetitive configuration required; maintain cylindrical cross section of pipe throughout entire bend without buckling,twisting, cracking, or otherwise deforming exposed surfaces of pipe. Provide wall returns at ends of wall-mounted handrails, unless otherwise indicated. Close exposed ends of pipe by welding 3/16-inch-(4.8-mm-)thick steel plate in place or with prefabricated fittings, except where clearance of end of pipe and adjoining wall surface is 1/4 inch (6 mm) or less. Fabricate newels of steel tubing and provide newel caps of gray-iron castings, as shown. No Brackets, Flanges, Fittings,and Anchors: Provide wall brackets, end closures, flanges, miscellaneous fittings,and anchors for interconnections of pipe and attachment of handrails and railing systems to other work. Furnish inserts po and other anchorage devices for connecting handrails and railing systems to concrete or masonry work. Connect railing posts to stair framing by direct welding, unless otherwise indicated. Fillers: Provide steel sheet or plate fillers of thickness and size indicated or required to support structural loads of handrails where needed to transfer wall bracket loads through wall finishes to structural supports. Size fillers to suit wall finish thicknesses. Size fillers to produce adequate bearing to prevent bracket rotation and overstressing of substrate. For nongalvanized steel handrails and railing systems, provide nongalvanized ferrous metal fittings, brackets, fasteners, and sleeves, except galvanize anchors embedded in exterior masonry and concrete construction. STAIR HANDRAILS AND RAILING SYSTEMS IN General: Comply with applicable requirements of Division 5 Section "Pipe and Tube Railings" for steel pipe railings and handrails, and as follows: Fabricate newels of steel tubing and provide newel caps of gray-iron castings, as shown. Railings may be bent at comers, rail returns, and wall returns, instead of using prefabricated fittings. Connect railing posts to stair framing by direct welding, unless otherwise indicated. FINISHES General: Finish metal stairs after assembly. po Comply with NAAMM "Metal Finishes Manual" for recommendations on application and designations of finishes. Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare uncoated ferrous metal surfaces to comply with minimum requirements po indicated below for SSPC surface preparation specifications and environmental exposure conditions of installed units: Exteriors (SSPC Zone 1B): SSPC SP 6 "Commercial Blast Cleaning." Interiors (SSPC Zone 1A): SSPC SP 3 "Power Tool Cleaning." METAL STAIRS 05510 Page 7 no DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. STEEL-FRAMED STAIRS General: Construct stairs to conform to sizes and arrangements indicated. Join pieces together by welding,unless otherwise indicated. Provide complete stair assemblies, including metal framing, hangers, columns, handrails, railing systems, newels, balusters, struts, clips, brackets, bearing plates, or other components necessary for the support of stairs and platforms, and as required to anchor and contain the stairs on the supporting structure. NAAMM Stair Standard: Comply with"Recommended Voluntary Minimum Standards for Fixed Metal Stairs" in NAAMM "Metal Stair Manual" for class of stair designated, except where more stringent requirements are indicated. .w Architectural class where indicated. Fabricate treads and platforms of exterior stairs to accommodate slopes to drain in finished traffic surfaces. * Stair Framing: Fabricate stringers of structural steel channels, plates, or a combination thereof, as indicated. Provide closures for exposed ends of stringers. Construct platforms of structural steel channel headers and miscellaneous framing members as indicated. Bolt or weld headers to stringers; and bolt or weld newels and framing members to stringers and headers. If using bolts, fabricate and join so bolts are not exposed on finish surfaces. Metal Pan Risers, Subtreads, and Subplatforms: Shape metal pans for risers and subtreads to conform to configuration shown. Provide thicknesses of structural steel sheet for metal pans indicated, but not less than that required, to support total design loading. Form metal pans of uncoated cold-rolled steel sheet, unless otherwise indicated. Attach risers and subtreads to stringers with brackets made of steel angles or bars. Weld brackets to stringers and attach metal pans to brackets by welding, riveting, or bolting. At Contractor's option, provide prefabricated stair assemblies with prefilled treads consisting of prepoured * ! reinforced concrete fill,with nonslip aggregate finish,in welded sheet metal pan, attached to installed stringers using manufacturer's standard connection detail Provide subplatforms of configuration and construction indicated; if not indicated, of same metal as risers and subtreads, in thicknesses required to support design loading. Attach subplatform to platform framing members with welds. Fabricate grating treads with steel plate nosing and with steel angle or steel plate carrier at each end for stringer connections. Secure treads to stringers with bolts. STEEL PIPE HANDRAILS AND RAILING SYSTEMS General: Fabricate pipe handrails and railing systems to comply with requirements indicated fori design,dimensions, .w details, finish, and member sizes, including wall thickness of pipe,post spacings, and anchorage, but not less than that required to support structural loads. Interconnect railing and handrail members by butt-welding or welding with internal connectors, at fabricator's + option, unless otherwise indicated. At tee and cross intersections, cope ends of intersecting members to fit contour of pipe to which end is joined, and weld all around. METAL STAIRS 05510 Page 6 '"" DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. pe Masterflow 928 and 713; Master Builders Technologies, Inc. Sealtight 588 Grout; W. R. Meadows, Inc. Sonogrout 14; Sonnebom Building Products--ChemRex, Inc. ON Kemset; The Spray-Cure Company. CONCRETE FILL AND REINFORCING MATERIALS Concrete Materials and Properties: Comply with requirements of Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete" for normal-weight, ready-mixed concrete with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 2,500 psi (17 MPa), unless higher strengths indicated. Nonslip Aggregate Finish: Factory-packaged abrasive aggregate made from fused,aluminum-oxide grits or crushed emery; rust-proof and nonglazing; unaffected by freezing, moisture, or cleaning materials. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615 (ASTM A 615M), Grade 60 (Grade 400), unless otherwise indicated. MW FABRICATION. GENERAL Form steel stairs from materials of size, thickness, and shapes indicated, but not less than that needed to comply with performance requirements indicated. Work to dimensions indicated or accepted on shop drawings, using on proven details of fabrication and support. Form enosed work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and straight sharp edges. Shear and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces. Ease exposed edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch (1 mm), unless otherwise indicated. Form bent-metal comers to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work. Weld comers and seams continuously to comply with the following: Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. Remove welding flux immediately. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so that no roughness shows after finishing, and welded surface matches contours of adjoining surfaces. Form exposed connections with hairline joints,flush and smooth,using concealed fasteners wherever possible. Use exposed fasteners of type indicated or, if not indicated, Phillips flat-head (countersunk) screws or bolts. Locate joints where least conspicuous. Shop Assembly: Preassemble in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for field assembly and coordinated installation. Fabricate ioints that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water, or provide weep holes where water may accumulate. W METAL STAIRS 05510 Page 5 min so DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Grade 30, unless otherwise indicated or required by design loading. `e Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to AWS specifications for the metal alloy to be welded. g, FASTENERS General: Provide plated fasteners complying with ASTM B 633,Class Fe/Zn 25 for electrodeposited zinc coating, for exterior use or where built into exterior walls. Select fasteners for the type, grade, and class required. Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon-head type,ASTM A 307, Grade A(ASTM F 568, Property Class 4.6), with hex nuts, ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M), and, where indicated, flat washers. e Machine Screws: ANSI B18.6.3 (ANSI B18.6.7M). Lag Bolts: ANSI B18.2.1 (ANSI B18.2.3.8M). ..� Plain Washers: Round, carbon steel, ANSI B18.22.1 (ANSI B18.22M). am Lock Washers: Helical, spring type, carbon steel, ANSI B 18.21.1. Expansion Anchors: Anchor bolt and sleeve assemblies of material indicated below with capability to sustain, No without failure, a load equal to 6 times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry and equal to 4 times the load imposed when installed in concrete as determined by testing per ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. an Material: Carbon steel components zinc-plated to comply with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5. PAINT Shop Primer for Ferrous Metal: Fast-curing, lead-and chromate-free, universal modified-alkyd primer complying with performance requirements of FS TT-P-664, selected for good resistance to normal atmospheric corrosion, compatibility with finish paint systems indicated, and capability to provide a sound foundation for field-applied topcoats despite prolonged exposure. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt mastic complying with SSPC-Paint 12,except containing no asbestos fibers. GROUT Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grouts: �w B-6 Construction Grout; W. R. Bonsal Co. Diamond-Crete Grout; Concrete Service Materials Co. Supreme; Cormix Construction Chemicals. .. Sure-grip High Performance Grout; Dayton Superior Corp. Euco N-S Grout; Euclid Chemical Co. Five Star Grout; Five Star Products. Vibropruf#11; Lambert Corp. **� Crystex; L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc. METAL STAIRS 05510 Page 4 .� DEWEY HOUSE Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Engineer Oualifications: A professional engineer legally authorized to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated that have resulted in the installation of metal stairs (including handrails and railing systems) similar to this Project in material, design, and extent and that have a record of successful in-service performance. Welding Standards: Comply with applicable provisions of AWS D1.1 "Structural Welding Code--Steel" and AWS D1.3 "Structural Welding Code--Sheet Steel." Certify that each welder has satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and, if pertinent, has undergone recertification. PART 2 - PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide preassembled stair units by one of the following: Alfab, Inc. American Metal Works, Inc. American Stair Corp., Inc. The Sharon Companies, Ltd. Or local fabricators meeting the qualifications herein. 40 At Contractor's oytion provide shop fabricated stair units. FERROUS METALS Metal Surfaces, General: For surfaces exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials selected for their surface flatness, smoothness,and freedom from surface blemishes. Do not use materials with exposed pitting,seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, roughness, or, for steel sheet, variations in flatness exceeding those permitted by referenced standards for stretcher-leveled sheet. Steel Plates, Shaves, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. Steel Tubing: Product type (manufacturing method) and as follows: po Cold-Formed Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500. Hot-Formed Steel Tubing: ASTM A 501. Steel Pive: ASTM A 53, standard weight(schedule 40),unless otherwise indicated, or another weight required by structural loads. ► Black finish, unless otherwise indicated. Uncoated Structural Steel Sheet: Product type (manufacturing method), quality, and grade as follows: Cold-Rolled Structural Steel Sheet: ASTM A 611, grade as follows: Grade A, unless otherwise indicated or required by design loading. Hot-Rolled Structural Steel Sheet: ASTM A 570/A 570M, grade as follows: METAL STAIRS 05510 Page 3 !�r wu DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Concentrated load of 200 lbf(890 N) applied at any point and in any direction. Uniform load of 50 lbf per linear foot(730 N/m)applied horizontally and concurrently with uniform load of 100 lbf per linear foot (1460 N/m) applied vertically downward. Concentrated and uniform loads above need not be assumed to act concurrently. Handrails Not Serving as Top Rails: Capable of withstanding the following loads applied as indicated: Concentrated load of 200 lbf(890 N) applied at any point and in any direction. . s Uniform load of 50 lbf per linear foot (730 N/m) applied in any direction. Concentrated and uniform loads above need not be assumed to act concurrently. Infill Area of Guardrail Systems: Capable of withstanding a horizontal concentrated load of 200 lbf(890 N) applied to one sq. ft. (0.09 sq. m) at any point in the system including panels, intermediate rails, balusters, or other elements composing the infill area. Above load need not be assumed to act concurrently with loads on top rails of railing systems in determining stress on guard. SUBMITTALS General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. Product data for metal stairs, paint products, and grout. Shop drawings detailing fabrication and installation of steel stairs. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of steel stairs and their connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. Provide templates for anchors and bolts specified for installation under other sections. For installed steel stairs indicated to comply with certain design loadings,include structural analysis data sealed and signed by the qualified professional engineer who was responsible for their preparation. Welder certificates signed by Contractor certifying that welders comply with requirements specified under the .. "Quality Assurance" Article. Qualification data for firms and persons specified in the "Quality Assurance"Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include list of completed projects with project names, addresses, names of architects and owners, and other information specified. 4M QUALITY ASSURANCE Fabricator Oualifications: Firm experienced in producing steel stairs similar to those indicated for this Project with on a record of successful in-service performance and with sufficient production capacity to produce required units without delaying the Work. Installer Oualifications: Arrange for steel stair installation specified in this Section by the same firm that fabricated ~` them. METAL STAIRS 05510 Page 2 an DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. SECTION 05510 - METAL STAIRS PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section includes the following: Straight run, steel-framed stairs. Steel pipe handrails and railing systems attached to metal stairs. Steel pipe handrails attached to walls adjacent to metal stairs. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section. Division 5 Section "Pipe and Tube Railings"for pipe handrails and railing systems,not attached to metal stairs or to walls adjacent to metal stairs. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS Structural Performance: Engineer, fabricate, and install steel stairs to withstand the following structural loads without exceeding the allowable design working stress of the materials involved,including anchors and connections. Apply each load to produce the maximum stress in each component of steel stairs. Treads of Steel Stairs: Capable of withstanding a uniform load of 100 lbf per sq. ft. (4.8 kN/sq. m) or a concentrated load of 300 lbf(1.35 kN)on a area of 4 sq. inches (26 sq. cm) located in the center of the tread, whichever produces the greater stress. Platforms of Steel Stairs: Capable of withstanding a uniform load of 100 lbf per sq. ft. (4.8 kN/sq. m). Stair Framing: Capable of withstanding stresses resulting from loads specified above as well as stresses resulting from railing system loads. Structural Performance of Handrails and Railing Systems: Engineer, fabricate, and install handrails and railing systems to comply with requirements of ASTM E 985 for structural performance based on the following: Testing performed according to ASTM E 894 and E 935. �s Structural computations. so Structural Performance: Engineer, fabricate, and install handrails and railing systems to withstand the following structural loads without exceeding the allowable design working stress of the materials involved, including anchors and connections. Apply each load to produce the maximum stress in each of the respective components of each metal fabrication. Top Rail of Guardrail Systems: Capable of withstanding the following loads applied as indicated: on METAL STAIRS 05510 Page 1 an DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates to ensure that no voids remain. INSTALLING PIPE BOLLARDS Anchor bollards in concrete with and anchored bolts as indicated on drawings. ADJUSTING AND CLEANING Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint, and paint exposed areas with same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up shop-painted surfaces. �. Apply by brush or spray to provide a 2.0-mil (0.05-mm) minimum dry film thickness. Touchup Paintine: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of the shop paint on miscellaneous metal is specified in Division 9 Section "Painting." am END OF SECTION 05500 No .m i I METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 Page 8 aw DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. 4'P PART 3 - EXECUTION PREPARATION Coordinate and furnish anchorages, setting drawings,diagrams,templates, instructions,and directions for installing anchorages, including concrete inserts, sleeves, anchor bolts, and miscellaneous items having integral anchors that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry construction. Coordinate delivery of such items to Project site. Set sleeves in concrete with tops flush with finish surface elevations. Protect sleeves from water and concrete entry. INSTALLATION, GENERAL Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing miscellaneous metal fabrications to in-place construction. Include threaded fasteners for concrete and masonry inserts, toggle bolts, through-bolts, lag bolts, wood screws, and other connectors as required. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing miscellaneous metal fabrications. Set metal fabrication accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and measured from established lines and levels. ± * Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete masonry or similar construction. 40 Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop-welded because of shipping size limitations. Do not weld, cut, or abrade the surfaces of exterior units that have been hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and are intended for bolted or screwed field connections. 40 Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements: r Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 40 Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. Remove welding flux immediately. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so that no roughness shows after finishing, and contour of welded surface matches those adjacent. Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces of aluminum that will come into contact with grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals with a heavy coat of bituminous paint. SETTING LOOSE PLATES Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of bond-reducing materials, and roughen to improve bond to surfaces. Clean bottom surface of bearing plates. Set loose leveling and bearing plates on wedges or other adjustable devices. After the bearing members have been positioned and plumbed, tighten the anchor bolts. Do not remove wedges or shims, but if protruding, cut off flush 4" with the edge of the bearing plate before packing with grout. Use nonshrink, nonmetallic grout in all locations, unless otherwise indicated. METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 Page 7 as DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS no General: Provide steel framing and supports for applications indicated as required to complete the Work. so Fabricate units to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and required to receive other adjacent construction retained by framing and supports. Fabricate from structural steel shapes, plates, and steel bars of welded construction using mitered joints for field connection. Cut, drill, and tap units to receive hardware, hangers, and similar items. .. Eouip units with integrally welded anchors for casting into concrete or building into masonry. Furnish inserts if units must be installed after concrete is placed. no Except as otherwise indicated,space anchors 24 inches(600 mm)o.c. and provide minimum anchor units in the form of steel straps 1-1/4 inches (32 mm) wide by 1/4 inch (6 mm) thick by 8 inches (200 mm) long. tm MISCELLANEOUS STEEL TRIM Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate units from structural steel shapes, plates, and bars of profiles shown with continuously welded joints, and smooth exposed edges. Miter comers and use concealed field splices wherever possible. Provide cutouts, fittings, and anchorages as required to coordinate assembly and installation with other work. Provide anchors, welded to trim,for embedding in concrete or masonry construction,spaced not more than 6 inches (150 mm) from each end, 6 inches (150 mm) from comers, and 24 inches (600 mm) o.c., unless otherwise indicated. PIPE BOLLARDS Provide pipe bollards as manufactured by Sternberg, Model #4555-LB, 36" high. FINISHES, GENERAL Comi)lv with NAAMM "Metal Finishes Manual" for recommendations relative to applying and designing finishes. Finish metal fabrications after assembly. STEEL AND IRON FINISHES Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare uncoated ferrous metal surfaces to comply with minimum requirements indicated below for SSPC surface preparation specifications and environmental exposure conditions of installed metal fabrications: w Exteriors (SSPC Zone 1B): SSPC-SP 6 "Commercial Blast Cleaning." Interiors (SSPC Zone IA): SSPC-SP 3 "Power Tool Cleaning." , , Apply shop primer to uncoated surfaces of metal fabrications, except those with galvanized finishes or to be embedded in concrete, sprayed-on fireproofing,or masonry,unless otherwise indicated. Comply with requirements ow of SSPC-PA 1 "Paint Application Specification No. 1" for shop painting. Stripe paint comers, crevices, bolts, welds, and sharp edges. so METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 Page 6 ,,,� 00 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. 00 Weld comers and seams continuously to comply with the following: Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. Remove welding flux immediately. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so that no roughness shows after finishing, and contour of welded surface matches those adjacent. Form exposed connections with hairline joints,flush and smooth,using concealed fasteners wherever possible. Use exposed fasteners of type indicated or, if not indicated, Phillips flat-head (countersunk) screws or bolts. Locate joints where least conspicuous. Provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordinate with supporting structure. Fabricate and space anchoring on devices to secure metal fabrications rigidly in place and to support indicated loads. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. w■ Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. "M Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap metal fabrications as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws, and similar items. Fabricate ioints that will be exposed to weather in a.manner to exclude water, or provide weep holes where water may accumulate. 06 ROUGH HARDWARE ON Furnish bent,or otherwise custom-fabricated,bolts,plates, anchors,hangers, dowels,and other miscellaneous steel and iron shapes as required for framing and supporting woodwork, and for anchoring or securing woodwork to concrete or other structures. Straight bolts and other stock rough hardware items are specified in Division 6 Sections. Fabricate items to sizes, shapes, and dimensions required. Furnish malleable-iron washers for heads and nuts that bear on wood structural connections, and furnish steel washers elsewhere. LOOSE BEARING AND LEVELING PLATES Provide loose bearing and leveling plates for steel items bearing on masonry or concrete construction, made flat, free from warps or twists, and of the required thickness and bearing area. Drill plates to receive anchor bolts and for grouting as required. Galvanize after fabrication. LOOSE STEEL LINTELS Fabricate loose structural steel lintels from steel angles and shapes of size indicated for openings and recesses in on masonry walls and partitions at locations indicated. Weld adjoining members together to form a single unit where indicated. Size loose lintels for equal bearing of 1 inch per foot (85 mm per meter) of clear span but not less than 8 inches (200 mm) bearing at each side of openings, unless otherwise indicated. METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 Page 5 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Toggle Bolts: FS FF-B-588, tumble-wing type, class and style as required. .A GROUT Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grouts: B-6 Construction Grout; W. R. Bonsai Co. " Diamond-Crete Grout; Concrete Service Materials Co. Supreme; Cormix Construction Chemicals. Sure-grip High Performance Grout; Dayton Superior Corp. Euco N-S Grout; Euclid Chemical Co. Five Star Grout; Five Star Products. Vibropruf#11; Lambert Corp. .. Crystex; L & M Construction Chemicals, Inc. Masterflow 928 and 713; Master Builders Technologies, Inc. Sealtight 588 Grout; W. R. Meadows, Inc. Sonogrout 14; Sonnebom Building Products--ChemRex, Inc. Kemset; The Spray-Cure Company. CONCRETE FILL Concrete Materials and Properties: Comply with requirements of Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete" for normal-weight, air-entrained, ready-mix concrete with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3000 psi (20 dW MPa), unless higher strengths are indicated. FABRICATION. GENERAL .■ Form metal fabrications from materials of size, thickness, and shapes indicated but not less than that needed to comply with performance requirements indicated. Work to dimensions indicated or accepted, on shop drawings, using proven details of fabrication and support. Use type of materials indicated or specified for'Ivarious components No of each metal fabrication. Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and straight sharp edges. No Allow for thermal movement resulting from the following maximum change (range) in ambienk temperature in the design, fabrication, and installation of installed metal assemblies to prevent buckling, opening up of joints, and overstressing of welds and fasteners. Base design calculations on actual surface temperatures of metals due to both am solar heat gain and nighttime sky heat loss. Temperature Change (Range): 100 deg F (55.5 deg Q. Shear and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs. Ease exposed edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch (1 mm), unless otherwise indicated. Form bent-metal comers to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work. Remove sham or rough areas on exposed traffic surfaces. a.. METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 Page 4 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. OR Cold-Formed Steel Tubine: ASTM A 500. Hot-Formed Steel Tubine: ASTM A 501. Steel Pine: ASTM A 53, standard weight(schedule 40),unless otherwise indicated, or another weight required by structural loads. Black finish, unless otherwise indicated. Cast-in-Place Anchors in Concrete: Anchors of type indicated below, fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials capable of sustaining, without failure, the load imposed within a safety factor of 4, as determined by testing per ASTM E 488, conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. Threaded or wedge type; galvanized ferrous castings, either ASTM A 47 (ASTM A 47M) malleable iron or ASTM A 27/A 27M cast steel. Provide bolts,washers, and shims as required, hot-dip galvanized per ASTM A 153. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to AWS specifications for the metal alloy to be welded. Use 70XX for welding A36 steel. PAINT Shop Primer for Ferrous Metal: Fast-curing, lead-and chromate-free, universal modified-alkyd primer complying with performance requirements of FS TT-P-664, selected for good resistance to normal atmospheric corrosion, compatibility with finish paint systems indicated, and capability to provide a sound foundation for field-applied topcoats despite prolonged exposure. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt mastic complying with SSPC-Paint 12,except containing no asbestos fibers. FASTENERS General: Provide plated fasteners complying with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 25 for electrodeposited zinc coating, for exterior use or where built into exterior walls. Select fasteners for the type, grade, and class required. Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon-head bolts,ASTM A 307,Grade A(ASTM F 568, Property Class 4.6), with hex nuts, ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M), and, where indicated, flat washers. Machine Screws: ANSI B18.6.3. Lag Bolts: ANSI B18.2.1 (ANSI B18.2.3.8M). go Wood Screws: Flat head, carbon steel, ANSI 1318.6.1. Plain Washers: Round, carbon steel, ANSI B18.22.1 (ANSI B18.22M). Lock Washers: Helical, spring type, carbon steel, ANSI B18.21.1. Expansion Anchors: Anchor bolt and sleeve assembly of material indicated below with capability to sustain,without failure, a load equal to 6 times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry and equal to 4 times the load imposed when installed in concrete as determined by testing per ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. Material: Carbon steel components zinc-plated to comply with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5. on METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 Page 3 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Oualification data for firms and persons specified in the "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include a list of completed projects with project name, addresses, names of architects and owners, and other information specified. No QUALITY ASSURANCE Codes and Standards: Comply with provisions of the following codes, specifications, and standards, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified: wo American Institute of Steel Construction(AISC) "Specification for Structural Steel Buildings". ma American National Standards Institute/ American Welding Society (ANSIAWS) D1.1-84 "National Welding Code". Fabricator Oualifications: Firm experienced in producing metal fabrications similar to those indicated for this am Project with a record of successful in-service performance, and with sufficient production capacity to produce required units without delaying the Work. No Welding Standards: Comply with applicable provisions of AWS D1.1 "Structural Welding Code--Steel,"AWS D1.2 "Structural Welding Code--Aluminum," and AWS D1.3 "Structural Welding Code--Sheet Steel." Certify that each welder has satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and, if pertinent, has undergone recertification. Ouality Control: shall be performed by the Contractor with his own personnel or a hired, certified agency.Quality control shall meet the requirements of the building code and the following. Inspect and record the satisfactory erection and connection of each framing member by mark. �+ Inspect and record the correct tightening of bolts. PROJECT CONDITIONS .rw Field Measurements: Check actual locations of walls and other construction to which metal fabrications must fit by accurate field measurements before fabrication. Show recorded measurements on final shop drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work,guarantee dimensions and proceed with fabricating products without field measurements. Coordinate construction to ensure that actual dimensions correspond to guaranteed dimensions. Allow for trimming and fitting. 40 PART 2 - PRODUCTS FERROUS METALS Metal Surfaces, General: For metal fabrications exposed to view in the completed Work,provide materials selected for their surface flatness, smoothness, and freedom from surface blemishes. Do not use materials with exposed pitting, seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or roughness. Steel Plates, Shaves, and Bars: ASTM A 36. Steel Tubine: Product type (manufacturing method) and as follows: METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 Page 2 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. SECTION 05500- METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section includes the following metal fabrications: �w Rough hardware. Loose bearing and leveling plates. Loose steel lintels. Miscellaneous framing and supports for the following:Beams, columns, plates and fabrications as shown on drawings S1 through S3 except beam and joist hangers,hardware and plates specified under Rough Carpentry. Floor plate and supports. Pre-fabricated pipe bollards. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete" for installation of embedded items and grouting of base and f" bearing plates. Division 5 Section "Metal Stairs" for metal framed stairs with metal pan, metal plate, or grating treads. Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry" for wood framing and blocking associated with miscellaneous fr aming and supports. SUBMITTALS General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. Product data for paint products and grout. Shop drawings detailing fabrication and erection of each metal fabrication indicated. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal fabrications and their connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. Provide templates for anchors and bolts specified for installation under other Sections. Samples representative of materials and finished products as may be requested by Architect. Welder certificates signed by Contractor certifying that welders comply with requirements specified under the "Quality Assurance" Article. '! METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 Page 1 ..w «, ow ow as an am .a so wo 00 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. appearance, prepared for application of sealants. Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean exposed masonry as follows: Remove large mortar particles by hand with wooden paddles and nonmetallic scrape hoes or chisels. Test cleaning methods on sample wall panel; leave 1/2 panel uncleaned for comparison purposes. Obtain Architect's approval of sample cleaning before proceeding with cleaning of masonry. Protect adiacent stone and nonmasonry surfaces from contact with cleaner by covering them with liquid strippable masking agent, polyethylene film, or waterproof masking tape. Wet wall surfaces with water prior to application of cleaners; remove cleaners promptly by rinsing thoroughly with clear water. Clean brick by means of bucket and brush hand-cleaning method described in BIA "Technical Note No. 20 Revised" using the one of the following masonry cleaners, as required: Job-mixed detergent solution. Job-mixed acidic solution. Proprietary acidic cleaner; apply in compliance with directions of acidic cleaner manufacturer. Clean concrete masonry by means of cleaning method indicated in NCMA TEK 45 applicable to type of stain present on exposed surfaces. Protection: Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to Installer, that ensure unit masonry is without damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 04200 UNIT MASONRY 04200 Page 13 .. DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. the inner wythe and turn up approximately 2 inches, unless otherwise indicated. + At heads and sills, extend flashing as specified above unless otherwise indicated but turn up ends not less than 2 inches to form a pan. Install flashing in masonry veneer walls as specified above but carry flashing up face of sheathing at least 8 inches and behind air infiltration barrier/building paper. Interlock end joints of ribbed sheet metal flashings by overlapping ribs not less than 1-1/2 inches or as recommended by flashing manufacturer and seal lap with elastomeric sealant complying with requirements of Division 7 Section "Joint Sealers" for application indicated. CA Turn down sheet metal flashings at exterior face of masonry to form drip. Cut off flashing flush with face of wall after masonry wall construction is completed. Install weep holes in the head joints in exterior wythes of the first course of masonry immediately above embedded flashings and as follows: Form weep holes with product specified in Part 2 of this Section. Space weep holes 24 inches o.c. Install reglets and milers for flashing and other related construction where shown to be built into masonry. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Testing Frequency: Tests and evaluations listed in this article will be performed during construction for each 5000 .e sq. ft. of wall area or portion thereof. Mortar properties will be tested per property specification of ASTM C 270. Mortar composition and properties will be evaluated per ASTM C 780. Grout compressive strength will be sampled and tested per ASTM C 1019. .r Prism Test Method: For each type of wall construction indicated,masonry prisms will be tested per ASTM E 447, Method B, and as follows: Prepare one set of prisms for testing at 7 days and one set for testing at 28 days. Evaluation of Ouality Control Tests: In absence of other indications of noncompliance with requirements, masonry will be considered satisfactory if results from construction quality control tests comply with minimum requirements indicated. REPAIRING. POINTING, AND CLEANING Remove and replace masonry units that are loose, chipped, broken, stained, or otherwise damaged or if units do not match adjoining units. Install new units to match adjoining units and in fresh mortar or grout, pointed to ' eliminate evidence of replacement. Pointing: During the tooling of joints, enlarge any voids or holes, except weep holes, and completely fill with • mortar. Point-up all joints including comers, openings, and adjacent construction to provide a neat, uniform UNIT MASONRY 04200 Page 12 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Cut joints flush for masonry walls to be concealed or to be covered by other materials, unless otherwise indicated. STRUCTURAL BONDING OF MULTIWYTHE MASONRY Use continuous horizontal ioint reinforcement installed in horizontal mortar joints for bond tie between wythes. Corners: Provide interlocking masonry unit bond in each course at comers, unless otherwise shown. Intersecting and Abutting Walls: Unless vertical expansion or control joints are shown at juncture, provide same type of bonding specified for structural bonding between wythes and space as follows: Provide continuity with horizontal joint reinforcement using prefabricated "T" units. HORIZONTAL JOINT REINFORCEMENT General: Provide continuous horizontal joint reinforcement as indicated. Install longitudinal side rods in mortar for their entire length with a minimum cover of 5/8 inch on exterior side of walls, 1/2 inch elsewhere. Lap reinforcing a minimum of 6 inches. Cut or interrupt joint reinforcement at control and expansion joints, unless otherwise indicated. fa Provide continuity at comers and wall intersections by use of prefabricated "L" and "T" sections. Cut and bend reinforcement units as directed by manufacturer for continuity at returns, offsets, column fireproofing, pipe go enclosures, and other special conditions. LINTELS is Install steel lintels where indicated. Provide masonry lintels where shown and wherever openings of more than 1'-0" for brick size units and 2'-0" for block size units are shown without structural steel or other supporting lintels. Provide precast or formed-in-place masonry lintels. Cure precast lintels before handling and installation. Temporarily support formed-in-place lintels. For hollow concrete masonry unit walls, use specially formed bond beam units with reinforcement bars placed as indicated and filled with coarse grout. Provide minimum bearing of 8 inches at each jamb, unless otherwise indicated. FLASHING/WEEP HOLES General: Install embedded flashing and weep holes in masonry at shelf angles, lintels, ledges, other obstructions to the downward flow of water in the wall, and where indicated. Prepare masonry surfaces so that they are smooth and free from projections that could puncture flashing. Place through-wall flashing on sloping bed of mortar and cover with mortar. Seal penetrations in flashing with adhesive/sealant/tape as recommended by flashing manufacturer before covering with mortar. Install flashing s as follows: At lintels and shelf angles, extend flashing a minimum of 4 inches into masonry at each end. Extend flashing from exterior face of outer wythe of masonry, through the outer wythe, turned up a minimum of 4 inches, and through the inner wythe to within 1/2 inches of the interior face of the wall in exposed masonry. Where interior surface of inner wythe is concealed by furring,carry flashing completely through UNIT MASONRY 04200 Page 11 ■w DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Matching Existing Masonry: Match coursing, bonding, color, and texture of new masonry with existing masonry. «� CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES Comply with construction tolerances of referenced unit masonry standard. LAYING MASONRY WALLS r�s Lay out walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns with uniform joint widths and for accurate locating of openings, movement-type joints, returns, and offsets. Avoid the use of less-than-half-size units at comers, jambs, and where possible at other locations. Lay up walls to comply with specified construction tolerances, with courses accurately spaced and coordinated with other construction. Bond Pattern for Exposed Masonry: Lay exposed masonry in the following bond pattern; do not use units with less that nominal 4-inch horizontal face dimensions at comers or jambs. One-half running bond with vertical joint in each course centered on units in courses above and below. Lay concealed masonry with all units in a wythe in running bond or bonded by lapping not less than 2 inches. Bond �k and interlock each course of each wythe at comers. Do not use units with less than nominal 4-inch horizontal face dimensions at comers or jambs. Stopping and Resuming Work: In each course, rack back 1/2-unit length for one-half running bond or 1/3-unit length for one-third running bond; do not tooth. Clean exposed surfaces of set masonry, wet clay masonry units lightly(if required), and remove loose masonry units and mortar prior to laying fresh masonry. Built-In Work: As construction progresses, build-in items specified under this and other Sections of the Specifications. Fill in solidly with masonry around built-in items. Fill space between hollow metal frames and masonry solidly with mortar, unless otherwise indicated. a. At exterior frames insert extruded polystyrene board insulation around perimeter of frame in thickness indicated but not less than 3/4 inch to act as a thermal break between frame and masonry. Where built-in items are to be embedded in cores of hollow masonry units, place a layer of metal lath in the joint below and rod mortar or grout into core. us Fill cores in hollow concrete masonry units with grout 3 courses (24 inches)under bearing plates, beams, lintels, posts, and similar items, unless otherwise indicated. MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTING Lay hollow concrete masonry units as follows: With full mortar coverage on horizontal and vertical face shells. Bed webs in mortar in starting course on footings and in all courses of piers, columns, and pilasters, and where adjacent to cells or cavities to be filled with grout. For starting course on footings where cells are not grouted, spread out full mortar bed including areas under cells. UNIT MASONRY 04200 Page 10 „� PW DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. to Limit cementitious materials in mortar to portland cement-lime. For masonry below grade and in contact with earth, and where indicated, use type indicated below: Type S. For reinforced masonry and where indicated, use type indicated below: Type S. For exterior, above-grade loadbearing and nonloadbearing walls and parapet walls;for interior loadbearing walls;for interior nonloadbearing partitions,and for other applications where another type is not indicated, use type indicated below: so Type N. Colored Pigmented Mortar: Select and proportion pigments with other ingredients to produce color required. W Grout for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 476 and referenced unit masonry standard. PART 3 - EXECUTION EXAMINATION Examine conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other specific conditions, and other conditions affecting performance of unit masonry. For the record, prepare written report,endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to performance of unit masonry. Examine rough-in and built-in construction to verify actual locations of piping connections prior to installation. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. NO INSTALLATION. GENERAL Comply with referenced unit masonry standard and other requirements indicated applicable to each type of installation included in Project. Thickness: Build cavity and composite walls and other masonry construction to the full thickness shown. Build single-wythe walls to the actual thickness of the masonry units, using units of nominal thickness indicated. Build chases and recesses as shown or required to accommodate items specified in this and other Sections of the r Specifications. Provide not less than 8 inches of masonry between chase or recess and jamb of openings and between adjacent chases and recesses. Leave openings for equipment to be installed before completion of masonry. After installation of equipment, complete masonry to match construction immediately adjacent to the opening. Cut masonry units with motor-driven saws to provide clean, sharp, unchipped edges. Cut units as required to provide continuous pattern and to fit adjoining construction. Use full-size units without cutting where possible. UNIT MASONRY 04200 Page 9 go DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Metal Flashing: 40 "Cheney Flashing (Dovetail)," Cheney Flashing Company, Inc. "Cheney Flashing (Sawtooth)," Cheney Flashing Company, Inc. "Keystone Three-Way Interlocking Thruwall Flashing," Keystone Flashing Co. MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY ACCESSORIES Bond Breaker Strips: Asphalt-saturated organic roofing felt complying with ASTM D 226, Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt). Weep Holes: Provide the following: a' Rectangular Plastic Tubing: Clear butyrate, 3/8 inch by 1-1/2 inches by 3-1/2 inches long. an MASONRY CLEANERS Job-Mixed Detergent Solution: Solution of trisodium phosphate (1/2-cup dry measure) and laundry detergent ,m (1/2-cup dry measure) dissolved in one gallon of water. Job-Mixed Muriatic Solution: Solution of 1 part muriatic acid and 10 parts clean water, mixed in a nonmetallic container with acid added to water. "" Proprietary Acidic Cleaner: Manufacturer's standard-strength, general-purpose cleaner designed for removing mortar/grout stains, efflorescence, and other new construction stains from new masonry surfaces of type indicated 490 below without discoloring or damaging masonry surfaces; expressly approved for intended use by manufacturer of masonry units being cleaned:. For masonry not subject to metallic oxidation stains, use formulation consisting of a concentrated blend .. of surface-acting acids, chelating, and wetting agents. For dark colored masonry not subject to metallic oxidation stains, use formulation consisting of a liquid blend of surface-acting acids and special inhibitors. For masonry subiect to metallic oxidation stains, use formulation consisting of a liqujid blend of organic and inorganic acids and special inhibitors. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: "Sure Klean No. 600 Detergent," ProSoCo, Inc. "Sure Klean No. 101 Lime Solvent," ProSoCo., Inc. "Sure Klean Vana Trol," ProSoCo, Inc. .+ MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES General: Do not add admixtures including coloring pigments, air-entraining agents, accelerators, retarders, water repellent agents, antifreeze compounds, or other admixtures, unless otherwise indicated. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout. *" Mortar for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 270, Property Specification for job-mixed mortar and ASTM C 1142 for ready-mixed mortar, of types indicated below: - UNIT MASONRY 04200 Page 8 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 366(commercial quality)cold-rolled carbon steel sheet, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication to comply with ASTM A 525, Class B2(for unit lengths over 15 inches) and Class B3 (for unit lengths under 15 inches), for sheet metal ties and anchors. Galvanized Steel Sheet Thickness: For steel sheet hot-dip galvanized by continuous process prior to fabrication: 0.1084 inch (12 gage). Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: AA Wire Products Co. Dur-O-Wal, Inc. Heckman Building Products, Inc. Hohmann& Barnard, Inc. Masonry Reinforcing Corp. of America. National Wire Products Industries. Southern Construction Products, Inc. RIGID ANCHORS Provide straps of form and length indicated, fabricated from metal strips of following width and thickness. 1-1/2 inches wide by 1/4 inch thick. MISCELLANEOUS ANCHORS Anchor Bolts: Steel bolts complying with A 307, Grade A; with ASTM A 563 hex nuts and, where indicated, flat washers; hot-dip galvanized to comply with ASTM A 153, Class C; of diameter and length indicated and in the following configurations: Nonheaded bolts, bent in manner indicated. EMBEDDED FLASHING MATERIALS Sheet Metal Flashing: Fabricate from the following metal complying with requirements specified in Division 7 Section "Flashing and Sheet Metal" and below: Conner: 10-oz, weight (0.0135 inch thick) for fully concealed flashing, 16 oz. (0.0216 inch thick) elsewhere. Fabricate through-wall metal flashings embedded in masonry as follows: With ribs formed in dovetail pattern at 3-inch intervals along length of flashing to provide a three-way integral mortar bond and weep-hole drainage. Aiplication: Use where flashing is fully or partly concealed in masonry wall. Solder and Sealants for Sheet Metal Flashing s: As specified in Division 7 section "Flashing and Sheet Metal." Adhesive for Flashing s: Of type recommended by manufacturer of flashing material for use indicated. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: UNIT MASONRY 04200 Page 7 ON DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Steel Reinforcing Bars: Material and grade as follows: ++ Billet steel complying with ASTM A 615. Epoxy-coated billet steel complying with ASTM A 615 and ASTM A 775. Grade 60. Deformed Reinforcing Wire: ASTM A 496. Plain Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185. Deformed Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 497. JOINT REINFORCEMENT General: Provide joint reinforcement complying with requirements of referenced unit masonry standard and this article, formed from the following: Galvanized carbon steel wire, coating class as required by referenced unit masonry standard for application indicated. waa Description: Welded-wire units prefabricated with deformed continuous side rods and plain cross rods into straight lengths of not less than 10 feet, with prefabricated corner and tee units, and complying with requirements indicated glow: Wire Diameter for Side Rods: 0.1483 inch (9 gage). w Wire Diameter for Cross Rods: 0.1483 inch (9 gage). For multiwythe masonry provide type as follows: Truss design with diagonal cross rods spaced not more than 16 inches o.c. and number of side rods as follows: Number of Side Rods for Multiwythe Concrete Masonry: One side rod for each face shell of hollow masonry units more than 4 inches in nominal width plus one side rod for each wythe of masonry 4 inches or less in nominal width. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide joint reinforcement by one of the following: AA Wire Products Co. " Dur-O-Wal, Inc. Heckman Building Products, Inc. Hohmann & Barnard, Inc. Masonry Reinforcing Corp. of America. National Wire Products Industries. Southern Construction Products, Inc. TIES AND ANCHORS, GENERAL General: Provide ties and anchors specified in subsequent articles that comply with requirements for metal and size of referenced unit masonry standard and of this article. UNIT MASONRY 04200 Page 6 MW DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS General: Comply with requirements indicated below applicable to each form of concrete masonry unit required. Size: Provide concrete masonry units complying with requirements indicated below for size that are manufactured to specified face dimensions within tolerances specified in the applicable referenced ASTM specification for concrete masonry units. Concrete Masonry Units: Manufactured to specified dimensions of 3/8 inch less than nominal widths by nominal heights by nominal lengths indicated on drawings. Provide Type I, moisture-controlled units. Exposed Faces: Manufacturer's standard color and texture, unless otherwise indicated. pa Hollow Load-Bearing Concrete Masonry Units: ASTM C 90, Grade N and as follows: fm Unit Compressive Strength: Provide units with minimum average net area compressive strength indicated below: 1900 psi. Weight Classification: Normal weight. ! + MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or II, except Type III may be used for cold-weather construction. Provide natural color or white cement as required to produce required mortar color. Masonry Cement: Will not be permitted. Ready-Mixed Mortar: Cementitious materials, water, and aggregate complying with requirements specified in this article, combined with set-controlling admixtures to produce a ready-mixed mortar complying with ASTM C 1142. Use Type N. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S. Aggregate for Mortar: ASTM C 144, except for joints less than 1/4 inch use aggregate graded with 100 percent passing the No. 16 sieve. White Mortar Ag reg gates: Natural white sand or ground white stone. Aggregate for Grout: ASTM C 404. Colored Mortar Pigments: Natural and synthetic iron oxides and chromium oxides, compounded for use in mortar mixes. Use only pigments with record of satisfactory performance in masonry mortars. Water: Clean and potable. REINFORCING STEEL General: Provide reinforcing steel complying with requirements of referenced unit masonry standard and this article. UNIT MASONRY 04200 Page 5 am DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Cold-Weather Construction: Comply with referenced unit masonry standard for cold-weather construction and the +.. following: Do not lay masonry units that are wet or frozen. Remove masonry damaged by freezing conditions. Hot-Weather Construction: Comply with referenced unit masonry standard. w PART 2 - PRODUCTS MATERIALS. GENERAL ComWv with referenced unit masonry standard and other requirements specified in this Section applicable to each material indicated. CLAY MASONRY UNITS General: Comply with the following requirements applicable to each form of brick required: Provide units without cores or frogs and with all exposed surfaces finished for ends of sills, caps, and ,■ similar applications that expose brick surfaces that otherwise would be concealed from view. Face Brick Standard: ASTM C 216 and as follows: Grade and Unit Compressive Strength: Provide units of grade and minimum average net area compressive strength indicated below: Grade SW. 3000 psi. " Type FBS (for general use in exposed masonry requiring wider variations in size and color ranges than Type FBX). Size: Provide bricks manufactured to the following actual dimensions within the tolerances specified in ASTM C 216: Modular: 3-5/8 inches thick by 2-1/4 inches high by 8 inches long. Shape units during manufacture as indicated below: +*+ Molding. I u. Application: Use where brick is exposed, unless otherwise indicated. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: "Pink Belgian Blend", The Stiles & Hart Brick Co. NOTE: Cull the darker bricks for use in wall. Lighter ranges are not to be used. ** UNIT MASONRY 04200 Page 4 ,� DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Locate mock-ups on site in locations indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect. Build mock-ups for the following types of masonry in sizes of approximately 4 feet long by 4 feet high by full thickness, including face and backup wythes as well as accessories. Typical ramp wall construction. Where masonry is to match existing, erect panels parallel to existing surface. Notify Architect one week in advance of the dates and times when mock-ups will be erected. Protect mock-ups from the elements with weather-resistant membrane. Retain and maintain mock-ups during construction in undisturbed condition as standard for judging completed unit masonry construction. so When directed, demolish and remove mock-ups from Project site. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Deliver masonry materials to project in undamaged condition. Store and handle masonry units off the ground,under cover, and in a dry location to prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture, temperature changes, contaminants,corrosion, and other causes. If units become wet, do not place until units are in an air-dried condition. Store cementitious materials off the ground, under cover, and in dry location. W Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and contamination avoided. No Store masonry accessories including metal items to prevent corrosion and accumulation of dirt and oil. PROJECT CONDITIONS Protection of Masonry: During erection, cover tops of walls,projections, and sills with waterproof sheeting at end of each day's work. Cover partially completed masonry when construction is not in progress. "e Extend cover a minimum of 24 inches down both sides and hold cover securely in place. Where one wvthe of multiwvthe masonry walls is completed in advance of other wythes, secure cover a minimum of 24 inches down face next to unconstructed wythe and hold cover in place. Stain Prevention: Prevent grout, mortar, and soil from staining the face of masonry to be left exposed or painted. Remove immediately any grout, mortar, and soil that come in contact with such masonry. Protect base of walls from rain-splashed mud and mortar splatter by means of coverings spread on ground and over wall surface. Protect sills, ledges, and projections from mortar droppings. Protect surfaces of window and door frames, as well as similar products with painted and integral finishes from mortar droppings. UNIT MASONRY 04200 Page 3 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. finished construction. Label samples to indicate type and amount of colorant used. , Aluminum weep holes/vents painted in color to match mortar color. Accessories embedded in the masonry. Material certificates for the following signed by manufacturer and Contractor certifying that each material complies with requirements. , Each different cement product required for mortar and grout including name of manufacturer, brand, type, and weight slips at time of delivery. Each material and grade indicated for reinforcing bars. Each type and size of joint reinforcement. Each type and size of anchors, ties, and metal accessories. Cold-weather construction procedures evidencing compliance with requirements specified in referenced unit masonry standard. Hot-weather construction procedures evidencing compliance with requirements specified in referenced unit masonry w standard. Oualification data for firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include list of completed projects with project names, addresses, telephone numbers, names of Architects and Owners, and other information specified. Results from tests and inspections performed by Owner's representatives will be reported promptly and in writing to Architect and Contractor. QUALITY ASSURANCE Gs Unit Masonry Standard: Comply with ACI 530.1/ASCE 6 "Specifications for Masonry Structures," except as otherwise indicated. Revise ACI 530.1/ASCE 6 to exclude Sections 1.4 and 1.7; Parts 2.1.2, 3.1.2, and,,4.1.2; and Articles 1.5.1.2, 1.5.1.3,2.1.1.1, 2.1.1.2, and 2.3.3.9 and to modify Article 2.1.1.4 by deleting requirement for installing vent pipes and conduits built into masonry. Single-Source Responsibility for Masonry Units: Obtain exposed masonry units of uniform tgxture and color, or a uniform blend within the ranges accepted for these characteristics, from one manufacture; for each different product required for each continuous surface or visually related surfaces. Single-Source Responsibility for Mortar Materials: Obtain mortar ingredients of uniform quality, including color „r for exposed masonry, from one manufacturer for each cementitious component and from one source and producer for each aggregate. Field-Constructed Mock-Ups: Prior to installation of unit masonry, erect sample wall panels to further verify MW selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects as well as qualities of materials and execution. Build mock-ups to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for final unit of Work: UNIT MASONRY 04200 Page 2 WN DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. SECTION 04200 - UNIT MASONRY PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section includes the following: Concrete unit masonry. Clay unit masonry in the form of brick. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: Division 7 Section "FIashin¢ and Sheet Metal" for exposed sheet metal flashing installed in masonry. Products installed but not furnished under this Section include the following: Steel lintels in unit masonry are specified in Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications." Wood nailers and blocking built into unit masonry are specified in Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry." Reglets in masonry Joints for metal flashing are specified in Division 7 Section "Flashing and Sheet Metal." Hollow metal frames in unit masonry openings are specified in Division 8 Section "Steel Doors and Frames." SUBMITTALS General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. as Product data for each different masonry unit, accessory, and other manufactured product indicated. Shop drawings for reinforcing detailing fabrication, bending, and placement of unit masonry reinforcing bars. Comply with ACI 315 "Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcing" showing bar schedules, stirrup spacing, diagrams of bent bars, and arrangement of masonry reinforcement. Samples for verification purposes of the following: Full-size units for each different exposed masonry unit required showing full range of exposed color, texture, and dimensions to be expected in completed construction. Include size variation data verifying that actual range of sizes for brick falls within ASTM C 216 dimension tolerances for brick where modular dimensioning is indicated. op Colored masonry mortar samples for each color required showing the full range of colors expected in the UNIT MASONRY 04200 Page I DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Sampling Fresh Concrete: ASTM C 172, except modified for slump to comply with ASTM C 94. Slump: ASTM C 143; one test at point of discharge for each day's pour of each type of concrete; additional tests when concrete consistency seems to have changed. !!K Air Content: ASTM C 173, volumetric method for lightweight or normal weight concrete; ASTM C 231, pressure method for normal weight concrete; one for each day's pour of each type of air-entrained concrete. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064; one test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F (4 deg C)and below, when 80 deg F (27 deg C) and above, and one test for each set of compressive-strength specimens. Compression Test Specimen: ASTM C 31; one set of four standard cylinders for each compressive-strength test,unless otherwise directed. Mold and store cylinders for laboratory-cured test specimens except when field-cured test specimens are required. Compressive-Strength Tests: ASTM C 39; one set for each day's pour exceeding 5 cu. yd. plus additional sets for each 50 cu, yd. more than the first 25 cu. yd.of each concrete class placed in any one day; one specimen tested at 7 days, two specimens tested at 28 days, and one specimen retained in reserve for later testing if required. When frequency of testing will provide fewer than five strength tests for a given class of concrete, conduct testing from at least five randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than five are used. When total quantity of a given class of concrete is less than 50 cu. yd., Architect may waive strength testing if adequate evidence of satisfactory strength is provided. When strength of field-cured cylinders is less than 85 percent of companion laboratory-cured cylinders, evaluate current operations and provide corrective procedures for protecting and curing the in-place concrete. Strength level of concrete will be considered satisfactory if averages of sets of three consecutive strength test results equal or exceed specified compressive strength and no individual strength test result falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi. Test results will be reported in writing to Architect, Structural Engineer, ready-mix producer, and Contractor within 24 hours after tests. Reports of compressive strength tests shall contain the Project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing service, concrete type and class, location of concrete batch in structure, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mix proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength, and type of break for both 7-day tests and 28-day tests. Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may be permitted but shall not be used as the sole basis for acceptance or rejection. Additional Tests: The testing agency shall make additional tests of in-place concrete when test results indicate specified concrete strengths and other characteristics have not been attained in the structure, as directed by Architect. Testing agency may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42, or by other methods as directed. END OF SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 Page 13 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. For surfaces exposed to view, blend white portland cement and standard portland cement so that, when dry, patching mortar will match surrounding color. Provide test areas at inconspicuous locations to verify mixture and color match before proceeding with patching. Compact mortar in place and strike-off slightly higher than surrounding surface. +• Repairing Formed Surfaces: Remove and replace concrete having defective surfaces if defects cannot be repaired to satisfaction of Architect. Surface defects include color and texture irregularities, cracks, spalls, air bubbles, honeycomb, rock pockets, fins and other projections on the surface, and stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning. Flush out form tie holes and fill with dry-pack mortar or precast cement cone plugs secured in place with bonding agent. Repair concealed formed surfaces, where possible, containing defects that affect the concrete's durability. If defects cannot be repaired, remove and replace the concrete. Repairing Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as monolithic slabs,for smoothness and verify surface tolerances specified for each surface and finish. Correct low and high areas as specified. Test unformed surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope and smoothness by using a template having the required slope. .w Repair finished unformed surfaces containing defects that affect the concrete's durability. Surface defects include crazing and cracks in excess of 0.01 inch wide or that penetrate to the reinforcement or completely through nonreinforced sections regardless of width, spalling, popouts, honeycombs, rock pockets, and other objectionable conditions. Correct high areas in unformed surfaces by grinding after concrete has cured at least 14 days. , Correct low areas in unformed surfaces during or immediately after completing surface finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with patching mortar. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. Proprietary underlayment compounds may be used when acceptable to Architect. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes not exceeding 1 inch in diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas with clean, square cuts and expose reinforcing steel with at least 3/4-inch clearance all around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete and apply bonding agent. Mix patching concrete of same materials to provide concrete of same type or class as original concrete. Place, compact, and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete. Repair isolated random cracks and single holes 1 inch or less in diameter by dry-pack method. Groove top of cracks and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean of dust, dirt, and loose particles. Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and apply bonding compound. Place dry-pack before bonding agent has dried. Compact dry-pack mixture in place and finish to match adjacent concrete. Keep patched area continuously moist for at least 72 hours. Perform structural repairs with prior approval of Architect for method and procedure, using specified epoxy adhesive and mortar. Repair methods not specified above may be used, subject to acceptance of Architect. no QUALITY CONTROL TESTING DURING CONSTRUCTION Aft General: The Owner shall employ a testing agency, who shall be subject to the Architect's approval, to perform tests and to submit test reports. Sampling and testing for quality control during concrete placement shall include the following, as directed by Architect. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 Page 12 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. surface produces a ringing sound as trowel is moved over surface. Consolidate concrete surface by final hand-troweling operation, free of trowel marks, uniform in texture and appearance, and finish surfaces to tolerances of F(F) 20 (floor flatness) and F(L) 17 (floor levelness) measured according to ASTM E 1155. go Grind smooth any surface defects that would telegraph through applied floor covering system. Nonslip Broom Finish: Apply a nonslip broom finish to exterior concrete platforms, steps, and ramps, and elsewhere as indicated. Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen concrete surface by brooming with fiber-bristle broom parallel to main traffic route. Coordinate required final finish with Architect before application. MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS Filline In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures for passage of work by other trades, unless otherwise shown or directed, after work of other trades is in place. Mix, place, and cure concrete as specified to blend with in-place construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling shown or required to complete Work. w Steel Pan Stairs: Provide concrete fill for steel pan stair treads, landings, and associated items. Cast-in safety inserts and accessories as shown on drawings. Screed, tamp, and trowel-finish concrete surfaces. REMOVING FORMS General: Formwork not supporting weight of concrete, such as sides of walls and similar parts of the work, may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 deg F (10 deg C) for 24 hours after placing concrete, ' provided concrete is sufficiently hard to not be damaged by form-removal operations, and provided curing and protection operations are maintained. Form-facing_material may be removed 4 days after placement only if shores and other vertical supports have been arranged to permit removal of form-facing material without loosening or disturbing shores and supports. REUSING FORMS Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. Split, frayed, delaminated, or otherwise damaged form-facing material will not be acceptable for exposed surfaces. Apply new form-coating compound as specified for new formwork. When forms are extended for successive concrete placement, thoroughly clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten forms to close joints. Align and secure joint to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete surfaces except as acceptable to Architect. CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS Patchins Defective Areas: Repair and patch defective areas with cement mortar immediately after removing forms, when acceptable to Architect. Mix dry-pack mort ar, consisting of one part portland cement to 2-1/2 parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 mesh sieve, using only enough water as required for handling and placing. Cut out honeycombs, rock pockets, voids over 1/4 inch in any dimension, and holes left by tie rods and bolts down to solid concrete but in no case to a depth less than 1 inch. Make edges of cuts perpendicular to the concrete surface. Thoroughly clean, dampen with water, and brush-coat the area to be patched with bonding !! agent. Place patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 Page 11 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Concrete Curine and Protection: Comply with provisions of ACI 301 and as follows. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength from any means. Moist cure all concrete for a minimum of 7 days at temperatures not less than 50 degrees nor more than 90 degrees F immediately after placement. If high early strength concrete is used the curing time may be reduced to 3 days provided test cylinders made and cured with the concrete indicate 70% of the 28 day strength is reached. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials. .. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators unless otherwise accepted in mix designs. Fog spray forms, reinforcing steel, and subgrade just before placing concrete in hot weather. Keep subgrade moisture uniform without puddles or dry areas. FINISHING FORMED SURFACES ■* Rough-Formed Finish: Provide a rough-formed finish on formed concrete surfaces not exposed to view in the finished Work or concealed by other construction. This is the concrete surface having texture imparted by form-facing material used, with tie holes and defective areas repaired and patched, and fins and other projections exceeding 1/4 inch in height rubbed down or chipped off. Smooth-Formed Finish: Provide a smooth-formed finish on formed concrete surfaces exposed to view or to be covered with a coating material applied directly to concrete, or a covering material applied directly to concrete, such as waterproofing, dampproofing, veneer plaster, painting, or another similar system. This is an as-cast concrete surface obtained with selected form-facing material, arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a K. minimum of seams. Repair and patch defective areas with fins and other projections completely removed and smoothed. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls,horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike-off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces unless otherwise indicated. MONOLITHIC SLAB FINISHES Float Finish: Apply float finish to monolithic slab surfaces to receive trowel finish and other finishes as specified; slab surfaces to be covered with membrane or elastic waterproofing, membrane or elastic roofmg, or sand-bed terrazzo; and where indicated. After screeding,consolidating,and leveling concrete slabs,do not work surface until ready for floating. Begin ' floating, using float blades or float shoes only, when surface water has disappeared, or when concrete has stiffened sufficiently to permit operation of power-driven floats, or both. Consolidate surface with power-driven floats or by hand-floating if area is small or inaccessible to power units. Finish surfaces to tolerances of F(F) 18(floor flatness)and F(L) 15 (floor levelness)measured according to ASTM E 1155. Cut down high spots and fill low spots. Uniformly slope surfaces to drains. Immediately after leveling, refloat surface to a uniform, smooth, granular texture. Trowel Finish: Apply a trowel finish to monolithic slab surfaces exposed to view and slab surfaces to be covered with resilient flooring, carpet, ceramic or quarry tile, paint, or another thin film-finish coating system. After floating, begin first trowel-finish operation using a power-driven trowel. Begin final troweling when CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 Page 10 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. pa is attached to or supported by cast-in-place concrete. Use setting drawings, diagrams, instructions, and directions provided by suppliers of items to be attached. Forms for Slabs: Set edge forms,bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevations and contours in finished surfaces. Provide and secure units to support screed strips using strike-off templates or compacting-type screeds. PREPARING FORM SURFACES General: Coat contact surfaces of forms with an approved, nonresidual, low-VOC, form-coating compound before ' placing reinforcement. Do not allow excess form-coating material to accumulate in forms or come into contact with in-place concrete surfaces against which fresh concrete will be placed. Apply according to manufacturer's instructions. Coat steel forms with a nonstaining,rust-preventative material. Rust-stained steel formwork is not acceptable. CONCRETE PLACEMENT Inspection: Before placing concrete, inspect and complete formwork installation,reinforcing steel, and items to be embedded or cast in. Notify other trades to permit installation of their work. General: Comply with ACI 304, "Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete," and as specified. Deposit concrete continuously or in layers of such thickness that no new concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened sufficiently to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously,provide construction joints as specified. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation at its final location. Placing Concrete in Forms: Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal layers no deeper than 24 inches and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. Where placement consists of several layers, place each layer while preceding layer is still plastic to avoid cold joints. Consolidate placed concrete by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by hand-spading, rodding, or tamping. Use equipment and procedures for consolidation of concrete complying with ACI 309. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations no farther than the visible effectiveness of the machine. Place vibrators to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to set. At each insertion, limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mix to segregate. Placing Concrete Slabs: Deposit and consolidate concrete slabs in a continuous operation, within limits of w construction joints, until completing placement of a panel or section. Consolidate concrete during placement operations so that concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement, other embedded items and into comers. Bring slab surfaces to correct level with a straightedge and strike off. Use bull floats or darbies to smooth surface free of humps or hollows. Do not disturb slab surfaces prior to beginning finishing operations. Maintain reinforcing in proper position on chairs during concrete placement. OF CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 Page 9 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. .. operations. Repair damages before placing concrete. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other materials that reduce or destroy bond with me concrete. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and support reinforcing by metal chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers, and hangers, as approved by Architect. no Place reinforcement to maintain minimum coverages as indicated for concrete protection. Arrange, space, and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position during concrete placement operations. Set wire , ties so ends are directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces. Install welded wire fabric in lengths as long as practicable. Lap adjoining pieces at least one full mesh and lace splices with wire. Offset laps of adjoining widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. JOINTS Construction Joints: Locate and install construction joints so they do not impair strength or appearance of the structure, as acceptable to Architect. Provide keyways at least 1-1/2 inches deep in construction joints in walls and slabs and between walls and footings. w Bulkheads designed and accepted for this purpose may be used for slabs. Place construction Joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across construction joints except as indicated otherwise. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of strip placements. Use bonding agent on existing concrete surfaces that will be joined with fresh concrete. Isolation Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: Construct isolation joints in slabs-on-grade at points of contact between slabs-on-grade and vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and other locations, as indicated. Joint fillers and sealants are specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." Contraction (Control) Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: Construct contraction joints in slabs-on-grade to form panels of patterns as shown. Use saw cuts 1/8 inch wide by one-fourth of slab depth or inserts 1/4 inch wide by one-fourth of slab depth, unless otherwise indicated. .. Form contraction joints by inserting premolded plastic,hardboard, or fiberboard strip into fresh concrete until top surface of strip is flush with slab surface. Tool slab edges round on each side of insert. After concrete has cured, remove inserts and clean groove of loose debris. Contraction joints in unexposed floor slabs may be formed by saw cuts as soon as possible after slab finishing as may be safely done without dislodging aggregate. If joint pattern is not shown, provide joints not exceeding 15 feet in either direction and located to conform to bay spacing wherever possible (at column centerlines, half bays, third bays). Joint fillers and sealants are specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." INSTALLING EMBEDDED ITEMSs General: Set and build into formwork anchorage devices and other embedded items required for other work that CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 Page 8 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. forms and reinforcing steel. FORMS General: Design, erect, support, brace, and maintain formwork to support vertical, lateral, static, and dynamic loads that might be applied until concrete structure can support such loads. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of correct size, shape, alignment, elevation, and position. Maintain formwork construction tolerances and surface irregularities complying with the following ACI 347 limits: Provide Class A tolerances for concrete surfaces exposed to view. Provide Class C tolerances for other concrete surfaces. Construct forms to sizes, shapes, lines, and dimensions shown and to obtain accurate alignment, location, grades, level,and plumb work in finished structures. Provide for openings,offsets,sinkages,keyways,recesses, moldings, rustications, reglets, chamfers, blocking, screeds, bulkheads, anchorages and inserts, and other features required in the Work. Use selected materials to obtain required finishes. Solidly butt joints and provide backup at joints to prevent cement paste from leaking. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. Provide crush plates or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces where slope is too steep to place concrete with bottom forms only. Kerf wood inserts for forming keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like for easy removal. Provide temporary openings for clean-outs and inspections where interior area of formwork is inaccessible before and during concrete placement. Securely brace temporary openings and set tightly to forms to prevent losing concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings in forms at inconspicuous locations. Chamfer exposed corners and edges as indicated, using wood, metal, PVC, or rubber chamfer strips fabricated to produce uniform smooth lines and tight edge joints. Provisions for Other Trades: Provide openings in concrete formwork to accommodate work of other trades. Determine size and location of openings, recesses, and chases from trades providing such items. Accurately place and securely support items built into forms. Cleaning and Tightening: Thoroughly clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips,wood, sawdust, dirt, or other debris just before placing concrete. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar leaks and maintain proper alignment. VAPOR RETARDER/BARRIER INSTALLATION General: Place vapor retarder/barrier sheeting in position with longest dimension parallel with direction of pour. Lap joints 6 inches and seal with manufacturer's recommended mastic or pressure-sensitive tape. 00 Cover vapor retarder/barrier with sand cushion and compact to depth indicated. PLACING REINFORCEMENT General: Comply with Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute's recommended practice for"Placing Reinforcing Bars," for details and methods of reinforcement placement and supports and as specified. Avoiding cutting or puncturing vapor retarder/barrier during reinforcement placement and concreting CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 Page 7 we DEWEY HOUSE Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. adding admixture to site-verified 2-to-3-inch slump concrete. ** Other concrete: Not more than 4 inches. Adjustment to Concrete Mixes: Mix design adjustments may be requested by Contractor when characteristics of materials, job conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant, as accepted by Architect. Laboratory test data for revised mix design and strength results must be submitted to and accepted by Architect before using in Work. ADMIXTURES Use water-reducing admixture or high-range water-reducing admixture (superplasticizer) in concrete, as required, for placement and workability. Use accelerating admixture in concrete slabs placed at ambient temperatures below 50 deg F (10 deg Q. Use high-range water-reducing admixture in pumped concrete, concrete for heavy-use industrial slabs, architectural concrete, parking structure slabs, concrete required to be watertight, and concrete with water-cement ratios below .� 0.50. Use air-entraining admixture in exterior exposed concrete unless otherwise indicated. Add air-entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in concrete at point of placement having total air content with a tolerance of plus or minus 1-1/2 percent within the following limits: Concrete structures and slabs exposed to freezing and thawing, deicer chemicals, or hydraulic pressure: 4.5 percent (moderate exposure); 5.5 percent (severe exposure) for 1-1/2-inch maximum aggregate. 4.5 percent (moderate exposure); 6.0 percent (severe exposure) for 1-inch maximum aggregate. 5.0 percent (moderate exposure); 6.0 percent (severe exposure) for 3/4-inch maximum aggregate. ■w 5.5 percent (moderate exposure); 7.0 percent (severe exposure) for 1/2-inch maximum aggregate. Other concrete not exposed to freezing, thawing, or hydraulic pressure, or to receive a surface hardener: 2 to 4 percent air. Use admixtures for water reduction and set accelerating or retarding in strict compliance with manufacturer's directions. CONCRETE MIXING Ready-Mixed Concrete: Comply with requirements of ASTM C 94, and as specified. When air temperature is between 85 deg F (30 deg C) and 90 deg F (32 deg C), reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes, and when air temperature is above 90 deg F (32 deg C), reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. w. PART 3 - EXECUTION GENERAL Coordinate the installation of joint materials, vapor retarderlbarrier, and other related materials with placement of CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 Page 6 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Waterhold, Metalcrete Industries. Evoxy Adhesive: ASTM C 881, two-component material suitable for use on dry or damp surfaces. Provide Mo material type, grade, and class to suit Project requirements. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: Burke Epoxy M.V., The Burke Co. Epoxtite Binder 2390, A.C. Horn, Inc. Epabond, L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc. 0" Concresive Standard Liquid, Master Builders, Inc. Rezi-Weld 1000, W.R. Meadows, Inc. Sikadur 32 Hi-Mod, Sika Corp. Non-slip Aggregate: Aluminum oxide grit, factory graded and packaged, rustproof and non-glazing,unaffected by freezing, moisture and cleaning agents. Dovetail slots and other inserts shall be galvanized or stainless steel and appropriate for ties required by the masonry specification. PROPORTIONING AND DESIGNING MIXES Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of concrete by either laboratory trial batch or field experience po methods as specified in ACI 301. For the trial batch method, use an independent testing agency acceptable to Architect for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs. Do not use the same testing agency for field quality control testing. 40 Limit use of fly ash to not exceed 25 percent of cement content by weight. PM Submit written reports to Architect of each proposed mix for each class of concrete at least 15 days prior to start of Work. Do not begin concrete production until proposed mix designs have been reviewed by Architect. Design mixes to provide normal weight concrete with the following properties as indicated on drawings and schedules: 3000-psi,28-day compressive strength;water-cement ratio,0.58 maximum(non-air-entrained),0.46 maximum we (air-entrained). Water-Cement Ratio: Provide concrete for following conditions with maximum water-cement (W/C) ratios as follows: Subjected to freezing and thawing: W/C 0.45. Subjected to deicers/watertight: W/C 0.40. Slump Limits: Proportion and design mixes to result in concrete slump at point of placement as follows: Ramps, slabs, and sloping surfaces: Not more than 3 inches. Reinforced foundation systems: Not less than 1 inch and not more than 3 inches. Concrete containing high-range water-reducing admixture (superplasticizer): Not more than 8 inches after CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 Page 5 on DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. RELATED MATERIALS Sand Cushion: Clean, manufactured or natural sand. Vapor Retarder: Provide vapor retarder that is resistant to deterioration when tested according to ASTM E 154, as follows: Polyethylene sheet not less than 8 mils thick. Absorptive Cover: Burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9 oz. per sq. yd., complying with AASHTO M 182, Class 2. Moisture-Retaining Cover: One of the following, complying with ASTM C 171. Waterproof paper. Polyethylene film. Polyethylene-coated burlap. Liquid Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: Liquid-type membrane-forming curing compound complying with ASTM C 309, Type I, Class A. Moisture loss not more than 0.55 kg/sq. meter when applied at 200 sq. ft./gal. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: .. A-H 3 Way Sealer, Anti-Hydro Co., Inc. Spartan-Cote, The Burke Co. Eucocure, Euclid Chemical Co. Horn Clear Seal, A.C. Horn, Inc. Masterkure, Master Builders, Inc. CS-309, W.R. Meadows, Inc. Kure-N-Seal, Sonneborn-Chemrex. Water-Based Acrylic Membrane Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type I, Class B. Provide material that has a maximum volatile organic compound (VOC) rating of 350 mg per liter. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: Aqua-Cure, Euclid Chemical Co. Dress & Seal WB, L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc. Masterkure 100W, Master Builders, Inc. Vocomp-20, W.R. Meadows, Inc. Evaporation Control: Monomolecular film-forming compound applied to exposed concrete slab surfaces for �.. temporary protection from rapid moisture loss. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: Aquafilm, Conspec Marketing and Mfg. Co. Eucobar, Euclid Chemical Co. E-Con, L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc. Confilm, Master Builders, Inc. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 Page 4 "'"' P" DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185, welded steel wire fabric. Supports for Reinforcement: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire fabric in place. Use wire bar-type supports complying with CRSI specifications. For slabs-on-grade, use supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where base material will not support chair legs. CONCRETE MATERIALS Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I. Use one brand of cement throughout Project unless otherwise acceptable to Architect. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Type F. Normal-Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33 and as specified. Provide aggregates from a single source for exposed concrete. For exposed exterior surfaces, do not use fine or coarse aggregates that contain substances that cause spalling. Local aggregates not complying with ASTM C 33 that have been shown to produce concrete of adequate strength and durability by special tests or actual service may be used when acceptable to Architect. Water: Potable. Admixtures, General: Provide concrete admixtures that contain not more than 0.1 percent chloride ions. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260, certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other required admixtures. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: Darex AEA or Daravair, W.R. Grace & Co. ! " MB-VR or Micro-Air, Master Builders, Inc. Sealtight AEA, W.R. Meadows, Inc. Sika AER, Sika Corp. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type A. fm Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: WRDA, W.R. Grace & Co. Pozzolith Normal or Polyheed, Master Builders, Inc. ! " Plastocrete 161, Sika Corp. High-Range Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type F or Type G. w Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: WRDA 19 or Daracem, W.R. Grace &Co. Rheobuild or Polyheed, Master Builders, Inc. Sikament 300, Sika Corp. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 Page 3 wAe DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. American Concrete Institute(ACI)301, "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings."Provide a copy on site. ACI 318, "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete." Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute(CRSI) "Manual of Standard Practice." Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute(CRSI) "Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars." Provide a copy on site. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Listed Standards. Ouality Control shall be managed at the site by the contractor's designated QC manager who shall inspect the work �.. under this section. He shall keep the following minimum records. Location, date and time of placement, ticket number,concrete and air temperature, identification of concrete samples from each load.He shall inspect and record the satisfactory placement of reinforcement and embedded items before the placement of concrete. He shall inspect and record the satisfactory condition of forms and shoring immediately before concrete placement. Materials and installed work may require testing and retesting at any time during progress of Work. Tests, including retesting of rejected materials for installed Work, shall be done at Owner's expense. PART 2 - PRODUCTS .m FORM MATERIALS Forms for Exposed Finish Concrete: Plywood, metal, metal-framed plywood faced, or other acceptable panel-type +■ materials to provide continuous,straight,smooth,exposed surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints and to conform to joint system shown on drawings. Use overlaid plvwood complying with U.S. Product Standard PS-1 "A-C or B-B High Density Overlaid Concrete Form," Class I. Use plywood complying with U.S. Product Standard PS-1 "B-B(Concrete Form)Plywood,"Class I, Exterior Grade or better, mill-oiled and edge-sealed, with each piece bearing legible inspection trademark. Forms for Unexposed Finish Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, or another acceptable material. Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit. Form Release Agent: Provide commercial formulation form release agent with a maximum of 350 mg/1 volatile organic compounds(VOCs)that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. Form Ties: Factory-fabricated, adjustable-length,removable or snap-off metal form ties designed to prevent form • deflection and to prevent spalling of concrete upon removal. Provide units that will leave no metal closer than 1-1/2 inches to the plane of the exposed concrete surface. Provide ties that, when removed, will leave holes not larger than 1 inch in diameter in the concrete surface. REINFORCING MATERIALS Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615, Grade 60, deformed. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 Page 2 .� DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. !! SECTION 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section specifies cast-in place concrete, including formwork, reinforcing, mix design, placement procedures, setting of anchor bolts and other items, grouting of base and bearing plates, protection and curing of concrete, finishing of concrete surfaces, and quality control. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for anchor bolts and other embedded items, bearing plates. Division 5 Section "Metal Stairs" for metal stairs requiring concrete fill. SUBMITTALS General: Submit the following according to Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. Product data for proprietary materials and items, including reinforcement and forming accessories, admixtures, patching compounds, waterstops, joint systems, curing compounds, dry-shake finish materials, and others if requested by Architect. Shop drawings for reinforcement detailing fabricating, bending, and placing concrete reinforcement and methods for supporting in forms. Comply with ACI 315 "Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures" showing bar schedules, stirrup spacing, bent bar diagrams, and arrangement of concrete reinforcement. Include special reinforcing required for openings through concrete structures Concrete Mix and supporting data to comply with ACI 301. no Weather protection and curing method descriptions. Ouality Control Manaizement description. Material certificates in lieu of material laboratory test reports when permitted.by Architect. Material certificates shall be signed by Concrete Supplier and Contractor, certifying that each material item complies with or exceeds specified requirements. Provide certification from admixture manufacturers that chloride content complies with specification requirements. QUALITY ASSURANCE Codes and Standards: Comply with provisions of the following codes, specifications, and standards, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified: CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 Page 1 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that must be repaired. Replace leaking piping using new materials and repeat testing until leakage is within allowances specified. END OF SECTION 02700 �•+ MW SEWERAGE AND DRAINAGE 02700 Page 8 .�. DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects,Inc. Defects requiring correction include the following: Alignment: Less than full diameter of inside of pipe is visual between structures. Deflection: Flexible piping with deflection that prevents passage of a ball or cylinder of a size not less than 92.5 percent of piping diameter. Crushed, broken, cracked, or otherwise damaged piping. Infiltration: Water leakage into piping. Exfiltration: Water leakage from or around piping. Replace defective piping using new materials and repeat inspections until defects are within allowances specified. Reinspect and repeat procedure until results are satisfactory. Test new piping systems and parts of existing systems that have been altered,extended,or repaired for leaks and defects. Do not enclose, cover, or Rut into service before inspection and approval. Test completed pipingsystem s according to authorities having jurisdiction. Schedule tests, and their inspections by authorities having jurisdiction, with at least 24 hours' advance notice. Submit separate reports for each test. Where authorities having jurisdiction do not have published procedures, perform tests as follows: Sanitary Sewerage: Perform hydrostatic test. Allowable leakage is a maximum of 50 gallons per inch nominal pipe size,for every mile of pipe, during a 24-hour period. Allowable leakage is a maximum of 4.6 L per mm dimension nominal pipe size,for every km of pipe, during a 24-hour period. Close openings in system and fill with water. 40 Purge air and refill with water. Disconnect water supply. Test and inspect joints for leaks. Option: Test ductile-iron piping according to AWWA C600, Section 4 "Hydrostatic Testing." Use test pressure of at least 10 psig (69.0 kPa). Storm Drainage: Perform hydrostatic test. Close openings in system and fill with water to not less than 10-foot (3-m) head of water. Disconnect water supply. Water level must not drop for 15 minutes. Inspect joints for leaks. 1 SEWERAGE AND DRAINAGE 02700 Page 7 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects,Inc. CLEANOUT INSTALLATION Install cleanouts and riser extension from sewer pipe to cleanout at grade. Use cast-iron soil pipe fittings in sewer pipes at branches for cleanouts and cast-iron soil pipe for riser extensions to cleanouts. Install piping so cleanouts open in direction of flow in sewer pipe. Set cleanout frames and covers in earth in a cast-in-place concrete block, 18 by 18 by 12 inches (450 by 450 by 300 mm) deep. Set with tops 1 inch (25 mm) above surrounding earth grade. TAP CONNECTIONS Make connections to existing piping and underground structures so finished work conforms as nearly as practical to requirements specified for new work. Use commercially manufactured wYe fittings for piping branch connections. Remove section of existing pipe, install wye fitting into existing piping, and encase entire wye fitting plus 6-inch (150-mm) overlap, with not less than 6 inches (150 mm) of 3000-psi (20.7-MPa), 28-day, compressive-strength concrete. Make branch connections from side into existing piping, sizes 4 to 20 inches (100 to 500 mm) by removing a section of existing pipe and installing a wye fitting into existing piping. Encase entire wye with not less than 6 inches (150 mm) of 3000-psi (20.7-MPa), 28-day, compressive-strength concrete. Protect existingpioing and structures to prevent concrete or debris from entering while making tap connections. Remove debris or other extraneous material that may accumulate. CLOSING ABANDONED SEWERAGE AND DRAINAGE SYSTEMS Abandoned Piping: Close open ends of abandoned underground piping that is indicated to remain in place. Include closures strong enough to withstand hydrostatic and earth pressures that may result after ends of abandoned piping have been closed. Use either of the following procedures: Close open ends of piping with at least 8-inch- (200-mm-) thick brick masonry bulkheads. Close open ends of piping with threaded metal caps,plastic plugs, or other acceptable methods suitable for size and type of material being closed. Do not use wood plugs. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL an Clear interior of piping and structures of dirt and superfluous material as the work progresses. Maintain swab or drag in piping and pull past each joint as it is completed. In large, accessible piping, brushes and brooms may be used for cleaning. Place plug in end of incomplete piping at end of day and whenever work stops. .A Flush piping between manholes and other structures, if required by authorities having jurisdiction, to remove collected debris. Inspect interior of piping to determine whether line displacement or other damage has occurred. Inspect after approximately 24 inches (600 mm) of backfill is in place, and again at completion of the Project. SEWERAGE AND DRAINAGE 02700 Page 6 �.. DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects,Inc. INSTALLATION, GENERAL General Locations and Arrangements: Drawings (plans and details)indicate the general location and arrangement of underground sewerage and drainage systems piping. Location and arrangement of piping layout take into account many design considerations. Install piping as indicated,to extent practical. Install piping beginning at low point of systems,true to grades and alignment indicated with unbroken continuity of invert. Place bell ends of piping facing upstream. Install gaskets, seals, sleeves, and couplings according to manufacturer's recommendations for use of lubricants, cements, and other installation requirements. Maintain swab or drag in line and pull past each joint as it is completed. Use proper size increasers, reducers, and couplings, where different sizes or materials of pipes and fittings are connected. Reduction of the size of piping in the direction of flow is prohibited. Install gravity-flow-systems piping at constant slope between points and elevations indicated. Install straight pa piping runs at constant slope, not less than that specified,where slope is not indicated. Extend sewerage piping out ten feet from the building foundation and connect to sanitary line provided by others, of sizes and in location indicated. Terminate piping as indicated. Install sewerage piping pitched down in direction of flow, at minimum slope of 2 percent (1:50) and 36-inch (1000-mm) minimum cover, except where otherwise indicated. Extend existing building drainage piping and connect to new storm drainage lines provided by others at the base of the foundation. Terminate piping as indicated.. PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION AND INSTALLATION !uw General: Join and install pipe and fittings according to the following. AcEylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene(ABS)Plastic Pipe and Fittings: As follows: Join solvent-cement-joint pipe and fittings according to ASTM D 2235 and ASTM.F 402. Join pipe and gasketed fittings with elastomeric seals according to ASTM D 2321. Install according to ASTM D 2321. System Piping Joints: Make joints using system manufacturer's couplings, except where otherwise specified. Join piping made of different materials or dimensions with couplings made for this application. Use couplings that are compatible with and fit both systems' materials and dimensions. BACKWATER VALVE INSTALLATION Install horizontal units in piping where indicated. Install combination units in piping and in structures where indicated. Install terminal units on end of piping and in structures where indicated. Secure units to structure walls. P0 SEWERAGE AND DRAINAGE 02700 Page 5 dw DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. no PART 3 - EXECUTION am EARTHWORK Excavating,trenching and backfilling are specified in Division 2 Section "Earthwork." SM IDENTIFICATION 4M Materials and their installation are specified in Division 2 Section"Earthwork." Arrange for installation of green warning tapes directly over piping and at outside edges of underground structures. 00 Use detectable warning tam over nonferrous piping and over edges of underground structures. SEWERAGE PIPING APPLICATIONS General: Include watertight joints. war Refer to Part 2 of this Section for detailed specifications for pipe and fitting products listed below. Use pipe, fittings, and joining methods according to the following applications. Pine Sizes 4 and 6 Inches (100 and 150 mm): Acrylonitrile- butadiene-styrene (ABS), SDR 35, sewer pipe and fittings; solvent-cemented joints; or with gaskets and gasketed joints. Pipe Sizes 8 and 10 Inches (200 and 250 mm): Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene (ABS), SDR 42, sewer pipe and fittings; solvent-cemented joints; or with gaskets and gasketed joints. DRAINAGE PIPING APPLICATIONS General: Include watertight,silttight,or soiltight joints,except where watertight or silttight joints are indicated. on Refer to Part 2 of this Section for detailed specifications for pipe and fitting products listed below. Use pipe, fittings, and joining methods according to the following applications. OR SPECIAL PIPE COUPLING AND FITTING APPLICATIONS Special Pipe Couplings: Use where indicated and where required to join piping and no other appropriate method is specified. Do not use instead of specified joining methods. Use the following pipe couplings for nonpressure applications: so Strait-pattern, sleeve type to join piping, of same size, with small difference in outside diameters. so Increaser/reducer-pattern, sleeve type to join piping of different sizes. Gasket type to join piping of different sizes where annular space between smaller piping's outside am diameter and larger piping's inside diameter permits installation. Internal-ex2ansion type to join piping with same inside diameter. SEWERAGE AND DRAINAGE 02700 Page 4 • PM DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects,Inc. Hub-and-Spigot, Cast-Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A 74, service and extra-heavy classes, gray cast iron, for gasketed joints. Gaskets: ASTM C 564, rubber, compression type, thickness to match class of pipe. Hubless, Cast-Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings: CISPI 301 or ASTM A 888, gray cast iron, for coupling joints. Couplings: CISPI 310, corrugated, stainless-steel shield and clamp assembly, with ASTM C 564 rubber sealing sleeve. Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-St rene ABS) Sewer Pipe and Fittings: ASTM D 2751,for solvent-cemented or gasketed joints. SDR 35 for 4 and 6 inches (100 and 150 mm). SDR 42 for 8 to 12 inches (200 to 300 mm). Solvent Cement: ASTM D 2235. Gaskets: ASTM F 477, elastomeric seal. Polyvinyl Chloride PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings: ASTM D 3034, SDR 35, for solvent-cemented or gasketed joints. Primer: ASTM F 656. Solvent Cement: ASTM D 2564. Gaskets: ASTM F 477, elastomeric seal. BACKWATER VALVES Horizontal Backwater Valve Twe: ASME A112.14.1, cast-iron body and bolted cover,with bronze seat,swing check valve, and hub-and-spigot ends. Combination Horizontal Backwater Valve and Manual Gate Valve Type: ASME A112.14.1, cast-iron body and bolted cover, with bronze seat, swing check valve, and hub-and-spigot ends. Terminal Backwater Valve_Type: ASME A112.14.1, cast-iron body and bolted cover, with bronze seat, swing check valve, and hub inlet. CLEANOUTS Description: ASME A112.36.2M, round, cast-iron housing with clamping device and round, secured,scoriated, cast-iron cover. Include cast-iron ferrule with inside calk or spigot connection and countersunk, tapered-thread, brass closure plug. Use units with top-loading classifications according to the following applications: Light Duty: In earth or grass, foot-traffic areas. Sewer Pipe Fitting and Riser to Cleanout: ASTM A 74, service class, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings. SEWERAGE AND DRAINAGE 02700 Page 3 No DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. im Environmental Agency ompliance: Comply with regulations pertaining to sanitary sewerage and storm drainage systems. Utility Compliance: Comply with regulations pertaining to sanitary sewerage and storm drainage systems. 0" Include standards of water and other utilities where appropriate. Product Options: Drawings indicate sizes, profiles, connections, and dimensional requirements of system • components and are based on specific manufacturer types indicated. Other manufacturers'products with equal performance characteristics may be considered. Refer to Division 1 Section "Product Substitutions." DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Do not store plastic pipe or fittings in direct sunlight. Protect pipe, pipe fittings, and seals from dirt and damage. .w PRO]ECT CONDITIONS Site Information: Perform site survey, research public utility records, and verify existing utility locations. Locate existing structures and piping to be closed and abandoned. Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt existing utilities serving facilities occupied by the Owner or others except when permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide acceptable temporary utility services. Notify Architect not less than 48 hours in advance of proposed utility interruptions. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without receiving Architect's written permission. SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING Coordinate sanitary sewerage system connections to existing sanitary sewer line to be provided under a separate contract to the Owner. Note that a new sanitary line will be installed in the vicinity of Dewey House as indicated on the Site Plan. Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating all work as required to provide a ' new connection from the building to the new sanitary line. Coordinate storm drainage system connections to existing storm drainage system. Note that two new storm drain lines will be installed in the vicinity of Dewey House as indicated on the Site Plan. Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating all work as required to provide new connections from the building to the new storm drain lines which shall be extended to the base of the foundation at each of downspouts from the roof that requires connection. Coordinate with interior building drainage systems. Coordinate with other utility work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS PIPES AND FITTINGS SEWERAGE AND DRAINAGE 02700 Page 2 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects,Inc. SECTION 02700 - SEWERAGE AND DRAINAGE P PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including the General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. #R SUMMARY This Section includes sewerage and drainage systems outside the building. Systems include the following: Sanitary sewerage. Storm drainage. Combined sanitary sewerage and storm drainage. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section. Division 15 Section "Plumbing Piping" for building drains. Division 15 Section "Drainage and Vent Systems" for building drains. DEFIlVITIONS Drainage Piping: System of sewer pipe, fittings, and appurtenances for gravity flow of storm drainage. Sewerage Piping: System of sewer pipe, fittings, and appurtenances for gravity flow of sanitary sewage. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS Gravity-Flow, Nonpressure-Piping Pressure Ratings: At least equal to system test pressure. SUBMITTALS General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. Product data for the following: Sanitary sewer piping. QUALITY ASSURANCE SEWERAGE AND DRAINAGE 02700 Page 1 NNW Mw DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. CLEANING Clean and disinfect water distribution piping as follows: Puree new water distribution piping systems and parts of existing systems that have been altered,extended, or repaired prior to use. Use purging and disinfecting procedure prescribed by authority having jurisdiction or, if method is not prescribed by that authority, use procedure described in AWWA C651 or as described below: Comply with NFPA 24 for flushing of piping. Flush piping system with clean, potable water until dirty water does not appear at points of outlet. Fill system or part of system with water/chlorine solution containing at least 50 parts per million of chlorine. Isolate (valve off) system or part thereof and allow to stand for 24 hours. Drain system or part of system of previous solution and refill with water/chlorine solution containing at least 200 parts per million of chlorine; isolate and allow to stand for 3 hours. aA Following allowed standing time,flush system with clean,potable water until chlorine does not remain in water coming from system. Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authority having jurisdiction. Repeat procedure if biological examination made by authority shows evidence of contamination. Prepare reports for purging and disinfecting activities. END OF SECTION 02665 40 WATER SYSTEMS 02665 Page 13 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Do not install bypass around backflow preventer. Support backflow preventers,valves,and piping on 3000-psi(20.7 MPa)minimum,portland-cement-mix concrete aft piers as indicated. FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION INSTALLATION Install fire department connections of types and features indicated in locations indicated. Install ball drip valves at each check valve for fire department connection to mains and where indicated. w.. ALARM DEVICE INSTALLATION General: Comply with NFPA 26 for devices and methods of valve supervision. Buried valves with curb boxes do not require supervision. Supervisory Switches: Supervise valves in open position. Valves: Grind away a portion of exposed valve stem. Bolt switch, with plunger in stem depression, to OS&Y gate-valve yoke. AN Indicator Posts: Drill and thread hole in upper barrel section at target plate. Install switch, with toggle against target plate, on barrel of indicator post. Locking and Sealine: Secure unsupervised valve as follows: Valves: Install chains and padlocks on open OS&Y gate valves. Connect alarm devices to building fire alarm system. Refer to Division 16 Section "Fire Alarm Systems" for wiring and devices not specified in this Section. IDENTIFICATION INSTALLATION Install continuous plastic underground warning tape during back-filling of trench for underground water service *�► piping. Locate 6 inches (150 mm) to 8 inches (200 mm) below finished grade, directly over piping. Attach nonmetallic piping label permanently to main electrical meter panel. , FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Piping Tests: Conduct piping tests before joints are covered and after thrust blocks have hardened sufficiently. Fill pipeline 24 hours prior to testing and apply test pressure to stabilize system. Use only potable water. Hydrostatic Tests: Test at not less than 1-1/2 times working pressure for 2 hours. Increase pressure in 50-psig (350 kPa) increments and inspect each joint between increments. Hold at test pressure for 1 hour; decrease to 0 psig (0 kPa). Slowly increase again to test pressure and hold for 1 more hour. Maximum allowable leakage is 2 quarts (1.89 L)per hour per 100 joints. Remake leaking joints with new materials and repeat test until leakage is within above limits. WATER SYSTEMS 02665 Page 12 ,�, ON DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Install ductile-iron pipe and ductile-iron and cast-iron fittings according to AWWA C600. Install polyethylene encasement according to AWWA C105 on ductile-iron pipe, ductile-iron and cast-iron pipe fittings, and ferrous couplings where specified. Install copper tube and wrought-copper fittings according to CDA No. 404/0 "Copper Tube Handbook." BuLy piping at minimum depth of 36 inches(1 m)below finished grade and not less than 18 inches(0.5 m)below average local frost depth. Tunneling: Install pipe under streets or other obstructions that cannot be disturbed by tunneling, jacking, or a combination of both. ANCHORAGE INSTALLATION A Anchorages: Install anchorages for tees, plugs and caps, bends, crosses,valves, and hydrant branches. Include anchorages for the following piping systems: Gasketed Joint, Ductile-Iron Piping: According to AWWA C600. Fire Service Piping: According to NFPA 24. Apvly full coat of asphalt or other acceptable corrosion-retarding material to surfaces of installed ferrous anchorage devices. VALVE INSTALLATION General Application: Use mechanical-joint-end valves for 3-inch (80 mm) and larger buried installation. Use threaded- and flanged-end valves for installation in pits and inside building. Use nonrising stem UL/FM gate valves for installation with indicator posts. Use bronze corporation stops and valves,with ends compatible with piping, for 2-inch (50 mm) and smaller installation. AWWA-Type Gate Valves: Comply with AWWA C600. Install buried valves with stem pointing up and with cast-iron valve box. UL/FM-Type Gate Valves: Comply with NFPA 24. Install buried valves and valves in pits with stem pointing up and with vertical cast-iron indicator post. Bronze Corporation Stops and Curb Stops: Comply with manufacturer's installation instructions. Install buried curb stops with head pointed up and with cast-iron curb box. WATER METER INSTALLATION Install water meters, piping, and specialties according to utility company's requirements. BACKFLOW PREVENTER INSTALLATION Install backflow preventers of type,size,and capacity indicated. Include valves and test cocks. Install according to plumbing and health department authorities having jurisdiction. WATER SYSTEMS 02665 Page 11 ..w DEWEY HOUSE Dietz &. Company Architects, Inc. Flanged Joints: Align flanges and install gaskets. Assemble joints by sequencing bolt tightening. Use lubricant on bolt threads. Threaded Toints: Thread pipes with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1, apply tape or joint ` compound, and apply wrench to valve ends into which pipes are being threaded. Ductile-Iron, Grooved-End Pie and Fitting Toints: Cut-groove pipes. Assemble joints with grooved couplings, " gaskets, lubricant, and bolts according to coupling and fitting manufacturer's written instructions. Copper Tube and Fittings,Brazed joints: Construct joints according to AWS "Brazing Manual," Chapter "Pipe and Tube." Copper Tube and Fittings, Soldered Joints: Construct joints according to AWS "Soldering Manual," Chapter "The Soldering of Pipe and Tube." Copper Tube and Fittings, Soldered joints: Construct joints according to CDA No. 404/0 "Copper Tube Handbook." Dissimilar Materials Piping joints: Construct joints using adapters that are compatible with both piping materials,outside diameters,and system working pressure. Refer to "Piping Systems-Common Requirements" Article for joining piping of dissimilar metals. .� PIPING SYSTEMS - COMMON REQUIREMENTS General Locations and Arrangements: Drawings indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated except where deviations to layout are approved on coordination drawings. Install 2iping at indicated slope. ' Install components having pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure. Install piping free of sags and bends. Locate groups of Ripes parallel to each other, spaced to permit valve servicing. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. Piping Connections: Except as otherwise indicated, make piping connections as specified below. Install unions,in piping 2 inches (50 mm) and smaller,adjacent to each valve and at final connection to each piece of equipment having 2-inch (50 mm) or smaller threaded pipe connection. , Install flanges, in piping 2-1/2 inches (65 mm) and larger, adjacent to flanged valves and at final connection to each piece of equipment having flanged pipe connection. .�w Install dielectric fittings to connect piping of dissimilar metals. M PIPING INSTALLATION Comply with requirements of NFPA 24 for materials and installation. WATER SYSTEMS 02665 Page 10 r�. DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects,Inc. �r protection systems at outside face of the building wall in locations and pipe sizes indicated. Water distribution systems and fire protection systems are specified in Division 15 Sections. Sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals are specified in Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods." Install restrained joints for buried piping within 5 feet (1.5 m)of building. Use restrained-joint pipe and fittings, thrust blocks, anchors, tie-rods and clamps, and other supports at vertical and horizontal offsets. PIPING APPLICATIONS Refer to Part 2 of this Section for detailed specifications for pipe and fittings products listed below. Use pipe, tube, fittings, and joining methods according to the following applications. Piping in pits and inside building may be joined with flanges or couplings, instead of joints indicated, for grooved-end AWWA-size piping. Use Ripe, tube, fittings, and joining methods according to following applications. 2 Inches (50 mm 1 and Smaller: Copper tube, Type K (Type A), copper tube fittings, and soldered joints. 2 Inches (50 mm) and Smaller: Copper tube, Type K (Type A), copper tube fittings, and brazed joints. 2 Inches (50 mm) and Smaller: Copper tube, Type L (Type B), copper tube fittings, and soldered joints. 2 Inches 50 mm) and Smaller: Copper tube, Type L (Type B), copper tube fittings, and brazed joints. Option for 2-1/2 Inches L5 mm) to 3-1/2 Inches (90 mm).: 3-inch (80 mm) or 4-inch (100 mm) size, ductile-iron pipe, ductile-iron or gray-iron fittings or ductile-iron compact fittings, and push-on or mechanical joints. 4 Inches (100 mm) to 8 Inches (200 mm): Class 250, ductile-iron pipe, ductile-iron compact fittings, and push-on or mechanical joints. 4 Inches (100 mm to 8 Inches (200 mm): Class 200,ductile-iron pipe,ductile-iron or gray-iron fittings,and push-on or mechanical joints. VALVE APPLICATIONS Drawings indicate valve types to be used. Where specific valve types are not indicated, the following requirements apply: Aboveground Installation,Valves 3 Inches (80 mm) and Larger: AWWA, OS&Y gate valves. Aboveground Installation,Valves 2-1/2 Inches (65 mm and Larger: UL/FM, OS&Y gate valves. Aboveground Installation,Valves 2 Inches (50 mm) and Smaller: MSS, nonrising stem gate valves. Aboveground Installation,Valves 2 Inches (50 mm) and Smaller: UL/FM, OS&Y gate valves. JOINT CONSTRUCTION Ductile-Iron Piping Gasketed joints: Construct joints according to AWWA C600. WATER SYSTEMS 02665 Page 9 an DEWEY HOUSE Dietz &; Company Architects,Inc. ■w bypass with displacement-type water meter,valves,and double-check backflow preventer,for continuous-pressure application. Pressure Loss: 5 psig (34 kPa) maximum through middle third of flow range. w ANCHORAGES "' Clamps, Straps, and Washers: ASTM A 506, steel. 40 Rods: ASTM A 575, steel. Rod Couplings: ASTM A 197, malleable iron. au Bolts: ASTM A 307, steel. Cast-Iron Washers: ASTM A 126, gray iron. Concrete Reaction Backing: Portland cement concrete mix, 3000 psi (20.7 MN). Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I. Fine Aggregate: ASTM C 33, sand. Coarse Aggregate: ASTM C 33, crushed gravel. Water: Potable. .■ ALARM DEVICES General: UL 753, FM-approved, of types and sizes to mate and match piping and equipment. Supervisory Switches: SPDT, designed to signal valve in other than full open position. IDENTIFICATION Plastic Underground Warning Tapes: Polyethylene plastic tape,6 inches (150 mm)wide by 4 mils(1 mm)thick, solid blue in color with continuously printed caption in black letters "CAUTION -WATER LINE BURIED BELOW." PART 3 - EXECUTION EARTHWORK .w Excavation, trenching, and backfilling are specified in Division 2 Section "Earthwork." X, SERVICE ENTRANCE PIPING Extend water system piping and connect to water supply source and building water distribution and fire „o WATER SYSTEMS 02665 Page 8 sm DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects,Inc. BACKFLOW PREVENTERS General: ASSE Standard backflow preventers, of size indicated for maximum flow rate and maximum pressure loss indicated. Working Pressure: 150 psig (1035 kPa) minimum except where indicated otherwise. 2-1/2 Inches (65 mm and Larger: Bronze, cast-iron, steel, or stainless-steel body with flanged ends. Interior Lining: FDA-approved epoxy coating for backflow preventers having cast-iron or steel body. Interior Components: Corrosion-resistant materials. Exterior Finish: Polished chrome plate when used in chrome-plated piping system. Strainer on inlet where strainer is indicated. Hose Connection Vacuum Breakers: ASSE 1011, nickel plated,with nonremovable and manual drain features, and ASME B1.20.7, 3/4-11.5NH threads for garden hose on outlet. Units attached to rough-bronze-finish hose connections may be rough bronze. Reduced-Pressure-Principle Backflow Preventer: ASSE 1013, with OS&Y gate valves on inlet and outlet, and strainer on inlet. Include test cocks and pressure-differential relief valve having ASME A112.1.2 air-gap fitting located between 2 positive-seating check valves for continuous-pressure application. ! ► Pressure Loss: 12 psig (83 kPa) maximum through middle third of flow range. Double-Check Backflow Prevention Assemblies: ASSE 1015,with valves on inlet and outlet and strainer on inlet. Include test cocks with 2 positive-seating check valves for continuous-pressure application. Pressure Loss: 5 psig (34 kPa) maximum through middle third of flow range. Double Check Valve Assembly: UL 312, FM-approved. Assembly has 2 UL 312, FM-approved, iron-body, 175-psig(1200 kPa)working pressure,flanged-end check valves,with 2 UL 262,FM-approved,iron-body,OS&Y, flanged, 175-psig (1200 kPa) working pressure gate valves. Pressure Loss: 5 psig (34 kPa) maximum through middle third of flow range. Antisiphon, Pressure-Type Vacuum Breakers: ASSE 1020, with valves, spring-loaded check valve, and spring-loaded floating disc. Include test cocks and atmospheric vent for continuous-pressure application. Pressure Loss: 5 psig (34 kPa) maximum through middle third of flow range. Reduced-Pressure Detector Assembly Backflow Preventers: ASSE 1047,FM-approved or UL-listed,with OS&Y gate valves on inlet and outlet, and strainer on inlet. Include pressure-differential relief valve having ASME A112.1.2 air-gap fitting located between 2 positive-seating check valves, test cocks, and bypass with displacement-type water meter, valves, and reduced-pressure backflow preventer, for continuous-pressure application. Pressure Loss: 12 psig (83 kPa) maximum through middle third of flow range. Double-Check Detector Assembly Backflow Preventers: ASSE 1048, FM-approved or UL-listed, with OS&Y gate valves on inlet and outlet, and strainer on inlet. Include 2 positive-seating check valves and test cocks, and WATER SYSTEMS 02665 Page 7 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. flanged ends. Rising Stem Gate Valves,3 Inches (80 mm) and Larger: AWWA C509, resilient seated;cast-iron or ductile-iron body and bonnet, OS&Y, bronze stem, 200-psig (1380 kPa) working pressure, flanged ends. Rising Stem Gate Valves, 2-1/2 Inches (65 mm and Larger: UL 262, FM-approved, iron body and bonnet, bronze seating material, OS&Y, 175-psig (1200 kPa) working pressure, flanged ends. �* Rising Stem Gate Valves, 2 Inches (50 mm) and Smaller: UL 262, FM-approved, bronze body and bonnet, OS&Y, bronze stem, 175-psig (1200 kPa) working pressure, with threaded ends. Nonrising Stem Gate Valves, 2 Inches (50 mm) and Smaller: MSS SP-80; body and screw bonnet of ASTM B 62 cast bronze; with Class 125 threaded ends, solid wedge, nonrising copper-silicon alloy stem, brass packing gland, polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE)-impregnated packing, and malleable-iron handwheel. Valve Boxes: Cast-iron box having top section and cover with lettering "WATER," bottom section with base of size to fit over valve and barrel approximately 5 inches (124 mm) in diameter, and adjustable cast-iron extension of length required for depth of bury of valve. Provide a steel tee-handle operating wrench with each valve box. Wrench shall have tee handle with one pointed end, stem of length to operate valve, and socket-fitting valve-operating nut. " Indicator Posts: UL 789,FM-approved,vertical type, cast-iron body with operating wrench,extension rod, and adjustable cast-iron barrel of length required for depth of bury of valve. *■ Curb Stops: Bronze body, ground key plug or ball, and wide tee head, with inlet and outlet to match service piping material. Service Boxes for Curb Stops: Cast-iron box with telescoping top section of length required for depth of bury of valve. Include cover having lettering "WATER," and bottom section with base of size to fit over curb stop and barrel approximately 3 inches (75 mm) in diameter. Provide steel tee-handle shutoff rod with each service box. Shutoff rod shall have tee handle with 1 pointed end, stem of length to operate curb stop, and slotted end fitting curb stop head. s Service Clamps and Corporation Stops: Complete assembly,including service clamp,corporation stop,and bolts and nuts. Use service clamp and stop compatible with drilling machine. Service Clamp: Cast iron or ductile iron with gasket and AWWA C800 threaded outlet for corporation stop, and threaded end straps. ss Corporation Stops: Bronze body and ground key plug, with AWWA C800 threaded inlet and outlet matching service piping material. Manifold: Copper with 2 to 4 inlets as required,with ends matching corporation stops and outlet matching service piping. so WATER METERS Water meters will be furnished by utility company. we Remote Registration System: Utility company standard. Include meter modified with self-generating transmitter, low-voltage connecting wiring, totalizing device,and remote wall register. ow WATER SYSTEMS 02665 Page 6 Im DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects,Inc. Copper Tube Fittings: ASME B16.22, wrought-copper, solder-joint pressure type. JOINING MATERIALS Refer to Part 3 Article"Piping Applications"for identification of systems where joining materials specified below are used. Ductile-Iron Pipe and Ductile-Iron or Cast-Iron Fittings: The following materials apply: Mechanical Joints: AWWA C111 ductile-iron or gray-iron glands, high-strength steel bolts and nuts, and rubber gaskets. Flanged Joints: AWWA C115 ductile-iron or gray-iron pipe flanges,rubber gaskets,and high-strength steel bolts and nuts. po Gaskets: Rubber, flat face, 1/8 inch (3 mm) thick except where other thickness is indicated; and full-face or ring type except where other type is indicated. Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel, except where other material is indicated. Couplings for Grooved-End Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings: AWWA C606, consisting of ASTM A 536 ductile-iron housing having enamel finish,with synthetic-rubber gasket having central-cavity,pressure-responsive design,with ASTM A 183 carbon-steel bolts and nuts to secure grooved pipe and fittings and gasket suitable for hot water, except where otherwise indicated. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, BCuP (copper-phosphorus) Series. Solder Filler Metal: ASTM B 32,Alloy Sn95;tin (approximately 95 percent),silver(approximately 4.5 percent), with 0.10 percent maximum lead content. Solder Filler Metal: ASTM B 32, Alloy Sn95,Alloy Sn94, or Alloy E; tin (approximately 95 percent), silver or copper (approximately 5 percent), with 0.10 percent maximum lead content. Pipe Couplings: Iron-body sleeve assembly, fabricated to match outside diameters of pipes to be joined. Sleeve: ASTM A 126, Class B, gray iron. Followers: ASTM A 47, Grade 32510, or ASTM A 536 ductile iron. Gaskets: Rubber. Bolts and Nuts: AWWA C111. Finish: Enamel paint. Encasement: AWWA C105, polyethylene film tube or sheet. VALVES Rising Stem Gate Valves, 3 Inches (80 mm) and Larger: AWWA C500, cast-iron double disc, bronze disc and seat rings, cast-iron or ductile-iron body and bonnet, OS&Y,bronze stem,200-psig(1380 kPa)working pressure, u WATER SYSTEMS 02665 Page 5 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. below are used. Ductile-Iron Pipe: AWWA C151, Classes 150, 200, and 250. „r Lining: AWWA C104, cement mortar, seal coated. Gaskets, Glands, and Bolts and Nuts: AWWA C111. w Push-On-joint-Type Pipe: AWWA C111, rubber gaskets. ..n Mechanical-loin-Type Pipe: AWWA C111, rubber gaskets, ductile-or cast-iron glands,and steel bolts and nuts. e�w Encasement: AWWA C105, polyethylene film tube. Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Types K and L (ASTM B 88M, Types A and B), seamless water tube, annealed temper. PIPE AND TUBE FITTINGS Refer to Part 3 Article "Ping Applications" for identification of systems where pipe and tube fitting materials specified below are used. ow Ductile-Iron and Cast-Iron Pipe Fittings: AWWA C110,ductile-iron or cast-iron,250-psig(1725 kPa) minimum pressure rating; or AWWA C153, ductile-iron compact fittings, 350-psig (2400 kPa) pressure rating. .w Linin : AWWA C104, cement mortar. Gaskets: AWWA C111, rubber. Ductile-Iron Pipe, Grooved-End Fittines: ASTM A 47 malleable-iron or ASTM A 536 ductile-iron, AWWA-pipe-size,grooved-end fittings having cement lining or Food and Drug Administration(FDA)-approved interior coating, designed to accept AWWA C606 couplings, for AWWA-size grooved-end piping joints. " Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Flanged Fittines: AWWA C110,250-psig (1725 kPa) minimum pressure rating,with AWWA C104 cement-mortar lining. Ductile-Iron, Flexible Expansion Joints: Compound fitting with combination of flanged and mechanical-joint ends conforming to AWWA C110 or AWWA C153. Units have 2 gasketed ball-joint sections and 1 or more g asketed sleeve sections,rated for 250- si g(1725 kPa)minimum workin g P ressure and with FDA-approved epoxy . interior coating, for offset and expansion indicated. Ductile-Iron Deflection Fittings: Compound coupling fitting with sleeve and flexing sections, gaskets, and restrained-joint ends conforming to AWWA C110 or AWWA C153. Units rated for 250-psig (1725 kPa) minimum working pressure, and with cement lining or FDA-approved epoxy interior coating, for up to 20 degrees (0.34 rad) deflection. Ductile-Iron Expansion,joints: 3-piece assembly consisting of telescoping sleeve with gaskets and restrained-type, ductile-iron bell-and-spigot end sections conforming to AWWA C110 or AWWA C153. Units rated for 250-psig (1725 kPa) minimum working pressure, and with cement lining or FDA-approved epoxy interior coating, for expansion indicated. Polyethylene Encasement: AWWA C105, 8-mils (2 mm) minimum thickness, tube or sheet. WATER SYSTEMS 02665 Page 4 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects,Inc. Handling: Use sling to handle valves whose size requires handling by crane or lift. Rig valves to avoid damage to exposed valve parts. Do not use handwheels or stems as lifting or rigging points. Protect flanges, fittings, and piping specialties from moisture and dirt. PROJECT CONDITIONS Perform site survey, research public utility records,and verify existing utility locations. Contact utility-locating service for area where Project is located. Yerif y that water system piping may be installed in compliance with original design and referenced standards. Site Information: Reports on subsurface condition investigations made during the design of the Project are available for informational purposes only; data in reports are not intended as representations or warranties of accuracy or continuity of conditions(between soil borings). Owner assumes no responsibility for interpretations or conclusions drawn from this information. SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING Coordinate connection to water main with utility company. Coordinate with pipe materials, sizes, entry locations, and pressure requirements of building fire protection systems piping. Coordinate with pipe materials,sizes, entry locations, and pressure requirements of building water distribution systems piping. Coordinate with other utility work. Coordinate electrical requirements of actual equipment furnished with requirements specified in Division 16. PART 2 - PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Backflow Preventers: Watts Regulator Co. Grooved Couplings for AWWA Ductile-Iron Png: Gustin-Bacon Div., Tyler Pipe Subsid., Tyler Corp. Victaulic Co. of America. PIPES AND TUBES r Refer to Part 3 Article"Piping Applications"for identification of systems where pipe and tube materials specified WATER SYSTEMS 02665 Page 3 .. DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Maintenance data for inclusion in "Operating and Maintenance Manual"specified in Division 1 Section "Project Closeout." Include data for the following: Backflow preventers. Valves. QUALITY ASSURANCE Comply with requirements of utility supplying water. Include extending of water mains and backflow prevention. ..a Comply with standards of authorities having jurisdiction for fire protection systems. Include materials, hose threads, installation, and testing. Comply with standards of authorities having jurisdiction for potable water piping and plumbing systems. Include materials, installation, testing, and disinfection. Comply with NFPA 24 "Standard for the Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and Their Appurtenances" for materials, installations,tests, and flushing. Comply with NFPA 70 "National Electrical Code" for electrical connections between wiring and electrically operated devices. Provide listing/approval stamp, label, or other marking on equipment made to specified standards. Listing and Labeling: Provide equipment and accessories that are listed and labeled. The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in "National Electrical Code," Article 100. Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications: A "Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory" (NRTL) as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Preparation for Transport: Prepare valves for shipping as follows: Ensure that valves are dry and internally protected against rust and corrosion. Protect valves against damage to flange faces. Set valves in best position for handling. Set valves closed to prevent rattling. Storage: Use the following precautions for valves during storage: Do not remove end protectors unless necessary for inspection; then reinstall for storage. Protect valves from weather. Store valves indoors and maintain temperature higher than ambient dew point temperature. Support valves off ground or pavement in watertight enclosures when outdoor storage is necessary. WATER SYSTEMS 02665 Page 2 r DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects,Inc. of SECTION 02665 - WATER SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY PP This Section includes water systems piping for potable water service and fire protection service outside the building. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: Division 15 Sections for fire protection systems inside building. Division 15 Sections for water distribution systems inside building. Utility-furnished products include water meters that will be furnished to the site and ready for installation. SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS Minimum Working_Pressure Ratings: Except where otherwise indicated, the following are minimum pressure requirements for water system piping. 40 Underground Piping: 150 psig (1035 kPa). Underground Ping Downstream of Fire Department Connections: 200 psig (1380 kPa). ow SUBMITTALS " General: Submit the following according to Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. Product data, including pressure rating, rated capacity, and settings of selected models for the following: Backflow preventers. Valves. Wiring diagrams for alarm devices. Record drawings at Project closeout of installed water system piping and products according to Division 1 Section "Project Closeout." go Test reports specified in "Field Quality Control" Article in Part 3. WATER SYSTEMS 02665 Page 1 we DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. agency may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42, or am by other methods as directed. REPAIRS AND PROTECTION .w Remove and replace concrete paving that is broken, damaged, or defective, or does not meet the requirements of this Section. so Drill test cores where directed by Architect when necessary to determine magnitude of cracks or defective areas. Fill drilled core holes in satisfactory pavement areas with portland cement concrete bonded to paving with epoxy adhesive. ow Protect concrete from damage. Exclude traffic from paving for at least 14 days after placement. When construction traffic is permitted,maintain paving as clean as possible by removing surface stains and spillage of materials as they Im occur. Maintain concrete paving free of stains, discoloration,dirt, and other foreign material. Sweep concrete paving not more than 2 days prior to date scheduled for Substantial Completion inspections. to END OF SECTION 02520 00 .w no so N. am PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02520 Page 12 w„ DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. yd. per gallon for the first application and 60 sq. yd. per gallon for the second application. Allow complete drying between applications. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL TESTING The Owner will employ a qualified testing and inspection agency to sample materials, perform tests, and submit va test reports during concrete placement. Sampling and testing for quality control may include the following: Sampling Fresh Concrete: ASTM C 172, except modified for slump to comply with ASTM C 94. Slump: ASTM C 143; one test at point of placement for each compressive-strength test but no less than one test for each day's pour of each type of concrete. Additional tests will be required when concrete consistency changes. Air Content: ASTM C 231,pressure method;one test for each compressive-strength test but no less than one test for each day's pour of each type of air-entrained concrete. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064; one test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F (4 deg C) and below and when 80 deg F (27 deg C) and above, and one test for each set of compressive-strength specimens. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C 31; one set of four standard cylinders for each compressive-strength test,unless directed otherwise. Mold and store cylinders for laboratory-cured test specimens except when field-cured test specimens are required. Compressive-Strength Tests: ASTM C 39; one set for each day's pour of each concrete class exceeding m, 5 cu. yd. but less than 25 cu. yd., plus one set for each additional 50 cu. yd. Test one specimen at 7 days, test two specimens at 28 days, and retain one specimen in reserve for later testing if required. When frequency of testing will provide fewer than five strength tests for a given class of concrete, conduct 40 testing from at least five randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than five are used. When total quantity of a given class of concrete is less than 50 cu. yd., Architect may waive strength testing so if adequate evidence of satisfactory strength is provided. When strength of field-cured cylinders is less than 85 percent of companion laboratory-cured cylinders, evaluate current operations and provide corrective procedures for protecting and curing the in-place concrete. Strength level of concrete will be considered satisfactory if averages of sets of three consecutive strength test results equal or exceed specified compressive strength and no individual strength test result falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi. Test results will be reported in writing to Architect, concrete manufacturer, and Contractor within 24 hours of on testing. Reports of compressive strength tests shall contain the Project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing agency, concrete type and class, location of concrete batch in paving, design compressive strength at 28 days,concrete mix proportions and materials,compressive breaking strength,and type of break for both 7-day and 28-day tests. Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may be permitted but shall not be used as the sole basis for acceptance or rejection. Additional Tests: The testing agency will make additional tests of the concrete when test results indicate slump, air entrainment, concrete strengths, or other requirements have not been met, as directed by Architect. Testing PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02520 Page 11 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. uniform without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas. �. CONCRETE FINISHING Float Finish: Begin floating when bleed water sheen has disappeared and the concrete surface has stiffened sufficiently to permit operations. Float surface with power-driven floats, or by hand-floating if area is small or inaccessible to power units. Finish surfaces to true planes within a tolerance of 1/4 inch in 10 feet as determined by a 10-foot-long straightedge placed anywhere on the surface in any direction. Cut down high spots and fill low spots. Refloat surface immediately to a uniform granular texture. Medium-to-Fine-Textured Broom Finish: Draw a soft bristle broom across concrete surface parallel to line , of traffic to provide a uniform fine line texture finish. Final Tooling: Tool edges of paving and joints formed in fresh concrete with a jointing tool to the following radius. Repeat tooling of edges and joints after applying surface finishes. Eliminate tool marks on concrete surfaces. Radius: 1/4 inch. CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply , with the recommendations of ACI 306R for cold weather protection and ACI 305R for hot weather protection during curing. Evaporation Control: In hot, dry, and windy weather, protect concrete from rapid moisture loss before and during '�A1 finishing operations with an evaporation-control material. Apply according to manufacturer's instructions after screeding and bull floating, but before floating. Begin curing after finishing concrete but not before free water has disappeared from concrete surface. Curing Methods: Cure concrete by moisture curing, moisture-retaining-cover curing, curing compound, or a combination of these as follows: Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than 7 days with the following materials: Water. Continuous water-fog spray. „® Absorptive cover, water saturated, and kept continuously wet. Cover concrete surfaces and edges with a 12-inch lap over adjacent absorptive covers. ww Moisture-Retaining-Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture-retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width,with sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches, and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape. Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's directions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within 3 hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. Boiled Linseed Oil Treatment: Apply boiled linseed oil mixture no sooner than 28 days after placement to clean .� dry concrete surfaces free of oil, dirt, or other foreign material. Apply in 2 sprayed applications at rate of 40 sq. PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02520 Page 10 , DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Comply with requirements and with ACI 304R for measuring, mixing, transporting, and placing concrete. Deposit and spread concrete in a continuous operation between transverse joints. Do not push or drag concrete into place or use vibrators to move concrete into place. ON When concrete placing is interrupted for more than 1/2 hour, place a construction joint. Use a bonding agent at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces. Consolidate concrete by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by hand-spading,rodding,or tamping. Use equipment and procedures to consolidate concrete complying with ACI 309R. Consolidate concrete along face of forms and adjacent to transverse joints with an internal vibrator. Keep w vibrator away from joint assemblies, reinforcement, or side forms. Use only square-faced shovels for hand-spreading and consolidation. Consolidate with care to prevent dislocating reinforcing,dowels, and joint devices. Screed caved surfaces with a straightedge and strike off. Use bull floats or darbies to form a smooth surface plane before excess moisture or bleed water appears on the surface. Do not further disturb concrete surfaces prior to beginning finishing operations. Place concrete in two operations; strike off initial pour for entire width of placement and to the required depth below finish surface. Lay welded wire fabric or fabricated bar mats immediately in final position. Place top layer of concrete, strike off, and screed. Remove and replace portions of bottom layer of concrete that have been placed more than 15 minutes without being covered by top layer or use bonding agent if acceptable to Architect. Cold-Weather Placement: Comply with provisions of ACI 306R and as follows. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures. When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40 deg F(4 deg C), uniformly heat water and aggregates before mixing to obtain a concrete mixture temperature of not less than 50 deg F (10 deg C) and not more than 80 deg F (27 deg C) at point of placement. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators unless otherwise accepted in mix designs. r Hot-Weather Placement: Place concrete complying with ACI 305R and as specified when hot weather conditions exist. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature at time of placement to below 90 deg F (32 deg Q. Mixing water may be chilled or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option. Cover reinforcing steel with water-soaked burlap if it becomes too hot, so that steel temperature will not exceed the ambient air temperature immediately before embedding in concrete. Fog spray forms, reinforcing steel, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade moisture PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02520 Page 9 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. When joining existing paving, place transverse joints to align with previously placed joints, unless indicated otherwise. Contraction Joints: Provide weakened-plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into areas as shown on , Drawings. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least 1/4 of the concrete thickness, as follows: Tooled Joints: Form contraction joints in fresh concrete by grooving and finishing each edge of joint with a radiused jointer tool. Construction Joints: Set construction joints at side and end terminations of paving and at locations where paving operations are stopped for more than 1/2 hour, unless paving terminates at isolation joints. •� Provide preformed galvanized steel or plastic keyway-section forms or bulkhead forms with keys, unless indicated otherwise. Embed keys at least 1-1/2 inches into concrete. .r Continue reinforcement across construction joints unless indicated otherwise. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of strip paving unless indicated. aw Provide tie bars at sides of paving strips where indicated. Use bonding agent on existing concrete surfaces that will be joined with fresh concrete. low Isolation Joints: Form isolation joints of preformed joint filler strips abutting concrete curbs, catch basins, manholes, inlets, structures, walks, other fixed objects, and where indicated. w., Locate expansion joints at intervals of 50 feet, unless indicated otherwise. Extend joint fillers full width and depth of joint, not less than 1/2 inch or more than 1 inch below finished surface where joint sealant is indicated. Place top of joint filler flush with finished concrete surface when no joint sealant is required. Furnish joint fillers in one-piece lengths for full width being placed wherever possible. Where more than one length is required, lace or clip joint filler sections together. Protect top edge of joint filler during concrete placement with a metal, plastic, or other temporary preformed ' cap. Remove protective cap after concrete has been placed on both sides of joint. Installation of joint fillers and sealants is specified in Division 7 Section "Paving Joint Sealants." Install dowel bars and support assemblies at joints where indicated. Lubricate or asphalt-coat one half of dowel length to prevent concrete bonding to one side of joint. CONCRETE PLACEMENT Inspection: Before placing concrete, inspect and complete formwork installation,reinforcing steel, and items to be *� embedded or cast in. Notify other trades to permit installation of their work. Remove snow, ice, or frost from subbase surface and reinforcing before placing concrete. Do not place concrete .. on surfaces that are frozen. Moisten subbase to provide a uniform dampened condition at the time concrete is placed. Do not place concrete around manholes or other structures until they are at the required finish elevation and alignment. PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02520 Page 8 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Adiustment to Concrete Mixes: Mix design adjustments may be requested by Contractor when characteristics of materials, project conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant. CONCRETE MIXING Ready-Mixed Concrete: Comply with requirements and with ASTM C 94. When air temperature is between 85 deg F (30 deg C) and 90 deg F (32 deg C), reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F (32 deg C), reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. PART 3 - EXECUTION SURFACE PREPARATION to Proof-roll preyared subbase surface to check for unstable areas and verify need for additional compaction. Do not begin paving work until such conditions have been corrected and are ready to receive paving. Remove loose material from compacted subbase surface immediately before placing concrete. EDGE FORMS AND SCREED CONSTRUCTION Set, brace, and secure edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed guides for paving to required lines, grades, and elevations. Install forms to allow continuous progress of work and so that forms can remain in place at least 24 hours after concrete placement. Check completed formwork and screeds for grade and alignment to following tolerances: Top of Fors: Not more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet. Vertical Face on Longitudinal Axis: Not more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet. Clean forms after each use and coat with form release agent as required to ensure separation from concrete without damage. PLACING REINFORCEMENT General: Comply with Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute's recommended practice for"Placing Reinforcing Bars" for placing and supporting reinforcement. i Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, or other bond-reducing materials. Arrange, space, and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position during concrete placement. Maintain minimum cover to reinforcement. Install welded wire fabric in lengths as long as practicable. Lap adjoining pieces at least one full mesh and lace splices with wire. Offset laps of adjoining widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. JOINTS General: Construct contraction, construction, and isolation joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. Construct transverse joints at right angles to the centerline, unless indicated otherwise. PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02520 Page 7 on DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Acrylpave; Metalcrete Industries. o Sonocrete; Sonnebom-Chemrex. Stonlock LB2; Stonhard, Inc. Strong Bond; Symons Corp. Am Epoxy Adhesive: Burke Epoxy M.V.; The Burke Co. to Spec-Bond 100; Conspec Marketing and Mfg. Co. Resi-Bond (J-58); Dayton Superior. Euco Epoxy System#452 or#620; Euclid Chemical Co. No Concresive Standard Liquid; Master Builders, Inc. Rezi-Weld 1000; W.R. Meadows, Inc. Metco Hi-Mod Epoxy; Metalcrete Industries. Sikadur 32 Hi-Mod; Sika Corp. an R-600 Series; Symons Corp. Epoxtite Binder 2390; Tamms/A.C. Horn, Inc. CONCRETE MIX Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of normal-weight concrete by either laboratory trial batch or field experience methods as specified in ACI 301. For the trial batch method,use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs. Do not use the Owner's field quality-control testing agency as the independent testing agency. Limit use of fly ash to 25 percent of cement content by weight. Proportion mixes according to ACI 211.1 and ACI 301 to provide normal-weight concrete with the following properties: Compressive Strength (28-Day): 4000 psi. Maximum Water-Cement Ratio at Point of Placement: 0.45. Slump Limit at Point of Placement: 3 inches. Slump limit for concrete containing high-range water-reducing admixture (superplasticizer): Not more than 8 inches after adding admixture to site-verified 2-to-3-inch slump concrete. Add air-entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in concrete at point of placement having an air content as follows with a tolerance of plus or minus 1-1/2 percent: r Air Content: 5.5 percent for 1-1/2-inch maximum aggregate. Air Content: 6.0 percent for 1-inch maximum aggregate. Air Content: 6.0 percent for 3/4-inch maximum aggregate. Air Content: 7.0 percent for 1/2-inch maximum aggregate. Air Content: 2.5 to 4.5 percent. w PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02520 Page 6 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. ow L&M Cure R; L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc. Masterkure; Master Builders, Inc. 3100 Series; W.R. Meadows, Inc. OF Seal N Kure; Metalcrete Industries. Kure-N-Seal; Sonneborn-Chemrex. Horn Clear Seal; Tamms/A.C. Horn. g Clear Waterbome Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: Clear Cure Water Base; Anti-Hydro Co., Inc. on Spartan Cote WB; The Burke Co. W.B. Resin Cure; Conspec Marketing and Mfg. Co. Sealco VOC; Commix Construction Chemicals. Safe Cure and Seal (J-18); Dayton Superior Corp. Diamond Clear VOX; Euclid Chemical Co. Aqua Kure-Clear; Lambert Corp. Dress & Seal #22 WB; L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc. Masterkure 100W; Master Builders, Inc. 1100 Clear Series; W.R. Meadows, Inc. Metcure; Metalcrete Industries. Kure-N-Seal WB; Sonnebom-Chemrex. Homcure 100; Tamms/A.C. Hom. Evaporation Control: Aquafilm; Conspec Marketing and Mfg. Co. Eucobar; Euclid Chemical Co. E-Con; L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc. Confilm; Master Builders, Inc. Waterhold; Metalcrete Industries. RELATED MATERIALS Boiled Linseed Oil Mixture: Combination of boiled linseed oil and mineral spirits, complying with AASHTO M-233. Bonding Agent: Acrylic or styrene butadiene. Epoxy Adhesive: ASTM C 881,two-component material suitable for dry or damp surfaces. Provide material type, grade, and class to suit requirements. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: Bonding Agent: Acrylic Bondcrete; The Burke Co. Strongbond; Conspec Marketing and Mfg. Co. Day-Chem Ad Bond (J-40); Dayton Superior Corp. SBR Latex; Euclid Chemical Co. Daraweld C; W.R. Grace &Co. Everbond; L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc. Acryl-Set; Master Builders Inc. Intralok; W.R. Meadows, Inc. PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02520 Page 5 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Sikament 300; Sika Corp. Water-Reducing and Accelerating, Admixture: Q-Set; Conspec Marketing & Manufacturing Co. Gilco Accelerator or Lub NCA; Cormix Construction Chemicals. Accelguard 80; Euclid Chemical Co. Daraset; W.R. Grace & Co. Pozzutec 20; Master Builders, Inc. Accel-Set; Metalcrete Industries. Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: Type D Series; Cormix Construction Chemicals. Eucon Retarder 75; Euclid Chemical Co. Daratard-17; W.R. Grace & Co. Pozzolith R; Master Builders, Inc. Plastiment; Sika Corporation. CURING MATERIALS Absorptive Cover: Burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9 oz. per sq. yd., complying with AASHTO M 182, Class 2. Moisture-Retaining Cover: One of the following, complying with ASTM C 171. Waterproof paper. .w Polyethylene film. White burlap-polyethylene sheet. Clear Solvent-Borne Liquid Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type I, Class A or B, wax free. ., Clear Waterborne Membrane-Forming, Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B. Provide material that has a maximum volatile organic compound (VOC) rating of 350 mg per liter. Evaporation Control: Monomolecular film-forming compound applied to exposed concrete slab surfaces for temporary protection from rapid moisture loss. �** Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: Clear Solvent-Borne Liquid Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: Clear Cure; Anti-Hydro Co., Inc. Spartan-Cote; The Burke Co. All Resin; Conspec Marketing & Mfg. Co. Sealco 309; Cormix Construction Chemicals. Day-Chem Cure and Seal; Dayton Superior Corp. Diamond Clear; Euclid Chemical Co. #64 Resin Cure-Clear; Lambert Corp. PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02520 Page 4 '"' DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. ! ► Maximum Aggregate Size: 1-1/2 inches. Do not use fine or coarse aggregates that contain substances that cause spalling. Local aggregates not complying with ASTM C 33 that have been shown to produce concrete of adequate strength and durability by special tests or actual service may be used when acceptable to Architect. Water: Potable. ADMIXTURES Provide concrete admixtures that contain not more than 0.1 percent chloride ions. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260, certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other required admixtures. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type A. High-Range Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type F or Type G. Water-Reducing and Accelerating Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type E. Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type D. " Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: Air-Entraining Admixture: Air-Tite or Amex 210; Cormix Construction Chemicals. Air-Mix or Perma-Air; Euclid Chemical Co. Darex AEA or Daravair; W.R. Grace & Co. MB-VR or Micro-Air; Master Builders, Inc. Sealtight AEA; W.R. Meadows, Inc. Sika AER; Sika Corp. Water-Reducing Admixture: Chemtard; ChemMasters Corp. Type A Series; Cormix Construction Chemicals. Eucon WR-75; Euclid Chemical Co. WRDA; W.R. Grace &Co. Pozzolith Normal or Polyheed; Master Builders, Inc. Metco W.R.; Metalcrete Industries. Plastocrete 161; Sika Corp. High-Range Water-Reducing Admixture: Super P; Anti-Hydro Co., Inc. Cormix 2000, PSI Super, or Melmet; Cormix Construction Chemicals. Eucon 37; Euclid Chemical Co. WRDA 19 or Daracem; W.R. Grace &Co. Rheobuild or Polyheed; Master Builders, Inc. Superslump; Metalcrete Industries. PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02520 Page 3 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. requirements for production facilities and equipment. Concrete Testing Service: Engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform materials evaluation tests and to design concrete mixes. PROJECT CONDITIONS Traffic Control: Maintain access for vehicular and pedestrian traffic as required for other construction activities. PART 2 - PRODUCTS .. FORMS Form Materials: Plywood, metal, metal-framed plywood, or other acceptable panel-type materials to provide full-depth, continuous, straight, smooth exposed surfaces. Use flexible or curved forms for curves of a 100-foot or less radius. Form Release Agent: Provide commercial formulation form-release agent with a maximum of 350 mg/l volatile organic compounds(VOCs)that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. REINFORCING MATERIALS to Reinforcing Bars and Tie Bars: ASTM A 615, Grade 60, deformed. Welded Steel Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185. 4W Furnish in flat sheets, not rolls, unless otherwise acceptable to Architect. Joint Dowel Bars: Plain steel bars, ASTM A 615, Grade 60. Cut bars true to length with ends square and free of burrs. Hook Bolts: ASTM A 307, Grade A bolts, internally and externally threaded. Design hook bolt joint assembly ** to hold coupling against pavement form and in position during concreting operations, and to permit removal without damage to concrete or hook bolt. +�w Supports for Reinforcement: Chairs, spacers, dowel bar supports and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars, welded wire fabric, and dowels in place. Use wire bar-type supports complying with CRSI specifications. Use support s with sand plates or horizontal runners where base material will not support chair legs. CONCRETE MATERIALS . Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I. Use one brand of cement throughout Project unless otherwise acceptable to Architect. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Type F. Normal-Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33, Class 4, and as follows. Provide aggregates from a single source. PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02520 Page 2 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. SECTION 02520 - PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 0 PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section includes exterior portland cement concrete paving for the following: Walkways. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for subgrade preparation, grading and subbase course. Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete" for general building applications of concrete. Division 7 Section "Paving Joint Sealants" for joint fillers and sealants within concrete paving and at joints with adjacent construction. SUBMITTALS General: Submit the following according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. Product data for proprietary materials and items, including reinforcement and forming accessories, admixtures,joint systems, curing compounds, dry-shake finish materials, and others if requested by Architect. Design mixes for each class of concrete. Include revised mix proportions when characteristics of materials, project conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant adjustments. Laboratory test reports for evaluation of concrete materials and mix design tests. Material certificates in lieu of material laboratory test reports when permitted by Architect. Material certificates shall be signed by manufacturer and Contractor certifying that each material item complies with or exceeds requirements. Provide certification from admixture manufacturers that chloride content complies with requirements. QUALITY ASSURANCE Concrete Standards: Comply with provisions of the following standards, except where more stringent requirements are indicated. American Concrete Institute(ACI) 301, "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings." ACI 318, "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete." Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute(CRSI) "Manual of Standard Practice." Concrete Manufacturer Oualifications: Manufacturer of ready-mixed concrete products complying with ASTM C 94 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02520 Page 1 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL ■, General: Testing in-place hot-mixed asphalt courses for compliance with requirements for thickness and surface smoothness will be done by Owner's testing laboratory. Repair or remove and replace unacceptable paving as directed by Architect. Thickness: In-place compacted thickness tested in accordance with ASTM D 3549 will not be acceptable if exceeding following allowable variations: Base Course: Plus or minus 1/2 inch. Surface Course: Plus or minus 1/4 inch. Surface Smoothness: Test finished surface of each hot-mixed asphalt course for smoothness, using 10-foot straightedge applied parallel with and at right angles to centerline of paved area. Surfaces will not be acceptable ' if exceeding the following tolerances for smoothness: Base Course Surface: 1/4 inch. .� Wearing Course Surface: 3/16 inch. Crowned Surfaces: Test with crowned template centered and at right angle to crown. Maximum allowable variance from template is 1/4 inch. Check surface areas at intervals as directed by Architect. END OF SECTION 02511 HOT-MIXED ASPHALT PAVING 02511 Page 4 PW DEWEY HOUSE Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. !!> Exercise care in applying bituminous materials to avoid smearing of adjoining concrete surfaces. Remove and clean damaged surfaces. PLACING MIX General: Place hot-mixed asphalt mixture on prepared surface, spread, and strike off. Spread mixture at minimum temperature of 225 deg F (107 deg Q. Place areas inaccessible to equipment by hand. Place each course to required grade, cross-section, and compacted thickness. Paver Placing: Place in strips not less than 10 feet wide,unless otherwise acceptable to Architect. After first strip has been placed and rolled, place succeeding strips and extend rolling to overlap previous strips. Complete base course for a section before placing surface course. Immediately correct surface irregularities in finish course behind paver. Remove excess material forming high spots with shovel or lute. Joints: Make joints between old and new pavements,or between successive days' work, to ensure continuous bond between adjoining work. Construct joints to have same texture, density, and smoothness as other sections of hot-mixed asphalt course. Clean contact surfaces and apply tack coat. ROLLING General: Begin rolling when mixture will bear roller weight without excessive displacement. Compact mixture with hot hand tampers or vibrating plate compactors in areas inaccessible to rollers. Breakdown Rolling: Accomplish breakdown or initial rolling immediately following rolling of joints and outside so edge. Check surface after breakdown rolling and repair displaced areas by loosening and filling, if required, with hot material. Second Rolling: Follow breakdown rolling as soon as possible,while mixture is hot. Continue second rolling until mixture has been evenly compacted. Finish Rolling: Perform finish rolling while mixture is still warm enough for removal of roller marks. Continue pa rolling until roller marks are eliminated and course has attained 95 percent laboratory density. Patching: Remove and replace paving areas mixed with foreign materials and defective areas. Cut out such areas and fill with fresh, hot hot-mixed asphalt. Compact by rolling to specified surface density and smoothness. Protection: After final rolling, do not permit vehicular traffic on pavement until it has cooled and hardened. Erect barricades to protect paving from traffic until mixture has cooled enough not to become marked. TRAFFIC AND LANE MARKINGS Cleaning: Sweep and clean surface to eliminate loose material and dust. go Stri in : Use chlorinated-rubber base traffic lane-marking paint, factory-mixed, quick-drying, and nonbleeding. Do not apply traffic and lane marking paint until layout and placement have been verified with Architect. Apply paint with mechanical equipment to produce uniform straight edges. Apply at manufacturer's recommended rates to provide minimum 12 to 15 mils dry thickness. HOT-MIXED ASPHALT PAVING 02511 Page 3 on DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Mineral Filler: Rock or slag dust, hydraulic cement, or other inert material complying with ASTM D 242. Asphalt Cement: ASTM D 3381 for viscosity-graded material; ASTM D 946 for penetration-graded material. Prime Coat: Cut-back asphalt type, ASTM D 2027; MC-30, MC-70 or MC-250. Tack Coat: Emulsified asphalt; ASTM D 977. Herbicide Treatment: Commercial chemical for weed control, registered by Environmental Protection Agency. Provide granular, liquid, or wettable powder form. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following: Ciba-Geigy Corp. Dow Chemical U.S.A. WA E.I. Du Pont de Nemours & Co., Inc. FMC Corp. Thompson-Hayward Chemical Co. am U.S. Borax and Chemical Corp. Lane Marking Paint: Alkyd-resin type, ready-mixed complying with AASHTO M 248, Type I. Color: White. ASPHALT-AGGREGATE MIXTURE Provide plant-mixed, hot-laid asphalt-aggregate mixture complying with ASTM D 3515 and as recommended by local paving authorities to suit project conditions. ow PART 3 - EXECUTION .m SURFACE PREPARATION General: Remove loose material from compacted subbase surface immediately before applying herbicide treatment or prime coat. Proof-roll prepared subbase surface to check for unstable areas and areas requiring additional compaction. Notify Contractor of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not begin paving work until deficient subbase areas have been corrected and are ready to receive paving. Herbicide Treatment: Apply chemical weed control agent in strict compliance with manufacturer's recommended dosages and application instructions. Apply to compacted, dry subbase prior to application of prime coat. Prime Coat: Apply at rate of 0.20 to 0.50 gal. per sq. yd.,over compacted subgrade. Apply material to penetrate and seal, but not flood,surface. Cure and dry as long as necessary to attain penetration and evaporation of volatile. Tack Coat: Apply to contact surfaces of previously constructed asphalt or Portland cement concrete and surfaces abutting or projecting into hot-mixed asphalt pavement. Distribute at rate of 0.05 to 0.15 gal. per sq. yd. of surface. Allow to dry until at proper condition to receive paving. HOT-MIXED ASPHALT PAVING 02511 Page 2 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. r SECTION 02511 - HOT-MIXED ASPHALT PAVING PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section includes provisions for hot-mixed asphalt paving over prepared subbase. Prevared subbase is specified in another Division 2 section. Proof rolling of prepared subbase is included in this Section. Saw-cutting of edges of existing pavement is specified in site-clearing section. SUBMITTALS General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. ++ Material Certificates signed by material producer and Contractor, certifying that each material item complies with or exceeds specified requirements. Pavement marking elan indicating lane separations and defined parking spaces. Note dedicated handicapped spaces with international graphics symbol. SITE CONDITIONS Weather Limitations: Apply prime and tack coats when ambient temperature is above 50 deg F (10 deg C) and when temperature has not been below 35 deg F (1 deg C) for 12 hours immediately prior to application. Do not apply when base is wet or contains an excess of moisture. Construct hot-mixed asphalt surface course when atmospheric temperature is above 40 deg F (4 deg C) and when base is dry. Base course may be placed when air temperature is above 30 deg F (minus 1 deg C) and rising. Grade Control: Establish and maintain required lines and elevations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS MATERIALS General: Use locally available materials and gradations that exhibit a satisfactory record of previous installations. Coarse Aggregate: Sound, angular crushed stone, crushed gravel, or properly cured crushed blast furnace slag, complying with ASTM D 692-88. Fine Aggregate: Sharp-edged natural sand or sand prepared from stone, properly cured blast furnace slag, gravel, or combinations thereof, complying with ASTM D 1073. HOT-MIXED ASPHALT PAVING 02511 Page 1 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Restore appearance, quality, and condition of finished surfacing to match adjacent work, and eliminate evidence of restoration to the greatest extent possible. DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS .. Disposal: Remove surplus satisfactory soil and waste material, including unsatisfactory soil, trash, and debris, and legally dispose of it off the Owner's property. .► Disposal: Transport surplus satisfactory soil to designated storage areas on the Owner's property. Stockpile or spread soil as directed by Architect. Remove waste material, including unsatisfactory soil, trash, and debris, and legally dispose of it off the Owner's property. END OF SECTION 02200 r. EARTHWORK 02200 Page 10 '"" DEWEY HOUSE Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. When compacted thickness of drainage fill is 6 inches or less, place materials in a single layer. When compacted thickness of drainage fill exceeds 6 inches thick place materials in equal layers,with no layer more than 6 inches thick nor less than 3 inches thick when compacted. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Testing Agency Services: Allow testing agency to inspect and test each subgrade and each fill or backfill layer. Do not proceed until test results for previously completed work verify compliance with requirements. go Perform field in-place density tests according to ASTM D 1556 (sand cone method), ASTM D 2167 (rubber balloon method), or ASTM D 2937 (drive cylinder method), as applicable. Field in-place density tests may also be performed by the nuclear method according to ASTM D 2922, provided that calibration curves are periodically checked and adjusted to correlate to tests performed using ASTM D 1556. With each density calibration check, check the calibration curves furnished with the moisture gages according to ASTM D 3017. When field in-place density tests are performed using nuclear methods, make calibration checks of both density and moisture gages at beginning of work, on each different type of material encountered, and at intervals as directed by the Architect. Footing Subgrade: At footing subgrades,perform at least one test of each soil stratum to verify design bearing capacities. Subsequent verification and approval of other footing subgrades may be based on a visual comparison of each subgrade with related tested strata when acceptable to the Architect. Paved and Building Slab Areas: At subgrade and at each compacted fill and backfill layer, perform at least one field in-place density test for every 2,000 sq. ft. or less of paved area or building slab, but in no case fewer than three tests. Foundation Wall Backfill: In each compacted backfill layer, perform at least one field in-place density test for each 100 feet or less of wall length, but no fewer than two tests along a wall face. Trench Backfill: In each compacted initial and final backfill layer, perform at least one field in-place density test for each 150 feet or less of trench, but no fewer than two tests. When testing agency reports that subgrades, fills, or backfills are below specified density, scarify and moisten or aerate, or remove and replace soil to the depth required, recompact and retest until required density is obtained. PROTECTION Protecting Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic, freezing, and erosion. Keep free of trash and debris. Repair and re-establish grades to specified tolerances where completed or partially completed surfaces become eroded, rutted, settled, or lose compaction due to subsequent construction operations or weather conditions. Scarify or remove and replace material to depth directed by the Architect; reshape and recompact at optimum moisture content to the required density. Settling: Where settling occurs during the Project correction period, remove finished surfacing, backfill with additional approved material, compact, and reconstruct surfacing. EARTHWORK 02200 Page 9 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. layer of backfill or fill material at 95 percent maximum dry density. Under walkways, compact the top 6 inches below subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill material at 95 percent maximum dry density. .. Under lawn or unpaved areas, compact the top 6 inches below subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill material at 90 percent maximum dry density. GRADING General: Uniformly grade areas to a smooth surface, free from irregular surface changes. Comply with compaction requirements and grade to cross sections, lines, and elevations indicated. Provide a smooth transition between existing adjacent grades and new grades. Cut out soft spots, fill low spots, and trim high spots to conform to required surface tolerances. Site Grading: Slope grades to direct water away from buildings and to prevent ponding. Finish subgrades to "R required elevations within the following tolerances: Lawn or Unpaved Areas: Plus or minus 0.10 foot. am Walks: Plus or minus 0.10 foot. Pavements: Plus or minus 1/2 inch. 4M Grading Inside Building Lines: Finish subgrade to a tolerance of 1/2 inch when tested with a 10-foot straightedge. SUBBASE AND BASE COURSES Under pavements and walks,place subbase course material on prepared subgrades. Place base course material over subbases to pavements. Compact subbase and base courses at optimum moisture content to required grades, lines, cross sections and thickness to not less than 95 percent of ASTM D 4254 relative density. Shape subbase and base to required crown elevations and cross-slope grades. When thickness of compacted subbase or base course is 6 inches or less, place materials in a single layer. When thickness of compacted subbase or base course exceeds 6 inches, place materials in equal layers, with no layer more than 6 inches thick or less than 3 inches thick when compacted. Pavement Shoulders: Place shoulders along edges of subbase and base course to prevent lateral movement. Construct shoulders at least 12 inches wide of acceptable soil materials and compact simultaneously with each subbase and base layer. DRAINAGE FILL Under slabs-on-grade, place drainage fill course on prepared subgrade. Compact drainage fill to required cross sections and thickness. EARTHWORK 02200 Page 8 "' DEWEY HOUSE Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Drainage Backfill: Place and compact drainage backfill of filtering material over subsurface drain, in width indicated, to within 12 inches of final subgrade. Overlay drainage backfill with one layer of filter fabric, overlapping edges at least 6 inches. Impervious Fill: Place and compact impervious fill material over drainage backfill to final subgrade. FILL Preparation: Remove vegetation,topsoil,debris,wet,and unsatisfactory soil materials,obstructions,and deleterious materials from ground surface prior to placing fills. Plow strip, or break up sloped surfaces steeper than 1 vertical to 4 horizontal so fill material will bond with existing surface. When subgrade or existing ground surface to receive fill has a density less than that required for fill, break up ground surface to depth required, pulverize, moisture-condition or aerate soil and recompact to required density. Place fill material in layers to required elevations for each location listed below. Under grass, use satisfactory excavated or borrow soil material. Under walks and pavements, use subbase or base material, or satisfactory excavated or borrow soil material. Under steps and ramps, use subbase material. Under building slabs, use drainage fill material. Under footings and foundations, use engineered fill. MOISTURE CONTROL Uniformly moisten or aerate subgrade and each subsequent fill or backfill layer before compaction to within 2 percent of optimum moisture content. Do not place backfill or fill material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or contain frost or ice. Remove and replace, or scarify and air-dry satisfactory soil material that is too wet to compact to specified density. Stockpile or spread and dry removed wet satisfactory soil material. COMPACTION Place backfill and fill materials in layers not more than 8 inches in loose depth for material compacted by heavy compaction equipment, and not more than 4 inches in loose depth for material compacted by hand-operated tampers. Place backfill and fill materials evenly on all sides of structures to required elevations. Place backfill and fill uniformly along the full length of each structure. Percentage of Maximum Dry Density Requirements: Compact soil to not less than the following percentages of maximum dry density according to ASTM D 1557: Under structures, building slabs, steps, and pavements, compact the top 12 inches below subgrade and each EARTHWORK 02200 Page 7 .E DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. BACKFILL .. Backfill excavations promptly, but not before completing the following: Acceptance of construction below finish grade including,where applicable,dampproofing,waterproofing,and perimeter insulation. Surveying locations of underground utilities for record documents. Testing, inspecting, and approval of underground utilities. 4M Concrete formwork removal. Removal of trash and debris from excavation. Removal of temporary shoring and bracing, and sheeting. Installing permanent or temporary horizontal bracing on horizontally supported walls. UTILITY TRENCH BACKFILL Place and compact bedding course on rock and other unyielding bearing surfaces and to fill unauthorized excavations. Shape bedding course to provide continuous support for bells, joints, and barrels of pipes and for joints, fittings, and bodies of conduits. .. Concrete backfill trenches that carry below or pass under footings and that are excavated within 18 inches of footings. Place concrete to level of bottom of footings. .A Provide 4-inch-thick concrete base slab support for piping or conduit less than 2'-6" below surface of roadways. After installation and testing, completely encase piping or conduit in a minimum of 4 inches of concrete before backfilling or placing roadway subbase. �. Place and compact initial backfill of satisfactory soil material or subbase material, free of particles larger than 1 inch, to a height of 12 inches over the utility pipe or conduit. Carefully compact material under pipe haunches and bring backfill evenly up on both sides and along the full length of utility piping or conduit to avoid damage or displacement of utility system. Coordinate backfilline with utilities testing. Fill voids with approved backfill materials as shoring and bracing, and sheeting is removed. .� Place and compact final backfill of satisfactory soil material to final subgrade. Install warning tape directly above utilities, 12 inches below finished grade, except 6 inches below subgrade under pavements and slabs. SUBSURFACE DRAINAGE BACKFILL Subsurface Drain: Place a layer of filter fabric around perimeter of drainage trench or at footing, as indicated. Place a 6-inch compacted course of filtering material on filter fabric to support drainage pipe. After installing and testing, encase drainage pipe in a minimum of 6 inches of compacted filtering material and wrap in filter fabric, ` overlapping edges at least 6 inches. EARTHWORK 02200 Page 6 MA DEWEY HOUSE Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. indicated. Clearance: 12 inches each side of pipe or conduit. Clearance: As indicated Trench Bottoms: Excavate and shape trench bottoms to provide uniform bearing and support of pipes and conduit. Shape subgrade to provide continuous support for bells, joints, and barrels of pipes and for joints, fittings, and bodies of conduits. Remove stones and sharp objects to avoid point loading. For pipes or conduit less than 6 inches in nominal diameter and flat-bottomed, multiple-duct conduit units, hand-excavate trench bottoms and support pipe and conduit on an undisturbed subgrade. For pipes and conduit 6 inches or larger in nominal diameter, shape bottom of trench to support bottom 90 degrees of pipe circumference. Fill depressions with tamped sand backfill. Where encountering rock or another unyielding bearing surface, carry trench excavation 6 inches below invert elevation to receive bedding course. APPROVAL OF SUBGRADE Notify Architect when excavations have reached required subgrade. When Architect determines that unforeseen unsatisfactory soil is present, continue excavation and replace with compacted backfill or fill material as directed. Unforeseen additional excavation and replacement material will be paid according to the Contract provisions for changes in Work. Reconstruct sub¢rades damaged by freezing temperatures, frost,rain, accumulated water,or construction activities, to as directed by the Architect. UNAUTHORIZED EXCAVATION Fill unauthorized excavation under foundations or wall footings by extending indicated bottom elevation of concrete foundation or footing to excavation bottom,without altering required top elevation. Lean concrete fill may be used to bring elevations to proper position when acceptable to the Architect. Fill unauthorized excavations under other construction as directed by the Architect. Where indicated widths of utility trenches are exceeded, provide stronger pipe, or special installation procedures, as required by the Architect. STORAGE OF SOIL MATERIALS Stoc ile excavated materials acceptable for backfill and fill soil materials, including acceptable borrow materials. Stockpile soil materials without intermixing. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent wind-blown dust. Stockpile soil materials away from edge of excavations. Do not store within drip line of remaining trees. 40 EARTHWORK 02200 Page 5 No DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Protect subgrades and foundation soils against freezing temperatures or frost. Provide protective insulating materials as necessary. Provide erosion control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of soils and discharge of soil-bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways. Tree protection is specified in the Division 2 Section "Site Clearing." DEWATERING Prevent surface water and subsurface or ground water from entering excavations, from ponding on prepared •'° subgrades, and from flooding Project site and surrounding area. Protect subgrades and foundation soils from softening and damage by rain or water accumulation. EXCAVATION Explosives: Do not use explosives. Unclassified Excavation: Excavation is unclassified and includes excavation to required subgrade elevations regardless of the character of materials and obstructions encountered. STABILITY OF EXCAVATIONS Comply with local codes, ordinances, and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction to maintain stable excavations. EXCAVATION FOR STRUCTURES Excavate to indicated elevations and dimensions within a tolerance of plus or minus 0.10 foot. Extend excavations a sufficient distance from structures for placing and removing concrete formwork, installing services and other construction, and for inspections. Excavations for Footings and Foundations: Do not disturb bottom of excavation. Excavate by hand to final grade just before placing concrete reinforcement. Trim bottoms to required lines and grades to leave solid base to receive other work. Excavation for Underground Tanks, Basins and Mechanical or Electrical Appurtenances: Excavate to +� elevations and dimensions indicated within a tolerance of plus or minus 0.10 foot. Do not disturb bottom of excavations intended for bearing surface. EXCAVATION FOR WALKS AND PAVEMENTS Excavate surfaces under walks and pavements to indicated cross sections, elevations, and grades. EXCAVATION FOR UTILITY TRENCHES Excavate trenches to indicated slopes, lines, depths, and invert elevations. ,* Beyond building perimeter, excavate trenches to allow installation of top of pipe below frost line. Excavate trenches to uniform widths to provide a working clearance on each side of pipe or conduit. Excavate trench walls vertically from trench bottom to 12 inches higher than top of pipe or conduit, unless otherwise EARTHWORK 02200 Page 4 '� ON DEWEY HOUSE Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. available from excavations. Satisfactory Soil Materials: ASTM D 2487 soil classification groups GW, GP, GM, SW, SP, and SM; free of rock or gravel larger than 2 inches in any dimension, debris, waste, frozen materials, vegetation and other deleterious matter. Unsatisfactory Soil Materials: ASTM D 2487 soil classification groups GC, SC, ML, MH, CL, CH, OL, OH,and PT. Backfill and Fill Materials: Satisfactory soil materials. Subbase and Base Material: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone, and natural or crushed sand, ASTM D 2940, with at least 95 percent passing a 1-1/2-inch sieve and not more than 8 percent passing a No. 200 sieve. Engineered Fill: Subbase or base materials. Bedding Material: Subbase or base materials with 100 percent passing a 1-inch sieve and not more than 8 percent passing a No. 200 sieve. PI Drainage Fill: Washed, evenly graded mixture of crushed stone, or crushed or uncrushed gravel, ASTM D 448, coarse aggregate grading size 57, with 100 percent passing a 1-1/2-inch sieve and not more than 5 percent passing a No. 8 sieve. go Filtering Material: Evenly graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel or crushed stone and natural sand, with 100 percent passing a 1-1/2-inch sieve and 0 to 5 percent passing a No. 50 sieve. ON Impervious Fill: Clayey gravel and sand mixture capable of compacting to a dense state. ACCESSORIES Warning Tape: Acid-and alkali-resistant polyethylene film warning tape manufactured for marking and identifying underground utilities, 6 inches wide and 4 mils thick, continuously inscribed with a description of the utility. Filter Fabric: Manufacturer's standard nonwoven pervious geotextile fabric of polypropylene, nylon or polyester fibers, or a combination. Provide filter fabrics that meet or exceed the listed minimum physical properties determined according to ASTM D 4759 and the referenced standard test method in parentheses: Grab Tensile Strength (ASTM D 4632): 100 lb. Apparent Opening Size (ASTM D 4751): #100 U.S. Standard sieve. ON Permeability (ASTM D 4491): 150 gallons per minute per sq. ft. PART 3 - EXECUTION PREPARATION Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by earthwork operations. EARTHWORK 02200 Page 3 am DEWEY HOUSE Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Unauthorized excavation consists of removing materials beyond indicated subgrade elevations or dimensions without direction by the Architect. Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work directed by the Architect, shall be at the Contractor's expense. Structures: Buildings, footings, foundations, retaining walls, slabs, tanks, curbs, mechanical and electrical appurtenances, or other man-made stationary features constructed above or below ground surface. Utilities include on-site underground pipes, conduits, ducts, and cables, as well as underground services within building lines. SUBMITTALS General: Submit the following according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. Product data for the following: Each type of plastic warning tape. Filter fabric. Test Reports: In addition to test reports required under field quality control, submit the following: Laboratory analysis of each soil material proposed for fill and backfill from on-site and borrow sources. One optimum moisture-maximum density curve for each soil material. Report of actual unconfined compressive strength and/or results of bearing tests of each stratum tested. .w QUALITY ASSURANCE Codes and Standards: Perform earthwork complying with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. �. Testing and Inspection Service: Owner will employ a qualified independent geotechnical engineering testing agency to classify proposed on-site and borrow soils to verify that soils comply with specified requirements and to perform required field and laboratory testing. ,w PROJECT CONDITIONS Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt existing utilities serving facilities occupied by the Owner or others except when permitted in writing by the Architect and then only after acceptable temporary utility services have been provided. Provide a minimum 48-hours'notice to the Architect and receive written notice to proceed before interrupting any utility. Demolish and completely remove from site existing underground utilities indicated to be removed. Coordinate with �* utility companies to shutoff services if lines are active. PART 2 - PRODUCTS no SOIL MATERIALS 4M General: Provide approved borrow soil materials from off-site when sufficient approved soil materials are not EARTHWORK 02200 Page 2 MW 0 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. SECTION 02200 - EARTHWORK PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. IM SUMMARY This Section includes the following: Preparing and rg ading subgrades for slabs-on-grade, walks, pavements, and landscaping. Excavating and backfilling for buildings and structures. Drainage and moisture-control fill course for slabs-on-grade. Subbase course for walks and pavements. Subsurface drainage backfill for walls and trenches. Excavating and backfilling trenches within building lines. Excavating and backfilling for underground mechanical and utilities and appurtenances. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section. Division 2 Section "Site Clearing" for site stripping, grubbing, topsoil removal, and tree protection. Division 3 Section "Cast-In-Place Concrete" for concrete encasings, cradles, and appurtenances for utility systems. 0M DEFINITIONS Excavation consists of the removal of material encountered to subgrade elevations and the reuse or disposal of materials removed. Subgrade: The uppermost surface of an excavation or the top surface of a fill or backfill immediately below subbase, drainage fill, or topsoil materials. Borrow: Soil material obtained off-site when sufficient approved soil material is not available from excavations. Subbase Course: The layer placed between the subgrade and base course in a paving system or the layer placed between the subgrade and surface of a pavement or walk. Base Course: The layer placed between the subbase and surface pavement in a paving system. Drainage Fill: Course of washed granular material supporting slab-on-grade placed to cut off upward capillary flow of pore water. EARTHWORK 02200 Page 1 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Fill devressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations with satisfactory soil material, unless further excavation or earthwork is indicated. Place fill material in horizontal layers not exceeding 6 inches loose depth, and thoroughly compact each layer to a density equal to adjacent original ground. Removal of Improvements: Remove existing above-grade and below-grade improvements as indicated and as necessary to facilitate new construction. Abandonment or removal of certain underground pipe or conduits may be indicated on mechanical or electrical drawings and is included under work of related Division 15 and 16 Sections. Removing abandoned underground piping or conduits interfering with construction is included under this Section. DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIALS Burning on Owner's Property: Burning is not permitted on Owner's property. Removal from Owner's Property: Remove waste materials and unsuitable or excess topsoil from Owner's property. END OF SECTION 02110 MM s 4M SITE CLEARING 02110 Page 3 .w DEWEY HOUSE Dietz. & Company Architects, Inc. manner acceptable to Architect. Employ a licensed arborist to repair damage to trees and shrubs. am Replace trees that cannot be repaired and restored to full-growth status, as determined by arborist. Salvable Improvements: Carefully remove items indicated to be salvaged and store on Owner's premises where 4M indicated or directed. EXISTING SERVICES am General: Indicated locations are approximate; determine exact locations before commencing Work. am Arrange and pay for disconnecting, removing, capping, and plugging utility services. Notify affected utility companies in advance and obtain approval before starting this Work. Place markers to indicate location of disconnected services. Identify service lines and capping locations on Project N. Record Documents. am PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION WX SITE CLEARING IM General: Remove trees, shrubs, grass, and other vegetation, improvements, or obstructions, as required, to permit installation of new construction. Remove similar items elsewhere on site or premises as specifically indicated. Removal includes digging out and off-site disposal of stumps and roots. Cut minor roots and branches of trees indicated to remain in a clean and careful manner where such roots and branches obstruct installation of new construction. Topsoil: Topsoil is defined as friable clay loam surface soil found in a depth of not less than 4 inches. Satisfactory topsoil is reasonably free of subsoil, clay lumps, stones, and other objects over 2 inches in diameter, and without weeds, roots, and other objectionable material. ., Strip topsoil to whatever depths encountered in a manner to prevent intermingling with underlying subsoil or other objectionable material. Remove heavy growths of grass from areas before stripping. .� Where existing trees are indicated to remain, leave existing topsoil in place within drip lines to prevent damage to root system. Stockpile topsoil in storage piles in areas indicated or directed. Construct storage piles to provide free drainage of surface water. Cover storage piles, if required, to prevent wind erosion. Dispose of unsuitable or excess topsoil as specified for disposal of waste material. Clearing and Grubbing: Clear site of trees, shrubs, and other vegetation, except for those indicated to be left standing. Completely remove stumps, roots, and other debris protruding through ground surface. 4M Use only hand methods for grubbing inside drip line of trees indicated to remain. SITE CLEARING 02110 Page 2 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. SECTION 02110 - SITE CLEARING PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section includes the following: Protection of existing trees indicated to remain. Removal of trees, shrubs and other vegetation. Topsoil stripping. Clearing and grubbing. Removing above-grade improvements. Removing below-grade improvements. PROJECT CONDITIONS Traffic: Conduct site-clearing operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other occupied or used facilities e without permission from authorities having jurisdiction. Protection of Existing Improvements: Provide protections necessary to prevent damage to existing improvements indicated to remain in place. Protect improvements on adjoining properties and on Owner's property. Restore damaged improvements to their original condition, as acceptable to property owners. Protection of Existing Trees and Vegetation: Protect existing trees and other vegetation indicated to remain in place 0 against unnecessary cutting, breaking or skinning of roots, skinning or bruising of bark, smothering of trees by stockpiling construction materials or excavated materials within drip line,excess foot or vehicular traffic, or parking of vehicles within drip line. Provide temporary guards to protect trees and vegetation to be left standing. Water trees and other vegetation to remain within limits of contract work as required to maintain their health during course of construction operations. Provide protection for roots over 1-1/2 inch in diameter that are cut during construction operations. Coat cut faces with an emulsified asphalt or other acceptable coating formulated to use on damaged plant tissues. Temporarily cover exposed roots with wet burlap to prevent roots from drying out; cover with earth as soon as possible. Repair or replace trees and vegetation indicated to remain that are damaged by construction operations in a pe SITE CLEARING 02110 Page 1 an DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. selective demolition schedule as necessary to continue overall job progress without undue delay. "" SALVAGED MATERIALS Salvaged Items: Where indicated on Drawings as "Salvage-Deliver to Owner," carefully remove indicated items, clean, store, and turn over to Owner and obtain receipt. Carefully remove, clean, and deliver to Owner the following items: Chandelier and wall sconces in original dining room. Pendent light fixtures (3) in front hall. .. DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS Remove from building site debris, rubbish, and other materials resulting from demolition operations. Transport .R and legally dispose off site. If hazardous materials are encountered during demolition operations, comply with applicable regulations, *W laws, and ordinances concerning removal, handling, and protection against exposure or environmental pollution. Burning of removed materials is not permitted on project site. CLEANUP AND REPAIR w General: Upon completion of demolition work, remove tools, equipment, and demolished materials from site. Remove protections and leave interior areas broom clean. Repair demolition performed in excess of that required. Return elements of construction and surfaces to remain to condition existing prior to start operations. Repair adjacent construction or surfaces soiled or damaged by selective demolition work. END OF SECTION 02070 .R SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02070 Page 4 ,,,, DEWEY HOUSE Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. +lo PART 3 - EXECUTION PREPARATION General: Provide interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or support to prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of areas to be demolished and adjacent facilities to remain. Cease operations and notify Owner's Representative immediately if safety of structure appears to be endangered. Take precautions to support structure until determination is made for continuing operations. "a Cover and protect furniture, equipment, and fixtures from soilage or damage when demolition work is performed in areas where such items have not been removed. Erect and maintain dust proof partitions and closures as required to prevent spread of dust or fumes to occupied portions of the building. Where selective demolition occurs immediately adjacent to occupied portions of the building, me construct dust-proof partitions of minimum 4-inch studs, 5/8-inch drywall (joints taped) on occupied side, 1/2-inch fire-retardant plywood on demolition side. Fill partition cavity with sound-deadening insulation. 00 Provide weatherproof closures for exterior openings resulting from demolition work. Locate, identify, stub off, and disconnect utility services that are not indicated to remain. Provide bypass connections as necessary to maintain continuity of service to occupied areas of building. Provide minimum of 72 hours advance notice to Owner if shutdown of service is necessary during changeover. DEMOLITION General: Perform selective demolition work in a systematic manner. Use such methods as required to complete work indicated on Drawings in accordance with demolition schedule and governing regulations. Demolish concrete and masonry in small sections. Cut concrete and masonry at junctures with construction to remain using power-driven masonry saw or hand tools; do not use power-driven impact tools. 40 Locate demolition equipment throughout structure and promptly remove debris to avoid imposing excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing. Provide services for effective air and water pollution controls as required by local authorities having jurisdiction. For interior slabs on grade, use removal methods that will not crack or structurally disturb adjacent slabs so or partitions. Use power saw where possible. Completely fill below-grade areas and voids resulting from demolition work. Provide fill consisting of approved earth, gravel, or sand, free of trash and debris, stones over 6 inches in diameter, roots, or other organic matter. If unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure both nature and extent of the conflict. Submit report to Owner's Representative in written, accurate detail. Pending receipt of directive from Owner's Representative, rearrange SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02070 Page 3 No DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Provide protective measures as required to provide free and safe passage of Owner's personnel and general MW public to occupied portions of building. Erect temporary covered passageways as required by authorities having jurisdiction. Provide interior and exterior shoring,bracing, or support to prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of structure or element to be demolished and adjacent facilities or work to remain. Protect from damage existing finish work that is to remain in place and becomes exposed during demolition operations. ..a Protect floors with suitable coverings when necessary. Construct temporary insulated dustproof partitions where required to separate areas where noisy or .. extensive dirt or dust operations are performed. Equip partitions with dustproof doors and security locks. Provide temporary weather protection during interval between demolition and removal of existing construction on exterior surfaces and installation of new construction to ensure that no water leakage or damage occurs to structure or interior areas of existing building. Remove protections at completion of work. MW Damages: Promptly repair damages caused to adjacent facilities by demolition work. Traffic: Conduct selective demolition operations and debris removal to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. Do not close, block, or otherwise obstruct streets, walks, or other occupied or used facilities without �* written permission from authorities having jurisdiction. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by governing regulations. Flame Cutting: Do not use cutting torches for removal until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed spaces, such as interior of ducts and pipe spaces, verify condition of hidden space before starting flame-cutting operations. Maintain portable fire suppression devices during flame-cutting operations. Utility Services: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during demolition operations. ON Do not interrupt utilities serving occupied or used facilities, except when authorized in writing by authorities having jurisdiction. Provide temporary services during interruptions to existing utilities, as acceptable to governing authorities. am Maintain fire protection services during selective demolition operations. Environmental Controls: Use water sprinkling, temporary enclosures, and other methods to limit dust and dirt tft migration. Comply with governing regulations pertaining to environmental protection. Do not use water when it may create hazardous or objectionable conditions such as ice, flooding, and .m pollution. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) "" SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02070 Page 2 am am fo DEWEY HOUSE Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. SECTION 02070- SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section requires the selective removal and subsequent offsite disposal of the following: Portions of existing building indicated on drawings and as required to accommodate new construction. Removal of interior partitions as indicated on drawings. Removal of doors and frames indicated "remove." Removal of existing windows indicated to be filled in. Removal and protection of existing fixtures, materials, and equipment items indicated "salvage." Related work specified elsewhere: Remodeling construction work and patching are included within the respective sections of specifications, W including removal of materials for reuse and incorporation into remodeling or new construction. Relocation of pipes, conduits, ducts, and other mechanical and electrical work is specified in other Divisions. JOB CONDITIONS Occupancv: Owner will occupy portions of the building immediately adjacent to areas of selective demolition. Conduct selective demolition work in manner that will minimize need for disruption of Owner's normal operations. Provide minimum of 72 hours advance notice to Owner of demolition activities that will affect Owner's normal 4w operations. Condition of Structures: Owner assumes no responsibility for actual condition of items or structures to be 4, demolished. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purposes will be maintained by Owner insofar as practicable. However, minor variations within structure may occur by Owner's removal and salvage !' operations prior to start of selective demolition work. Partial Demolition and Removal: Items indicated to be removed but of salvageable value to Contractor may be removed from structure as work progresses. Transport salvaged items from site as they are removed. Storage or sale of removed items on site will not be permitted. OR Protections: Provide temporary barricades and other forms of protection to protect Owner's personnel and general public from injury due to selective demolition work. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02070 Page 1 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. PART 3 - EXECUTION SCHEDULE OF WARRANTIES Schedule: Review warranty and bond requirements and provide documentation as required. END OF SECTION 01740 wr op WARRANTIES AND BONDS 01740 Page 3 40 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Owner's Recourse: Written warranties made to the Owner are in addition to implied warranties, and shall not limit the duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise available under the law, nor shall warranty periods be interpreted as limitations on time in which the Owner can enforce such other duties,obligations,rights,or remedies. Resection of Warranties: The Owner reserves the right to reject warranties and to limit selections to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents. The Owner reserves the right to refuse to accept Work for the Project where a special warranty, certification, or �. similar commitment is required on such Work or part of the Work, until evidence is presented that entities required to countersign such commitments are willing to do so. SUBMITTALS Submit written warranties to the Architect prior to the date certified for Substantial Completion. If the Architect's Certificate of Substantial Completion designates a commencement date for warranties other than the date of Substantial Completion for the Work, or a designated portion of the Work, submit written warranties upon request of the Architect. When a designated portion of the Work is completed and occupied or used by the Owner, by separate agreement with the Contractor during the construction period, submit properly executed warranties to the Architect within fifteen days of completion of that designated portion of the Work. When a special warranty is required to be executed by the Contractor, or the Contractor and a subcontractor, supplier or manufacturer, prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution by the required parties. Submit a draft to the Owner through the Architect for approval prior to final .� execution. Prepare a written document utilizing the appropriate form, ready for execution by the Contractor, or the Contractor and subcontractor, supplier or manufacturer. Submit a draft to the Owner through the Architect for approval prior to final execution. Refer to individual Sections of Divisions-2 through -16 for specific content requirements, and particular **" requirements for submittal of special warranties. Form of Submittal: At Final Completion compile two copies of each required warranty and bond properly executed by the Contractor, or by the Contractor, subcontractor, supplier, or manufacturer. Organize the warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of the Project Manual. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, commercial quality, durable 3-ring vinyl covered loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1/2" by 11" paper. Provide heavy paper dividers with celluloid covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark the tab .■ to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation, including the name of the product, and the name, address and telephone number of the installer. Identify each binder on the front and the spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES AND BONDS, the Project title or name, and the name of the Contractor. When operating and maintenance manuals are required for warranted construction, provide additional copies of each required warranty, as necessary, for inclusion in each required manual. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (not applicable) WARRANTIES AND BONDS 01740 Page 2 ! DEWEY HOUSE Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. !" SECTION 01740- WARRANTIES AND BONDS PART I - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section specifies general administrative and procedural requirements for warranties and bonds required by the Contract Documents, including manufacturers standard warranties on products and special warranties. Refer to the General Conditions for terms of the Contractor's special warranty of workmanship and materials. General closeout requirements are included in Section "Project Closeout." w Specific requirements for warranties for the Work and products and installations that are specified to be warranted, are included in the individual Sections of Divisions-2 through -16. Certifications and other commitments and agreements for continuing services to Owner are specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents. Disclaimers and Limitations: Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve the Contractor of the warranty on the Work that incorporates the products,nor does it relieve suppliers,manufacturers, and subcontractors required to countersign special warranties with the Contractor. w DEFINITIONS Standard Product Warranties are preprinted written warranties published by individual manufacturers for particular products and are specifically endorsed by the manufacturer to the Owner. Si)ecial Warranties are written warranties required by or incorporated in the Contract Documents, either to extend time limits provided by standard warranties or to provide greater rights for the Owner. WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS Related Damages and Losses: When correcting warranted Work that has failed, remove and replace other Work that has been damaged as a result of such failure or that must be removed and replaced to provide access for correction of warranted Work. Reinstatement of Warranty: When Work covered by a warranty has failed and been corrected by replacement or rebuilding, reinstate the warranty by written endorsement. The reinstated warranty shall be equal to the original warranty with an equitable adjustment for depreciation. Replacement Cost: Upon determination that Work covered by a warranty has failed, replace or rebuild the Work to an acceptable condition complying with requirements of Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible for the cost of replacing or rebuilding defective Work regardless of whether the Owner has benefitted from use of the Work through a portion of its anticipated useful service life. ON WARRANTIES AND BONDS 01740 Page I DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment. Remove excess lubrication and other substances. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition. Clean light fixtures and lamps. Clean the site,including landscape development areas, of rubbish, litter and other foreign substances. Sweep paved areas broom clean; remove stains, spills and other foreign deposits. Rake grounds that are neither paved nor planted, to a smooth even-textured surface. Pest Control: Engage an experienced exterminator to make a final inspection,and rid the Project of rodents, insects and other pests. Removal of Protection: Remove temporary protection and facilities installed for protection of the Work during construction. Compliance: Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction and safety standards for cleaning. Do not bum waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess materials on the Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from the site and dispose of in a lawful manner. Where extra materials of value remaining after completion of associated Work have become the Owner's property, arrange for disposition of these materials as directed. END OF SECTION 01700 4M �w PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01700 Page 5 V an DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. PART 3 - EXECUTION .0 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Operating and Maintenance Instructions: Arrange for each installer of equipment that requires regular maintenance to meet with the Owner's personnel to provide instruction in proper operation and maintenance. If installers are not experienced in procedures, provide instruction by manufacturer's representatives. Include a detailed review of the following items: �* Maintenance manuals. Record documents. Spare parts and materials. Tools. Lubricants. Fuels. Identification systems. Control sequences. Hazards. Cleaning. Warranties and bonds. Maintenance agreements and similar continuing commitments. As part of instruction for operating equipment, demonstrate the following procedures: Start-up. .. Shutdown. Emergency operations. Noise and vibration adjustments. Safety procedures. Economy and efficiency adjustments. Effective energy utilization. FINAL CLEANING General: General cleaning during construction is required by the General Conditions and included in Section "Temporary Facilities". Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to ..w the condition expected in a normal, commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's instructions. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for Certification of Substantial Completion. Remove labels that are not permanent labels. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing compound and other substances that are noticeable vision-obscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dust-free condition, free of stains, films and similar foreign substances. Restore reflective surfaces to their original reflective condition. • Leave concrete floors broom clean. Vacuum carpeted surfaces. PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01700 Page 4 P4 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. where Shop Drawings are used, record a cross-reference at the corresponding location on the Contract Drawings. Give particular attention to concealed elements that would be difficult to measure and record at a later date. Mark record sets with red erasable pencil; use other colors to distinguish between variations in separate categories of the Work. Mark new information that is important to the Owner, but was not shown on Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings. Note related Change Order numbers where applicable. Organize record drawing sheets into manageable sets, bind with durable paper cover sheets, and print suitable titles, dates and other identification on the cover of each set. Record Specifications: Maintain one complete copy of the Project Manual, including addenda, and one copy of other written construction documents such as Change Orders and modifications issued in printed form during construction. Mark these documents to show substantial variations in actual Work performed in comparison with W_ the text of the Specifications and modifications. Give particular attention to substitutions,selection of options and similar information on elements that are concealed or cannot otherwise be readily discerned later by direct observation. Note related record drawing information and Product Data. Upon completion of the Work, submit record Specifications to the Architect for the Owner's records. Record Product Data: Maintain one copy of each Product Data submittal. Mark these documents to show ter significant variations in actual Work performed in comparison with information submitted. Include variations in products delivered to the site, and from the manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations. Give particular attention to concealed products and portions of the Work which cannot otherwise be readily discerned later by direct observation. Note related Change Orders and mark-up of record drawings and Specifications. Upon completion of mark-up, submit complete set of record Product Data to the Architect for the Owner's records. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: Refer to other Specification Sections for requirements of miscellaneous record-keeping and submittals in connection with actual performance of the Work. Immediately prior to the date or dates of Substantial Completion,complete miscellaneous records and place in good order,properly identified and bound or filed, ready for continued use and reference. Submit to the Architect for the Owner's records. Maintenance Manuals: Organize operating and maintenance data into suitable sets of manageable size. Bind properly indexed data in individual heavy-duty 2-inch, 3-ring vinyl-covered binders, with pocket folders for folded sheet information. Mark appropriate identification on front and spine of each binder. Include the following types of information: Emergency instructions. Spare parts list. Copies of warranties. Wiring diagrams. Recommended "turn around" cycles. Inspection procedures. Shop Drawings and Product Data. Fixture lamping schedule. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01700 Page 3 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. mock-ups, and similar elements. Complete final clean up requirements, including touch-up painting. Touch-up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes. Inspection Procedures: On receipt of a request for inspection, the Architect will either proceed with inspection or advise the Contractor of unfilled requirements. The Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion following inspection, or advise the Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before the certificate will be issued. The Architect will repeat the inspection when requested and assured that the Work has been substantially �. completed. Additional inspections to verify completion of the unfilled requirements shall be at the Contractor's expense. Results of the completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final acceptance. FINAL ACCEPTANCE ..w Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for certification of final acceptance and final payment, complete the following. List exceptions in the request. ek Submit the final payment request with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted. Include certificates of insurance for products and completed operations where required. Submit an updated final statement, accounting for final additional changes to the Contract Sum. "° Submit a certified copy of the Architect's final inspection list of items to be completed or corrected, stating that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance, and the list has been endorsed and no dated by the Architect. Submit consent of surety to final payment (if required). we Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. Reinspection Procedure: The Architect will reinspect the Work upon receipt of notice that the Work, including inspection list items from earlier inspections,has been completed, except items whose completion has been delayed because of circumstances acceptable to the Architect. Upon completion of reinspection, the Architect will prepare a certificate of final acceptance, or advise the Contractor of Work that is incomplete or of obligations that have not been fulfilled but are required for final acceptance. If necessary, reinspection will be repeated, at Contractor's expense. RECORD DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS General: Do not use record documents for construction purposes; protect from deterioration and loss in a secure, fire-resistive location; provide access to record documents for the Architect's reference during normal working .� hours. Record Drawings: Maintain a clean, undamaged set of blue or black line white-prints of Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. Mark the set to show the actual installation where the installation varies substantially from the Work as originally shown. Mark whichever drawing is most capable of showing conditions fully and accurately; PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01700 Page 2 ,,.. DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. IR SECTION 01700 - PROJECT CLOSEOUT PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for project closeout, including but not limited to: Inspection procedures. Project record document submittal. Operating and maintenance manual submittal. Submittal of warranties. Final cleaning. Closeout requirements for specific construction activities are included in the appropriate Sections in Divisions-2 through -16. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion, complete the following. List exceptions in the request. In the Application for Payment that coincides with, or first follows, the date Substantial Completion is claimed, show 100 percent completion for the portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. Include supporting documentation for completion as indicated in these Contract Documents and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum. If 100 percent completion cannot be shown, include a list of incomplete items, the value of incomplete construction, and reasons the Work is not complete. Advise Owner of pending insurance change-over requirements. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance agreements, final certifications and similar documents. Obtain and submit releases enabling the Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities; include occupancy permits, operating certificates and similar releases. on Submit record drawings, maintenance manuals, and similar final record information. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra stock, and similar items. No Make final change-over of permanent locks and transmit keys to the Owner. Advise the Owner's personnel of change-over in security provisions. in Complete start-up testing of systems, and instruction of the Owner's operating and maintenance personnel. Discontinue or change over and remove temporary facilities from the site, along with construction tools, PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01700 Page 1 40 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. The specified product or method of construction cannot receive necessary approval by a governing authority, and the requested substitution can be approved. A substantial advantage is offered the Owner, in terms of cost, time, energy conservation or other considerations of merit, after deducting offsetting responsibilities the Owner may be required to bear. Additional responsibilities for the Owner may include additional compensation to the Architect for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by the Owner or separate Contractors, and similar considerations. The specified product or method of construction cannot be provided in a manner that is compatible with other materials, and where the Contractor certifies that the substitution will overcome the incompatibility. The specified product or method of construction cannot be coordinated with other materials, and where the Contractor certifies that the proposed substitution can be coordinated. The specified product or method of construction cannot provide a warranty required by the Contract Documents and where the Contractor certifies that the proposed substitution provide the required warranty. Where a proposed substitution involves more than one prime Contractor, each Contractor shall cooperate with the other Contractors involved to coordinate the Work, provide uniformity and consistency, and to assure compatibility of products. The Contractor's submittal and Architect's acceptance of Shop Drawings, Product Data or Samples that relate to construction activities not complying with the Contract Documents does not constitute an acceptable or valid request for substitution,nor does it constitute approval. PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION 01631 ON go 0 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS 01631 Page 3 ,o„ DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. with the requirements for substitutions, and the following information, as appropriate: ..,, Product Data, including Drawings and descriptions of products, fabrication and installation procedures. son Samples, where applicable or requested. A detailed comparison of significant qualities of the proposed substitution with those of the Work low specified. Significant qualities may include elements such as size, weight, durability, performance and visual effect. ,wM Coordination information, including a list of changes or modifications needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by the Owner and separate Contractors, that will become necessary to accommodate the proposed substitution. low A statement indicating the substitution's effect on the Contractor's Construction Schedule compared to the schedule without approval of the substitution. Indicate the effect of the proposed substitution on overall Contract Time. .,. Cost information, including a proposal of the net change, if any in the Contract Sum. Certification by the Contractor that the substitution proposed is equal-to or better in every significant respect to that required by the Contract Documents, and that it will perform adequately in the application indicated. Include the Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time, that may subsequently become necessary because of the failure of the substitution to perform adequately. Architect's Action: Within one week of receipt of the request for substitution,the Architect will request additional information or documentation necessary for evaluation of the request. Within 2 weeks of receipt !ow of the request, or one week of receipt of the additional information or documentation,which ever is later, the Architect will notify the Contractor of acceptance or rejection of the proposed substitution. If a decision on use of a proposed substitute cannot be made or obtained within the time allocated, use the product specified by name. Acceptance will be in the form of a Change Order. IM PART 2 - PRODUCTS 1.• SUBSTITUTIONS Conditions: The Contractor's substitution request will be received and considered by the Architect when one or am more of the following conditions are satisfied, as determined by the Architect; otherwise requests will be returned without action except to record noncompliance with these requirements. Extensive revisions to Contract Documents are not required. Proposed changes are in keeping with the general intent of Contract Documents. The request is timely, fully documented and properly submitted. The request is directly related to an "or equal" clause or similar language in the Contract Documents. "' The specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time. The request will not be considered if the product or method cannot be provided as a result of failure to pursue the ,,, Work promptly or coordinate activities properly. PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS 01631 Page 2 AND DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. SECTION 01631 - PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for handling requests for substitutions made after award of the Contract. The Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Schedule of Submittals are included under Section "Submittals." Standards: Refer to Section"Definitions and Standards"for applicability of industry standards to products specified. Procedural requirements governing the Contractor's selection of products and product options are included under O—P Section "Materials and Equipment." DEFINITIONS Definitions used in this Article are not intended to change or modify the meaning of other terms used in the Contract Documents. ?! ' Substitutions: Requests for changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction required by Contract Documents proposed by the Contractor after award of the Contract are considered requests for "substitutions." The following are not considered substitutions: Ow Substitutions requested by Bidders during the bidding period, and accepted prior to award of Contract, are considered as included in the Contract Documents and are not subject to requirements specified in this Section for substitutions. on Revisions to Contract Documents requested by the Owner or Architect. an Specified options of products and construction methods included in Contract Documents. The Contractor's determination of and compliance with governing regulations and orders issued by governing authorities. SUBMITTALS ! ' Substitution Request Submittal: Requests for substitution will be considered if received within 60 days after commencement of the Work. Requests received more than 60 days after commencement of the Work may be considered or rejected at the discretion of the Architect. Submit 3 copies of each request for substitution for consideration. Submit requests in the form and in accordance with procedures required for Change Order proposals. Identify the product, or the fabrication or installation method to be replaced in each request. Include related Specification Section and Drawing numbers. Provide complete documentation showing compliance PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS 01631 Page 1 no DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. "substitutions"for selection of a matching product in another product category, or for noncompliance with specified requirements. Visual Selection: Where specified product requirements include the phrase "...as selected from manufacturer's standard colors,patterns,textures..."or a similar phrase, select a product and manufacturer that complies with other specified requirements. The Architect will select the color, pattern and texture from the product line selected. PART 3 - EXECUTION INSTALLATION OF PRODUCTS: Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation of products in the applications +■• indicated. Anchor each product securely in place, accurately located and aligned with other Work. Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time .� of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 01600 MP aae MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 01600 Page 4 "" DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. PART 2 - PRODUCTS PRODUCT SELECTION t General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, that are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, unused at the time of installation. Provide products complete with all accessories, trim, finish, safety guards and other devices and details needed for a complete installation and for the intended use and effect. Standard Products: Where available,provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects. Product Selection Procedures: Product selection is governed by the Contract Documents and governing regulations, not by previous Project experience. Procedures governing product selection include the following: Proprietary Specification Requirements: Where only a single product or manufacturer is named, provide OR the product indicated. No substitutions will be permitted. Semiproprietary Specification Requirements: Where two or more products or manufacturers are named, provide one of the products indicated. No substitutions will be permitted. Where products or manufacturers are specified by name, accompanied by the term "or equal," or "or approved equal" comply with the Contract Document provisions concerning "substitutions"to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product. Non-Proprietary Specifications: When the Specifications list products or manufacturers that are available and may be incorporated in the Work, but do not restrict the Contractor to use of these products only, the Contractor may propose any available product that complies with Contract requirements. Comply with Contract Document provisions concerning "substitutions" to obtain approval for use of an unnamed ON product. Descriptive Specification Requirements: Where Specifications describe a product or assembly,listing exact characteristics required, with or without use of a brand or trade name, provide a product or assembly that ! provides the characteristics and otherwise complies with Contract requirements. Performance Specification Requirements: Where Specifications require compliance with performance requirements, provide products that comply with these requirements, and are recommended by the manufacturer for the application indicated. General overall performance of a product is implied where the product is specified for a specific application. Manufacturer's recommendations may be contained in published product literature, or by the manufacturer's certification of performance. Compliance with Standards, Codes and Regulations: Where the Specifications only require compliance with an imposed code, standard or regulation, select a product that complies with the standards, codes or regulations specified. Visual Matching: Where Specifications require matching an established Sample, the Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches satisfactorily. Where no product available within the specified category matches satisfactorily and also complies with other specified requirements, comply with provisions of the Contract Documents concerning MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 01600 Page 3 am DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. use on the Project, the product selected shall be compatible with products previously selected, even if previously 40 selected products were also options. Each prime Contractor is responsible for providing products and construction methods that are compatible with products and construction methods of other prime or separate Contractors. 0 If a dispute arises between prime Contractors over concurrently selectable, but incompatible products,the Architect will determine which products shall be retained and which are incompatible and must be 00; replaced. Nameplates: Except for required labels and operating data, do not attach or imprint manufacturer's or producer's ON nameplates or trademarks on exposed surfaces of products which will be exposed to view in occupied spaces or on the exterior. Labels: Locate required product labels and stamps on a concealed surface or, where required for 4W observation after installation, on an accessible surface that is not conspicuous. Equipment Nameplates: Provide a permanent nameplate on each item of service-connected or dw power-operated equipment. Locate on an easily accessible surface which is inconspicuous in occupied spaces. The nameplate shall contain the following information and other essential operating data: Name of product and manufacturer. 0^ Model and serial number. Capacity. Speed. •• Ratings. PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING .d Deliver, store and handle products in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration and loss, including theft. Baer Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at the site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft and other losses. Deliver products to the site in the manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting and installing. Inspect products upon delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents, and to ensure that Am products are undamaged and properly protected. Store products at the site in a manner that will facilitate inspection and measurement of quantity or .o counting of units. Store heavy materials away from the Project structure in a manner that will not endanger the supporting construction. 10 Store products subject to damage by the elements above ground,under cover in a weathertight enclosure, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. Maintain temperature and humidity within range OR* required by manufacturer's instructions. MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 01600 Page 2 wr DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. SECTION 01600 - MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. # SUMMARY This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements governing the Contractor's selection of products 0 for use in the Project. The Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Schedule of Submittals are included under Section "Submittals." pa Standards: Refer to Section "Definitions and Standards" for applicability of industry standards to products specified. Administrative procedures for handling requests for substitutions made after award of the Contract are included r under Section "Product Substitutions." DEFINITIONS Definitions used in this Article are not intended to change the meaning of other terms used in the Contract Documents, such as "specialties," "systems," "structure," "finishes," "accessories," and similar terms. Such terms such are self-explanatory and have well recognized meanings in the construction industry. "Products" are items purchased for incorporation in the Work, whether purchased for the Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent. "Named Products" are items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model designation,indicated in the manufacturer's published product literature,that is current as of the date of the Contract Documents. "Materials" are products that are substantially shaped, cut, worked, mixed, finished,refined or otherwise fabricated, processed, or installed to form a part of the Work. "Equiyment" is a product with operational parts, whether motorized or manually operated, that requires on service connections such as wiring or piping. QUALITY ASSURANCE Source Limitations: To the fullest extent possible, provide products of the same kind, from a single source. When specified products are available only from sources that do not or cannot produce a quantity adequate W to complete project requirements in a timely manner, consult with the Architect for a determination of the most important product qualities before proceeding. Qualities may include attributes relating to visual appearance, strength, durability, or compatibility. When a determination has been made, select products from sources that produce products that possess these qualities, to the fullest extent possible. Compatibility of Oytions: When the Contractor is given the option of selecting between two or more products for MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 01600 Page 1 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. which produce harmful noise. Restrict use of noise making tools and equipment to hours that will minimize complaints from persons or firms near the site. OPERATION, TERMINATION AND REMOVAL Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. Limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses to minimize waste and abuse. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. Protect from damage by freezing temperatures and similar elements. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control, ventilation and similar facilities on a 24-hour day basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage. Protection: Prevent water filled piping from freezing. Maintain markers for underground lines. Protect from damage during excavation operations. Termination and Removal: Unless the Architect requests that it be maintained longer, remove each temporary facility when the need has ended, or when replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Com p letion. Com p lete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with the temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of the Contractor. The Owner reserves the right to take possession of Project identification signs. At Substantial Completion, clean and renovate permanent facilities that have been used during the construction period, including but not limited to: Replace significantly worn parts and parts that have been subject to unusual operating conditions. Replace lamps that are burned out or noticeably dimmed by substantial hours of use. END OF SECTION 01500 40 TEMPORARY FACILITIES Page 7 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Temporary Exterior Lighting: Install exterior yard and sign lights so that signs are visible when Work is being performed. Collection and Disposal of Waste: Collect waste from construction areas and elsewhere daily. Comply with requirements of NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste material and debris. Enforce requirements strictly. Do not hold materials more than 7 days during normal weather or 3 days when the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F (27 deg Q. Handle hazardous, dangerous, or unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste by containerizing properly. Dispose of material in a lawful manner. Stairs: Until permanent stairs are available, provide temporary stairs where ladders are not adequate. Cover finished permanent stairs with a protective covering of plywood or similar material so finishes will be undamaged at the time of acceptance. SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION Except for use of permanent fire protection as soon as available, do not change over from use of temporary security and protection facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion,or longer as requested by the Architect. Temporary Fire Protection: Until fire protection needs are supplied by permanent facilities, install and maintain �. temporary fire protection facilities of the types needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 10 "Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers," and NFPA 241 "Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alterations and Demolition Operations." *•� Locate fire extinguishers where convenient and effective for their intended purpose, but not less than one extinguisher on each floor at or near each usable stairwell. Store combustible materials in containers in fire-safe locations. Maintain unobstructed access to fire extinguishers, fire hydrants, temporary fire protection facilities, stairways and other access routes for fighting fires. Prohibit smoking in hazardous fire exposure areas. Provide supervision of welding operations, combustion type temporary heating units, and similar sources of fire ignition. Permanent Fire Protection: At the earliest feasible date in each area of the Project, complete installation of the �. permanent fire protection facility, including connected services, and place into operation and use. Instruct key personnel on use of facilities. Barricades, Warning Signs and Lights: Comply with standards and code requirements for erection of structurally adequate barricades. Paint with appropriate colors, graphics and warning signs to inform personnel and the public of the hazard being protected against. Where appropriate and needed provide lighting, including flashing red or amber lights. Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install substantial temporary enclosure of partially completed areas of construction. Provide locking entrances to prevent unauthorized entrance, vandalism, theft and similar violations of security. Storage: Where materials and equipment must be stored, and are of value or attractive for theft, provide a secure lockup. Enforce discipline in connection with the installation and release of material to minimize the opportunity for theft and vandalism. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities and conduct construction in ways and by methods that comply with environmental regulations,and minimize the possibility that air,waterways and subsoil might be contaminated or polluted,or that other undesirable effects might result. Avoid use of tools and equipment .�. TEMPORARY FACILITIES Page 6 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. or fuel oil heaters with individual space thermostatic control. Contractor may utilize existing heating system for temporary heat in enclosed portions of the exisitng building, where practicable. Use of gasoline-burning space heaters, open flame, or salamander type heating units is prohibited. Field Offices: Provide on-site office space in a designated room on the first floor of the existing building. Keep the office clean and orderly for use for small progress meetings. Furnish and equip offices as follows: Furnish with a desk and chairs, a 4-drawer file cabinet, plan table and plan rack. Storau and Fabrication Sheds: Install storage and fabrication sheds, sized, furnished and equipped to accommodate materials and equipment involved,including temporary utility service. Sheds may be open shelters or fully enclosed spaces within the building or elsewhere on the site. Sanitary facilities shall comply with regulations and health codes for the type, number, location, operation and maintenance of fixtures and facilities. Toilets: Use of the Owner's existing toilet facilities will be permitted, so long as facilities are cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to the Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore these facilities to the condition prevalent at the time of initial use. Drinking Water Facilities: Provide containerized tap-dispenser bottled-water type drinking water units, including paper supply. Dewaterine Facilities and Drains: For temporary drainage and dewatering facilities and operations not directly associated with construction activities included under individual Sections, comply with dewatering requirements of applicable Division-2 Sections. Where feasible, utilize the same facilities. Maintain the site, excavations and ?! ► construction free of water. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosure for protection of construction in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations and similar activities. Where heat is needed and the permanent building enclosure is not complete, provide temporary enclosures where there is no other provision for containment of heat. Coordinate enclosure with ventilating and material drying or curing requirements to avoid dangerous conditions and effects. Install tarpaulins securely, with incombustible wood framing and other materials. Close openings of 25 s square feet or less with plywood or similar materials. Close openings through floor or roof decks and horizontal surfaces with load-bearing wood-framed construction. Where temporary wood or plywood enclosure exceeds 100 square feet in area, use UL-labeled fire-retardant treated material for framing and main sheathing. Temporary Lifts and Hoists: Provide facilities for hoisting materials and employees. Truck cranes and similar devices used for hoisting materials are considered "tools and equipment" and not temporary facilities. Temporary Signs: Prepare project identification and other signs of the size indicated; install signs where indicated to inform the public and persons seeking entrance to the Project. Support on posts or framing of preservative treated wood or steel. Do not permit installation of unauthorized signs. t Temporary Signs: Prepare signs to provide directional information to construction personnel and visitors. TEMPORARY FACILITIES Page 5 .. DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Water Service: Connect to existing water service and distribution piping. Modify as required to provide sizes and AM pressures adequate for construction until permanent water service is in use. Sterilization: Sterilize temporary water piping prior to use. VW Temporary Electric Power Service: Provide weatherproof, grounded electric power service and distribution system of sufficient size, capacity, and power characteristics during construction period. Include meters, transformers, overload protected disconnects, automatic ground-fault interrupters and main distribution switch gear. Connect to "* existing electric service in building. Temporary Lighting: Whenever overhead floor or roof deck has been installed, provide temporary lighting with local switching. Install and operate temporary lighting that will fulfill security and protection requirements, without operating the entire system, and will provide adequate illumination for construction operations and traffic conditions. Temporary Telephones: Provide temporary telephone service on site. Sewers and Drainage: If sewers are available, provide temporary connections to remove effluent that can be discharged lawfully. If sewers are not available or cannot be used,provide drainage ditches,dry wells, stabilization ponds and similar facilities. If neither sewers nor drainage facilities can be lawfully used for discharge of effluent, provide containers to remove and dispose of effluent off the site in a lawful manner. Filter out excessive amounts of soil, construction debris, chemicals, oils and similar contaminants that might clog sewers or pollute waterways before discharge. Connect temporary sewers to the municipal system as directed by the sewer department officials. Maintain temporary sewers and drainage facilities in a clean, sanitary condition. Following heavy use, restore normal conditions promptly. Provide earthen embankments and similar barriers in and around excavations and subgrade construction, sufficient to prevent flooding by runoff of storm water from heavy rains. TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION AND SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION Locate field offices,storage sheds, sanitary facilities and other temporary construction and support facilities for easy access. Maintain temporary construction and support facilities until near Substantial Completion. Remove prior to Substantial Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable to the Owner. Provide incombustible construction for offices, shops and sheds located within the construction area, or within 30 feet of building lines. Comply with requirements of NFPA 241. Temporary Heat: Provide temporary heat required by construction activities, for curing or drying of completed installations or protection of installed construction from adverse effects of low temperatures or high humidity. Select safe equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. Coordinate ventilation requirements to produce the ambient condition required and minimize consumption of energy. Heating Facilities: Except where use of the permanent system is authorized,provide vented self-contained LP gas TEMPORARY FACILITIES Page 4 00 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. go General: Provide new equipment; if acceptable to the Architect, undamaged, previously used equipment in serviceable condition may be used. Provide equipment suitable for use intended. Water Hoses: Provide 3/4" heavy-duty, abrasion-resistant, flexible rubber hoses 100 ft. long, with pressure rating greater than the maximum pressure of the water distribution system; provide adjustable shut-off nozzles at hose discharge. Electrical Outlets: Provide properly configured NEMA polarized outlets to prevent insertion of 110-120 volt plugs into higher voltage outlets. Provide receptacle outlets equipped with ground-fault circuit interrupters, reset button and pilot light, for connection of power tools and equipment. Electrical Power Cords: Provide grounded extension cords; use "hard-service" cords where exposed to abrasion and traffic. Provide waterproof connectors to connect separate lengths of electric cords, if single lengths will not reach areas where construction activities are in progress. Lamps and Light Fixtures: Provide general service incandescent lamps of wattage required for adequate illumination. Provide guard cages or tempered glass enclosures, where exposed to breakage. Provide exterior fixtures where exposed to moisture. Heating Units: Provide temporary heating units that have been tested and labeled by UL, FM or another recognized trade association related to the type of fuel being consumed. Temporary Offices: Provide on-site office facilities in a selected room on the first floor of the existing building. First Aid Supplies: Comply with governing regulations. Fire Extinguishers: Provide hand-carried,portable UL-rated, class "A" fire extinguishers for temporary offices and similar spaces. In other locations provide hand-carried, portable, UL-rated, class "ABC" dry chemical extinguishers, or a combination of extinguishers of NFPA recommended classes for the exposures. Comply with NFPA 10 and 241 for classification, extinguishing agent and size required by location and class of fire exposure. PART 3 - EXECUTION INSTALLATION Use qualified personnel for installation of temporary facilities. Locate facilities where they will serve the Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Maintain and modify as required. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed, or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities. IN TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION P'N General: Connect to existing services. Arrange with the existing users for a time when service can be interrupted, where necessary, to make connections for temporary services. !-w Provide adequate capacity at each stage of construction. TEMPORARY FACILITIES Page 3 ,. DEWEY HOUSE Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. "Temporary Electrical Facilities." OR Refer to "Guidelines for Bid Conditions for Temporary Job Utilities and Services", prepared jointly by AGC and ASC, for industry recommendations. Electrical Service: Comply with NEMA, NECA and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service in compliance with National Electric Code (NFPA 70). Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to inspect and test each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits. PROJECT CONDITIONS Conditions of Use: Keep temporary services and facilities clean and neat in appearance. Operate in a safe and efficient manner. Take necessary fire prevention measures. Do not overload facilities, or permit them to interfere with progress. Do not allow hazardous dangerous or unsanitary conditions,or public nuisances to develop or persist on the site. No PART 2 - PRODUCTS No MATERIALS General: Provide new materials; if acceptable to the Architect,undamaged previously used materials in serviceable condition may be used. Provide materials suitable for the use intended. `o Lumber and Plywood: Comply with requirements in Division-6 Section "Rough Carpentry." rm For job-built temporary offices, shops and sheds within the construction area, provide UL labeled, fire treated lumber and plywood for framing, sheathing and siding. For fences and vision barriers, provide exterior type, minimum 3/8" thick plywood. am For safety barriers, sidewalk bridges and similar uses, provide minimum 5/8" thick exterior plywood. up Gypsum Wallboard: Provide gypsum wallboard complying with requirements of ASTM C 36 on interior walls of temporary offices. .0 Roofing Materials: Provide UL Class "A" standard weight asphalt shingles complying with ASTM D 3018, or UL Class "C" mineral surfaced roll roofing complying with ASTM D 249 on roofs of job- built temporary offices, shops and sheds. Tarpaulins: Provide waterproof, fire-resistant, UL labeled tarpaulins with flame-spread rating of 15 or less. For temporary enclosures provide translucent nylon reinforced laminated polyethylene or polyvinyl chloride fire retardant tarpaulins. .. Water: Provide potable water approved by local health authorities. Open-Mesh Fencing: Provide 11-gage, galvanized 2-inch, chain link fabric fencing 6-feet high with galvanized barbed wire top strand and galvanized steel pipe posts, 1-1/2" I.D. for line posts and 2-1/2" I.D. for corner posts. EQUIPMENT *■ TEMPORARY FACILITIES Page 2 ,,® DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. SECTION 01500 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section specifies requirements for temporary services and facilities,including utilities,construction and support W facilities, security and protection. Temporary utilities required include but are not limited to: Water service and distribution. Temporary electric power and light. Telephone service. t ► Storm and sanitary sewer. Temporary construction and support facilities required include but are not limited to: Temporary heat. Field offices and storage sheds. Sanitary facilities, including drinking water. 1w Dewatering facilities and drains. Temporary enclosures. Waste disposal services. Rodent and pest control. Construction aids and miscellaneous services and facilities. Security and protection facilities required include but are not limited to: Temporary fire protection. Barricades, warning signs, lights. Sidewalk bridge or enclosure fence for the site. Environmental protection. QUALITY ASSURANCE Regulation : Comply with industry standards and applicable laws and regulations if authorities having jurisdiction, including but not limited to: Building Code requirements. Health and safety regulations. Ir Utility company regulations. Police, Fire Department and Rescue Squad rules. Environmental protection regulations. Standards: Comply with NFPA Code 241 "Building Construction and Demolition P y , " g Operations", ANSI-A10 Series standards for "Safety Requirements for Construction and Demolition", and NECA Electrical Design Library VN TEMPORARY FACILITIES Page 1 44 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. The independent testing agency shall submit a certified written report of each inspection, test or similar service, to - the Architect, in duplicate, unless the Contractor is responsible for the service. If the Contractor is responsible for the service, submit a certified written report of each inspection, test or similar service through the Contractor, in duplicate. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to the governing authority, when the authority so directs. Report Data: Written reports of each inspection, test or similar service shall include, but not be limited to: Date of issue. Project title and number. Name, address and telephone number of testing agency. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. Names of individuals making the inspection or test. Designation of the Work and test method. Identification of product and Specification Section. Complete inspection or test data. Test results and an interpretations of test results. Ambient conditions at the time of sample-taking and testing. Comments or professional opinion as to whether inspected or tested Work complies with Contract Document requirements. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. Recommendations on retesting. QUALITY ASSURANCE Qualification for Service Agencies: Engage inspection and testing service agencies, including independent testing laboratories, which are prequalified as complying with "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualification"by the American Council of Independent Laboratories,and which specialize in the types of inspections and tests to be performed. Each independent inspection and testing agency engaged on the Project shall be authorized by authorities having jurisdiction to operate in the State in which the Project is located. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable). PART 3 - EXECUTION REPAIR AND PROTECTION General: Upon completion of inspection, testing, sample-taking and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes to eliminate deficiencies, including deficiencies in visual qualities of exposed finishes. Comply with Contract Document requirements for "Cutting and Patching." Protect construction exposed by or for quality control service activities, and protect repaired construction. Repair and protection is the Contractor's responsibility,regardless of the assignment of responsibility for inspection, testing or similar services. END OF SECTION 01400 QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES 01400 Page 3 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Cost of retesting construction revised or replaced by the Contractor is the Contractor's responsibility, +! where required tests were performed on original construction. Associated Services: The Contractor shall cooperate with agencies performing required inspections,tests and similar services and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify the agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Auxiliary services required include but are not limited to: Providing access to the Work and furnishing incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate inspections and tests. Taking adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing or assisting the agency in taking samples. Providing facilities for storage and curing of test samples, and delivery of samples to testing laboratories. Providing the agency with a preliminary design mix proposed for use for materials mixes that require control by the testing agency. Security and protection of samples and test equipment at the Project site. Owner Responsibilities: The Owner will provide inspections, tests and similar quality control services specified to be performed by independent agencies and not by the Contractor, except where they are specifically indicated as the Contractor's responsibility or are provided by another identified entity. Costs for these services are not included in the Contract Sum. The Owner will employ and pay for the services of an independent agency, testing laboratory or other qualified firm to perform services which are the Owner's responsibility. Duties of the Testing Agencv: The independent testing agency engaged to perform inspections,sampling and testing of materials and construction specified in individual Specification Sections shall cooperate with the Architect and " Contractor in performance of its duties, and shall provide qualified personnel to perform required inspections and tests. The agency shall notify the Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. The agency is not authorized to release, revoke, alter or enlarge requirements of the Contract Documents, or approve or accept any portion of the Work. The agency shall not perform any duties of the Contractor. Coordination: The Contractor and each agency engaged to perform inspections, tests and similar services shall coordinate the sequence of activities to accommodate required services with a minimum of delay. In addition the Contractor and each agency shall coordinate activities to avoid the necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate inspections and tests. The Contractor is responsible for scheduling times for inspections, tests, taking samples and similar activities. SUBMITTALS QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES 01400 Page 2 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. SECTION 01400 - QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for quality control services. Quality control services include inspections and tests and related actions including reports,performed by independent agencies, governing authorities,and the Contractor. They do not include Contract enforcement activities performed by the Architect. Inspection and testing services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for compliance with Contract Document requirements. Requirements of this Section relate to customized fabrication and installation procedures, not production of standard products. 00 Specific quality control requirements for individual construction activities are specified in the Sections that specify those activities. Those requirements, including inspections and tests,cover production of standard products as well as customized fabrication and installation procedures. Inspections, test and related actions specified are not intended to limit the Contractor's quality control procedures that facilitate compliance with Contract Document requirements. Requirements for the Contractor to provide quality control services required by the Architect, Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section. RESPONSIBILITIES Contractor Responsibilities: The Contractor shall provide inspections, tests and similar quality control services, specified in individual Specification Sections and required by governing authorities, except where they are specifically indicated to be the Owner's responsibility, or are provided by another identified entity; these services include those specified to be performed by an independent agency and not by the Contractor. Costs for these services shall be included in the Contract Sum. The Owner will engage and pay for the services of an independent agency to perform inspections and tests specified as the Owner's responsibility. Where the Owner has engaged a testing agency or other entity for testing and inspection of a part of the Work, and the Contractor is also required to engage an entity for the same or related element, the Contractor shall not employ the entity engaged by the Owner, unless otherwise agreed in writing with the Owner. Retesting: The Contractor is responsible for retesting where results of required inspections,tests or similar services prove unsatisfactory and do not indicate compliance with Contract Document requirements, regardless of whether the original test was the Contractor's responsibility. QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES 01400 Page 1 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Do not permit submittals marked "Resubmission Required" to be used at the Project site, or elsewhere where Work is in progress. Other Action: Where a submittal is primarily for information or record purposes, special processing or other activity, the submittal will be returned, marked "Action Not Required". PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable). PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable). END OF SECTION 01300 SUBMITTALS 01300 Page 7 oil DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Preliminary submittals: Where Samples are for selection of color,pattern,texture or similar characteristics + from a range of standard choices, submit a full set of choices for the material or product. Submit all samples for interior and exterior color choices together, at the beginning of the submittal process, to facilitate the selection of final colors. Preliminary submittals will be reviewed and returned with the Architect's mark indicating selection and other action. Submittals: Except for Samples illustrating assembly details, workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections, operation and similar characteristics, submit 4 sets; two will be returned marked with the action taken. Maintain sets of Samples, as returned, at the Project site, for quality comparisons throughout the course of construction. Unless noncompliance with Contract Document provisions is observed, the submittal may serve as the final submittal. Sample sets may be used to obtain final acceptance of the construction associated with each set. Distribution of Samples: Prepare and distribute additional sets to subcontractors, manufacturers, fabricators, , suppliers, installers, and others as required for performance of the Work. Show distribution on transmittal forms. Field Samples specified in individual Sections are special types of Samples. Field Samples are full-size examples erected on site to illustrate finishes,coatings,or finish materials and to establish the standard by which the Work will be judged. Comply with submittal requirements to the fullest extent possible. Process transmittal forms to , provide a record of activity. ARCHITECT'S ACTION Except for submittals for record, information or similar purposes, where action and return is required or requested, the Architect will review each submittal, mark to indicate action taken, and return promptly. Compliance with specified characteristics is the Contractor's responsibility. Action Stamp: The Architect will stamp each submittal with a uniform, self-explanatory action stamp. The stamp will be appropriately marked, as follows, to indicate the action taken: Final Unrestricted Release: Where submittals are marked "No Exceptions Taken," that part of the Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with requirements of the Contract Documents; final acceptance will depend upon that compliance. Final-But-Restricted Release: When submittals are marked "Exceptions Taken as Noted," that part of the Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with notations or corrections on the submittal and requirements of the Contract Documents; final acceptance will depend on that compliance. Returned for Resubmittal: When submittal is marked "Resubmission Required," do not proceed with that " part of the Work covered by the submittal, including purchasing, fabrication, delivery, or other activity. Revise or prepare a new submittal in accordance with the notations; resubmit without delay. Repeat if necessary to obtain a different action mark. *� SUBMITTALS 01300 Page 6 ... DEWEY HOUSE Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Do not submit Product Data until compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents has been confirmed. F Preliminary Submittal: Submit a preliminary single-copy of Product Data where selection of options is required. Submittals: Submit 4 copies of each required submittal; submit 6 copies where required for maintenance manuals. The Architect will retain two, and will return the others marked with action taken and corrections or modifications required. po Unless noncompliance with Contract Document provisions is observed, the submittal may serve as the final submittal. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittal to installers, subcontractors, suppliers, manufacturers, fabricators,and others required for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms. Do not proceed with installation until an applicable copy of Product Data applicable is in the installer's possession. Do not permit use of unmarked copies of Product Data in connection with construction. SAMPLES Submit full-size, fully fabricated Samples cured and finished as specified and physically identical with the material or product proposed. Samples include partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components,cuts or containers of materials, color range sets, and swatches showing color, texture and pattern. Mount, display, or package Samples in the manner specified to facilitate review of qualities indicated. Prepare Samples to match the Architect's Sample. Include the following: Generic description of the Sample. Sample source. Product name or name of manufacturer. tw Compliance with recognized standards. Availability and delivery time. OP Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture, for a final check of these characteristics with other elements,and for a comparison of these characteristics between the final submittal and the actual component as delivered and installed. Where variation in color, pattern, texture or other characteristics are inherent in the material or product represented, submit multiple units (not less than 3), that show approximate limits of the variations. Refer to other Specification Sections for requirements for Samples that illustrate workmanship, fabrication techniques, details of assembly, connections, operation and similar construction characteristics. Refer to other Sections for Samples to be returned to the Contractor for incorporation in the Work. Such Samples must be undamaged at time of use. On the transmittal, indicate special requests regarding disposition of Sample submittals. SUBMITTALS 01300 Page 5 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. of Shop Drawings. Standard information prepared without specific reference to the Project is not considered Shop .. Drawings. Shop Drawings include fabrication and installation drawings, setting diagrams, schedules, patterns, templates and similar drawings. Include the following information: Dimensions. Identification of products and materials included. �. Compliance with specified standards. Notation of coordination requirements. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns and similar full- size Drawings, submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2" x 11" but no larger than 36" x 48". Initial Submittal: Submit 4 blue-or black-line prints for the Architect's review; two will be returned. Final Submittal: Submit 3 blue-or black-line prints and 2 additional prints where required for maintenance .�. manuals, plus the number of prints needed by the Architect for distribution. 2 prints will be retained; the remainder returned. One of the prints returned shall be marked-up and maintained as a "Record Document". Do not use Shop Drawings without an appropriate final stamp indicating action taken in connection with construction. Coordination drawings are a special type of Shop Drawing that show the relationship and integration of different construction elements that require careful coordination during fabrication or installation to fit in the space provided or function as intended. Preparation of coordination Drawings is specified in section "Project Coordination" and may include components previously shown in detail on Shop Drawings or Product Data. Submit coordination Drawings for integration of different construction elements. Show sequences and relationships of separate components to avoid conflicts in use of space. PRODUCT DATA Collect Product Data into a single submittal for each element of construction or system. Product Data includes ..� printed information such as manufacturer's installation instructions,catalog cuts, standard color charts, roughing-in diagrams and templates, standard wiring diagrams and performance curves. Where Product Data must be specially prepared because standard printed data is not suitable for use, submit as "Shop Drawings." Mark each copy to show applicable choices and options. Where printed Product Data includes information on several products, some of which are not required, mark copies to indicate the applicable information. Include the following information: Manufacturer's printed recommendations. Compliance with recognized trade association standards. Compliance with recognized testing agency standards. Application of testing agency labels and seals. Notation of dimensions verified by field measurement. Notation of coordination requirements. SUBMITTALS 01300 Page 4 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz &Company Architects, Inc, Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from parties involved. Coordinate each element on the schedule with other construction activities; include minor elements involved in the sequence of the Work. Show each activity in proper sequence. Indicate graphically sequences necessary 0" for completion of related portions of the Work. Coordinate the Contractor's construction schedule with the schedule of values, list of subcontracts, submittal schedule, progress reports, payment requests and other schedules. Indicate completion in advance of the date established for Substantial Completion. Indicate Substantial OR Completion on the schedule to allow time for the Architect's procedures necessary for certification of Substantial Completion. Cost Correlation: At the head of the schedule, provide a two item cost correlation line, indicating"precalculated" PRI and "actual" costs. On the line show dollar-volume of Work performed as of the dates used for preparation of payment requests. w Refer to Section "Applications for Payment" for cost reporting and payment procedures. Distribution: Following response to the initial submittal, print and distribute copies to the Architect, Owner, subcontractors, and other parties required to comply with scheduled dates. Post copies in the Project meeting room and temporary field office. When revisions are made, distribute to the same parties and post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in construction activities. Schedule Updating: Revise the schedule after each meeting or activity, where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue the updated schedule concurrently with report of each meeting. DAILY CONSTRUCTION REPORTS Prepare a daily construction report, recording the following information concerning events at the site; and submit duplicate copies to the Architect at weekly intervals: List of subcontractors at the site. Approximate count of personnel at the site. High and low temperatures, general weather conditions. Accidents and unusual events. Meetings and significant decisions. Stoppages, delays, shortages, losses. Meter readings and similar recordings. Emergency procedures. Orders and requests of governing authorities. Change Orders received, implemented. Services connected, disconnected. Equipment or system tests and start-ups. Partial Completions, occupancies. !!!" Substantial Completions authorized. SHOP DRAWINGS Submit newly prepared information,drawn to accurate scale. Highlight,encircle, or otherwise indicate deviations from the Contract Documents. Do not reproduce Contract Documents or copy standard information as the basis Page 3 SUBMITTALS 01300 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. If an intermediate submittal is necessary, process the same as the initial submittal. Allow two weeks for reprocessing each submittal. No extension of Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals to the Architect sufficiently in advance of the Work to permit processing. Submittal Preparation: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification. Indicate the name of the entity that prepared each submittal on the label or title block. Provide a space approximately 4" x 5" on the label or beside the title block on Shop Drawings to record the Contractor's review and approval markings and the action taken. .. Include the following information on the label for processing and recording action taken. Project name. .. Date. Name and address of Architect. Name and address of Contractor. Name and address of subcontractor. Name and address of supplier. Name of manufacturer. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. Submittal Transmittal: Package each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit each submittal from Contractor to Architect using a transmittal form. Submittals received from sources other than the Contractor will be returned without action. On the transmittal Record relevant information and requests for data. On the form, or separate sheet, .. record deviations from Contract Document requirements, including minor variations and limitations. Include Contractor's certification that information complies with Contract Document requirements. Transmittal Form: Use AIA Document G 810. Transmittal Form: Use the sample form at the end of this Section for transmittal of submittals. CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE Bar-Chart Schedule: Prepare a fully developed, horizontal bar- chart type Contractor's construction schedule. Submit within 30 days of the date established for "Commencement of the Work". Provide a separate time bar for each significant construction activity. Provide a continuous vertical line to identify the first working day of each week. Use the same breakdown of units of the Work as indicated in the "Schedule of Values". Within each time bar indicate estimated completion percentage in 10 percent increments. As Work .� progresses, place a contrasting mark in each bar to indicate Actual Completion. Prepare the schedule on a sheet, or series of sheets, of stable transparency, or other reproducible media, of sufficient width to show data for the entire construction period. SUBMITTALS 01300 Page 2 ... DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-I Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for submittals required for performance of the e Work, including; Contractor's construction schedule. Daily construction reports. Shop Drawings. Product Data. Samples. Administrative Submittals: Refer to other Division-1 Sections and other Contract Documents for requirements for administrative submittals. Such submittals include, but are not limited to: Permits. Applications for payment. Performance and payment bonds. Insurance certificates. List of Subcontractors. ON The Schedule of Values submittal is included in Section "Applications for Payment." Inspection and test reports are included in Section "Quality Control Services." ON SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. pe Transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of performance of related construction activities to avoid delay. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals and related activities that require sequential activity. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related elements of the Work so processing will 40 not be delayed by the need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. The Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received. Processing: Allow sufficient review time so that installation will not be delayed as a result of the time required to process submittals, including time for resubmittals. Allow two weeks for initial review. Allow additional time if processing must be delayed to permit coordination with subsequent submittals. The Architect will promptly advise the Contractor when SUBMITTALS 01300 Page 1 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Attendees: In addition to representatives of the Owner and Architect, each subcontractor, supplier or other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings by persons familiar with the Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to progress. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of the previous progress meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to the current status of the Project. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine where each ! activity is in relation to the Contractor's Construction Schedule, whether on time or ahead or behind schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time. Review the present and future needs of each entity present, including such items as: Interface requirements. Time. Sequences. Deliveries. Off-site fabrication problems. Access. Site utilization. Temporary facilities and services. Hours of Work. Hazards and risks. Housekeeping. Quality and Work standards. Change Orders. Documentation of information for payment requests. Renortin¢: No later than 3 days after each progress meeting date, distribute copies of minutes of the meeting to each party present and to other parties who should have been present. Include a brief summary, in narrative form, of progress since the previous meeting and report. Schedule U_pdatin : Revise the construction schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue the revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION 01200 illy PROJECT MEETINGS 01200 Page 3 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. other construction. The Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or affected by the installation, and its coordination or integration with other materials and installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise the Architect of scheduled meeting dates. Review the progress of other construction activities and preparations for the particular activity under consideration at each pre-installation conference, including requirements for: Contract Documents. Options. Related Change Orders. Purchases ... Deliveries. Shop Drawings, Product Data and quality control Samples. Possible conflicts. Compatibility problems. Time schedules. Weather limitations. Manufacturer's recommendations. "W Compatibility of materials. Acceptability of substrates. Temporary facilities. Space and access limitations. Governing regulations. Safety. Inspection and testing requirements. Required performance results. Recording requirements. Protection. Record significant discussions and agreements and disagreements of each conference, along with the approved schedule. Distribute the record of the meeting to everyone concerned, promptly, including the Owner and Architect. Do not proceed if the conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of Work and reconvene the conference at the earliest feasible date. COORDINATION MEETINGS Conduct Proiect coordination meetings at regularly scheduled times convenient for all parties involved. Project coordination meetings are in addition to specific meetings held for other purposes,such as regular progress meetings and special pre-installation meetings. Request representation at each meeting by every party currently involved in coordination or planning for the construction activities involved. Record meeting results and distribute copies to everyone in attendance and to others affected by decisions or actions resulting from each meeting. PROGRESS MEETINGS Conduct progress meetings at the Project site at regularly scheduled intervals. Notify the Owner and Architect of scheduled meeting dates. Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of the payment request. �* PROJECT MEETINGS 01200 Page 2 ,,� DEWEY HOUSE Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. SECTION 01200 - PROJECT MEETINGS PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for project meetings including but not limited to: Pre-Construction Conference. Pre-Installation Conferences. Coordination Meetings. Progress Meetings. Construction schedules are specified in another Division-1 Section. PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE po Schedule a pre-construction conference and organizational meeting at the Project site or other convenient location no later than 15 days after execution of the Agreement and prior to commencement of construction activities. Conduct the meeting to review responsibilities and personnel assignments. Attendees: The Owner, Architect and their consultants,the Contractor and its superintendent,major subcontractors, manufacturers, suppliers and other concerned parties shall each be represented at the conference by persons familiar with and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress including such topics as: Tentative construction schedule. Critical Work sequencing. Designation of responsible personnel. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment. Distribution of Contract Documents. Submittal of Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples. Preparation of record documents. Use of the premises. Office, Work and storage areas. Equipment deliveries and priorities. Safety procedures. First aid. Security. Housekeeping. Working hours. I�r PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCES Conduct a pre-installation conference at the site before each construction activity that requires coordination with W PROJECT MEETINGS 01200 Page 1 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Refer uncertainties to the Architect for a decision before proceeding. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on the Project is required to be familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, the Contractor shall obtain copies directly from the publication source. Abbreviations and Names: Trade association names and titles of general standards are frequently abbreviated. Where such acronyms or abbreviations are used in the Specifications or other Contract Documents, they mean the recognized name of the trade association, standards-generating organization, authority having jurisdiction,or other entity applicable to the context of the Text provision. Refer to the "Encyclopedia of Associations," published by Gale Research Co., available in most libraries. GOVERNING REGULATIONS AND AUTHORITIES Conies of Regulations: Obtain copies of the applicable regulations and retain at the Project site to be available for reference by parties who have a reasonable need. SUBMITTALS Permits. Licenses, and Certificates: For the Owner's records, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, and similar documents, correspondence, and records established in conjunction with compliance with standards and regulations bearing upon performance of the Work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION 01095 so PM REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS 01095 Page 3 III DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Assigning Specialists: Certain Sections of the Specifications require that specific construction activities shall •• be performed by specialists who are recognized experts in those operations. The specialists must be engaged for those activities,and their assignments are requirements over which the Contractor has no choice or option. However, the ultimate responsibility for fulfilling Contract requirements remains with the Contractor. This requirement shall not be interpreted to conflict with enforcing building codes and similar regulations governing the Work. It is also not intended to interfere with local trade union jurisdictional settlements and similar conventions. .. Project site is the space available to the Contractor for performing construction activities either exclusively or in conjunction with others performing other work as part of the Project. The extent of the Project site is shown on the Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which the Project is to be built. Testing Agencies: A testing agency is an independent entity engaged to perform specific inspections or tests,either at the Project site or elsewhere, and to report on and, if required, to interpret results of those inspections or tests. y' SPECIFICATION FORMAT AND CONTENT EXPLANATION Specification Format: These Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections based on the Construction Specifications Institute's 16-Division format and MASTERFORMAT numbering system. Specification Content: This Specification uses certain conventions regarding the style of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations or circumstances. These conventions are explained as follows: Abbreviated Language: Language used in Specifications and other Contract Documents is abbreviated. Words and meanings shall be interpreted as appropriate. Words that are implied,but not stated, shall be interpolated as the sense requires. Singular words will be interpreted as plural and plural words interpreted as singular where applicable as the context of the Contract Documents indicates. Imperative and streamlined language is used generally in the Specifications. Requirements expressed in the imperative mood are to be performed by the Contractor. At certain locations in the Text, subjective language is used for clarity to describe responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by the Contractor, or by others when so noted. no The words "shall be" are implied wherever a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase. INDUSTRY STANDARDS Applicability of Standards: Except where the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference. Publication Dates: Comply with the standards in effect as of the date of the Contract Documents. Conflicting Requirements: Where compliance with two or more standards is specified and where the standards may .� establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, refer requirements that are different but apparently equal and other uncertainties to the Architect for a decision before proceeding. Minimum Ouantity or Ouality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of the requirements. REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS 01095 Page 2 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. SECTION 01095 - REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS tau PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. DEFINITIONS General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract. Indicated: The term indicated refers to graphic representations, notes, or schedules on the Drawings, or other Paragraphs or Schedules in the Specifications, and similar requirements in the Contract Documents. Terms such as shown, noted, scheduled, and specified are used to help the reader locate the reference. There is no limitation on location. Directed: Terms such as directed,requested,authorized,selected,approved, required, and permitted mean directed by the Architect, requested by the Architect, and similar phrases. Approved: The term approved, when used in conjunction with the Architect's action on the Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, is limited to the Architect's duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract. Reputations: The term regulations includes laws,ordinances, statutes,and lawful orders issued by authorities having ! jurisdiction,as well as rules,conventions,and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work. Furnish: The term furnish means supply and deliver to the Project site, ready for unloading,unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations. Install: The term install describes operations at the Project site including the actual unloading,unpacking,assembly, erection, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations. Provide: The term provide means to furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use. Installer: An Installer is the Contractor or another entity engaged by the Contractor, either as an employee, subcontractor, or contractor of lower tier, to perform a particular construction activity, including installation, erection, application, and similar operations. Installers are required to be experienced in the operations they are engaged to perform. The term experienced, when used with the term Installer, means having a minimum of five previous projects similar in size and scope to this Project, being familiar with the special requirements indicated, and having complied with requirements of the authority having jurisdiction. Trades: Using terms such as carpentry is not intended to imply that certain construction activities must be performed by accredited or unionized individuals of a corresponding generic name, such as carpenter. It also does not imply that requirements specified apply exclusively to tradespersons of the corresponding generic name. REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS OI095 Page 1 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Record benchmark locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project Record Documents. *■* Existing utilities and equipment: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning sitework,investigate and verify the existence and location of underground utilities and other construction. Prior to construction, verify the location and invert elevation at points of connection of sanitary sewer, storm sewer and water service piping. PERFORMANCE Working from lines and levels established by the property survey, establish benchmarks and markers to set lines and levels at each story of construction and elsewhere as needed to properly locate each element of the Project. Calculate and measure required dimensions within indicated or recognized tolerances. Do not scale Drawings to determine dimensions. .w Advise entities engaged in construction activities, of marked lines and levels provided for their use. As construction proceeds, check every major element for line, level and plumb. Surveyor's Log: Maintain a surveyor's log of control and other survey Work. Make this log available for ..� reference. Record deviations from required lines and levels, and advise the Architect when deviations that exceed indicated or recognized tolerances are detected. On Project Record Drawings, record deviations that are accepted and not corrected. Site Improvements: Locate and lay out site improvements, including pavements, stakes for grading, fill and topsoil ..s placement, utility slopes and invert elevations by instrumentation and similar appropriate means. Building Lines and Levels: Locate and lay out batter boards for structures, building foundations,column grids and locations, floor levels and control lines and levels required for mechanical and electrical Work. Existing Utilities: Furnish information necessary to adjust, move or relocate existing structures, utility poles, lines, services or other appurtenances located in, or affected by construction. Coordinate with local authorities having + jurisdiction. END OF SECTION 01050 FIELD ENGINEERING 01050 Page 2 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. SECTION 01050 - FIELD ENGINEERING PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY General: This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for field engineering services, including, but not necessarily limited to, the following: Land survey Work. SUBMITTALS Certificates: Submit a certificate signed by the Land Surveyor or Professional Engineer certifying that the location and elevation of improvements comply with the Contract Documents. Proiect Record Documents: Submit a record of Work performed and record survey data as required under provisions of Sections "Submittals" and "Project Closeout". QUALITY ASSURANCE " Surveyor: Engage a Registered Land Surveyor registered in the State where the project is located, to perform land surveying services required. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION EXAMINATION The Owner will identify existing control points and property line comer stakes. Verify layout information shown on the Drawings,in relation to the property survey and existing benchmarks before proceeding to layout the Work. Locate and protect existing benchmarks and control points. Preserve permanent reference points during construction. Do not change or relocate benchmarks or control points without prior written approval. Promptly report lost or destroyed reference points, or requirements to relocate reference points because of necessary changes in grades or locations. Promptly replace lost or destroyed project control points. Base replacements on the original survey control points. Establish and maintain a minimum of two permanent benchmarks on the site, referenced to data established by survey control points. FIELD ENGINEERING 01050 Page 1 MM DEWEY HOUSE Dietz &. Company Architects, Inc. surfaces. MM Cut through concrete and masonry using a cutting machine such as a carborundum saw or diamond core drill. am Comply with requirements of applicable Sections of Division-2 where cutting and patching requires excavating and backfilling. IM By-pass utility services such as pipe or conduit, before cutting, where services are shown or required to be removed, relocated or abandoned. Cut-off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve or plug and seal the remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after by-passing and cutting. Patching: Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with specified tolerances. Where feasible, inspect and test patched areas to demonstrate integrity of the installation. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction *° in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing. Where removal of walls or partitions extends one finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space to provide an even surface of uniform color and appearance. Remove existing floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary to achieve uniform color and appearance. Where patching occurs in a smooth painted surface, extend final paint coat over entire unbroken containing the patch, after the patched area has received primer and second coat. Patch, repair or rehang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even plane surface of uniform appearance. Plaster Installation: Comply with manufacturer's instructions and install thickness and coats as indicated. Unless otherwise indicated provide 3-coat Work. Finish gypsum plaster with smooth-troweled finish. Sand lightly to remove trowel marks and anises. Cut, patch, point-up and repair plaster to accommodate other construction and to restore cracks, dents and ., imperfections. CLEANING 4M Thoroughly clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching is performed or used as access. Remove completely paint, mortar, oils,putty and items of similar nature. Thoroughly clean piping,conduit and similar features before painting or other finishing is applied. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition. No END OF SECTION 01045 am CUTTING AND PATCHING 01045 Page 4 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Use materials that are identical to existing materials. If identical materials are not available or cannot be used where exposed surfaces are involved,use materials that match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible with regard to visual effect. Use materials whose installed performance will equal or surpass that of existing materials. Plaster: Comply with ASTM C 842. Base Coat: Ready-mixed, sand aggregate gypsum plaster base. Finish Coat: Ready-mixed gypsum finish plaster. PART 3 - EXECUTION INSPECTION Before cutting existing surfaces, examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching is to be performed. Take corrective action before proceeding, if unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions are "! encountered. Before proceeding, meet at the site with parties involved in cutting and patching, including mechanical and electrical trades. Review areas of potential interference and conflict. Coordinate procedures and resolve potential conflicts before proceeding. PREPARATION Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of Work to be cut. Protection: Protect existing construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of the Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations. Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas. Take all precautions necessary to avoid cutting existing pipe, conduit or ductwork serving the building, but scheduled to be removed or relocated until provisions have been made to bypass them. PERFORMANCE r General: Employ skilled workmen to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time and complete without delay. Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction activities and the subsequent fitting and patching required to restore surfaces to their original condition. Cuttins: Cut existing construction using methods least likely to damage elements to be retained or adjoining construction. Where possible review proposed procedures with the original installer; comply with the original installer's recommendations. go In general, where cutting is required use hand or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots neatly to size required with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. To avoid marring existing finished surfaces, cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed CUTTING AND PATCHING 01045 Page 3 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Obtain approval of the cutting and patching proposal before cutting and patching the following structural w* elements: Foundation construction. Bearing and retaining walls. Structural concrete. Structural steel. Lintels. Timber and primary wood framing. Structural decking. Stair systems. Miscellaneous structural metals. Exterior curtain wall construction. Equipment supports. Piping, ductwork, vessels and equipment. Structural systems of special construction in Division-13. Operational and Safety Limitations: Do not cut and patch operating elements or safety related components in a �* manner that would result in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or result in increased maintenance, or decreased operational life or safety. Obtain approval of the cutting and patching proposal before cutting and patching the following operating elements or safety related systems: Shoring, bracing, and sheeting. �+ Primary operational systems and equipment. Air or smoke barriers. Water, moisture, or vapor barriers. w Membranes and flashings. Fire protection systems. Control systems. Communication systems. .�► Electrical wiring systems. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces, in a manner +* that would, in the Architect's opinion,reduce the building's aesthetic qualities,or result in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Remove and replace Work cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. If possible retain the original installer or fabricator to cut and patch the following categories of exposed .. Work, or if it is not possible to engage the original installer or fabricator, engage another recognized experienced and specialized firm: .. _Processed concrete finishes. Stucco and ornamental plaster. Finished wood flooring. no Carpeting. Wall covering. HVAC enclosures, cabinets or covers. ow PART 2 - PRODUCTS MATERIALS a„ CUTTING AND PATCHING 01045 Page 2 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. SECTION 01045 - CUTTING AND PATCHING PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for cutting and patching. Refer to other Sections for specific requirements and limitations applicable to cutting and patching individual parts of the Work. Requirements of this Section apply to mechanical and electrical installations. Refer to Division-15 and Division-16 Sections for other requirements and limitations applicable to cutting and patching mechanical and electrical installations. A! Demolition of selected portions of the building for alterations is included in Section "Selective Demolition." SUBMITTALS Cutting and Patching Proposal: Where approval of procedures for cutting and patching is required before proceeding, submit a proposal describing procedures well in advance of the time cutting and patching will be performed and request approval to proceed. Include the following information, as applicable, in the proposal: Describe the extent of cutting and patching required and how it is to be performed; indicate why it cannot be avoided. Describe anticipated results in terms of changes to existing construction; include changes to structural elements and operating components as well as changes in the building's appearance and other significant visual elements. List products to be used and firms or entities that will perform Work. Indicate dates when cutting and patching is to be performed. �w List utilities that will be disturbed or affected, including those that will be relocated and those that will be temporarily out-of-service. Indicate how long service will be disrupted. Where cutting and patching involves addition of reinforcement to structural elements, submit details and engineering calculations to show how reinforcement is integrated with the original structure. Approval by the Architect to proceed with cutting and patching does not waive the Architect's right to later require complete removal and replacement of a part of the Work found to be unsatisfactory. QUALITY ASSURANCE Requirements for Structural Work: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that would reduce their load-carrying capacity or load-deflection ratio. CUTTING AND PATCHING 01045 Page 1 Oft DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Destructive testing. *W Misalignment. Excessive weathering. Unprotected storage. am Improper shipping or handling. Theft. Vandalism. .* END OF SECTION 01040 w� ws .w 4M go .w IM PROJECT COORDINATION 01040 Page 4 '"' DEWEY HOUSE Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Provide attachment and connection devices and methods necessary for securing Work. Secure Work true to line and level. Allow for expansion and building movement. Visual Effects: Provide uniform joint widths in exposed Work. Arrange joints in exposed Work to obtain the best visual effect. Refer questionable choices to the Architect for final decision. Recheck measurements and dimensions, before starting each installation. Install each comvonent during weather conditions and Project status that will ensure the best possible results. Isolate each part of the completed construction from incompatible material as necessary to prevent deterioration. Coordinate temporary enclosures with required inspections and tests, to minimize the necessity of uncovering completed construction for that purpose. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, install individual components at standard mounting heights recognized within the industry for the particular application indicated. Refer questionable mounting height decisions to the Architect for final decision. CLEANING AND PROTECTION During handling and installation,clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion. Clean and maintain completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects. Limiting Exvosures: Supervise construction activities to ensure that no part of the construction, completed or in 4Mr progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period. Where applicable, such exposures include, but are not limited to, the following: Excessive static or dynamic loading. Excessive internal or external pressures. Excessively high or low temperatures. Thermal shock. Excessively high or low humidity. Air contamination or pollution. Water or ice. Solvents. Chemicals. Light. Radiation. Puncture. Abrasion. Heavy traffic. Soiling, staining and corrosion. Bacteria. Rodent and insect infestation. P4 Combustion. Electrical current. High speed operation, Improper lubrication, ON Unusual wear or other misuse. Contact between incompatible materials. PROJECT COORDINATION 01040 Page 3 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Preparation of schedules. " Installation and removal of temporary facilities. Delivery and processing of submittals. Progress meetings. Project Close-out activities. Conservation: Coordinate construction activities to ensure that operations are carried out with consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials. Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of,but not actually incorporated in,the w Work. Refer to other sections for disposition of salvaged materials that are designated as Owner's property. SUBMITTALS wo, Coordination Drawings: Prepare and submit coordination Drawings where close and careful coordination is required for installation of products and materials fabricated off-site by separate entities, and where limited space availability necessitates maximum utilization of space for efficient installation of different components. me Show the interrelationship of components shown on separate Shop Drawings. Indicate required installation sequences. aw Comply with requirements contained in Section "Submittals." Refer to Division-15 Section "Basic Mechanical Requirements," and Division-16 Section "Basic Electrical .� Requirements" for specific coordination Drawing requirements for mechanical and electrical installations. Staff Names: Within 15 days of Notice to Proceed, submit a list of the Contractor's principal staff assignments, including the Superintendent and other personnel in attendance at the site; identify individuals, their duties and responsibilities; list their addresses and telephone numbers. ..a Post copies of the list in the Project meeting room, the temporary field office, and each temporary telephone. so PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable). am PART 3 - EXECUTION GENERAL INSTALLATION PROVISIONS oft Inspection of Conditions: Require the Installer of each major component to inspect both the substrate and conditions under which Work is to be performed. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in an acceptable manner. .o Manufacturer's Instructions: Comply with manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations, to the extent that those instructions and recommendations are more explicit or stringent than requirements contained in Contract Documents. Inspect materials or equipment immediately upon delivery and again prior to installation. Reject damaged and defective items. .► PROJECT COORDINATION 01040 Page 2 SIM DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. SECTION 01040 - PROJECT COORDINATION PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. !IA SUMMARY This Section specifies administrative and supervisory requirements necessary for Project coordination including,but not necessarily limited to: Coordination. Administrative and supervisory personnel. General installation provisions. Cleaning and protection. Field engineering is included in Section "Field Engineering". Progress meetings, coordination meetings and pre-installation conferences are included in Section "Project Meetings". Requirements for the Contractor's Construction Schedule are included in Section "Submittals". 40 COORDINATION Coordination: Coordinate construction activities included under various Sections of these Specifications to assure go efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations included under different Sections of the Specifications that are dependent upon each other for proper installation, connection, and operation. Where installation of one part of the Work is dependent on installation of other components, either before or after its own installation, schedule construction activities in the sequence required to obtain the best results. Where availability of space is limited,coordinate installation of different components to assure maximum accessibility for required maintenance, service and repair. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. Where necessary, prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved outlining special procedures required AN for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and attendance at meetings. Prepare similar memoranda for the Owner and separate Contractors where coordination of their Work is op required. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities to avoid conflicts and ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following: PROJECT COORDINATION 01040 Page 1 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Contractor-Initiated Change Order Proposal Requests: When latent or other unforseen conditions require modifications to the Contract, the Contractor may propose changes by submitting a request for a change to the Architect, in accordance with the terms of the Agreement. Include a statement outlining the reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of the proposed change on the Contract Sum and Contract Time. Include a list of quantities of products to be purchased and unit costs along with the total amount of purchases to be made. Where requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. Comply with requirements in Section "Product Substitutions"if the proposed change in the Work requires A„ the substitution of one product or system for a product or system specified. Proposal Request Form: Use AIA Document G 709 for Change Order Proposal Requests. CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE Construction Change Directive: When the Owner and Contractor are not in total agreement on the terms of a Change Order Proposal Request, the Architect may issue a Construction Change Directive on AIA Form G714, instructing the Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. The Construction Change Directive will contain a complete description of the change in the Work and designate the method to be followed to determine change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work required by the Construction s Change Directive. After completion of the change, submit an itemized account and supporting data necessary to substantiate , cost and time adjustments to the Contract. CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES Upon the Owner's approval of a Change Order Proposal Request, the Architect will issue a Change Order for signatures of the Owner and Contractor on AIA Form G701, as provided in the Conditions of the Contract. om PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) am PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION 01035 MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01035 Page 2 '" DEWEY HOUSE Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. SECTION 01035 - MODIFICATION PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification sections, apply to this section. SUMMARY This section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing Contract modifications. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section: Division 1 Section "Submittals" for requirements for the Contractor's Construction Schedule. Division 1 Section "Application for Payment" for administrative procedures governing applications for payment. Division 1 Section "Product Substitutions" for administrative procedures for handling requests for substitutions made after award of the Contract. MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK Supplemental instructions authorizing minor changes in the Work, not involving an adjustment to the Contract Sum or Contract Time, will be issued by the Architect on AIA form G710, Architect's Supplemental Instructions. CHANGE ORDER PROPOSAL REQUESTS Owner-Initiated Proposal Requests: Proposed changes in the Work that will require adjustment to the Contract Sum or Contract Time will be issued by the Architect, with a detailed description of the proposed change and supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications, if necessary. Proposal requests issued by the Architect are for information only. Do not consider an them instruction either to stop work in progress, or to execute the proposed change. Unless otherwise indicated in the proposal request, within 10 days of receipt of the proposal request, submit to the Architect for the Owner's review an estimate of cost necessary to execute the proposed change. Include a list of quantities of products to be purchased and unit costs, along with the total amount of purchases to be made. Where requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. Include a statement indicating the effect the proposed change in the Work will have on the Contract Time. MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01035 Page 1 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Alternate No. l: In lieu of retaining the existing pendent light fixtures in the front hall of Dewey House, the Contractor shall remove the existing three (3) pendent fixtures and replace with three new type "J" light fixtures (complete with lamps) as described on the Light Fixture Schedule. The Contractor shall deliver to Smith College the three removed light fixtures. Contractor shall be responsible for providing new boxes as required to support the new fixtures. Alternate No. 2: In lieu of retaining the existing wood windows indicated as Windows 1,2,3,4,5 and 6 on Drawing A2, the Contractor shall remove the existing wood windows and provide new metal clad wood windows as described in Specification Section 08610 at all six(6)openings. The existing exterior and interior wood trim shall be retained and repaired as required. The new windows shall have "modem divided lights"as indicated on the window details. The divided lights shall replicate the exact spacing, size and configuration of the existing windows. Alternate No. 3: In lieu of retaining the existing metal roof shown for the one story roof on the North side of Dewey House, the Contractor shall provide a new standing seam copper roof as described in Specification Section 07610. Work under this alternate shall include the complete removal, down to the roof sheathing, of the existing w. metal roofing system. The existing gutters and downspouts shall be removed and re-installed. New flashing shall be installed at intersections with the existing walls. END OF SECTION 01030 ALTERNATES 01030 Page 2 ,, DEWEY HOUSE Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATES PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing Alternates. DEFINITIONS Definition: An alternate is an amount proposed by bidders and stated on the Bid Form for certain work defined in the Bidding Requirements that may be added to or deducted from the Base Bid amount if the Owner decides to accept a corresponding change in either the amount of construction to be completed, or in the products, materials, equipment, systems, or installation methods described in the Contract Documents. �w The cost or credit for each alternate is the net addition to or deduction from the Contract Sum to incorporate the Alternate into the Work. No other adjustments are made to the Contract Sum. PROCEDURES Coordination: Modify or adjust affected adjacent Work as necessary to completely and fully integrate that Work into the Project. Include as part of each alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory objects, and similar items incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not mentioned as part of the Alternate. Notification: Immediately following the award of the Contract,notify each party involved, in writing,of the status of each alternate. Indicate whether alternates have been accepted, rejected, or deferred for later consideration. Include a complete description of negotiated modifications to alternates. Execute accepted alternates under the same conditions as other Work of this Contract. Schedule: A "Schedule of Alternates" is included at the end of this Section. Specification Sections referenced in 00 the Schedule contain requirements for materials necessary to achieve the Work described under each alternate. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES no ALTERNATES 01030 Page 1 IwR DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: Following issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment; this application shall reflect any Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work. Administrative actions and submittals that shall proceed or coincide with this application include: Occupancy permits and similar approvals. Warranties (guarantees) and maintenance agreements. .. Test/adjust/balance records. Maintenance instructions. Meter readings. w� Start-up performance reports. Change-over information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation and maintenance. Final cleaning. Application for reduction of retainage, and consent of surety. Advice on shifting insurance coverages. List of incomplete Work, recognized as exceptions to Architect's Certificate of Substantial Completion. Final Payment Application: Administrative actions and submittals which must precede or coincide with submittal of the final payment Application for Payment include the following: Completion of Project closeout requirements. w� Completion of items specified for completion after Substantial Completion. Assurance that unsettled claims will be settled. Assurance that Work not complete and accepted will be completed without undue delay. Transmittal of required Project construction records to Owner. Proof that taxes, fees and similar obligations have been paid. Removal of temporary facilities and services. Removal of surplus materials, rubbish and similar elements. Change of door locks to Owner's access. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) .R PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION 01027 w APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 01027 Page 4 ,,,� DEWEY HOUSE Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. A lication Pre aration: Complete every entry on the form including execution by P erson authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of the Owner. Incomplete applications will be returned without action. Entries shall match data on the Schedule of Values and Contractor's Construction Schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions have been made. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued prior to the last day of the construction period covered by the application. Transmittal: Submit 3 executed copies of each Application for Payment to the Architect by means ensuring receipt within 24 hours; one copy shall be complete, including waivers of lien and similar attachments, when required. Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments, and recording appropriate information related to the application in a manner acceptable to the Architect. Waivers of Mechanics Lien: With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of mechanics lien from every entity who may lawfully be entitled to file a mechanics lien arising out of the Contract, and related to the Work covered by the payment. Submit partial waivers on each item for the amount requested, prior to deduction for retainage, on each item. When an application shows completion of an item, submit final or full waivers. The Owner reserves the right to designate which entities involved in the Work must submit waivers. Waiver Delays: Submit each Application for Payment with the Contractor's waiver of mechanics lien for the period of construction covered by the application. Submit final Application for Payment with or preceded by final waivers from every entity involved with performance of Work covered by the application who could lawfully be entitled to a lien. Waiver Forms: Submit waivers of lien on forms, and executed in a manner, acceptable to Owner. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or coincide with submittal of the first Application for Payment include the following: List of subcontractors. List of principal suppliers and fabricators. Schedule of Values. Contractor's Construction Schedule (preliminary if not final). Schedule of principal products. Schedule of unit prices. Submittal Schedule (preliminary if not final). List of Contractor's staff assignments. List of Contractor's principal consultants. Copies of building permits Copies of authorizations and licenses from governing authorities for performance of the Work. Initial progress report. Report of pre-construction meeting. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies. Performance and payment bonds (if required). Data needed to acquire Owner's insurance. APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 01027 Page 3 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Arrange the Schedule of Values in a tabular form with separate columns to indicate the following for each item listed: Generic name. Related Specification Section. .� Name of subcontractor. Name of manufacturer or fabricator. Name of supplier. Change Orders (numbers) that have affected value. Dollar value. Percentage of Contract Sum to the nearest one-hundredth percent, adjusted to total 100 percent. .+ Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in sufficient detail to facilitate continued evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Break principal subcontract amounts down into several .�. line items. Round amounts off to the nearest whole dollar; the total shall equal the Contract Sum. AM For each part of the Work where an Application for Payment may include materials or equipment, purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed, provide separate line items on the Schedule of Values for initial cost of the materials, for each subsequent stage of completion, and for total installed so value of that part of the Work. Unit Cost Allowances: Show line item value of unit cost allowances as a product of unit cost times measured quantity as estimated from the best indication in the Contract Documents. aw Margins of Cost: Show line items for indirect costs, and margins on actual costs, only to the extent that such items will be listed individually in Applications for Payment. Each item in the Schedule of Values no and Applications for Payment shall be complete including its total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit margin. At the Contractor's option, temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of No actual work-in- place may be shown as separate line items in the Schedule of Values or distributed as general overhead expense. Schedule Updating: Update and resubmit the Schedule of Values when Change Orders or Construction Change Directives result in a change in the Contract Sum. APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT: Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as certified by the .� Architect and paid for by the Owner. The initial Application for Payment, the Application for Payment at time of Substantial Completion, and the final Application for Payment involve additional requirements. Payment Application Times: Each progress payment date is as indicated in the Agreement. The period of construction Work covered by each Application or Payment is the period indicated in the Agreement. Payment Application Forms: Use AIA Document G 702 and Continuation Sheets G 703 as the form for Application for Payment. APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 01027 Page 2 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. SECTION 01027 - APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT PART 1 - GENERA L RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY pe This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements governing the Contractor's Applications for Payment. Coordinate the Schedule of Values and Applications for Payment with the Contractor's Construction Schedule, List of Subcontracts, and Submittal Schedule. The Contractor's Construction Schedule and Submittal Schedule are included in Section "Submittals". SCHEDULE OF VALUES Coordinate preparation of the Schedule of Values with preparation of the Contractor's Construction Schedule. _ r Correlate line items in the Schedule of Values with other required administrative schedules and forms, including: Contractor's construction schedule. Application for Payment form. List of subcontractors. Schedule of allowances. Schedule of alternates. List of products. List of principal suppliers and fabricators. Schedule of submittals. Submit the Schedule of Values to the Architect at the earliest feasible date,but in no case later than 7 days before the date scheduled for submittal of the initial Application for Payment. Format and Content: Use the Project Manual Table of Contents as a guide to establish the format for the Schedule of Values. Identification: Include the following Project identification on the Schedule of Values: Project name and location. Name of the Architect. Project number. Contractor's name and address. 40, Date of submittal. APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 01027 Page 1 IN ON DEWEY HOUSE Dietz& Company Architects, Inc. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not applicable). No PART 3 - EXECUTION so END OF SECTION 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK 01010 Page 2 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. SECTION 01010 - SUMMARY OF WORK ' PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division-I Specification Sections, apply to this Section. PROJECT DESCRIPTION The Proiect consists of additions and alterations to the Dewey House on the Smith College Campus, as shown on Contract Documents prepared by Dietz &Company Architects, dated April 20, 1994. The Work consists of the construction of a 3-story stair tower addition to the existing building and a porch/handicapped ramp addition. Interior renovations of the existing building,including new fire doors in selected locations, new finishes, revised heating systems, new electrical work and some site improvements are a part of the Work. The Work includes concrete, masonry walls, steel stairs, architectural woodwork, standing seam copper roofing, sheet metal, hollow metal doors and frames, wood windows, hardware, interior finishes and furnishings including vinyl wallcovering, tackboards, presentation boards, and projection screens, fire protection, heating, electrical systems, lighting, and communication-alarm-signal systems. TIME The roiect shalt commence on or about May 31, 1994 and shall be substantially complete August 15, 1994. Final completion shall be achieved no later than September 1, 1994. CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES General: Limit use of the premises to construction activities in areas indicated; allow for Owner occupancy and t use by the public. Confine operations to areas within Contract limits indicated. Portions of the site beyond areas in which construction operations are indicated are not to be disturbed. Keep driveways and entrances serving the premises clear and available to the Owner and the Owner's employees at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on site. Use of the Existing�Building: Maintain the existing building in a weathertight condition throughout the construction period. Repair damage caused by construction operations. Take all precautions necessary to protect the building and its occupants during the construction period. OWNER OCCUPANCY Full Owner Occupancy: The Owner will occupy the site and existing building during the entire construction period. Cooperate with the Owner during construction operations to minimize conflicts and facilitate Owner usage. Perform the Work so as not to interfere with the Owner's operations. Pa SUMMARY SUMMARY OF WORK 01010 g DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. SECTION 00850 - DRAWING INDEX SHEET# DRAWING NAME Cover Sheet SS-1 Site Plan S-1 General Notes& Sections S-2 First Floor Framing Plan& Sections S-3 Roof Framing Plan& Sections A-1 Foundation Plan A-2 First Floor Plan A-3 Second Floor Plan A-4 Third Floor Plan&Room Finish Schedule A-5 Elevations A-6 Section & Details A-7 Window & Door Schedule & Details A-8 Stair Section & Details A-9 Reflected Ceiling Plan M-1 Basement Plan - Plumbing&Heating M-2 First Floor- Plumbing&Heating Plan M-3 Partial Second Floor Heating, Details, Notes & Legend E-1 Basement Plan - Electrical E-2 First Floor Plan - Electrical E-3 Second & Third Partial Floor Plans & Schedules - Electrical END OF SECTION 00850 DRAWING INDEX 00850 Page 1 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. ARTICLE 14: TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT 14.1.1.4-Delete subparagraphs 14.1.1.4 and 14.1.1.5. 14.1.1.5 14.2 Change Paragraph 14.2 to read as follows: 14.2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER If the Contractor is adjudged a bankrupt, or if the Contractor makes a general assignment for the benefit of the Contractor's creditors, or if a receiver is appointed on account of the Contractor's insolvency, or if the Contractor persistently or repeatedly refuses or fails, except in cases for which extension of time is provided, to supply enough properly skilled workmen or proper materials, or if the Contractor fails to make prompt payment to Subcontractors or for materials or labor, or persistently disregards laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, or orders of any public authority having jurisdiction, or disregards an instruction, order, or decision of the Architect, or otherwise is guilty of a substantial violation of any provision of the Contract, then the Contractor shall be in default, and the Owner may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy and upon written notice to the Contractor, take possession of all materials, tools, appliances, equipment, construction equipment and machinery and vehicles, offices, and other facilities on the Project site, and all materials intended for the Work, wherever stored; and seven (7)days after such notice, may terminate the employment of the Contractor, accept assignment of any or all subcontracts pursuant to Paragraph 5.4, and finish the Work by whatever method the Owner may deem expedient. The Owner shall be entitled to collect from the Contractor all direct,indirect,and consequential damages suffered by the Owner on account of the Contractor's default, including without limitation additional services and expenses of the Architect made necessary thereby. The Owner shall be entitled to hold all amounts due the Contractor at the date of termination until all of the Owner's damages have been established, and to apply such amounts to such damages. 14.3 Delete subparagraphs 14.3.2 and 14.3.3. 14.4 Add the following Paragraph 14.4: 14.4 The Contractor represents and warrants that it has visited and carefully inspected all aspects of the site and that it has made such investigation it deems necessary to ascertain for itself the conditions which are likely to be encountered during the performance of the Work. Since the Work includes the conversion and rehabilitation of a building,exact quantities and detailed descriptions relating to the Work may not be fully ascertained prior to the commencement and performance of the Work, and it is accordingly wo understood and agreed, notwithstanding any other provision of the Contract Documents to the contrary, that the Owner does not warrant or guarantee the present state of the buildings or the conditions that will be encountered during performance of the Work. The Contractor will make no claim for additional payments, extra work, allowances or damages, because of variances from conditions encountered during construction which should reasonably have been anticipated and which require additional labor or materials or cause damage. A Change Order shall be required pursuant to this Article 12 only for major unforeseen or concealed conditions which could not reasonably have been anticipated and which require additional labor or materials or cause damage. END OF SECTION 00815 SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS 00815 Page 15 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. 11.3.11 Delete subparagraph 11.3.11. wo 11.2.12-Add new subparagraphs 11.2.12 and 11.2.13 as follows: 11.2.13 11.3.12 Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as calling for the name of the Contractor or any Subcontractor or any Sub-subcontractor as loss payee on Owner's insurance, and no draft or other instrument in payment of any loss shall name the Contractor, Subcontractor and Sub-subcontractor as joint payees thereof. In the event the insurance proceeds paid to the Owner are not made available for .e reconstruction, the Owner shall promptly notify the Contractor of such fact and such notification shall be treated as a termination in accordance with the provisions of Article 14. 11.3.13 The Contractor shall require each of its Subcontractors to procure and maintain during the life of its subcontract all the insurance reasonably required by the Owner or the Owner's lender and shall not allow its Subcontractors to begin work until the insurance has been so obtained and certificates of insurance approved. The Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to provide a thirty (30)day written notice to the Contractor of cancellation or material change to any of the insurance coverages. ARTICLE 12: UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK am 12.2.1 Add at the end of subparagraph 12.2.1: "and any cost, loss, or damages to the Owner resulting from such failure or defect." a` ARTICLE 13: MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS MW 13.2.1 Replace the second sentence of subparagraph 13.2.1 with following: Except as hereinafter provided, neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract or sublet it as a „„ whole without the written consent of the other, nor shall the Contractor assign any moneys due or to become due to him hereunder, without the previous written consent of the Owner. 13.5.4 Change subparagraph 13.5.4 to read as follows: *" 13.5.4 The Contractor shall obtain and deliver promptly to the Architect any occupancy permit and any certificates of final inspection of any part of the Contractor's work and operating permits for any mechanical apparatus, such as boilers, air compressors, etc., which may be required by law to permit full use and occupancy of the premises by the Owner. Receipt of such permits or certificates by the Architect shall be a condition precedent to Substantial Completion of the Work. 13.5.5 Delete subparagraph 13.5.5. 13.7 Delete Paragraph 13.7. 13.8 Add new Paragraph 13.8. 13.8 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY 13.8.1 The Owner shall be liable only to the extent of its interests in the Project; and not officer, director, partner, agent or employee of the Owner (or any partner of a partner or any agent or employee of a partner) shall ever be personally or individually liable with respect to this Contract or the Work. Each Subcontract shall include the foregoing limitation, which shall be effective if the Owner ever succeeds to the Contractor's rights and obligations under a Subcontract. SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS 00815 Page 14 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Ill blasting or pile-driving operations,undermining and for damage to underground pipes and utilities caused by digging with mechanical equipment. .6 Comprehensive Automobile Liability a) Bodily Injury 1) Each Person $1,000,000 2) Each Occurrence $1,000,000 b) Property Damage 1) Each occurrence $ 250,000 .7 Renewal certificates shall be addressed to and filed with both the Contractor and the Owner at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration date of required policies. .8 Unless, in particular cases, the Owner and Contractor shall agree otherwise in writing, the Contractor shall require all Subcontractors to maintain insurance conforming to the provisions of this Paragraph 11.1 and the Contractor shall maintain on file all such required Certificates of Insurance, which file shall be available for inspection by the Owner upon request. .9 In addition to the Comprehensive General Liability coverage required to be carried by the Contractor pursuant to this Article 11, the Contractor shall also provide the Owner with Certificate(s)of Insurance under a Blanket Excess Liability policy. Said policy shall contain limits of coverage for Personal Injury and Property Damage in amounts not less than $2,000,000 per each occurrence, $2,000,000 aggregate, and the Owner shall be added as a named insured thereon. 11.3.1 Delete and substitute the following: 11.3.1 The Owner shall purchase and maintain so-called Builder's Risk Insurance upon the entire Work at the site in the amount it deems reasonably necessary. This insurance shall cover the Work as installed and materials intended for installation which have been delivered to, unloaded, and stored securely (and in accordance with the Owner's written instructions) on the site. The Contractor shall purchase and maintain insurance upon materials not yet installed and not stored securely on the site. ,x The insurance referred to in this subparagraph 11.3.1 shall be subject to the following limitations: 1 Excepted from coverage shall be owned, rented, or leased construction tools and equipment to be Ow used to perform Work by the Contractor and its Subcontractors. .2 The Contractor and its Subcontractors shall be solely responsible for all loss or damage to construction tools or equipment used to perform the Work. Any insurance protecting such ±1ili equipment shall include an endorsement waiving the insurer's right of subrogation against the Owner, Architect, and their consultants. .3 If by the terms of this insurance a deductible is required, in the event of a paid claim the Contractor shall be responsible for the deductible amount up to a sum not to exceed $3,000 per claim. 11.3.3 Add the following to the end of the last sentence of subparagraph 11.3.3: ", to the extent covered and paid by insurance under this subparagraph 11.3.3." SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS 00815 Page 13 l ! am DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. origin and shall remove promptly any accumulation of water. The Contractor shall provide and operate No all pumps, piping and other equipment necessary to this end. 10.2.10 The Contractor shall remove snow and ice which might result in damage or delay. am 10.2.11 During the progress of the Work and at al times prior to the date of Substantial Completion or occupancy of the Work by the Owner, whichever is earlier, the Contractor shall provide temporary heat, ventilation, and enclosure, adequate to permit the Work to proceed in a timely fashion, and to prevent damage to completed Work or Work in progress, or to materials stored on the premises. The permanent heating and ventilation systems may be used for these purposes when available unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 11: INSURANCE AND BONDS 11.1.1 In the first sentence of subparagraph 11.1.1 following the word "located" insert the words "and to which the Owner has no reasonable objection". 11.1.2 Delete entirely and substitute the following: ,,,m 11.1.2 The insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1 with respect to the Contractor shall be written for not less than the following: dW 1 Worker's Compensation a) State Statutory ,. b) Employer's Liability Statutory .2 Comprehensive General Liability (including Premises-Operations; Independent Owner's and Contractor's Protective; Products and Completed Operations Broad Form Property Damage) a) Bodily Injury ww 1) Each occurrence $1,000,000 2) Annual Aggregate $1,000,000 b) Property Damage 1) Each occurrence $1,000,000 2) Annual Aggregate $1,000,000 .3 Personal Injury Annual Aggregate $1,000,000 .4 Completed Operations and Products Liability as well as Contractor's Liability coverage insuring the indemnity agreement in this Contract shall be maintained for two (2) years after Final Payment. .5 Property Damage Liability Insurance shall include coverage for the following hazards: Ow X (excavation) C (collapse) U (underground) In addition the policy shall be endorsed to insure against liability for damage resulting from VIN SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS 00815 Page 12 AW DEWEY HOUSE Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance of the responsibilities assigned to them in such Certificate. 9.9.1 Change subparagraph 9.9.1 to read as follows: 9.9.1 The Owner may occupy or use any completed or partially completed portion of the Work at any stage. Such partial occupancy or use may begin whether or not the portion is substantially complete, provided that the respective responsibilities of the Owner and Contractor with respect to payments, retainage, if any, security, maintenance, heat, utilities,damage to the Work, insurance, correction of the Work, and warranties shall be established by agreement of the Owner and Contractor or, absent such agreement, shall be determined by the Architect subject to the right of either party to contest such determination as provided in Paragraph 4.5. 9.10.2 Replace the second sentence of subparagraph 9.10.2 with the following: go If the Contractor fails to furnish such releases or waivers as the Owner reasonably requires to satisfy the Owner that there are no outstanding liens, the Owner may require the Contractor, as a condition of final payment and at the Contractor's expense, to furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against any such liens. ARTICLE 10: PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10.1.2- Delete subparagraphs 10.1.2, 10.1.3, and 10.1.4. 10.1.4 10.2.1.2 In subparagraph 10.2.1.2, delete the word "and " at the end of the subparagraph. +1lMr 10.2.1.3 In subparagraph 10.2.1.3, add the word "and" to the end of the subparagraph. 10.2.1.4 Add new subparagraph 10.2.1.4 as follows: .4 any other property of the Owner, whether or not forming part of the Work, located at the site or adjacent thereto in areas to which the Contractor has access. 10.2.5 Replace subparagraph 10.2.5 with the following: The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and loss to property referred to in clauses 10.2.1.2, 10.2.1.3, and 10.2.1.4. If the damage or loss is due in whole or in part to the Contractor's failure to take the precautions required by this Paragraph 10.2, the Contractor shall, subject to any reimbursement to which the Contractor is entitled under property insurance required by the Contract Documents, bear the cost. 10.2.8- Add new subparagraphs 10.2.8 through 10.2.11 as follows; 10.2.11 10.2.8 The Contractor shall provide and maintain in good operating condition suitable and adequate fir protection equipment and services, and shall comply with all reasonable recommendations regarding fire protection made by the representatives of the fire insurance company carrying insurance on the Work or by the local fire chief or fire marshal. The area within the site limits shall be kept orderly and clean, and all combustible rubbish shall be promptly removed from the site. go 10.2.9 The Contractor shall at all times protect excavations, trenches, buildings and materials, from rain water, ground water, backup or leakage or sewers, drains and other piping, and from water of any other SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS 00815 Page 11 IIR an DEWEY HOUSE Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. for Payment shall conclusively be deemed to waive all liens with respect to said Work to which the Contractor may then be entitled, provided that such waiver of the lien rights shall not waive the Contractor's right to payment for such Work. 9.3.4 Add new subparagraph 9.3.4 as follows: 9.3.4 Each Application for Payment or periodic estimate requesting payment shall be accompanied at the Owner's option by (i) a waiver of liens from each Subcontractor or (ii) a certificate from each Subcontractor stating that the Subcontractor has been paid all amounts due the Subcontractor on the basis of the previous periodic payment to the Contractor, or else stating the amount not so paid and the reason for the discrepancy. In the event of any such discrepancy, the Contractor shall furnish the Contractor's own written explanation to the Owner through the Architect. Such waiver or certificate shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner. 9.5.1 In subparagraph 9.5.1, change item .6 and add new subparagraph 9.5.1.7 as follows: .6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time, and that retainage currently held by the Owner would not be adequate to cover actual or liquidated damage ..� for the anticipated delay; .7 a lien or attachment is filed contrary to subparagraph 4.5.9; 9.6.3 Delete subparagraph 9.6.3. 9.6.4 Change subparagraph 9.6.4 to read as follows: 9.6.4 Neither the Owner nor Architect shall have an obligation to pay or to see to the payment of money to a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor, or material supplier. 9.6.5 Delete subparagraph 9.6.5. 9.7.1 Delete the words "or awarded by arbitration" from line 6 of subparagraph 9.7.1. 9.8.1 Add at the end of subparagraph 9.8.1: "and only minor items which can be corrected or completed without any material interference with the **! Owner's use of the Work remain to be corrected or completed." 9.8.2 Replace subparagraph 9.8.2 with the following: When the Contractor considers that the Work, or a portion thereof designated in the Contract Documents for separate completion, is substantially complete and the premises comply with subparagraph 3.15.1,the Contractor shall submit to the Architect (1) a list of items to be completed or corrected, (2) all special warranties required by the Contract Documents, endorsed by the Contractor and in a form reasonably acceptable to the Architect, and (3) the permits and certificates referred to in subparagraph 13.5.4. The failure to include any items on the list mentioned in the preceding sentence does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. When the Architect on the basis on an inspection determines that the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete and the other conditions have been met,the Architect will then prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion which shall state the responsibilities of the Owner and the Contractor for security,maintenance, heat, utilities,damage to the Work, and insurance, and shall fix the time within which the Contractor shall complete the items listed therein. Warranties required by the Contract Documents shall commence on the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Completion. The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be submitted to the SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS 00815 Page 10 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. 6.2.5 Delete subparagraph 6.2.5. ARTICLE 7: CHANGES IN THE WORK 7.2.2 Delete subparagraph 7.2.2. ARTICLE 8: TIME 8.2.2 Delete subparagraph 8.2.2. 8.3.1 In subparagraph 8.3.1,change "other causes beyond the Contractor's control"to read "other causes(except weather)beyond the Contractor's control." Delete the words "pending arbitration" in line seven. Delete the words "Change Order" in line 9 and substitute "Construction Change Directive". 8.3.3 Delete subparagraph 8.3.3 and substitute the following & add new subparagraphs 8.3.4 and 8.3.5 as follows: in 8.3.3 No claim for delay shall be allowed on account of failure of the Architect to furnish Drawings, Specifications, or instructions or to return Shop Drawings or Samples until 15 days after receipt by the Architect by registered or certified mail of written demand for such instructions, Drawings, or Samples, and not then unless such claim be reasonable. 8.3.4 No extension of time shall be granted because of seasonal or abnormal variations in temperature, humidity or precipitation,which conditions shall be wholly at the risk of the Contractor, whether occurring within the time originally scheduled for completion or within the period of any extension granted. There shall be no increase in the Contract Sum on account of any additional costs of operations or conditions resulting therefrom. #lut 8.3.5 The Contractor hereby agrees that the Contractor shall have no claim for damages of any kind against the Owner or Architect on account of any delay in the commencement of the Work and/or any delay or suspension of any portion of the Work, whether such delay is caused by the Owner, the Architect, or otherwise. The Contractor acknowledges that the Contractor's sole remedy for any such delay and/or suspension will be an extension of time as provided in this Article. ARTICLE 9: PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 9.1.1 In subparagraph 9.1.1, change "total" in line two to "maximum". 9.2.1 Add at the end of the first sentence of subparagraph 9.2.1: "and shall be revised if later found by the Architect to be inaccurate." 9.3.1 Add new subparagraph 9.3.1.3: 9.3.1.3 Until Substantial Completion, the Owner shall pay 90% of the amount due the Contractor on account of progress payments. 9.3.3 Change subparagraph 9.3.3 to read as follows: 9.3.3 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work covered by an Application for Payment will pass to the Owner either by incorporation in the construction or upon the receipt of payment by the Contractor, whichever occurs first, free and clear of all liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances, hereinafter referred to in this Article as "liens". The Contractor further agrees that the submission of any Application SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS 00815 Page 9 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. 4.5.4.1 Change subparagraph 4.5.4.1 to read as follows: 4.5.4.1 When a written decision of the Architect states that the decision if final, any demand for arbitration of the mattered covered by such decision must be made within thirty (30) days after the date .. on which the party making the demand receives such decision,and the failure to demand arbitration within said thirty day period will result in the Architect's decision becoming final and binding upon the Owner and the Contractor. 4.5.4.2 Change subparagraph 4.5.4.2 to read as follows: 4.5.4.2 A demand for arbitration shall be made within the time limits specified in subparagraphs 4.5.4 and 4.5.4.1, as applicable, and in no event shall be made after the date when the institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on such Claim would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations. 4.5.8 Add a new subparagraph 4.5.8 as follows: 4.5.8 Notwithstanding any provision contained in this Paragraph 4.5 or elsewhere in the Contract Documents, the Owner reserves the following rights in connection with Claims and disputes between the s. Owner and the Contractor: 1 the right to institute legal action against the Contractor in any court of competent jurisdiction in ■+ lieu of demanding arbitration pursuant to this Paragraph 4.5, in which case the dispute or disputes which are the subject of such action shall be decided by such court, and not by arbitration; .2 the right to obtain from any court of competent jurisdiction a stay of any arbitration instituted by the Contractor, provided that the application for such stay is made before the appointment of the neutral arbitrator in such arbitration, in which case the dispute or disputes which are the subject of such arbitration shall be decided by such court, and not by arbitration; .3 the right to require the Contractor to join as a party in any arbitration between the Owner and the Architect relating to the Project, in which case the Contractor agrees to be bound by the decision of the arbitrator or arbitrators in such arbitration. In case the Owner elects to proceed in accordance with 4.5.8.1 or 4.5.8.2 above, the word "litigation"shall be deemed to replace the word "arbitration" wherever the latter word appears in the Contract Documents. Wr ARTICLE 5: SUBCONTRACTORS 5.3.1 Add at the end of the first sentence of subparagraph 5.3.1: VW "including without limitation the obligations set forth in subparagraph 3.18.4." 5.4.2 Delete subparagraph 5.4.2. up ARTICLE 6: CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 6.1.4 Delete subparagraph 6.1.4. ow 6.2.4 Add the following at the end of subparagraph 6.2.4: .. "If such separate contractor sues or initiates an arbitration proceeding against the Owner on account of any damage alleged to have been caused by the Contractor, the Owner shall notify the Contractor, who shall defend such proceedings at the Owner's expense, and if any judgement or award against the Owner arises therefrom the Contractor shall pay or satisfy it and shall reimburse the Owner for all attorney's fees and court or arbitration costs which the Owner has incurred." SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS 00815 Page 8 ., DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. accordance with such additional drawings or instructions without additional cost or extension of the Contract Time. If the Contractor claims additional cost or time on account of such additional drawings or instructions, the Contractor shall give notice provided in subparagraph 4.3.7. 4.3.2 Delete subparagraph 4.3.2 and substitute the following: N 4.3.2 Claims arising prior to final payment or the earlier termination of the Contract shall be referred initially to the Architect for action as provided in Paragraph 4.4. 4.3.3 Delete the last sentence of subparagraph 4.3.3 and substitute the following: Any change or addition to a previously made Claim shall be made by timely written notice in accordance with this subparagraph 4.3.3. ! !► 4.3.5 Add the following to the end of subparagraph 4.3.5: Any Claim which has not been waived in accordance with this subparagraph shall be deemed to have accrued upon discovery by the Owner of the condition or breach upon which such Claim is based, for the purpose of any applicable statute of limitation. 4.3.7 Change subparagraph 4.3.7 to read as follows: 4.3.7 If the Contractor claims that any acts or omissions of the Owner or the Architect, including any instructions or orders, whether oral, written, by Drawings, or otherwise, involve extra cost or time, and the Contractor has not received a written acknowledgment by the Owner or Architect that extra payment will be made or time extended on account thereof, the Contractor shall promptly so notify the Architect in writing of such Claim and shall not proceed with the Work relating to such Claim until the Contractor has received a further written order to proceed in accordance with Paragraph 4.4 except, as provided in Paragraph 10.3, in the case of an emergency affecting life or property. No claim by the Contractor on account of such acts, omissions, instructions or orders shall be valid unless the Contractor has so notified the Architect, before proceeding, and has received the further written order to proceed. so 4.3.8.1 Delete the second sentence of subparagraph 4.3.8.1 and substitute the following: The Contractor shall have the burden of demonstrating the effect of the claimed delay on the Contract Time, and shall furnish the Architect with such documentation relating thereto as the Architect may reasonably require. 4.3.8.2 Delete subparagraph 4.3.8.2. 4.5.1 In the first line of subparagraph 4.5.1, change the word "shall" to "may". Insert the following sentence at the end of subparagraph 4.5.1: In any such arbitration,the American Arbitration Association shall appoint a single arbitrator in accordance with their Rules. 4.5.4 Change subparagraph 4.5.4 to read as follows: 4.5.4 Demand for arbitration of any claim arising prior to final payment or the earlier termination of the Contract may not be made before the earlier of(1)the date on which the Architect has rendered a written decision on the Claim or has notified the parties in writing that such decision will not be rendered, or(2) forty-five days following receipt by the Architect of a written request for a decision sent by registered or certified mail to both the Architect and the other party to this Contract. SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS 00815 Page 7 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. 3.13.1 Delete subparagraph 3.13.1 and substitute the following: 3.13.1 The right of possession of the premises and the improvements made thereon by the Contractor shall remain at all times in the Owner. The Contractor's right to entry and use thereof arises solely from the permission granted by the Owner under the Contract Documents. the Contractor shall confine the Contractor's apparatus, the storage of materials, and the operations of the Contractor's workmen to limits indicated by law, ordinances, the Contract Documents and permits and/or directions of the Architect and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with the Contractor's materials. The Owner shall not be liable to the Contractor, the Subcontractors, their employees or anyone else with respect to the conditions of the premises, except only for a condition caused directly and solely by the negligence of the Owner. 3.18 Change the title of paragraph 3.18 to "INDEMNIFICATION AND COVENANT NOT TO SUE"; delete the words "but only to the extent" in the first sentence of subparagraph 3.18.1; and change subparagraph 3.18.3 and add new subparagraph 3.18.4 as follows: * 3.18.3 The obligations of the Contractor under this Paragraph 3.18 shall not extend to the liability of the Architect, the Architect's consultants, and agents or employees of any of them arising out of (1) the preparation of maps, Drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, Change Orders, designs or Specifications, or (2) directions or instructions given by the Architect, the Architect's consultants and agents or employees of any of them, provided such instructions or directions are the primary cause of the injury or damage. 3.18.4 In consideration of the Contractor's undertaking to indemnify and hold harmless the Architect, the Architect's consultants and agents or employees of any of them, in accordance with this Paragraph 3.18, the Architect agrees that the Architect will not bring any civil suit, action or other proceeding in law, equity or arbitration against the Contractor, or the officers, employees, agents and servants of the Contractor, for or on account of any action which the Architect may have arising out of or in any manner connected with the Work, except to enforce the provisions of this Paragraph 3.18; and the Contractor, or any successor, assign or subrogee of the Contractor, agrees not to bring any civil suit, action or other proceeding in law, equity or arbitration against the Architect, or the officers, employees, agents and servants of the Architect, for the enforcement of any action which the Contractor may have arising out of or in any manner connected with the Work. ARTICLE 4: ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 4.1.12 Delete subparagraph 4.1.2. 4.1.4 Delete subparagraph 4.1.4. 4.2.7 In subparagraph 4.2.7, add to the end of the first sentence, "and only to the extent which the Architect believes desirable to protect the Owner's interest." Change the second sentence to read: "The Architect's action will be taken with reasonable promptness, while allowing sufficient time in the Architect's professional judgement to permit adequate review,taking into account the time periods set forth in the latest schedule prepared by the Contractor and approved by the Architect pursuant to subparagraphs 8.2.4 through 8.2.10." In the fifth sentence, delete the words "unless otherwise specifically stated by the Architect." 4.2.11 Delete the last sentence of subparagraph 4.2.11 and substitute the following: The Architect may, as the Architect judges desirable, issue additional drawings or instructions indicating in greater detail the construction or design of the various parts of the Work; such drawings or instructions .. may be effected by field order or other notice to the Contractor, and provided such drawings or instructions are reasonably consistent with the previously existing contract Documents, the Work shall be executed in SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS 00815 Page 6 "�" DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. 3.9.1 Delete the first sentence of subparagraph 3.9.1 and substitute the following: The Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent, reasonably acceptable to the Owner, and OR necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at the Project site full time during the progress of the Work until the date of Substantial Completion, and for such additional time thereafter as the Architect may determine to be necessary for the expeditious completion of the Work. The Contractor shall remove the superintendent if requested to do so in writing by the Owner, and shall promptly replace him with a competent person reasonably acceptable to the Owner. 3.9.2- Add new subparagraphs 3.9.2 through 3.9.5 as follows: 3.9.5 3.9.2 The Contractor shall retain a competent Registered Professional Engineer or Registered Land Surveyor, acceptable to the Architect, who shall establish the exterior lines and required elevations of all buildings and structures to be erected on the site and shall establish sufficient lines and grades for the construction of associated Work such as,but not limited to,roads,utilities,and site grading. The Engineer or Land Surveyor shall certify as to the actual location of the constructed facilities in relation to property lines, building lines, easements, and other restrictive boundaries. 3.9.3 The Contractor shall establish the building grades, lines, levels, column, wall and partition lines required by the various Subcontractors in laying out their Work. 3.9.4 The Contractor shall coordinate and supervise the Work performed by Subcontractors to the end that the Work is carried out without conflict between trades and so that no trade, at any time, causes delay to the general progress of the Work. The Contractor and all Subcontractors shall at all times afford each trade, any separate contractor, or the Owner, every reasonable opportunity for the installation of Work and the storage of materials. 3.9.5 The Contractor shall arrange for and attend job meetings with the Architect and such other persons as the Architect may from time to time wish to have present. The Contractor shall be represented by a principal, project manager, general superintendent or other authorized main office representative, as well as by the Contractor's own superintendent. An authorized representative of any Subcontractor or Sub- subcontractor shall attend such meetings if the representative's presence is requested by the Architect. Such representatives shall be empowered to make binding commitments on all matters to be discussed at such meetings, including costs, payments, change orders, time schedules and manpower. Any notices required under the Contract may be served on such representatives. 3.12.7 Delete subparagraph 3.12.7 and substitute the following: t 3.12.7 By approving and submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and similar submittals the Contractor thereby represents that the Contractor has determined and verified all dimensions, quantities, field dimensions, relations to existing work, coordination with work to be installed later,coordination with information on previously accepted Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, or similar submittals and verification of compliance with all the requirements of the Contract Documents. The accuracy of all such information is the responsibility of the Contractor. In reviewing Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals the Architect shall be entitled to rely upon the Contractor's representation that such information is correct and accurate. 3.12.9 Add the following at the end of subparagraph 3.12.9: Unless such written notice has been given, the Architect's approval of a resubmitted Shop Drawing, Product Data, Sample, or similar submittal shall not constitute approval of any changes not requested on the prior submittal. SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS 00815 Page 5 .. DEWEY HOUSE Dietz. & Company Architects, Inc. all requirements of the Contract Documents. The Architect may require the Contractor to produce wo reasonable evidence that a material meets such requirements, such as certified reports of past tests by qualified testing laboratories, reports of studies by qualified experts, or other evidence which, in the opinion of the Architect, would lead to a reasonable certainty that any material used, or proposed to be .. used, in the Work meets the requirements of the Contract Documents. All such data shall be furnished at the Contractor's expense. This provision shall not require the Contractor to pay for periodic testing of different batches of the same material, unless such testing is specifically required by the Contract Documents to be performed at the Contractor's expense. 3.5.3 In all cases in which a manufacturer's name, trade name or other proprietary designation is used in connection with materials or articles to be furnished under this Contract, whether or not the phrase "or equal" is used after such name, the Contractor shall furnish the product of the named manufacturer(s) without substitution, unless a written request for a substitute has been submitted by the Contractor and approved in writing by the Architect as provided in subparagraph 3.5.4. 3.5.4 If the Contractor proposes to use a material which, while suitable for the intended use, deviates in any way from the detailed requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall inform the Architect in writing of the nature of such deviations at the time the material is submitted for approval, and shall request written approval of the deviation from the requirements of the Contract Documents. 3.5.5 In requesting approval of deviations or substitutions, the Contractor shall provide, upon request, .. evidence leading to a reasonable certainty that the proposed substitution or deviation will provide a quality of result at least equal to that otherwise attainable. If, in the opinion of the Architect, the evidence presented by the Contractor does not provide a sufficient basis for such reasonable certainty, the Architect may reject such substitution or deviation without further investigation. 3.5.6 The Contract Documents are intended to produce a building of consistent character and quality of design. All components of the building including visible items of mechanical and electrical equipment have been selected to have a coordinated design in relation to the overall appearance of the building. The Architect shall judge the design and appearance of proposed substitutes on the basis of their suitability in relation to overall design of the Project, as well as for their intrinsic merits. The Architect will not approve as equal to materials specified proposed substitutes which, in the Architect's opinion, would be out of character, obtrusive,or otherwise inconsistent with the character or quality of design of the Project. In order to permit coordinated design of color and finishes the Contractor shall, if required by the Architect, furnish the substituted material in any color, finish, texture, or pattern which would have been available from the manufacturer originally specified, at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.5.7 Any additional cost, including additional Architectural fees, or any loss or damage arising from the *+ substitution of any material or any method for those originally specified shall be borne by the Contractor, notwithstanding approval or acceptance of such substitution by the Owner or the Architect, unless such substitution was made at the written request or direction of the Owner or the Architect. 3.5.8 The warranty provided in this paragraph 3.5 shall be in addition to and not in limitation of any other warranty required by the Contract Documents or otherwise prescribed by law. 3.5.9 The Contractor shall procure and deliver to the Architect, no later than the date claimed by the Contractor as the date of Substantial Completion, all special warranties required by the Contract Documents. Delivery by the Contractor shall constitute the Contractor's guarantee to the Owner that the warranty will be performed in accordance with its terms and conditions. 3.9 Change the title of paragraph 3.9 to read "Superintendence". SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS 00815 Page 4 . DEWEY HOUSE Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. in Article 7, subject to the requirements of Paragraph 1.2 and other provisions of the Contract Documents. If the Contractor proceeds with the Work without such notice to the Architect, having discovered such errors, inconsistencies or omissions, or if by reasonable study of the Contract Documents the Contractor could have discovered such, the Contractor shall bear all costs arising therefrom. 3.2.4- Add new subparagraphs 3.2.4 and 3.2.5 as follows: 3.2.5 3.2.4 The Contractor shall give the Architect timely notice of any additional Drawings, Specifications, or instructions required to define the Work in greater detail, or to permit the proper progress of the Work. 3.2.5 The Contractor shall not proceed with any Work not clearly and consistently defined in detail in the Contract Documents, but shall request additional drawings or instructions from the Architect as provided in subparagraph 3.2.4. If the Contractor proceeds with such Work without obtaining further Drawings, r Specifications or instructions,the Contractor shall correct Work incorrectly done at the Contractor's own expense. 3.3.1 Delete the Iast ten words of subparagraph 3.3.1 and add the following: Where the Contract Documents refer to particular construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or indicate or imply that such are to be used in the Work, such mention is intended only to indicate that the operations of the Contractor shall be such as to produce at least quality of work implied by the operations described, but the actual determination of whether or not the described operations may be safely and suitably employed on the Work shall be the responsibility of the Contractor, who shall notify the Architect in writing of the actual means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures which will be employed on the Work, if these differ from those mentioned in the Contract Documents. All loss,damage, or liability,or cost of correcting defective work arising from the employment of any construction means, W methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures shall be borne by the Contractor, notwithstanding that such construction means, methods,techniques, sequences or procedures are referred to, indicated or implied by the Contract Documents, unless the Contractor has given timely notice to the Owner and Architect in writing that such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures are not safe or suitable, and the Owner has then instructed the Contractor in writing to proceed at the Owner's risk. 3.3.2 Delete subparagraph 3.3.2 and substitute the following: 3.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for the acts and omissions of all entities or persons performing or supplying the Work. 3.4.1 Add the following sentence to the end of subparagraph 3.4.1: The word "provide" shall mean furnish and install complete, including connections, unless otherwise specified. 3.5.1 Delete the first sentence of subparagraph 3.5.1 and substitute the following: The Contractor warrants that the materials and equipment furnished under the Contract will be new and of recent manufacture unless otherwise specified,and that all Work will be of good quality,free from faults and defects, and in conformance with the Contract Documents. Delete the last two sentences. 3.5.2- Add new subparagraphs 3.5.2 through 3.5.9 as follows: 3.5.9 3.5.2 The Contractor shall be responsible for determining that all materials furnished for the Work meet SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS 00815 Page 3 IN 11 1111 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. 1.2.6- Add new subparagraphs 1.2.6 through 1.2.12 as follows: ** 1.2.12 1.2.6 All indications or notations which apply to one of a number of similar situations, materials, or processes shall be deemed to apply to all such situations, materials or processes wherever they appear in the Work, except where a contrary result is clearly indicated by the Contract Documents. 1.2.7 Where codes, standards, requirements and publications of public and private bodies are referred to in the Specifications,references shall be understood to be to the latest revision prior to the date of receiving bids, except where otherwise indicated. 1.2.8 Where no explicit quality or standards for materials or workmanship are established for Work, such .� Work is to be of good quality for the intended use and consistent with the quality of the surrounding Work and of the construction of the Project generally. 1.2.9 All manufactured articles, materials, and equipment shall be applied, installed,connected, erected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with the manufacturer's written or printed directions and instructions,unless otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents. 1.2.10 The Mechanical, Electrical and Fire Protection Drawings are diagrammatic only, and are not intended to show the alignment, physical locations or configurations of such Work. Such Work shall be installed without additional cost to the Owner to clear all obstructions, permit proper clearances for the Work of other trades, and present an orderly appearance where exposed. Prior to beginning such Work, the Contractor shall prepare coordination drawings showing the exact alignment, physical location and configuration of the Mechanical, Electrical and Fire Protection installations and demonstrating to the Contractor's satisfaction that the installations will comply with the preceding sentence. 1.2.11 Exact locations of fixtures and outlets shall be obtained from the Architect as provided in subparagraph 3.2.5 before the Work is roughed in: Work installed without such information from the Architect shall be relocated at the Contractor's expense. 1.2.12 Where the Work is to fit with existing conditions or work to be performed by others, the Contractor shall fully and completely join the Work with such conditions or work, unless otherwise specified. ARTICLE 2: OWNER 2.4.1 Delete the first and second sentences of subparagraph 2.4.1 and substitute the following: If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and fails within a seven-day period after receipt of written notice from the Owner to begin and prosecute correction of such default or neglect with diligence and promptness, the Owner may, without prejudice to other remedies the Owner may have, correct such deficiencies. wr In the third sentence of subparagraph 2.4.1, replace the words "Change Order" with the words "Construction Change Directive", and delete the fourth sentence. ARTICLE 3: CONTRACTOR 3.2.1 Delete subparagraph 3.2.1 and substitute the following: 3.2.1 Before starting the Work, and at frequent intervals during the progress thereof, the Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents with each other and with the information furnished by the Owner pursuant, to subparagraph 2.2.2 and shall at once report to the Architect any error, inconsistency or omission the Contractor may discover. Any necessary change shall be ordered as provided SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS 00815 Page 2 ,. DEWEY HOUSE Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. SECTION 00815 - SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS The following supplements modify, delete and/or add to the General Conditions. Where any Article, Paragraph or subparagraph in the General Conditions is supplemented by one of the following paragraphs, the provisions of such Article, Paragraph, or subparagraph shall remain in effect and the supplemental provisions shall be considered as added thereto. Where any Article, Paragraph, or subparagraph in the General Conditions is amended, voided, or superseded by any of the following paragraphs, the provisions of such Article, Paragraph, or subparagraph not so amended, voided, or superseded shall remain in effect. ARTICLE 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS 1.1.1 Add the following at the end of subparagraph 1.1.1: In the event of any conflict among the Contract Documents, the Documents shall be construed according to the following priorities: Highest Priority: Modifications Second Priority: Agreement Third Priority: Addenda-later date to take precedence Fourth Priority: Supplemental General Conditions r Fifth Priority: General Conditions Sixth Priority: Drawings and Specifications 1.1.2 Change the fourth sentence of subparagraph 1.1.2 to read: Except as provided in Paragraph 3.18, nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall be construed to create any contractual relationship (1)between the Architect and the Contractor, (2) between the Owner or the Architect and a Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor, (3) between the Owner and the Architect, or (4)between any persons or entities other than the Owner and the Contractor. Delete the fifth sentence of subparagraph 1.1.2. 1.1.3 Change the first sentence of subparagraph 1.1.3 to read as follows: The term "Work" means the construction required by the Contract Documents, including all labor necessary to produce such construction,and all materials and equipment incorporated or to be incorporated therein. 1.2.3 Add the following at the end of subparagraph 1.2.3: All work mentioned or indicated in the Contract Documents shall be performed by the Contractor as part of this Contract unless it is specifically indicated in the Contract Documents that such work is to be done by others. Should the Drawings or the Specifications disagree in themselves or with each other, the Contractor shall provide the better quality or greater quantity of Work unless otherwise directed by written addendum to the Contract. 1.2.4 Add the following to subparagraph 1.2.4: The Contractor and all Subcontractors shall refer to all of the Drawings, including those showing primarily the Work of the mechanical, electrical, and other specialized trades, and to all of the Sections of the Specifications, and shall perform all Work reasonably inferable therefrom as being necessary to produce the indicated results. OR SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS 00815 Page 1 tify such action, may without prejudice to any other rights or Owner.The amount to be paid to the Contractor or Owner,as remedies of the Owner and after giving the Contractor and the the case may be,shall be certified by the Architect,upon appli- Contractor's surety, if any, seven days' written notice, termi- cation, and this obligation for payment shall survive termina- nate employment of the Contractor and may, subject to any tion of the Contract. .�.• prior rights of the surety: 14.3 SUSPENSION BY THE OWNER .1 take possession of the site and of all materials,equip- FOR CONVENIENCE ment,tools,and construction equipment and machin- 14.3.1 The Owner may,without cause,order the Contractor in ery thereon owned by the Contractor; writing to suspend, delay or interrupt the Work in whole or in .2 accept assignment of subcontracts pursuant to Para- part for such period of time as the Owner may determine. graph 5.4; and 3 finish the Work by whatever reasonable method the 14.3.2 An adjustment shall be made for increases in the cost of Owner may deem expedient. performance of the Contract, including profit on the increased * cost of performance, caused by suspension, delay or interrup- 14.2.3 When the Owner terminates the Contract for one of the tion. No adjustment shall he made to the extent: reasons stated in Subparagraph 14.2.1,the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive further payment until the Work is 1 that ed, delayed de is, me u would have been so sus- finished. pended, delayed or interrupted by another cause for which the Contractor is responsible; or 14.2.4 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds costs .2 that an equitable adjustment is made or denied under of finishing the Work, including compensation for the Archi- another provision of this Contract. ... tect's services and expenses made necessary thereby, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such costs exceed the 14.3.3 Adjustments made in the cost of performance may have unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the a mutually agreed fixed or percentage fee. ear s� ..s „ee .w, ew AIA DOCUMENT A201 •GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION•FOURTEENTH EDITION 24 A201-1987 AIA° •©1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,1735 NEW YORK AVENUE,N.W.,WASHINGTON,D.C.20006 WARNING:Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S.copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. Reprinted 7/93 The Owner shall bear such costs except as provided in Sub- ARTICLE 14 paragraph 13.5.3. 13.5.3 If such procedures for testing, inspection or approval TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION under Subparagraphs 13.5.1 and 13.5.2 reveal failure of the OF THE CONTRACT portions of the Work to comply with requirements established 14.1 TERMINATION BY THE CONTRACTOR by the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall bear all costs made necessary by such failure including those of repeated 14.1.1 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if the Work procedures and compensation for the Architect's services and is stopped for a period of 30 days through no act or fault of the expenses. Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons performing portions 13.5.4 Required certificates of testing, inspection or approval of the Work under contract with the Contractor,for any of the shall,unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents,be following reasons: secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the .1 issuance of an order of a court or other public author- Architect. ity having jurisdiction; 2 an act of government,such as a declaration of national � 13.5.5 If the Architect is to observe tests, inspections or emergency, making material unavailable; approvals required by the Contract Documents, the Architect 3 because the Architect has not issued a Certificate for will do so promptly and,where practicable,at the normal place , of testing. Payment and has not notified the Contractor of the reason for withholding certification as provided in 13.5.6 Tests or inspections conducted pursuant to the Con- Subparagraph 9.4.1, or because the Owner has not i` tract Documents shall be made promptly to avoid unreasonable made payment on a Certificate for Payment within delay in the Work. the time stated in the Contract Documents; .4 if repeated suspensions,delays or interruptions by the 13.6 INTEREST Owner as described in Paragraph 14.3 constitute in the aggregate more than 100 percent of the total num- 13.6.1 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Docu- ber of days scheduled for completion,or 120 days in Pill ments shall bear interest from the date payment is due at such any 365-day period, whichever is less; or rate as the parties may agree upon in writing or,in the absence .5 the Owner has failed to furnish to the Contractor thereof,at the legal rate prevailing from time to time at the place promptly, upon the Contractor's request, reasonable where the Project is located. evidence as required by Subparagraph 2.2.1. 14.1.2 If one of the above reasons exists, the Contractor may, 13.7 COMMENCEMENT OF STATUTORY upon seven additional days' written notice to the Owner and LIMITATION PERIOD Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner 13.7.1 As between the Owner and Contractor: payment for Work executed and for proven loss with respect to materials, equipment, tools, and construction equipment .1 Before Substantial Completion.As to acts or failures and machinery, including reasonable overhead, profit and to act occurring prior to the relevant date of Substan- damages. tial Completion, any applicable statute of limitations 14.1.3 If the Work is stopped for a period of 60 days through shall commence to run and any alleged cause of action no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor or their shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events agents or employees or any other persons performing portions not later than such date of Substantial Completion; of the Work under contract with the Contractor because the pill .2 Between Substantial Completion and Final Certifi- Owner has persistently failed to fulfill the Owner's obligations Cate for Payment. As to acts or failures to act occur- under the Contract Documents with respect to matters impor- ring subsequent to the relevant date of Substantial tant to the progress of the Work, the Contractor may, upon Completion and prior to issuance of the final Certifi- seven additional days' written notice to the Owner and the care for Payment, any applicable statute of limitations Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner shall commence to run and any alleged cause of as provided in Subparagraph 14.1.2. action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all 14.2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CAUSE events not later than the date of issuance of the final 14.2.1 The Owner may terminate the Contract if the Certificate for Payment; and Contractor: -. .3 After Final Certificate for Payment. As to acts or .1 persistently or repeatedly refuses or fails to supply failures to act occurring after the relevant date of issu- enough properly skilled workers or proper materials; ance of the final Certificate for Payment, any appli- .2 fails to make payment to Subcontractors for materials cable statute of limitations shall commence to run and or labor in accordance with the respective agreements any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to have between the Contractor and the Subcontractors; accrued in any and all events not later than the date of ,3 persistently disregards laws,ordinances,or rules, reg- any act or failure to act by the Contractor pursuant to diction; or orders of a public authority having juris any warranty provided under Paragraph 3.5, the date diction; or of any correction of the Work or failure to correct the 4 otherwise is guilty c substantial breach of a provision Work by the Contractor under Paragraph 12.2,or the date of actual commission of any other act or failure of the Contract Documents. to perform any duty or obligation by the Contractor 14.2.2 When any of the above reasons exist,the Owner,upon or Owner, whichever occurs last. certification by the Architect that sufficient cause exists to jus- AIA DOCUMENT A201 •GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION•FOURTEENTH EDITION A201-1987 23 AIA° •©1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,1735 NEW YORK AVENUE,N.W.,WASHINGTON,D.C.20006 WARNING:Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S.copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. ow for commencement of warranties established under Sub- ARTICLE 13 paragraph 9.9.1, or by terms of an applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents,any of the Work is found MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS to be not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract .� Documents, the Contractor shall correct it promptly after 13.1 GOVERNING LAW receipt of written notice from the Owner to do so unless the 13.1.1 The Contract shall be governed by the law of the place Owner has previously given the Contractor a written accep- where the Project is located. tance of such condition. This period of one year shall be extended with respect to portions of Work first performed after 13.2 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS Substantial Completion by the period of time between Substan- 13.2.1 The Owner and Contractor respectively bind them- tial Completion and the actual performance of the Work. This selves, their partners, successors, assigns and legal representa- obligation under this Subparagraph 12.2.2 shall survive accep- tives to the other party hereto and to partners, successors, tance of the Work under the Contract and termination of the assigns and legal representatives of such other party in respect Contract. The Owner shall give such notice promptly after dis- to covenants,agreements and obligations contained in the Con- covery of the condition. tract Documents. Neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract as a whole without written consent of the other. If 12.2.3 The Contractor shall remove from the site portions of either party attempts to make:such an assignment without such the Work which are not in accordance with the requirements consent,that party shall nevertheless remain legally responsible of the Contract Documents and are neither corrected by the for all obligations under the Contract. Contractor nor accepted by the Owner. �. 12.2.4 If the Contractor fails to correct nonconforming Work 13.3 WRITTEN NOTICE within a reasonable time, the Owner may correct it in accor- 13.3.1 Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly dance with Paragraph 2.4. If the Contractor does not proceed served if delivered in person to the individual or a member of with correction of such nonconforming ork within a reason '"'�" g the firm or entity or to an officer of the corporation for which it able time fixed by written notice from the Architect,the Owner was intended,or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified may remove it and store the salvable materials or equipment at mail to the last business address known to the party giving the Contractor's expense. If the Contractor does not pay costs notice. of such removal and storage within ten days after written 11e' notice, the Owner may upon ten additional days' written 13.4 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES notice sell such materials and equipment at auction or at private sale and shall account for the proceeds thereof,after deducting 13.4.1 Duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Docu- costs and damages that should have been borne by the Con- ments and rights and remedies available thereunder shall be in "a tractor,including compensation for the Architect's services and addition to and not a limitation of duties,obligations,rights and expenses made necessary thereby. If such proceeds of sale do remedies otherwise imposed or available by law. not cover costs which the Contractor should have borne, the 13.4.2 No action or failure to act by the Owner, Architect or Contract Sum shall be reduced by the deficiency. If payments Contractor shall constitute a waiver of a right or duty afforded MW then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover them under the Contract,nor shall such action or failure to act such amount, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the constitute approval of or acquiescence in a breach thereunder, Owner. except as may be specifically agreed in writing. 12.2.5 The Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting destroyed or damaged construction, whether completed or 13.5 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS partially completed, of the Owner or separate contractors caused by the Contractor's correction or removal of Work 13.5.1 Tests, inspections and approvals of portions of the which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Cron- Work required by the Contract Documents or by laws, ordi- tract Documents. nances,rules, regulations or orders of public authorities having jurisdiction shall be made at an appropriate time. Unless other- 12.2.6 Nothing contained in this Paragraph 12.2 shall be con- wise provided, the Contractor shall make arrangements for .w strued to establish a period of limitation with respect to other such tests,inspections and approvals with an independent test- obligations which the Contractor might have under the Con- ing laboratory or entity acceptable to the Owner, or with the tract Documents. Establishment of the time period of one year appropriate public authority, and shall bear all related costs of as described in Subparagraph 12.2.2 relates only to the specific tests, inspections and approvals. The Contractor shall give the obligation of the Contractor to correct the Work, and has no Architect timely notice of when and where tests and inspec- relationship to the time within which the obligation to comply tions are to be made so the Architect may observe such proce- with the Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced, dures. The Owner shall bear costs of tests, inspections or nor to the time within which proceedings may be commenced approvals which do not become requirements until after bids to establish the Contractor's liability with respect to the Con- are received or negotiations concluded. .A. tractor's obligations other than specifically to correct the Work. 13.5.2 If the Architect, Owner or public authorities having 12.3 ACCEPTANCE OF NONCONFORMING WORK jurisdiction determine that lx,rtions of the Work require addi- tional testing, inspection or approval not included under Sub- 12.3.1 If the Owner prefers to accept Work which is not in paragraph 13.5.1,the Architect will,upon written authorization accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, from the Owner,instruct the Contractor to make arrangements the Owner may do so instead of requiring its removal and cor- for such additional testing, inspection or approval by an entity rection, in which case the Contract Sum will be reduced as acceptable to the Owner, and the Contractor shall give timely •.� appropriate and equitable. Such adjustment shall be effected notice to the Architect of when and where tests and inspections whether or not final payment has been made. are to be made So the Architect may observe such procedures. AIA DOCUMENT A201 -GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION-FOURTEENTH EDITION �. 22 A201-1987 AIA° -©1957 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,1735 NEW YORK AVENUE,N.W.,WASHINGTON,D.C.20006 WARNING:Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S.copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. 11.3.5 If during the Project construction period the Owner 11.3.10 The Owner as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and insures properties, real or personal or both, adjoining or adja- settle a loss with insurers unless one of the parties in interest cent to the site by property insurance under policies separate shall object in writing within five days after occurrence of loss 0 from those insuring the Project, or if after final payment prop- to the Owner's exercise of this power; if such objection be erty insurance is to be provided on the completed Project made,arbitrators shall be chosen as provided in Paragraph 4.5. through a policy or policies other than those insuring the Proj- The Owner as fiduciary shall,in that case,make settlement with ect during the construction period, the Owner shall waive all insurers in accordance with directions of such arbitrators. If rights in accordance with the terms of Subparagraph 11.3.7 for distribution of insurance proceeds by arbitration is required, damages caused by fire or other perils covered by this separate the arbitrators will direct such distribution. property insurance. All separate policies shall provide this 11 3.11 Partial occupancy or use in accordance with Paragraph waiver of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. 9,9 shall not commence until the insurance company or com- panies providing property insurance have consented to such 11.3.6 Before an exposure to loss may occur, the Owner shall file with the Contractor a copy of each policy that includes Partial occupancy or use by endorsement or otherwise. The Each Owner and the Contractor shall take reasonable steps to obtain insurance coverages required by this Paragraph at n consent of the insurance company or companies and shall, policy shall contain all generally applicable conditions, defini- tions,exclusions and endorsements related to this Project.Each without mutual written consent, take action with respect to policy shall contain a provision that the policy will not be partial occupancy or use that would cause e cancellation,lapse or cancelled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days' prior writ reduction of insurance. ten notice has been given to the Contractor. 11.4 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND 11.4.1 The Owner shall have the right to require the Contrac- 11.3.7 Waivers of Subrogation. The Owner and Contractor for to furnish bonds covering faithful performance of the Con- waive all rights against(1)each other and any of their subcon- tract and payment of obligations arising thereunder as stipu- tractors,sub-subcontractors,agents and employees,each of the lated in bidding requirements or specifically required in the other, and (2) the Architect, Architect's consultants, separate Contract Documents on the date of execution of the Contract. contractors described in Article 6, if any, and any of their sub- contractors, sub-subcontractors, agents and employees, for 11.4.2 Upon the request of any person or entity appearing to damages caused by fire or other perils to the extent covered by be a potential beneficiary of bonds covering payment of obliga- property insurance obtained pursuant to this Paragraph 11.3 or tions arising under the Contract,the Contractor shall promptly _ other property insurance applicable to the Work, except such furnish a copy of the bonds or shall permit a copy to be made. rights as they have to proceeds of such insurance held by the Owner as fiduciary. The Owner or Contractor, as appropriate, shall require of the Architect, Architect's consultants, separate ARTICLE 12 contractors described in Article 6, if any, and the subcontrac- tors,sub-subcontractors,agents and employees of any of them, UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for 12.1 UNCOVERING OF WORK validity, similar waivers each in favor of other parties enum- erated herein. The policies shall provide such waivers of subro- 12.1.1 If a portion of the Work is covered contrary to the gation by endorsement or otherwise. A waiver of subrogation Architect's request or to requirements specifically expressed in shall be effective as to a person or entity even though that per- the Contract Documents, it must, if required in writing by the ? son or entity would otherwise have a duty of indemnification, Architect, be uncovered for the Architect's observation and be contractual or otherwise, did not pay the insurance premium replaced at the Contractor's expense without change in the directly or indirectly, and whether or not the person or entity Contract Time. had an insurable interest in the property damaged. pill 12.1.2 If a portion of the Work has been covered which the 11.3.8 A loss insured under Owner's property insurance shall Architect has not specifically requested to observe prior to its be adjusted by the Owner as fiduciary and made payable to the being covered,the Architect may request to see such Work and Owner as fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may it shall be uncovered by the Contractor. If such Work is in IR appear, subject to requirements of any applicable mortgagee accordance with the Contract Documents, costs of uncover- clause and of Subparagraph 11.3.10. The Contractor shall pay ing and replacement shall, by appropriate Change Order, be Subcontractors their just shares of insurance proceeds received charged to the Owner. If such Work is not in accordance with by the Contractor, and by appropriate agreements, written the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall pay such costs op where legally required for validity,shall require Subcontractors unless the condition was caused by the Owner or a separate to make payments to their Sub-subcontractors in similar contractor in which event the Owner shall be responsible for manner. payment of such costs. 12.2 CORRECTION OF WORK 11.3.9 If required in writing by a party in interest, the Owner 12,2,1 The Contractor shall promptly correct Work rejected as fiduciary shall, upon occurrence of an insured loss, give by the Architect or failing to conform to the requirements of bond for proper performance of the Owner's duties. The cost the Contract Documents, whether observed before or after of required bonds shall be charged against proceeds received as Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated,installed fiduciary. The Owner shall deposit in a separate account pro- or completed. The Contractor shall bear costs of correcting ceeds so received, which the Owner shall distribute in accor- such rejected Work, including additional testing and inspec- dance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach, tions and compensation for the Architect's services and or in accordance with an arbitration award in which case the expenses made necessary thereby. procedure shall be as provided in Paragraph 4.5. If after such loss no other special agreement is made, replacement of dam 12.2.2 If,within one year after the date of Substantial Comple aged property shall be covered by appropriate Change Order. tion of the Work or designated portion thereof,or after the date AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION•FOURTEENTH EDITION AIA° •©1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,1735 NEW YORK AVENUE,N.W.,WASHINGTON,D.C.20006 A20�-1987 21 WARNING:Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S.copyright laws and Is subject to legal prosecution. 4W .2 claims for damages because of bodily injury,occupa- other than the Owner has an insurable interest in the property tional sickness or disease,or death of the Contractor's required by this Paragraph 11.3 to be covered, whichever is employees; earlier. This insurance shall include interests of the Owner, the .3 claims for damages because of bodily injury,sickness Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in the w- or disease,or death of any person other than the Con- Work. tractor's employees; 11.3.1.1 Property insurance shall be on an all-risk policy form .4 claims for damages insured by usual personal injury and shall insure against the perils of fire and extended coverage liability coverage which are sustained(1)by a person and physical loss or damage including, without duplication of am as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to coverage, theft, vandalism, malicious mischief, collapse, false- employment of such person by the Contractor,or(2) work, temporary buildings and debris removal including by another person; demolition occasioned by enforcement of any applicable legal .5 claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, requirements, and shall cover reasonable compensation for 4W because of injury to or destruction of tangible prop- Architect's services and expenses required as a result of such erty, including loss of use resulting therefrom; insured loss. Coverage for �:>ther perils shall not be required .6 claims for damages because of bodily injury, death of unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. .m a person or property damage arising out of owner- 11.3.1.2 If the Owner does not intend to purchase such prop- ship, maintenance or use of a motor vehicle; and erty insurance required by the Contract and with all of the .7 claims involving contractual liability insurance appli- coverages in the amount described above, the Owner shall so cable to the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph inform the Contractor in writing prior to commencement of 3.18. the Work.The Contractor may then effect insurance which will ow protect the interests of the Contractor,Subcontractors and Sub- 11.1.2 The insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1 shall be subcontractors in the Wcrk, and by appropriate Change Order written for not less than limits of liability specified in the Con- the cost thereof shall be charged to the Owner. If the Contrac- tract Documents or required by law, whichever coverage is for is damaged by the failure or neglect of the Owner to pur- ow greater. Coverages, whether written on an occurrence or chase or maintain insurance as described above, without so claims-made basis, shall be maintained without interruption notifying the Contractor, then the Owner shall bear all reason- from date of commencement of the Work until date of final able costs properly attributable thereto. payment and termination of any coverage required to be main *0 tained after final payment. 11.3.1.3 If the property insurance requires minimum deducti bles and such deductibles are identified in the Contract Docu- 11.1.3 Certificates of Insurance acceptable to the Owner shall ments, the Contractor shall pay costs not covered because of be filed with the Owner prior to commencement of the Work. such deductibles.If the Owner or insurer increases the required ow These Certificates and the insurance policies required by this minimum deductibles above the amounts so identified or if the Paragraph 11.1 shall contain a provision that coverages Owner elects to purchase this insurance with voluntary deduc- afforded under the policies will not be cancelled or allowed to tible amounts, the Owner shall be responsible for payment of expire until at least 30 days'prior written notice has been given the additional costs not covered because of such increased or aw to the Owner. If any of the foregoing insurance coverages are voluntary deductibles. If deductibles are not identified in the required to remain in force after final payment and are reason- Contract Documents, the Owner shall pay costs not covered ably available, an additional certificate evidencing continuation because of deductibles. of such coverage shall be submitted with the final Application 11,3.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu- for Payment as required by Subparagraph 9.10.2. Information ments,this property insurance shall cover portions of the Work concerning reduction of coverage shall be furnished by the stored off the site after written approval of the Owner at the Contractor with reasonable promptness in accordance with the value established in the approval,and also portions of the Work Contractor's information and belief. in transit. aw 11.2 OWNER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE 11,3.2 Boiler and Machinery Insurance. The Owner shall 11.2.1 The Owner shall be responsible for purchasing and purchase and maintain boiler and machinery insurance maintaining the Owner's usual liability insurance. Optionally, required by the Contract Documents or by law, which shall the Owner may purchase and maintain other insurance for self- specifically cover such insured objects during installation and ow protection against claims which may arise from operations until final acceptance by the Owner;this insurance shall include under the Contract. The Contractor shall not be responsible interests of the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub- for purchasing and maintaining this optional Owner's liability subcontractors in the Work, and the Owner and Contractor insurance unless specifically required by the Contract shall be named insureds. 4M Documents. 11.3.3 Loss of Use Insurance. The Owner, at the Owner's 11.3 PROPERTY INSURANCE option, may purchase and maintain such insurance as will 11.3.1 Unless otherwise provided, the Owner shall purchase insure the Owner against loss of use of the Owner's property am and maintain, in a company or companies lawfully authorized due to fire or other hazards, however caused The Owner to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is waives all rights of action against the Contractor for loss of use located, property insurance in the amount of the initial Con- of the Owner's property,including consequential losses due to tract Sum as well as subsequent modifications thereto for the fire or other hazards however caused. ..e entire Work at the site on a replacement cost basis without vol- 11.3.4 If the Contractor requests in writing that insurance for untary deductibles. Such property insurance shall be main- risks other than those described herein or for other special haz- tained, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents ards be included in the property insurance policy, the Owner or otherwise agreed in writing by all persons and entities who shall, if possible, include such insurance, and the cost thereof .e are beneficiaries of such insurance,until final payment has been shall be charged to the Contractor by appropriate Change made as provided in Paragraph 9.10 or until no person or entity Order. AIA DOCUMENT A201 -GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION-FOURTEENTH EDITION 20 A201-1987 AIA° -©1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,1735 NEW YORK AVENUE,N.W.,WASHINGTON,D.C.20006 WARNING:Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S.copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. ARTICLE 10 10.2.2 The Contractor shall give notices and comply with applicable laws,ordinances,rules,regulations and lawful orders PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY of public authorities bearing on safety of persons or property or 40 10.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS their protection from damage, injury or loss. 10.1.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating,main- 10.2.3 The Contractor shall erect and maintain,as required by taining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in existing conditions and performance of the Contract, reason- connection with the performance of the Contract. able safeguards for safety and protection, including posting danger signs and other warnings against hazards, promulgating 10.1.2 In the event the Contractor encounters on the site safety regulations and notifying owners and users of adjacent material reasonably believed to be asbestos or polychlorinated sites and utilities. biphenyl (PCB) which has not been rendered harmless, the 10.2.4 When use or storage of explosives or other hazardous Contractor shall immediately stop Work in the area affected materials or equipment or unusual methods are necessary for and report the condition to the Owner and Architect in writing. execution of the Work, the Contractor shall exercise utmost The Work in the affected area shall not thereafter be resumed care and carry on such activities under supervision of properly except by written agreement of the Owner and Contractor if in qualified personnel. fact the material is asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl(PCB) and has not been rendered harmless. The Work in the affected 10.2.5 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and loss area shall be resumed in the absence of asbestos or polychlori- (other than damage or loss insured under property insurance nated biphenyl(PCB),or when it has been rendered harmless, required by the Contract Documents)to property referred to in by written agreement of the Owner and Contractor, or in Clauses 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3 caused in whole or in part by the accordance with final determination by the Architect on which Contractor, a Subcontractor, a Sub-subcontractor, or anyone arbitration has not been demanded, or by arbitration under directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone Article 4. for whose acts they may be liable and for which the Contractor is responsible under Clauses 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3, except 10.1.3 The Contractor shall not be required pursuant to Article damage or loss attributable to acts or omissions of the Owner 7 to perform without consent any Work relating to asbestos or or Architect or anyone directly or indirectly employed by polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB). either of them,or by anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable, and not attributable to the fault or negligence of the 10.1.4 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Owner shall Contractor. The foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor, Architect, Archi- addition to the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.18. tect's consultants and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses,includ- 10.2.6 The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of ing but not limited to attorneys' fees,arising out of or resulting the Contractor's organization at the site whose duty shall be the from performance of the Work in the affected area if in fact the prevention of accidents. This person shall be the Contractor's material is asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl(PCB)and has superintendent unless otherwise designated by the Contractor not been rendered harmless,provided that Such claim,damage, in Writing to the Owner and Architect. loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury,sickness,disease 10.2.7 The Contractor shall not load or permit any part of the or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property construction or site to be loaded so as to endanger its safety. (other than the Work itself) including loss Of use resulting 10 3 EMERGENCIES therefrom,but only to the extent caused in whole or in part by negligent acts or omissions of the Owner, anyone directly Or 10.3.1 In an emergency affecting safety of persons or property, indirectly employed by the Owner or anyone for whose acts the Contractor shall act, at the Contractor's discretion, to pre- the Owner may be liable, regardless of whether or not such vent threatened damage, injury or loss. Additional compensa- claim, damage, loss or expense is caused in part by a party tion or extension of time claimed by the Contractor on account indemnified hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed of an emergency shall be determined as provided in Paragraph to negate, abridge, or reduce other rights or obligations of 4.3 and Article 7, indemnity which would otherwise exist as to a party or person M described in this Subparagraph 10.1.4. ARTICLE 11 10.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY INSURANCE AND BONDS go 10.2.1 The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for 11,1 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE safety of, and shall provide reasonable protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: 11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase from and maintain in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in .1 employees on the Work and other persons who may the jurisdiction in which the Project is located such insurance as be affected thereby; will protect the Contractor from claims set forth below which .2 the Work and materials and equipment to be incorpo- may arise out of or result from the Contractor's operations rated therein, whether in storage on or off the site, under the Contract and for which the Contractor may be legally IN under care, custody or control of the Contractor or liable, whether such operations be by the Contractor or by a the Contractor's Subcontractors or Sub-subcontrac- Subcontractor or by anyone directly Or indirectly employed by tors; and any of them,or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be .3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto, such as liable: go trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, .1 claims under workers' or workmen's compensation, structures and utilities not designated for removal, relo- disability benefit and other similar employee benefit acts cation or replacement in the course of construction. which are applicable to the Work to be performed; AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION•FOURTEENTH EDITION AIA® • ©1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHIT'ECT'S,1735 NEW YORK AVENUE,N.W.,WASHINGTON,D.C.20006 A201-1987 19 WARNING:Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S.copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. nated portion thereof is substantially complete. If the such inspection and,when the Architect finds the Work accept- Architect's inspection discloses any item, whether or not able under the Contract Documents and the Contract fully per- included on the Contractor's list, which is not in accordance formed, the Architect will promptly issue a final Certificate for with the requirements of the Contract Documents,the Contrac- Payment stating that to the best of the Architect's knowledge, for shall, before issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Com- information and belief, and on the basis of the Architect's pletion,complete or correct such item upon notification by the observations and inspections,the Work has been completed in Architect. The Contractor shall then submit a request for accordance with terms and conditions of the Contract Docu- another inspection by the Architect to determine Substantial ments and that the entire balance found to be due the Contrac- a� Completion. When the Work or designated portion thereof is for and noted in said final Certificate is due and payable. The substantially complete, the Architect will prepare a Certificate Architect's final Certificate for Payment will constitute a further of Substantial Completion which shall establish the date of Sub- representation that conditions listed in Subparagraph 9.10.2 as stantial Completion, shall establish responsibilities of the precedent to the Contractor's being entitled to final payment Owner and Contractor for security,maintenance,heat,utilities, have been fulfilled. damage to the Work and insurance, and shall fix the time within which the Contractor shall finish all items on the list 9.10.2 Neither final payment nor any remaining retained accompanying the Certificate.Warranties required by the Con- percentage shall become due until the Contractor submits to tract Documents shall commence on the date of Substantial the Architect(1)an affidavit that payrolls,bills for materials and Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof unless equipment, and other indebtedness connected with the Work otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Comple- for which the Owner or the Owner's property might be tion. The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be sub- responsible or encumbered (Tess amounts withheld by Owner) .� mitted to the Owner and Contractor for their written accep- have been paid or otherwise satisfied, (2)a certificate evidenc- tance of responsibilities assigned to them in such Certificate. ing that insurance required by the Contract Documents to 9.8.3 Upon Substantial Completion of the Work or designated remain in force after final payment is currently in effect and will not be cancelled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days' portion thereof and upon application by the Contractor and prior written notice has been given to the Owner,(3)a written certification by the Architect, the Owner shall make payment, statement that the Contractor knows of no substantial reason reflecting adjustment in retainage,in e Contract Documents.if any,for such Work or por- tion thereof as provided in the required by the Contract Documents, (4)consent of surety, if w� 9.9 PARTIAL OCCUPANCY OR USE any, to final payment and(5), if required by the Owner,other data establishing payment or satisfaction of obligations,such as 9.9.1 The Owner may occupy or use any completed or par- receipts, releases and waivers of liens, claims, security interests tially completed portion of the Work at any stage when such or encumbrances arising out of the Contract, to the extent and portion is designated by separate agreement with the Contrac- in such form as may be designated by the Owner. If a Subcon- tor, provided such occupancy or use is consented to by the tractor refuses to furnish a release or waiver required by the insurer as required under Subparagraph 11.3.11 and authorized Owner, the Contractor may furnish a bond satisfactory to the by public authorities having jurisdiction over the Work. Such Owner to indemnify the ()caner against such lien. If such lien partial occupancy or use may commence whether or not the remains unsatisfied after payments are made, the Contractor portion is substantially complete, provided the Owner and shall refund to the Owner all money that the Owner may be Contractor have accepted in writing the responsibilities compelled to pay in discharging such lien, including all costs assigned to each of them for payments, retainage if any, secu- and reasonable attorneys' fees. rity,maintenance,heat,utilities,damage to the Work and insur- ance,and have agreed in writing concerning the period for cor- 9,10.3 If, after Substantial Completion of the Work, final com- rection of the Work and commencement of warranties pletion thereof is materially delayed through no fault of the required by the Contract Documents. When the Contractor Contractor or by issuance of' Change Orders affecting final w considers a portion substantially complete,the Contractor shall completion, and the Architecr so confirms, the Owner shall, prepare and submit a list to the Architect as provided under upon application by the Contractor and certification by the Subparagraph 9.8.2. Consent of the Contractor to partial occu- Architect,and without terminating the Contract,make payment pancy or use shall not be unreasonably withheld. The stage of of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed the progress of the Work shall be determined by written agree- and accepted If the remaining balance for Work not fully com- ment between the Owner and Contractor or,if no agreement is pleted or corrected is less than retainage stipulated in the Con- reached, by decision of the Architect. tract Documents,and if bonds have been furnished,the written consent of surety to payment of the balance due for that por- .� 9.9.2 Immediately prior to such partial occupancy or use, the tion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submit- Owner, Contractor and Architect shall jointly inspect the area ted by the Contractor to the Architect prior to certification of to be occupied or portion of the Work to be used in order to such payment. Such payment shall be made under terms and determine and record the condition of the Work. conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims.The making of final payment shall 9.9.3 Unless otherwise agreed upon, partial occupancy or use constitute a waiver of claim, by the Owner as provided in Sub- of a portion or portions of the Work shall not constitute accep- paragraph 4.3.5. tance of Work not complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 9.10.4 Acceptance of final payment by the Contractor, a Sub- ..� 9.10 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT contractor or material supplier shall constitute a waiver of claims by that payee except those previously made in writing 9.10.1 Upon receipt of written notice that the Work is ready and identified by that payee as unsettled at the time of final for final inspection and acceptance and upon receipt of a final Application for Payment. Such waivers shall be in addition to Application for Payment, the Architect will promptly make the waiver described in Subparagraph 4.3.5. AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL.CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION•FOURTEENTH EDITION 18 A201-1987 AIA° •©1987 THE AMERI CAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,1735 NEW YORK AVENUE,N.W.,WASHINGTON,D.C.20006 WARNING:Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S.copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution, ■ Owner a Certificate for Payment, with a copy to the Contrac- 9.5.2 When the above reasons for withholding certification are tor, for such amount as the Architect determines is properly removed, certification will be made for amounts previously due, or notify the Contractor and Owner in writing of the withheld. Architect's reasons for withholding certification in whole or in 9.6 PROGRESS PAYMENTS part as provided in Subparagraph 9.5.1. 9.6.1 After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment, 9.4.2 The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will constitute a the Owner shall make payment in the manner and within the representation by the Architect to the Owner, based on the time provided in the Contract Documents, and shall so notify Architect's observations at the site and the data comprising the the Architect. Application for Payment, that the Work has progressed to the 9.6.2 The Contractor shall promptly pay each Subcontractor, point indicated and that, to the best of the Architect's knowl- upon receipt of payment from the Owner, out of the amount W edge, information and belief, quality of the Work is in accor- paid to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's por dance with the Contract Documents.The foregoing representa- tion of the Work, the amount to which said Subcontractor is tions are subject to an evaluation of the Work for conformance entitled,reflecting percentages actually retained from payments with the Contract Documents upon Substantial Completion,to to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's portion results of subsequent tests and inspections,to minor deviations of the Work. The Contractor shall, by appropriate agreement from the Contract Documents correctable prior to completion with each Subcontractor, require each Subcontractor to make and to specific qualifications expressed by the Architect. The payments to Sub-subcontractors in similar manner. issuance of a Certificate for Payment will further constitute a representation that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the 9.6.3 The Architect will, on request, furnish to a Subcontrac- amount certified.However,the issuance of a Certificate for Pay- tor, if practicable, information regarding percentages of com- ment will not be a representation that the Architect has (1) pletion or amounts applied for by the Contractor and action made exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the taken thereon by the Architect and Owner on account of por- quality or quantity of the Work, (2) reviewed construction tions of the Work done by such Subcontractor. means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, (3) 9.6.4 Neither the Owner nor Architect shall have an obligation reviewed copies of requisitions received from Subcontractors to pay or to see to the payment of money to a Subcontractor and material suppliers and other data requested by the Owner except as may otherwise be required by law. to substantiate the Contractor's right to payment or (4) made examination to ascertain how or for what purpose the Contrac- 9.6.5 Payment to material suppliers shall be treated in a manner for has used money previously paid on account of the Contract similar to that provided in Subparagraphs 9.6.2,9.6.3 and 9.6.4. Sum. 9.6.6 A Certificate for Payment, a progress payment, or partial 9.5 DECISIONS TO WITHHOLD CERTIFICATION or entire use or occupancy of the Project by the Owner shall not constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the 9.5.1 The Architect may decide not to certify payment and Contract Documents. may withhold a Certificate for Payment in whole or in part, to 9.7 FAILURE OF PAYMENT the extent reasonably necessary to protect the Owner,if in the Architect's opinion the representations to the Owner required 9.7.1 If the Architect does not issue a Certificate for Payment, by Subparagraph 9.4.2 cannot be made. If the Architect is through no fault of the Contractor, within seven days after unable to certify payment in the amount of the Application,the receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment, or if the go Architect will notify the Contractor and Owner as provided in Owner does not pay the Contractor within seven days after the Subparagraph 9.4.1. If the Contractor and Architect cannot date established in the Contract Documents the amount cer- agree on a revised amount, the Architect will promptly issue a tified by the Architect or awarded by arbitration, then the Con- Certificate for Payment for the amount for which the Architect tractor may, upon seven additional days' written notice to the go is able to make such representations to the Owner. The Archi- Owner and Architect, stop the Work until payment of the tect may also decide not to certify payment or, because of amount owing has been received. The Contract Time shall be subsequently discovered evidence or subsequent observations, extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be may nullify the whole or a part of a Certificate for Payment increased by the amount of the Contractor's reasonable costs of op previously issued, to such extent as may be necessary in the shut-down, delay and start-up, which shall be accomplished as Architect's opinion to protect the Owner from loss because of: provided in Article 7. 9.8 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION .1 defective Work not remedied; 9.8.1 Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress of the .2 third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicat- Work when the Work or designated portion thereof is suffi- ing probable filing of such claims; ciently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents .3 failure of the Contractor to make payments prop- so the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended erly to Subcontractors or for labor, materials or use. equipment; 4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be com 9.8.2 When the Contractor considers that the Work,or a por- pleted for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum; tion thereof which the Owner agrees to accept separately, is substantially complete,the Contractor shall prepare and submit .5 damage to the Owner or another contractor; to the Architect a comprehensive list of items to be completed .6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be com- or corrected. The Contractor shall proceed promptly to com- pleted within the Contract Time, and that the unpaid plete and correct items on the list. Failure to include an item on balance would not be adequate to cover actual or such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to liquidated damages for the anticipated delay; or complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Docu- .7 persistent failure to carry out the Work in accordance ments. Upon receipt of the Contractor's list, the Architect will with the Contract Documents. make an inspection to determine whether the Work or desig- AIA DOCUMENT A201 •GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION•FOURTEENTH EDITION AIA° •©1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,1735 NEW YORK AVENUE,N.W.,WASHINGTON,D.C.20006 A201-1987 17 WARNING:Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S.copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. 7.4 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK ARTICLE 9 7.4.1 The Architect will have authority to order minor changes PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION in the Work not involving adjustment in the Contract Sum or extension of the Contract Time and not inconsistent with the 9,1 CONTRACT SUM intent of the Contract Documents. Such changes shall be effected by written order and shall be binding on the Owner 9.1.1 The Contract Sum is stated in the Agreement and,includ- and Contractor. The Contractor shall carry out such written ing authorized adjustments, is the total amount payable by the orders promptly. Owner to the Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 8 9.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES 9.2.1 Before the first Application for Payment, the Contractor wr TIME shall submit to the Architect a schedule of values allocated to various portions of the Work, prepared in such form and sup- 8.1 DEFINITIONS ported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Architect 8.1.1 Unless otherwise provided, Contract Time is the period may require.This schedule,unless objected to by the Architect, shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's A lica- of time, including authorized adjustments, allotted in the Con- g PP tract Documents for Substantial Completion of the Work. tions for Payment. 8.1.2 The date of commencement of the Work is the date 9.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT established in the Agreement. The date shall not be postponed 9.3.1 At least ten days before the date established for each by the failure to act of the Contractor or of persons or entities progress payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect for whom the Contractor is responsible. an itemized Application for Payment for operations completed in accordance with the schedule of values. Such application 8.1.3 The date of Substantial Completion is the date certified shall be notarized, if required, and supported by such data by the Architect in accordance with Paragraph 9.8. substantiating the Contractor's right to payment as the Owner 8.1.4 The term ''day" as used in the Contract Documents shall or Architect may require, such as copies of requisitions from mean calendar day unless otherwise specifically defined. Subcontractors and material suppliers, and reflecting retainage 8.2 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION if provided for elsewhere in the Contract Documents. .�• 8.2.1 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the 9.3.1.1 Such applications may include requests for payment on essence of the Contract. By executing the Agreement the Con- account of changes in the Work which have been properly tractor confirms that the Contract Time is a reasonable period authorized by Construction Change Directives but not yet r for performing the Work. included in Change Orders. 8.2.2 The Contractor shall not knowingly, except by agree- 9.3.1.2 Such applications may not include requests for pay- ment or instruction of the Owner in writing,prematurely com- ment of amounts the Contractor does not intend to pay to a mence operations on the site or elsewhere prior to the effective Subcontractor or material supplier because of a dispute or other �* date of insurance required by Article 11 to be furnished by the reason. Contractor. The date of commencement of the Work shall not 9.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, be changed by the effective date of such insurance. Unless the payments shall be made on account of materials and equipment date of commencement is established b a notice to proceed y P delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incor- given by the Owner, the Contractor shall notify the Owner in poration in the Work. If approved in advance by the Owner, writing not less than five days or other agreed period before payment may similarly be made for materials and equipment commencing the Work to permit the timely filing of mortgages, suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing. mechanic's liens and other security nterests. y Payment for materials and equipment stored on or off the site 8.2.3 The Contractor shall proceed expeditiously with ade- shall be conditioned upon compliance by the Contractor with quate forces and shall achieve Substantial Completion within Procedures satisfactory to the Owner to establish the Owner's the Contract Time. title to such materials and equipment or otherwise protect the Owner's interest, and shall include applicable insurance, ` 8.3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME storage and transportation to the site for such materials and 8.3.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in progress of the equipment stored off the site. Work by an act or neglect of the Owner or Architect, or of an 9.3.3 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work covered by .. employee of either, or of a separate contractor employed by an Application for Payment will pass to the Owner no later than the Owner, or by changes ordered in the Work, or by labor the time of payment. The Contractor further warrants that disputes,fire,unusual delay in deliveries,unavoidable casualties upon submittal of an Application for Payment all Work for or other causes beyond the Contractor's control, or by delay which Certificates for Payment have been previously issued .� authorized by the Owner pending arbitration, or by other and payments received from the Owner shall,to the best of the causes which the Architect determines may justify delay, then Contractor's knowledge, information and belief, be free and the Contract Time shall be extended by Change Order for such clear of liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances in reasonable time as the Architect may determine. favor of the Contractor, Subcontractors, material suppliers, or ... 8.3.2 Claims relating to time shall be made in accordance with other persons or entities making a claim by reason of having applicable provisions of Paragraph 4.3. provided labor, materials and equipment relating to the Work. 8.3.3 This Paragraph 8.3 does not preclude recovery of dam- 9.4 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT ages for delay by either party under other provisions of the 9.4.1 The Architect will, within seven days after receipt of the ... Contract Documents, Contractor's Application for Payment, either issue to the AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION•fOURTEENTH EDITION 16 A201-1987 AIA° •©1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,1735 NEW YORK AVENUE,N.W.,WASHINGTON,D.C.20006 WARNING:Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S.copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. ARTICLE 7 .3 cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon by the parties and a mutually acceptable fixed or percent- CHANGES IN THE WORK age fee; or .4 as provided in Subparagraph 7.3.6. 7.1 CHANGES 7.3.4 Upon receipt of a Construction Change Directive, the 7.1.1 Changes in the Work may be accomplished after execu- Contractor shall promptly proceed with the change in the tion of the Contract, and without invalidating the Contract,by Work involved and advise the Architect of the Contractor's Change Order, Construction Change Directive or order for a agreement or disagreement with the method, if any, provided minor change in the Work, subject to the limitations stated in in the Construction Change Directive for determining the pro- this Article 7 and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. posed adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. 7.1.2 A Change Order shall be based upon agreement among 7.3.5 A Construction Change Directive signed by the Contrac- the Owner, Contractor and Architect; a Construction Change for indicates the agreement of the Contractor therewith,includ- Directive requires agreement by the Owner and Architect and ing adjustment in Contract Sum and Contract Time or the may or may not be agreed to by the Contractor;an order for a method for determining them. Such agreement shall be effec- „� minor change in the Work may be issued by the Architect tive immediately and shall be recorded as a Change Order. alone. 7.3.6 If the Contractor does not respond promptly or disagrees 7.1.3 Changes in the Work shall be performed under appli- with the method for adjustment in the Contract Sum, the cable provisions of the Contract Documents, and the Contrac- method and the adjustment shall be determined by the Archi- for shall proceed promptly, unless otherwise provided in the tect on the basis of reasonable expenditures and savings of Change Order, Construction Change Directive or order for a those performing the Work attributable to the change, includ- minor change in the Work. ing, in case of an increase in the Contract Sum, a reasonable allowance for overhead and profit. In such case,and also under 7.1.4 If unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents or Clause 7.3.3.3, the Contractor shall keep and present, in such subsequently agreed upon, and if quantities originally con- form as the Architect may prescribe, an itemized accounting templated are so changed in a proposed Change Order or Con together with appropriate supporting data. Unless otherwise struction Change Directive that application of such unit prices provided in the Contract Documents,costs for the purposes of � to quantities of Work proposed will cause substantial inequity this Subparagraph 7.3.6 shall he limited to the following: to the Owner or Contractor, the applicable unit prices shall be equitably adjusted. .1 costs of labor, including social security, old age and unemployment insurance, fringe benefits required by # 1 7.2 CHANGE ORDERS agreement or custom, and workers' or workmen's 7.2.1 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the compensation insurance; Architect and signed by the Owner, Contractor and Architect, .2 costs of materials, supplies and equipment, includ- stating their agreement upon all of the following: ing cost of transportation, whether incorporated or .1 a change in the Work; consumed; .2 the amount of the adjustment in the Contract Sum, if .3 real ts of machinery equipment, a any; and n s, whether rented e nt actor or others; 3 the extent of the adjustment in the Contract Time, if any. .4 costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance,permit fees, and sales, use or similar taxes related to the 7.2.2 Methods used in determining adjustments to the Contract Work; and Sum may include those listed in Subparagraph 7.3.3. .5 additional costs of supervision and field office person- 7.3 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES nel directly attributable to the change. 7.3.1 A Construction Change Directive is a written order pre- 7.3.7 pending final determination of cost to the Owner, pared by the Architect and signed by the Owner and Architect, amounts not in dispute may be included in Applications for Pill directing a change in the Work and stating a proposed basis for payment. The amount of credit to be allowed by the Contrac- adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or for to the Owner for a deletion or change which results in a net both. The Owner may by Construction Change Directive, decrease in the Contract Sum shall be actual net cost as con without invalidating the Contract, order changes in the Work firmed by the Architect. When both additions and credits 11111 within the general scope of the Contract consisting of addi- covering related Work or substitutions are involved in a tions, deletions or other revisions, the Contract Sum and Con- change, the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured tract Time being adjusted accordingly. on the basis of net increase,if any,with respect to that change. 7.3.2 A Construction Change Directive shall be used in the 7.3.8 If the Owner and Contractor do not agree with the absence of total agreement on the terms of a Change Order. adjustment in Contract Time or the method for determining it, 7.3.3 If the Construction Change Directive provides for an the adjustment or the method shall be referred to the Architect adjustment to the Contract Sum,the adjustment shall be based for determination. A on one of the following methods: 7.3.9 When the Owner and Contractor agree with the deter- .1 mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized urination made by the Architect concerning the adjustments in and supported by sufficient substantiating data to per- the Contract Sum and Contract Time,or otherwise reach agree- mit evaluation; merit upon the adjustments, such agreement shall be effective .2 unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or sub- immediately and shall be recorded by preparation and execu- sequently agreed upon; tion of an appropriate Change Order. AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION•FOURTEENTH EDITION A201-1987 15 44 AIA° •©1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,1735 NEW YORK AVENUE,N.W.,WASHINGTON,D.C.20006 WARNING:Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S.copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. ON 5.3 SUBCONTRACTUAL RELATIONS 6.1.3 The Owner shall provide for coordination of the activi- Aw 5.3.1 By appropriate agreement,written where legally required ties of the Owner's own forces and of each separate contractor for validity, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor,to with the Work of the Contractor, who shall cooperate with the extent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor, them. The Contractor shall participate with other separate con- sm to be bound to the Contractor by terms of the Contract Docu- tractors and the Owner in reviewing their construction sched- ments,and to assume toward the Contractor all the obligations ules when directed to do so. The Contractor shall make any and responsibilities which the Contractor, by these Docu- revisions to the construction schedule and Contract Sum ments,assumes toward the Owner and Architect.Each subcon- deemed necessary after a joint review and mutual agreement. ,,m tract agreement shall preserve and protect the rights of the The construction schedules shall then constitute the schedules Owner and Architect under the Contract Documents with to be used by the Contractor, separate contractors and the respect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so Owner until subsequently revised. that subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights, and ,ter shall allow to the Subcontractor, unless specifically provided 6.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, otherwise in the subcontract agreement, the benefit of all when the Owner performs construction or operations related rights, remedies and redress against the Contractor that the to the Project with the Owner's own forces,the Owner shall be Contractor, by the Contract Documents, has against the deemed to be subject to the same obligations and to have the a, , Owner. Where appropriate, the Contractor shall require each same rights which apply to the Contractor under the Condi- Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with Sub-sub- tions of the Contract, including, without excluding others, contractors. The Contractor shall make available to each pro- those stated in Article 3, this Article 6 and Articles 10, 11 posed Subcontractor,prior to the execution of the subcontract and 12. agreement, copies of the Contract Documents to which the 6.2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY Subcontractor will be bound, and, upon written request of the Subcontractor, identify to the Subcontractor terms and condi- 6.2.1 The Contractor shall afford the Owner and separate con- tions of the proposed subcontract agreement which may be at tractors reasonable opportunity for introduction and storage of .wA variance with the Contract Documents. Subcontractors shall their materials and equipment and performance of their activi- similarly make copies of applicable portions of such documents ties and shall connect and coordinate the Contractor's con- available to their respective proposed Sub-subcontractors. struction and operations with theirs as required by the Contract 5.4 CONTINGENT ASSIGNMENT OF SUBCONTRACTS Documents. 5.4.1 Each subcontract agreement for a portion of the Work is 6.2.2 If part of the Contractor's Work depends for proper assigned by the Contractor to the Owner provided that: execution or results upon construction or operations by the .1 assignment is effective only after termination of the Owner or a separate contractor, the Contractor shall, prior to Contract by the Owner for cause pursuant to Para- proceeding with that portion of the Work, promptly report to graph 14.2 and only for those subcontract agreements the Architect apparent discrepancies or defects in such other which the Owner accepts by notifying the Subcon- construction that would render it unsuitable for such proper tractor in writing; and execution and results. Failure of the Contractor so to report .2 assignment is subject to the prior rights of the surety, shall constitute an acknowledgment that the Owner's or sepa- if any, obligated under bond relating to the Contract. rate contractors'completed or partially completed construction is fit and proper to receive the Contractor's Work,except as to 5.4.2 If the Work has been suspended for more than 30 days, defects not then reasonably discoverable. the Subcontractor's compensation shall be equitably adjusted. 6.2.3 Costs caused by delays or by improperly timed activities or defective construction shall be borne by the party responsi- ARTICLE 6 ble therefor. CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER 6.2.4 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage wrong- fully caused by the ContraCtOt to completed or partially corn- OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS pleted construction or to property of the Owner or separate 6.1 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM CONSTRUCTION contractors as provided in `subparagraph 10.2.5. AND TO AWARD SEPARATE CONTRACTS 6.2,5 Claims and other disputes and matters in question 6.1.1 The Owner reserves the right to perform construction or between the Contractor and a separate contractor shall be sub- operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces, ject to the provisions of Paragraph 4.3 provided the separate and to award separate contracts in connection with other por- contractor has reciprocal obligations. tions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site under Conditions of the Contract identical or substantially 6.2.6 The Owner and each separate contractor shall have the similar to these including those portions related to insurance same responsibilities for cutting and patching as are described and waiver of subrogation. If the Contractor claims that delay for the Contractor in Paragraph 3.14. or additional cost is involved because of such action by the Owner, the Contractor shall make such Claim as provided else- 6.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CLEAN UP where in the Contract Documents. 6.3.1 If a dispute arises among the Contractor, separate con- 6.1.2 When separate contracts are awarded for different por- tractors and the Owner as to the responsibility under their tions of the Project or other construction or operations on the respective contracts for maintaining the premises and surround- site, the term "Contractor" in the Contract Documents in each ing area free from waste materials and rubbish as described in case shall mean the Contractor who executes each separate Paragraph 3.15, the Owner ma} clean up and allocate the cost .. Owner-Contractor Agreement. among those responsible as the Architect determines to be just. AIA DOCUMENT A201 •GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION•FOURTEENTH EDITION 14 A201-1987 AIA° •©1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,1735 NEW YORK AVENUE,N.W.,WASHINGTON,D.C.20006 WARNING:Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S.copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. A 4.5.2 Rules and Notices for Arbitration. Claims between the 4.5.6 Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims. A party who Owner and Contractor not resolved under Paragraph 4.4 shall, files a notice of demand for arbitration must assert in the if subject to arbitration under Subparagraph 4.5.1, be decided demand all Claims then known to that party on which arbitra- by arbitration in accordance with the Construction Industry tion is permitted to be demanded.When a party fails to include Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association cur- a Claim through oversight, inadvertence or excusable neglect, rently in effect, unless the parties mutually agree otherwise. or when a Claim has matured or been acquired subsequently, Notice of demand for arbitration shall be filed in writing with the arbitrator or arbitrators may permit amendment. the other party to the Agreement between the Owner and Con- 4.5.7 Judgment on Final Award. The award rendered by the tractor and with the American Arbitration Association, and a arbitrator or arbitrators shall be final, and judgment may be copy shall be filed with the Architect. entered upon it in accordance with applicable law in any court 4.5.3 Contract Performance During Arbitration. During arbi- having jurisdiction thereof. tration proceedings, the Owner and Contractor shall comply with Subparagraph 4.3.4. ARTICLE 5 4.5.4 When Arbitration May Be Demanded.Demand for arbi- tration of any Claim may not be made until the earlier of(1)the SUBCONTRACTORS date on which the Architect has rendered a final written deci- 5.1 DEFINITIONS sion on the Claim, (2)the tenth day after the parties have pre- sented evidence to the Architect or have been given reasonable 5.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct e� opportunity to do so, if the Architect has not rendered a final contract with the Contractor to perform a portion of the Work written decision by that date, or (3) any of the five events at the site. The term "Subcontractor"is referred to throughout described in Subparagraph 4.3.2• the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Subcon- 4.5.4.1 When a written decision of the Architect states that(1) tractor. The term "Subcontractor" does not include a separate the decision is final but subject to arbitration and(2)a demand contractor or subcontractors of a separate contractor. for arbitration of a Claim covered by such decision must be made within 30 days after the date on which the party making 5,1,2 A Sub-subcontractor is a person or entity who has a the demand receives the final written decision, then failure to direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to perform a demand arbitration within said 30 days' period shall result in portion of the Work at the site.The term"Sub-subcontractor" the Architect's decision becoming final and binding upon the is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular Owner and Contractor. If the Architect renders a decision after in number and means a Sub-subcontractor or an authorized arbitration proceedings have been initiated, such decision may representative of the Sub-subcontractor. be entered as evidence,but shall not supersede arbitration pro ceedings unless the decision is acceptable to all parties 5.2 AWARD SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER CONTRACTS S FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK concerned. 4.5.4.2 A demand for arbitration shall be made within the time 5.2.1 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents or the bidding requirements, the Contractor, as soon as prac- limits specified in Subparagraphs r cases and 4.5.4 and Clause ticable after award of the Contract, shall furnish in writing to time 1 as applicable, and in other cases within a reasonable the Owner through the Architect the names of persons or enti- time after the Claim has arisen,and in no event shall it be made ties(including those who are to furnish materials or equipment after the date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings fabricated to a special design)proposed for each principal por- of limitations on such Claim would be barred by the applicable statute tion of the Work.The Architect will promptly reply to the Con- of lmitations as determined pursuant to Paragraph 13.7. tractor in writing stating whether or not the Owner or the 4.5.5 Limitation on Consolidation or Joinder. No arbitration Architect., after due investigation, has reasonable objection to arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents shall any such proposed person or entity. Failure of the Owner or include, by consolidation or joinder or in any other manner, Architect to reply promptly shall constitute notice of no reason- the Architect, the Architect's employees or consultants,except able objection. by written consent containing specific reference to the Agree- 5.2.2 The Contractor shall not contract with a proposed per- ment and signed by the Architect, Owner, Contractor and any son or entity to whom the Owner or Architect has made rea- other person or entity sought to be joined. No arbitration shall sonable and timely objection. The Contractor shall not be include, by consolidation or joinder or in any other manner, required to contract with anyone to whom the Contractor has parties other than the Owner, Contractor, a separate contrac- made reasonable objection. for as described in Article 6 and other persons substantially involved in a common question of fact or law whose presence 5.2.3 If the Owner or Architect has reasonable objection to a is required if complete relief is to be accorded in arbitration.No person or entity proposed by the Contractor, the Contractor person or entity other than the Owner,Contractor or a separate shall propose another to whom the Owner or Architect has no contractor as described in Article 6 shall be included as an orig- reasonable objection. The Contract Sum shall be increased or inal third party or additional third party to an arbitration whose decreased by the difference in cost occasioned by such change interest or responsibility is insubstantial. Consent to arbitration and an'.appropriate Change Order shall be issued. However,no involving an additional person or entity shall not constitute increase in the Contract Sum shall be allowed for such change consent to arbitration of a dispute not described therein or with unless the Contractor has acted promptly and responsively in a person or entity not named or described therein. The fore- submitting names as required. going agreement to arbitrate and other agreements to arbitrate with an additional person or entity duly consented to by parties 5.2.4 The Contractor shall not change a Subcontractor,person to the Agreement shall be specifically enforceable under appli- or entity previously selected if the Owner or Architect makes cable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. reasonable objection to such change. AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION•FOURTEENTH EDITION AIA° •©1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,1735 NEW YORK AVENUE,N.W.,WASHINGTON,D.C.20006 A201-1987 13 WARNING:Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S.copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. 4.3.4 Continuing Contract Performance. Pending final reso- substantiating that weather conditions were abnormal for the .M lution of a Claim including arbitration, unless otherwise agreed period of time and could not have been reasonably anticipated, in writing the Contractor shall proceed diligently with perfor- and that weather conditions had an adverse effect on the mance of the Contract and the Owner shall continue to make scheduled construction. sm payments in accordance with the Contract Documents. 4.3.9 Injury or Damage to Person or Property. If either party 4.3.5 Waiver of Claims: Final Payment. The making of final to the Contract suffers injury or damage to person or property payment shall constitute a waiver of Claims by the Owner because of an act or omission of the other party,of any of the except those arising from: other party's employees or agents,or of others for whose acts sA .1 liens, Claims, security interests or encumbrances aris- such party is legally liable, written notice of such injury or ing out of the Contract and unsettled; damage, whether or not insured, shall be given to the other .2 failure of the Work to comply with the requirements party within a reasonable time not exceeding 21 days after first observance. The notice shall provide sufficient detail to enable ..n of the Contract Documents; or P the other party to investigate the matter. If a Claim for addi- .3 terms of special warranties required by the Contract tional cost or time related to this Claim is to be asserted,it shall Documents. be filed as provided in Subparagraphs 4.3.7 or 4.3.8. 4.3.6 Claims for Concealed or Unknown Conditions. If con- 4,4 RESOLUTION OF CLAIMS AND DISPUTES .n ditions are encountered at the site which are(1)subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions which differ materi- 4.4.1 The Architect will review Claims and take one or more of ally from those indicated in the Contract Documents or (2) the following preliminary actions within ten days of receipt of a unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature, which dif- Claim:(1)request additional supporting data from the claimant, .� fer materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally (2)submit a schedule to the parties indicating when the Archi- recognized as inherent in construction activities of the tect expects to take action, (3) reject the Claim in whole or in character provided for in the Contract Documents,then notice part, stating reasons for rejection, (4) recommend approval of by the observing party shall be given to the other party the Claim by the other party or(5)suggest a compromise. The promptly before conditions are disturbed and in no event later Architect may also, but is not obligated to, notify the surety, if than 21 days after first observance of the conditions.The Archi- any, of the nature and amount of the Claim. tect will promptly investigate such conditions and,if they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor's 4.4.2 If a Claim has been resolved,the Architect will prepare or sw cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the obtain appropriate documentation. Work,will recommend an equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time,or both.If the Architect determines that 4.4.3 If a Claim has not been resolved, the party making the the conditions at the site are not materially different from those Claim shall, within ten days after the Architect's preliminary awR indicated in the Contract Documents and that no change in the response, take one or more of the following actions:(1)submit terms of the Contract is justified, the Architect shall so notify additional supporting data requested by the Architect, (2) the Owner and Contractor in writing, stating the reasons. modify the initial Claim or(3)notify the Architect that the initial Claims by either party in o pposition to such determination Claim stands. .m must be made within 21 days after the Architect has given 4.4.4 If a Claim has not been resolved after consideration of the notice of the decision. If the Owner and Contractor cannot foregoing and of further evidence presented by the parties or agree on an adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, requested by the Architect, the Architect will notify the parties the adjustment shall be referred to the Architect for initial deter- in writing that the Architect's decision will be made within .e+ urination,subject to further proceedings pursuant to Paragraph seven days, which decision shall be final and binding on the 4.4. parties but subject to arbitration. Upon expiration of such time 4.3.7 Claims for Additional Cost. If the Contractor wishes to period, the Architect will render to the parties the Architect's am make Claim for an increase in the Contract Sum,written notice written decision relative to the Claim, including any change in as provided herein shall be given before proceeding to execute the Contract Sum or Contract Time or both. If there i5 a surety the Work. Prior notice is not required for Claims relating to an and there appears to be a possibility of a Contractor's default, emergency endangering life or property arising under Para- the Architect may,but is not obligated to,notify the surety and graph 10.3. If the Contractor believes additional cost is request the surety's assistance in resolving the controversy. ow involved for reasons including but not limited to (1)a written interpretation from the Architect,(2)an order by the Owner to 4.5 ARBITRATION stop the Work where the Contractor was not at fault,(3)a writ- 4.5.1 Controversies and Claims Subject to Arbitration.Any ten order for a minor change in the Work issued by the Archi- controversy or Claim arising out of or related to the Contract, tect,(4)failure of payment by the Owner,(5)termination of the or the breach thereof, shall be Settled by arbitration in accor- Contract by the Owner, (6) Owner's suspension or (7) other dance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the reasonable grounds,Claim shall be filed in accordance with the American Arbitration Association, and judgment upon the procedure established herein. award rendered by the arbitrator or arbitrators may be entered 4.3.8 Claims for Additional Time in any court having jurisdiction thereof, except controversies 4.3.8.1 If the Contractor wishes to make Claim for an increase or Claims relating to aesthetic effect and except those waived as in the Contract Time,written notice as provided herein shall be Provided for in Subparagraph 4.3.5. Such controversies or given. The Contractor's Claim shall include an estimate of cost Claims upon which the Architect has given notice and rendered and of probable effect of delay on progress of the Work. In the a decision as provided in Subparagraph 4,4.4 shall be subject to case of a continuing delay only one Claim is necessary. arbitration upon written demand of either party. Arbitration may be commenced when 45 days have passed after a Claim 4.3.8.2 If adverse weather conditions are the basis for a Claim has been referred to the Architect as provided in Paragraph 4.3 .�. for additional time, such Claim shall be documented by data and no decision has been rendered. AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION•FOURTEENTH EDITION 12 A201-1987 AIA° •©1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,1735 NEW YORK AVENUE,N.W.,WASHINGTON,D.C.20006 WARNING:Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S.copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. tractor,Subcontractors,or their agents or employees,or of any out the Architect's responsibilities at the site. The duties, other persons performing portions of the Work. responsibilities and limitations of authority of such project representatives shall be as set forth in an exhibit to be incorpo- 4.2.4 Communications Facilitating Contract Administra- rated in the Contract Documents. tion. Except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or when direct communications have been specially autho- 4.2.11 The Architect will interpret and decide matters concern- rized, the Owner and Contractor shall endeavor to communi- ing performance under and requirements of the Contract cate through the Architect. Communications by and with the Documents on written request of either the Owner or Contrac- Architect's consultants shall be through the Architect. Commu- tor. The Architect's response to such requests will be made nications by and with Subcontractors and material suppliers with reasonable promptness and within any time limits agreed shall be through the Contractor. Communications by and with upon. If no agreement is made concerning the time within separate contractors shall be through the Owner. which interpretations required of the Architect shall be fur- 4.2.5 Based on the Architect's observations and evaluations of nished in compliance with this Paragraph 4.2, then delay shall not be recognized on account of failure by the Architect to fur- nish such interpretations until 15 days after written request is review and certify the amounts due the Contractor and will made for them. Pill issue Certificates for Payment in such amounts. 4.2.6 The Architect will have authority to reject Work which 4.2.12 Interpretations and decisions of the Architect will be does not conform to the Contract Documents. Whenever the consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from the Architect considers it necessary or advisable for implementa- Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the form of tion of the intent of the Contract Documents,the Architect will drawings.When making such interpretations and decisions,the have authority to require additional inspection or testing of the Architect will endeavor to secure faithful performance by both Work in accordance with Subparagraphs 13.5.2 and 13.5.3, Owner and Contractor, will not show partiality to either and whether or not such Work is fabricated,installed or completed. will not be liable for results of interpretations or decisions so However, neither this authority of the Architect nor a decision rendered in good faith. made in good faith either to exercise or not to exercise such 4.2.13 The Architect's decisions on matters relating to aesthetic authority shall give rise to a duty or responsibility of the Archi- effect will be final if consistent with the intent expressed in the tect to the Contractor,Subcontractors,material and equipment Contract Documents, suppliers,their agents or employees,or other persons perform- ing portions of the Work. 4.3 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES 4.2.7 The Architect will review and approve or take other appropriate action upon the Contractor's submittals such as 4.3.1 Definition. A Claim is a demand or assertion by one of Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, but only for the the parties seeking,as a matter of right,adjustment or interpre- limited purpose of checking for conformance with information tation of Contract terms,payment of money,extension of time given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Doeu- or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. The ments. The Architect's action will be taken with such reason- term "Claim" also includes other disputes and matters in ques- able promptness as to cause no delay in the Work or in the tion between the Owner and Contractor arising out of or relat- activities of the Owner, Contractor or separate contractors, ing to the Contract. Claims must be made by written notice. while allowing sufficient time in the Architect's professional The responsibility to substantiate Claims shall rest with the judgment to permit adequate review.Review of such submittals party snaking the Claim. is not conducted for the purpose of determining the accuracy and completeness of other details such as dimensions and 4.3.2 Decision of Architect. Claims, including those alleging quantities, or for substantiating instructions for installation or an error or omission by the Architect,shall be referred initially performance of equipment or systems,all of which remain the to the Architect for action as provided in Paragraph 4.4.A deci- responsibility of the Contractor as required by the Contract sion by the Architect, as provided in Subparagraph 4.4.4, shall Documents. The Architect's review of the Contractor's submit- be required as a condition precedent to arbitration or litigation tals shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligations under of a Claim between the Contractor and Owner as to all such Paragraphs 3.3, 3.5 and 3.12. The Architect's review shall not matters arising prior to the date final payment is due,regardless constitute approval of safety precautions or, unless otherwise of(1)whether such matters relate to execution and progress of specifically stated by the Architect, of any construction means, the Work or(2) the extent to which the Work has been com- methods,techniques,sequences or procedures.The Architect's pleted, The decision by the Architect in response to a Claim approval of a specific itesn shall not indicate approval of an shall not be a condition precedent to arbitration or litigation in assembly of which the item is a component. the event(1)the position of Architect is vacant,(2)the Architect has not received evidence or has failed to render a decision 4,2.8 The Architect will prepare Change Orders and Construc- within agreed time limits, (3) the Architect has failed to take tion Change Directives, and may authorize minor changes in action required under Subparagraph 4.4.4 within 30 days after 40 the Work as provided in Paragraph 7.4. the Claim is made, (4)45 days have passed after the Claim has 4.2.9 The Architect will conduct inspections to determine the been referred to the Architect or (5) the Claim relates to a date or dates of Substantial Completion and the date of final mechanic's lien. completion, will receive and forward to the Owner for the 4.3.3 Time Limits on Claims. Claims by either party must be Owner's review and records written warranties and related made within 21 days after occurrence of the event giving rise to documents required by the Contract and assembled by the such Claim or within 21 days after the claimant first recognizes Contractor, and will issue a final Certificate for Payment upon the condition giving rise to the Claim,whichever is later.Claims compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. must be made by written notice. An additional Claim made 4.2.10 If the Owner and Architect agree,the Architect will pro- after the initial Claim has been implemented by Change Order vide one or more project representatives to assist in carrying will riot be considered unless submitted in a timely manner. AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION•FOURTEENTH EDITION �•01-1987 11 AIA° •©1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE,N.W.,WASHINGTON,D.C.20006 WARNING:Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S.copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. ..d Owner or a separate contractor except with written consent of tect's consultants, and agents and employees of any of them the Owner and of such separate contractor; such consent shall arising out of(1)the preparation or approval of maps,drawings, not be unreasonably withheld. The Contractor shall not unrea- opinions,reports,surveys,Change Orders,designs or specifica- sonably withhold from the Owner or a separate contractor the tions, or (2) the giving of or the failure to give directions or Contractor's consent to cutting or otherwise altering the Work. instructions by the Architect, the Architect's consultants, and agents and employees of any of them provided such giving or 3.15 CLEANING UP failure to give is the primary cause of the injury or damage. 3.15.1 The Contractor shall keep the premises and surround- ing area free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by operations under the Contract.At completion of the AR_TICLE 4 Work the Contractor shall remove from and about the Project waste materials, rubbish, the Contractor's tools, construction ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT equipment, machinery and surplus materials. 4.1 ARCHITECT 3.15.2 If the Contractor fails to clean up as provided in the 4.1.1 The Architect is the person lawfully licensed to practice Contract Documents, the Owner may do so and the cost architecture or an entitv lawfully practicing architecture iden- thereof shall be charged to the Contractor. tified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout ..� 3.16 ACCESS TO WORK the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The term 3.16.1 The Contractor shall provide the Owner and Architect "Architect" means the Architect or the Architect's authorized access to the Work in preparation and progress wherever representative. located. 4.1.2 Duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of the 3.17 ROYALTIES AND PATENTS Architect as set forth in the Contract Documents shall not be restricted,modified or extended without written consent of the 3.17.1 The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. Owner, Contractor and Architect. Consent shall not be unrea- a+* The Contractor shall defend suits or claims for infringement of sonably withheld. patent rights and shall hold the Owner and Architect harmless from loss on account thereof, but shall not be responsible for 4.1.3 In case of termination of employment of the Architect, such defense or loss when a particular design,process or prod- the Owner shall appoint an architect against whom the Con- i.. uct of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is required by tractor makes no reasonable objection and whose status under the Contract Documents. However, if the Contractor has rea- the Contract Documents shall be that of the former architect. son to believe that the required design,process or product is an 4.1.4 Disputes arising under Subparagraphs 4.1.2 and 4.1.3 infringement of a patent,the Contractor shall be responsible for shall be subject to arbitration. such loss unless such information is promptly furnished to the Architect. 4.2 ARCHITECT'S ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 3.18 INDEMNIFICATION 4.2.1 The Architect will provide administration of the Contract 3.18.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Contractor as described in the Contract Documents, and will be the shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner,Architect,Archi- Owner's representative (1) during construction, (2) until final tect's consultants, and agents and employees of any of them payment is due and (3) with the Owner's concurrence, from from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, includ- time to time during the correction period described in Para- ing but not limited to attorneys' fees,arising out of or resulting graph 12.2. The Architect will advise and consult with the from performance of the Work,provided that such claim,dam- Owner.The Architect will have authority to act on behalf of the age, loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents, disease or death,or to injury to or destruction of tangible prop- unless otherwise modified by written instrument in accordance erty(other than the Work itself]including loss of use resulting with other provisions of the Contract. therefrom,but only to the extent caused in whole or in part by negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor,a Subcontractor, 4.2.2 The Architect will visit the site at intervals appropriate to anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for the stage of construction to become generally familiar with the whose acts they may be liable, regardless of whether or not progress and quality of the completed Work and to determine such claim,damage,loss or expense is caused in part by a party in general if the Work is being performed in a manner indicat- indemnified hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed ing that the Work,when completed,will be in accordance with to negate, abridge, or reduce other rights or obligations of the Contract Documents. However, the Architect will not be indemnity which would otherwise exist as to a party or person required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections described in this Paragraph 3.18. to check quality or quantity of the Work. On the basis of on- site observations as an architect, the Architect will keep the 3.18.2 In claims against any person or entity indemnified Owner informed of progress of the Work,and will endeavor to under this Paragraph 3.18 by an employee of the Contractor,a guard the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the Work. .. Subcontractor,anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, the indemnifica- 4.2.3 The Architect will not have control over or charge of and tion obligation under this Paragraph 3.18 shall not be limited by will not be responsible° for construction means, methods, a limitation on amount or type of damages, compensation or techniques, sequences or procedures,or for safety precautions m ... benefits payable by or for the Contractor or a Subcontractor and programs in connection with the Work, since these are under workers' or workmen's compensation acts, disability solely the Contractor's responsibility as provided in Paragraph benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. 3.3. The Architect will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract 3.18.3 The obligations of the Contractor under this Paragraph Documents. The Architect will not have control over or charge 3.18 shall not extend to the liability of the Architect, the Archi- of and will not be responsible for acts or omissions of the Con- AIA DOCUMENT A201 •GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION• FOURTEENTH EDITION 10 A201-1987 AIA° •O 1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE,N.W.,WASHINGTON,D.C.20006 WARNING:Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S.copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. .3 Contractor's costs for unloading and handling at the which submittals are required the way the Contractor proposes site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and to conform to the information given and the design concept other expenses contemplated for stated allowance expressed in the Contract Documents.Review by the Architect amounts shall be included in the Contract Sum and is subject to the limitations of Subparagraph 4.2.7. not in the allowances; .4 whenever costs are more than or less than allowances, 3.12.5 The Contractor shall review,approve and submit to the Architect Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar the Contract Sum shall be adjusted accordingly by submittals required by the Contract Documents with reason- IR Order.The amount of the Change Order shall able promptness and in such sequence as to cause no delay in reflect(1)the difference between actual costs and the the Work or in the activities of the Owner or of separate con- allowances under Clause 3.8.2.2 and (2) changes in tractors. Submittals made by the Contractor which are not Contractor's costs under Clause 3.8.2.3. required by the Contract Documents may be returned without 3.9 SUPERINTENDENT action. 3.9.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent superinten- 3.12.6 The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work dent and necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at the requiring submittal and review of Shop Drawings, Product A Project site during performance of the Work. The superinten- Data, Samples or similar submittals until the respective submit- - dent shall represent the Contractor,and communications given tal has been approved by the Architect. Such Work shall be in to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Con- accordance with approved submittals. tractor. Important communications shall be confirmed in writ- ing. Other communications shall be similarly confirmed on 3.12.7 By approving and submitting Shop Drawings, Product written request in each case. Data,Samples and similar submittals,the Contractor represents 3.10 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES that the Contractor has determined and verified materials,field measurements and field construction criteria related thereto,or 3.10.1 The Contractor,promptly after being awarded the Con- will do so, and has checked and coordinated the information tract, shall prepare and submit for the Owner's and Architect's contained within such submittals with the requirements of the information a Contractor's construction schedule for the Work. Work and of the Contract Documents. The schedule shall not exceed time limits current under the Contract Documents,shall be revised at appropriate intervals as 3.12.8 The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility required by the conditions of the Work and Project, shall be for deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents related to the entire Project to the extent required by the Con- by the Architect's approval of Shop Drawings, Product Data, tract Documents, and shall provide for expeditious and practi- Samples or similar submittals unless the Contractor has cable execution of the Work. specifically informed the Architect in writing of such deviation 04 at the time of submittal and the Architect has given written 3.10.2 The Contractor shall prepare and keep current, for the approval to the specific deviation. The Contractor shall not be Architect's approval, a schedule of submittals which is coordi- relieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in Shop Draw- nated with the Contractor's construction schedule and allows ings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals by the Archi- 0 the Architect reasonable time to review submittals. tect's approval thereof. 3.10.3 The Contractor shall conform to the most recent 3.12.9 The Contractor shall direct specific attention,in writing schedules. or on resubmitted Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or I 3.11 DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AT THE SITE similar submittals, to revisions other than those requested by the Architect on previous submittals. 3.11.1 The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Owner one record copy of the Drawings, Specifications, addenda, 3.12.10 Informational submittals upon which the Architect is Change Orders and other Modifications, in good order and not expected to take responsive action may be so identified in marked currently to record changes and selections made during the Contract Documents. construction, and in addition approved Shop Drawings, Prod- 3.12.11 When professional certification of performance criteria uct Data, Samples and similar required submittals. These shall of materials, systems or equipment is required by the Contract be available to the Architect and shall be delivered to the Archi- Documents, the Architect shall be entitled to rely upon the tect for submittal to the Owner upon completion of the Work. accuracy and completeness of such calculations and certifi- 3.12 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES cations. 3.12.1 Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams, schedules and 3.13 USE OF SITE other data specially prepared for the Work by the Contractor or 3.13.1 The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or areas permitted by law, ordinances, permits and the Contract distributor to illustrate some portion of the Work. Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with 3.12.2 Product Data are illustrations, standard schedules, per- materials or equipment. formance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams and other 3.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials 3.14.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for cutting, fitting or equipment for some portion of the Work. or patching required to complete the Work or to make its parts 3.12.3 Samples are physical examples which illustrate fit together properly. materials, equipment or workmanship and establish standards 3.14.2 The Contractor shall not damage or endanger a portion by which the Work will be judged. of the Work or fully or partially completed construction of the 4 3.12.4 Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar sub- Owner or separate contractors by cutting, patching or other- 0 mittals are not Contract Documents.The purpose of their sub- wise altering such construction,or by excavation.The Contrac- mittal is to demonstrate for those portions of the Work for for shall not cut or otherwise alter such construction by the AIA DOCUMENT A201 •GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION•FOURTEENTH EDITION AIA° •©1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,1735 NEW YORK AVENUE,N.W.,WASHINGTON,D.C.20006 A201-1987 9 WARNING:Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S.copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. 3.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND 3.5 WARRANTY FIELD CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR 3.5.1 The Contractor warrants to the Owner and Architect that 3.2.1 The Contractor shall carefully study and compare the materials and equipment furnished under the Contract will be Contract Documents with each other and with information of good quality and new unless otherwise required or permit- furnished by the Owner pursuant to Subparagraph 2.2.2 and ted by the Contract Documents, that the Work will be free shall at once report to the Architect errors, inconsistencies or from defects not inherent in the quality required or permitted, omissions discovered. The Contractor shall not be liable to the and that the Work will conform with the requirements of the Owner or Architect for damage resulting from errors,inconsis- Contract Documents. Work not conforming to these require- tencies or omissions in the Contract Documents unless the ments, including substitutions not properly approved and Contractor recognized such error, inconsistency or omission authorized, may be considered defective. The Contractor's and knowingly failed to report it to the Architect. If the Con- warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by tractor performs any construction activity knowing it involves abuse,modifications not executed by the Contractor,improper .. a recognized error, inconsistency or omission in the Contract or insufficient maintenance, improper operation, or normal Documents without such notice to the Architect, the Contrac- wear and tear under normal usage. If required by the Architect, for shall assume appropriate responsibility for such perfor- the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind mance and shall bear an appropriate amount of the attributable and quality of materials and equipment. �+• costs for correction. 3.6 TAXES 3.2.2 The Contractor shall take field measurements and verify 3.6.1 The Contractor shrill pay sales,consumer,use and similar field conditions and shall carefully compare such field mea- taxes for the Work or portions thereof provided by the Con- surements and conditions and other information known to the tractor which are legally enacted when bids are received or Contractor with t is Contract Documents before commencing negotiations concluded, whether or not yet effective or merely activities. Erwrs, inconsistencies or omissions discovered shall scheduled to go into effect be reported tO the Architect at once. 3.7 PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES 3.2.3 The Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and submittals approved put- 3.7.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, scant to Paragraph Doc the Contractor shall secure and pay for the building permit and other permits and governmental fees, licenses and inspections MW 3.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work 3.3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, which are customarily secured after execution of the Contract using the Contractor's best skill and attention. The Contractor and which are legally required when bids are received or nego- shall be solely responsible for and have control over construe- tiations concluded. sm tion means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures 3.7.2 The Contractor shall comply with and give notices and for coordinating all portions of the Work under the Con- required by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful tract, unless Contract Documents give other specific instruc- orders of public authorities bearing on performance of the tions concerning these matters. Work. am 3.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for acts 3.7.3 It is not the Contractor's responsibility to ascertain that and omissions of the Contractor's employees, Subcontractors the Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable and their agents and employees,and other persons performing laws,statutes,ordinances,building codes,and rules and regula- portions of the Work under a contract with the Contractor. tions. However, if the Contractor observes that portions of the '� 3.3.3 The Contractor shall not be relieved of obligations to per- Contract Documents are at variance therewith, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Architect and Owner in writing, and form the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents necessary changes shall be accomplished by appropriate either by activities or duties of the Architect in the Architect's Modification. am administration of the Contract, or by tests, inspections or approvals required or performed by persons other than the 3.7.4 If the Contractor performs Work knowing it to be con- Contractor. trary to laws,statutes,ordinances,building codes,and rules and regulations without such notice to the Architect and Owner, am 3.3.4 The Contractor shall be responsible for inspection of por- tions of Work already performed under this Contract to deter- the Contractor shall sume full responsibility for such Work assume costs. mine that such portions are in proper condition to receive sub- and shall bear the l attributable sequent Work. 3.8 ALLOWANCES 3.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS 3.8.1 The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all 3.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, allowances stated in the Contract Documents. Items covered the Contractor shall provide and pay for labor,materials,equip- by allowances shall be supplied for such amounts and by such ment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, water, persons or entities as the Ov net may direct,but the Contractor ..,. shall not be required to employ persons or entities against heat, utilities, transportation, and other facilities and services which the Contractor make, reasonable objection. necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work, whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorpo- 3.8.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents: rated or to be incorporated in the Work. .1 materials and equipment under an allowance shall be 3.4.2 The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good selected promptly by the Owner to avoid delay in the order among the Contractor's employees and other persons Work; carrying out the Contract. The Contractor shall not permit .2 allowances shall cover the cost to the Contractor of ..,, employment of unfit persons or persons not skilled in tasks materials and equipment delivered at the site and all assigned to them. required taxes, less applicable trade discounts; AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION•FOURTEENTH EDITION 8 A201-1987 AIA° •©1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,1735 NEW YORK AVENUE,N.W.,WASHINGTON,D.C.20006 WARNING:Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S.copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. Work without the specific written consent of the Owner and ments and charges required for construction,use or occupancy Architect. The Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors of permanent structures or for permanent changes in existing and material or equipment suppliers are granted a limited facilities. license to use and reproduce applicable portions of the Draw- ings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the 2.2.4 Information or services under the Owner's control shall Architect appropriate to and for use in the execution of their be furnished by the Owner with reasonable promptness to Work under the Contract Documents. All copies made under avoid delay in orderly progress of the Work. this license shall bear the statutory copyright notice, if any, shown on the Drawings, Specifications and other documents 2.2.5 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, prepared by the Architect. Submittal or distribution to meet the Contractor will be furnished, free of charge,such copies of official regulatory requirements or for other purposes in con- Drawings and Project Manuals as are reasonably necessary for execution of the Work. nection with this Project is not to be construed as publication in derogation of the Architect's copyright or other reserved 2,2,6 The foregoing are in addition to other duties and respon- rights. sibilities of the Owner enumerated herein and especially those 1.4 CAPITALIZATION in respect to Article 6(Construction by Owner or by Separate 1.4.1 Terms capitalized in these General Conditions include Contractors), Article 9(Payments and Completion) and Article those which are (1) specifically defined, (2) the titles of num- I I (Insurance and Bonds). bered articles and identified references to Paragraphs, Subpara- 2.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK graphs and Clauses in the document or (3) the titles of other documents published by the American Institute of Architects. 2.3.1 If the Contractor fails to correct Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents 1.5 INTERPRETATION as required by Paragraph 12.2 or persistently fails to carry out 1.5.1 In the interest of brevitv the Contract Documents fre- Work in accordance with the Contract Documents,the Owner, quently omit modifying words such as"all"and''any"and arti- by written order signed personally or by an agent specifically so cles such as "the" and "an,'' but the fact that a modifier or an empowered by the Owner in writing, may order the Contrac- article is absent from one statement and appears in another is for to stop the Work,or any portion thereof,until the cause for not intended to affect the interpretation of either statement. such order has been eliminated; however, the right of the Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to a duty on the part of the Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of the Con- ARTICLE 2 tractor or any other person or entity, except to the extent required by Subparagraph 6.1.3. OWNER 2.4 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK 2.1 DEFINITION 2.4.1 If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the 2.1.1 The Owner is the person or entity identified as such in Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and fails the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract within a seven-day period after receipt of written notice from Documents as if singular in number.The term -Owner"means the Owner to commence and continue correction of such the Owner or the Owner's authorized representative. default or neglect with diligence and promptness, the Owner may after such seven-day period give the Contractor a second 2.1.2 The Owner upon reasonable written request shall furnish written notice to correct such deficiencies within a second to the Contractor in writing information which is necessary and seven-day period. If the Contractor within such second seven- relevant for the Contractor to evaluate, give notice of or day period after receipt of such second notice fails to com- enforce mechanic's lien rights. Such information shall include a mence and continue to correct any deficiencies, the Owner correct statement of the record legal title to the property on may, without prejudice to other remedies the Owner may 40 which the Project is located, usually referred to as the site, and have, correct such deficiencies. In such case an appropriate the Owner's interest therein at the time of execution of the Change Order shall be issued deducting from payments then or Agreement and, within five days after any change,information thereafter due the Contractor the cost of correcting such defi- of Such change in title, recorded or unrecorded. ciencies, including compensation for the Architect's additional services and expenses made necessary by such default, neglect 2.2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES or failure. Such action by the Owner and amounts charged to REQUIRED OF THE OWNER the Contractor are both subject to prior approval of the Archi- tect. If payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not 0 2.2.1 The Owner shall, at the request of the Contractor, prior sufficient to cover such amounts, the Contractor shall pay the to execution of the Agreement and promptly from time to time difference to the Owner. thereafter, furnish to the Contractor reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to fulfill the Owner's 44 obligations under the Contract.(Note: finless such reasonable ARTICLE 3 evidence were furnisbed on request prior to the execution of lbe Agreement, the prospective contractor would not be CONTRACTOR required to execute the Agreement or to commence the Work.] 2.2.2 The Owner shall furnish surveys describing physical 3.1 DEFINITION characteristics, legal limitations and utility locations for the site 3.1.1 The Contractor is the person or entity identified as such of the Project, and a legal description of the site. in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract 2.2.3 Except for permits and fees which are the responsibility Documents as if singular in number. The term ''Contractor" of the Contractor under the Contract Documents, the Owner means the Contractor or the Contractor's authorized shall secure and pay for necessary approvals,easements,assess- representative. AIA DOCUMENT A201 •GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONST'RUCI'ION• FOURTEENTH EDITION AIAO •©1957 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHIT'ECT'S,1735 NEW YORK AVENUE,N.W.,WASHINGTON,D.C.20006 A201-1987 7 WARNING:Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S.copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ARTICLE 1 ment, construction systems, standards and workmanship for the Work, and performance of related services. GENERAL PROVISIONS 1,1.7 THE PROJECT MANUAL 1.1 BASIC DEFINITIONS The Project Manual is the volume usually assembled for the Work which may include the bidding requirements, sample 1.1.1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS forms, Conditions of the Contract and Specifications. w The Contract Documents consist of the Agreement between 1,2 EXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENT Owner and Contractor(hereinafter the Agreement),Conditions of the Contract(General,Supplementary and other Conditions), .tea 1.2.1 The Contract Documents shall be signed by the Owner Drawings, Specifications, addenda issued prior to execution of the Contract, other documents listed in the Agreement and and Contractor as provided in the Agreement. If either the Modifications issued after execution of the Contract. A Modifi- Owner or Contractor or both do not sign all the Contract cation is (l) a written amendment to the Contract signed by Documents, the Architect shall identify such unsigned Docu- both parties, (2) a Change Order, (3) a Construction Change ments upon request. am Directive or(4)a written order for a minor change in the Work 1.2.2 Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a repre- issued by the Architect. Unless specifically enumerated in the sentation that the Contractor has visited the site,become famil- Agreement, the Contract Documents do not include other iar with local conditions under which the Work is to be per- documents such as bidding requirements (advertisement or formed and correlated personal observations with require- invitation to bid, Instructions to Bidders, sample forms, the ments of the Contract Documents. Contractor's bid or portions of addenda relating to bidding requirements). 1.2.3 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper execution and completion of the w` 1.1.2 THE CONTRACT Work by the Contractor. The Contract Documents are comple- The Contract Documents form the Contract for Construction. mentary, and what is required by one shall be as binding as if The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement required by all; performance by the Contractor shall be between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, required only to the extent consistent with the Contract Docu- "w representations or agreements,either written or oral. The Con- ments and reasonably inferable from them as being necessary tract may be amended or modified only by a Modification. The to produce the intended results. Contract Documents shall not be construed to create a contrac- tual relationship of any kind(1)between the Architect and Con- 1.2.4 Organization of the'Specifications into divisions,sections aw tractor, (2) between the Owner and a Subcontractor or Sub- and articles,and arrangement of Drawings shall not control the subcontractor or(3)between any persons or entities other than Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or in the Owner and Contractor. The Architect shall, however, be establishing the extent of Work to be performed by any trade. entitled to performance and enforcement of obligations under 1.2.5 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, am the Contract intended to facilitate performance of the words which have well-known technical or construction indus- Architect's duties, try meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accord- 1.1.3 THE WORK ance with such recognized meanings. The term "Work" means the construction and services 1.3 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF ARCHITECT'S required by the Contract Documents, whether completed or DRAWINGS,SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER partially completed, and includes all other labor, materials, DOCUMENTS equipment and services provided or to be provided by the 1.3,1 The Drawings, Specifications and other documents .a. Contractor to fulfill the Contractor's obligations. The Work prepared by the Architect are instruments of the Architect's may constitute the whole or a part of the Project. service through which the Work to be executed by the Con- 1.1.4 THE PROJECT tractor is described. The Contractor may retain one contract The Project is the total construction of which the Work per- record set. Neither the Contractor nor any Subcontractor, Sub- formed under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a subcontractor or material or equipment supplier shall own or part and which may include construction by the Owner or by claim a copyright in the Drawings, Specifications and other separate contractors. documents prepared by the Architect, and unless otherwise indicated the Architect shall be deemed the author of them and 1.1.5 THE DRAWINGS will retain all common law, tatutory and other reserved rights, The Drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Con- in addition to the copyright. All copies of them, except the tract Documents, wherever located and whenever issued, Contractor's record set,shat;be returned or suitably accounted showing the design, location and dimensions of the Work, for to the Architect,on request, upon completion of the Work. generally including plans, elevations, sections, details, sched- The Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared ules and diagrams. by the Architect, and copies thereof furnished to the Contrac- 1.1.6 THE SPECIFICATIONS tor, are for use solely with respect to this Project. They are not to be used by the Contractor or any Subcontractor, Sub- The Specifications are that portion of the Contract Documents subcontractor or material or equipment supplier on other proj- consisting of the written requirements for materials, equip- ects or for additions to this Project outside the scope of the AIA DOCUMENT A201 O ., FOURTEENTH 6 A201-1987 MERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 15EW YORK AVENUE,N WWA,HINGTON,D C.20006 .+F WARNING:Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S,copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. 0 Rules and Notices for Arbitration . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5.2 Suspension by the Owner for Convenience . . . . . . . . . . .. . 14.3 Safety of Persons and Property . . . . . . . 10.2 Suspension of the Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.37,5.4.2,14.1.1.4, 14.3 Safety Precautions and Programs . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.3,4.2.7,10.1 Suspension or Termination of the Contract . . . . . . 4.3.7,5.4.1.1,14 Samples,Definition of . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.3 Taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . 3.6,7.3.6.4 Samples,Shop Drawings,Product Data and . 3.11,3.12,4.2.7 Termination by the Contractor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.1 Samples at the Site,Documents and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11 Termination by the Owner for Cause. . . . . .. . . . . . . 5.4.1.1,14.2 Schedule of Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.2,9.3.1 Termination of the Architect 4.1.3 Schedules,Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . .. . . . . . . . 3.10 Termination of the Contractor .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.2.2 Separate Contracts and Contractors . . . . . . . . . 1.1.4,3.14.2,4.2.4, TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT . . . . . . 14 4.5.5, 6, 11-3.7, 12.1.2, 12.2.5 Tests and Inspections . . . . . 3.3.3,4.2.6,4.2.9,9.4.2,12.2.1,13.5 Shop Drawings,Definition of. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.1 TIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 8 Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples . . . . 3.11,3.12,4.2.7 Time,Delays and Extensions of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.8,7.2.1,8.3 Site,Use of. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.13,6.1.1,6.2.1 Time Limits,Specific . . . . . 2.1.2,2.2.1,2.4 3.10,3.11,3.15.1, Site Inspections . . .1.2.2,3 3.4,4.2.2,4.2.9,4.3.6,9.8.2,9.10.1, 13.5 4.2.1, 4.2.11, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 5.3, 5.4, 7.3.5, 7 3.9, 8.2,9.2, 9.3.1, Site Visits,Architect's . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.2,4.2.5,4.2.9,43.6, 9.3.3,9.4.1,9.6.1,97,9.8.2,9.10.2, 11.1.3, 11.3.6, 11.3.10, 9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.8.2, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 13.5 11.3.11, 12.2.2, 12.2.4, 12.2.6, 13.7, 14 Special Inspections and Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.6,12.2.1,13.5 Time Limits on Claims. . . . . . . . . 4.3.2,4.3.3,4.3.6,4.3.9,4.4,4.5 40 Specifications,Definition of the. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1.6 Title to Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.3.2,9.33 Specifications,The . . . . . . . . . . 1.1.1,1.1.6, 1.1.7, 1.2.4, 1.3,3.11 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 12 Statutes of Limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5.4.2,12.2.6,13.7 Uncovering of Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.1 Stopping the Work. . . .. . . . . . . . . 2.3,4.3.7,9.7,10.1.2,10 3, 14.1 Unforeseen Conditions 4.3.6,8 3.1,10.1 Stored Materials . . . . . . . . . . . 6.2.1,9.3.2, 10.2.1.2, 11.3.1.4,12,2.4 Unit Prices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.1.4,7.3.3.2 Subcontractor,Definition of. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.1.1 Use of Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1.1, 1.3,2.2.5,3.12.7,5.3 SUBCONTRACTORS . . . . 5 Use of Site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.13,6.1.1,6.2.1 Subcontractors,Work by. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. 1.2.4,3.3.2,3.12.1, Values,Schedule of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.2,9.3 1 4.2.3, 5.3, 5.4 Waiver of Claims:Final Payment . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.5,4.5.1,9.10.3 11111 Subcontraetual Relations. . . . . . . . . . 5.3,5.4,9.3.1.2,9.6.2, Waiver of Claims by the Architect. 13.4.2 9.6.3, 9.6.4, 10.2.1, 11.3.7, 11.3-8, 14.1.1, 14.2.1.2, 14.3.2 Waiver of Claims by the Contractor. . . . . . . .. 9.1o.4,11.3.7, 13.4.2 Submittals . 1.3 3.2.3,3.10,3.11,3.12,4.2.7,5.2.1,5.2.3, Waiver of Claims by the Owner . . . . . . . . . . . 4.35,4.5.1,9.9-3, x.3.6,9.2,9.3.1,9.8.2, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9 10.3, 10.1.2, 11.1.3 9.10.3, 11 3.3 I1 3.5, 11.3 7, 13.4.2 Subrogation,Waivers of. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.1.1, 11-3.5,11.3.7 Waiver of Liens. . 9.10.2 Substantial Completion. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.9,4.3.5.2,8.1.1,8.1.3, Waivers of Subrogation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.1.1,11.3.5, 11.3.7 8.2.3,9.8, 9.9.1, 12.2.1, 12.2.2, 13.7 Warranty and Warranties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5,4.2.9, Substantial Completion,Definition of. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.8.1 4.3.5.3, 9.3.3, 9.8.2, 9.9.1, 12.2.2, 13.7.1.3 Substitution of Subcontractors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.2.3,5.2.4 Weather Delays . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 4.3.8.2 VIII Substitution of the Architect. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.3 When Arbitration May Be Demanded . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5.4 Substitutions of Materials . . . . . . 3.5.1 Work,Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1.3 Sub subcontractor,Definition of . .. . . . . . . 5.1.2 Written Consent. . . . . _. . . . 1.3.1,3.12.8 3.14.2,4.1.2,4.3.4, Subsurface Conditions . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.6 4.5.5,9.3.2,9.8.2, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3, 10.1.2, 10.1.3, 4 Successors and Assigns 13.2 11.3.1, 11.3.1.4, 11.3.11, 13.2, 13.4.2 Superintendent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.9, 10.2.6 Written Interpretations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.11,4.2.12,4.3.7 Supervision and Construction Procedures . . . . . . 1.2.4,3.3,3.4, Written Notice . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3,2.4,3.9,3.12.8,3.12.9,4.3,4.4.4, 4.2.3, 4.3.4,6.1.3,6.2.4, 713, 7.3.4, 8.2, 8.31, 10, 12, 14 4.5, 5.21, 5.3, 5.4.1.1, 8.2.2, 9.4.1, 9.5.1,9.7, 9.10, 10.1.2, Surety .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4.1,4.4.4,5.4.1.2,9.10.2,9.10.3,14.2.2 10.2.6, 11.1 3, 1 1.3, 12.2.2, 12.2.4, 13.3, 135.2, 14 Surety,Consent of. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3 Written Orders. . . . . . 2.3 3.9,4.3.7, Surveys 2.2.2,3.18.3 7, 8.2.2, 11.3.9, 12.1, 72.2, 13.5.2, 14.3.1 40 AIA DOCUMENT A201 -GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRICTION- FOURTEENTH EDITION A201-1987 5 AIA° -C 1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,1735 NEW YORK AVENUE,N.W.,WASHINGTON,D.C.20006 WARNING:Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S.copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. oft Limitations of Liability . . . . . 2.3,3.2.1,3.5.1,3.7.3,3.12.8,3.12.11, Owner's Right to Perform Construction and to 3.17, 3.18, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.12,6.2.2,9.4.2,9.6.4,9.10.4, Award Separate Contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,1 10.1.4, 10.2.5, 11.1.2, 11.2.1, 11.3.7, 13.4.2, 13.5.2 Owner's Right to Stop the Work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3,4.3.7 Owner's Right to Suspend the Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.3 Limitations of Time,General . . . . . . . . . . . 2.2.1,2.2.4,3.2.1,3.7.3, Owner's Right to Terminate the Contract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.2 3.8.2, 3.10, 3.12.5, 3.15.1, 4.2.1, 4.2.7, 4.2.11, 4.3.2, Ownership and Use of Architect's Drawings,Specifications 4.3.3, 4.3.4,4.3.6, 4.3.9, 4.5.4.2, 5.2.1, 5.2.3,6.2.4, 7.3.4, 7.4, and Other Documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1.1,1.3,2.2.5,5.3 8.2,9.5, 9.6.2, 9.8,9.9, 9.10, 11.1.3, 11.3.1, 11.3.2, 11.3.5, Partial Occupancy or Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.6.6,9.9 11.3.11 11.3.6, 12.2.1, 12.2.2, 13.5, 13.7 Patching,Cutting and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.14,6.2.6 Limitations of Time,Specific . . . . . . . . . 2.1.2,2.2.11 2.4,3.10,3.1 1, Patents,Royalties and 3.17 3.15.1, 4.2.1, 4.2.11, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 5.3, 5.4, 7.3.5, 7.3.9, 8.2, Payment,Applications for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.5,9.2,9.3,9.4, 9.2, 9.3.1, 9.3.3, 9.4.1, 9.6.1, 9.7, 9.8.2,9.10.2, 11.1.3, 11.3.6, 9.5 1,9.8.3, 9.10.1, 9.10.3,9.10.4, 14.2.4 11.3.10, 11.3.11, 12.2.2, 12.2.4, 12.2.6, 13.7, 14 Payment,Certificates for . . . . . . . . . 4.2.5,4.2.9,9.3.3,9.4,9.5, �+* Loss of Use Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.3.3 9.6.1,9.6.6,9.7.1, 9.8.3, 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 13.7, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.4 Material Suppliers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3.1,3.12.1,4.2.4,4.2.6,5.2.1, payment,Failure of. . . . . . . . . . 4.3.7,9.5.1.3, 9.3.1,9.3.1.2, 9.3.3,9.4.2,9.6.5, 9.10.4 9.7, 9.10.2, 14.1A 3, 14.2.1.2 Materials,Hazardous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.1,10.2.4 Payment,Final . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.1,4.2.9,4.3.2,4.3.5,9.10,11.1.2, Materials,Labor,Equipment and . . . . . 1.1.3,1.1.6,3.4,3.5.1,3.8.2, 11.1.3, 11.3.5, 12.3.1 3.12.2, 3.12.3, 3.12.7, 3.12.11, 3.13, 3.15.1, 4.2.7,6.2.1, Payment Bond,Performance Bond and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.3.6.4, 7.3.6, 9.3.2,9.3.3, 12.2.4, 14 9.10.3, 11.3.9, 11.4 Means, Methods, Techniques, Sequences and Payments,Progress 4.3.4,9.3,9.6, Procedures of Construction. . . . . . . . . . 3.3.1,4.2.3,4.2.7,9.4.2 9.8.3,9.10.3, 13.6, 14.2.3 sm Minor Changes in the Work. . . . . . . . . . 1.1.1,4.2.8,4.3.7,7.1,7.4 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 14 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Payments to Subcontractor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.4.2,9.5.1.3, Modifications,Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1.1 9.6.2, 9.6.3, 9.6.4, 11.3.8, 14.2.1.2 Modifications to the Contract . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1.1, 1.1.2,3.7.3,3.11, PCB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.1 4.1.2, 4.2.1, 5.2.3, 7, 8.3.1,9.7 Performance Bond and Payment Bond. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.3.6.4, we Mutual Responsibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.2 9.10.3, 11.3.9, 11.4 Nonconforming Work,Acceptance of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.3 Permits,Fees and Notices . . . . . . . 2.2.3,3.7,3.13,7.3.6.4, 10.2.2 Nonconforming Work,Rejection and Correction of . . . . . . . . 2.3.1, PERSONS AND PROPERTY,PROTECTION OF . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 4.3.5,9.5.2, 9.8.2, 12, 13.7.1.3 Polychlorinated Biphenyl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.1 am Notice. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3,2.4,3.2.1,3.2.2,3.7.3,3.7.4,3.9,3.12.8, Product Data,Definition of. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.2 3.12.9, 3.17, 4.3, 4.4.4, 4.5, 5.2.1, 5.3, 5.4.1.1, 8.2.2,9.4.1, Product Data and Samples,Shop Drawings . . . . 3.11,3.12,4.2.7 9.5.1, 9.6.1, 9.7, 9.10, 10.1.2, 10.2.6, 11.1.3, 11.3, 12.2.2, Progress and Completion 4.2.2,4.3.4,8.2 12.2.4, 13 3, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 14 Progress Payments 4.3.4,9.3, Notice,Written . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3,2.4,3.9,3.12.8,3.12.9,4.3, 9.6, 9.8.3, 9.10.3, 13.6, 14.2.3 MW 4.4.4, 4.5, 5.2.1, 5.3, 5.4.1.1, 8.2.2, 9.4.1, 9.5.1,9.7,9.10, Project,Definition of the. . . . 1.1.4 10.1.2, 10.2.6, 11.1.3, 11.3, 12.2.2, 12.2.4, 13.3, 13.5.2, 14 Project Manual,Definition,)f the .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1.7 Notice of Testing and Inspections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.5.1,13.5.2 Project Manuals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.2.5 Notice to Proceed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.2.2 Project Representatives 4.2.10 eu Notices,Permits,Fees and . . . . . . 2.2.3,3.7,3.13,7.3.6.4, 10.2.2 Property Insurance . . . . . 10.2.5,11.3 Observations,Architect's On-Site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.2,4.2.5, PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY. . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 4.3.6, 9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.10.1, 13.5 Regulations and Laws . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3,3.6,3.7,3.13,4.1.1,4.5.5, Observations,Contractor's. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2.2,3.2.2 4.5.7, 10.2.2, 11.1, t 1.3, 13.1, 13.4, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 13.6, 14 Occupancy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.6.6,9.8.1,9.9, 11-3.11 Rejection of Work . . . . . . . 3.5.1,4.2.6, 12.2 On-Site Inspections by the Architect . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.2,4.2.9,4.3.6, Releases of Waivers and Liens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.10.2 9.4.2, 9.8.2, 9.9.2, 9.10.1 Representations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2.2,3.5.1,3.12.7, On-Site Observations by the Architect . . . . . . . . . 4.2.2,4.2.5,4.3.6, 6.2.2, 8.2.1, 9.3.3, 9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.8.2, 9.10.1 9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.10.1, 13.5 Representatives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1.1,3.1.1,3.9, „e Orders,Written . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3,3.9,4.3.7,7,8.2.2,11.3.9, 12.1, 4.1.1, 4.2.1, 4.2.10, 5.1.1, 5.1.2, 13.2.1 12.2, 13.5.2, 14.3.1 Resolution of Claims and Disputes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4,4.5 Responsibility for Those Perlortning the Work . . . . . . . . 3.3.2, OWNER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . � 2 Owner,Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 4.2.3,61.3,6.2, 10 Retainage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.3.1,9.6.2,9.8.3,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3 Owner,Information and Services Required of the. . . . . . . . 2.1.2, Review of Contract Documents and Field 2.2, 4.3.4, 6, 9, 10.1.4, 11.2, 11.3, 13.5.1, 14.1.1.5, 14.1.3 Conditions by Contractor. . . . . . . . . . . 1.2.2,3.2,3.7.3,3.12.7 Owner's Authority . . . . . . . . . 3.8.1,4.1.3,4.2.9,5.2.1,5.2.4,5.4.1, Review of Contractor's Submittals h 7.3.1, 8.2.2, 9.3.7, 9.3.2, 11.4.1, 12.2.4, 13.5.2, 14.2, 14-3.1 y Owner and Architect 3.10.1,310.2,3.11,3.12, Owner's Financial Capability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.2.1,14.1.1.5 4.2.7, 4.2.9, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 9.2, 9.8.2 .� Owner's Liability Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.2 Review of Shop Drawings, Product Data Owner's Loss of Use Insurance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.3.3 and Samples by Contractor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12.5 Owner's Relationship with Subcontractors . . . . . . 1.1.2, Rights and Remedies . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1.2,2.3,2.4,3.5.1,3.15.2, 5.2.1, 5.4.1,9.6.4 4.2.6, 4.3.6, 4.5, 5.3, 6.1, 6.3, 7.3.1, 8.3.1,9.5.1, 9.7, 10.2.5, " Owner's Right to Carry Out the Work. . . . . . . . 2.4,12.2.4,14.2.2.2 10.3, 12.2.2, 12.2.4, 13.4, 14 Owner's Right to Clean Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.3 Royalties and Patents. . . . 3.17 AIA DOCUMENT A201 •GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION•FOURTEENTH EDITION r 4 A201-1987 AIA° •©1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,1735 NEW YORK AVENUE,N.W.,WASHINGTON,D.C.20006 WARNING:Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S.copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. CONTRACTOR . . .. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . 3 Emergencies . . . .. . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.7,10.3 Contractor,Definition of . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1,6.1.2 Employees,Contractor's . . . . . . .. . . 3.3.2,3.4.2,3.8.1,3.9,3.18.1, Contractor's Bid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 1.1.1 3.18.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.6,8.1.2, 10.2, 10.3, 11.1.1, 14.2.1.1 40 Contractor's Construction Schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.10,6.1.3 Equipment,Labor,Materials and .. . . . . . . . . 1.1.3,1.1.6,3.4,3.5.1, Contractor's Employees .. . . . . . 3.3.2,3.4.2,3.8.1,3.9,3.18,4.2.3, 3.8.2, 3.12.3, 3.12.7, 3.12.11, 3.13, 3.15.1, 4.2.7, 4.2.6, 8.1.2, 10.2, 10.3, 11.1.1, 14.2.1.1 6.2.1,7.3.6,9.3.2,9.3.3, 11.3, 12.2.4, 14 Contractor's Liability Insurance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.1 Execution and Progress of the Work . . . . . . . 1.1.3,1.2.3,3.2,3.4.1, Contractor's Relationship with Separate Contractors 3.5.1,4.2.2, 4.2.3, 4.3.4, 4.3.8,6.2.2, 7.1.3, and Owner's Forces . . . . . . 2.2.6,3.12.5,3.14.2,4.2.4,6,12.2.5 7.3.9,8.2,8.3,9.5,9.9.1, 10.2, 14.2, 14.3 Contractor's Relationship with Subcontractors . . . . .. . 1.2.4,3.3.2, Execution,Correlation and Intent of the 3.18.1, 3.18.2, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4,9.6.2, 11.3.7, 11.3.8, 14.2.1.2 Contract Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . 1.2,3.7.1 Contractor's Relationship with the Architect . . . . 1.1.2,3.2.1,3.2.2, Extensions of Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.1,4.3.8,7.2.1.3,8.3,10.3.1 3.3.3, 3.5.1, 3.7.3,3.11, 3.12.8 3.16, 3.18,4.2.3, 4.2.4, 4.2.6, Failure of Payment by Contractor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.5.1.3,14.2.1.2 4.2.12, 5.2,6.2.2, 7.3.4,9.8.2, 11.3.7, 12.1, 13.5 Failure of Payment by Owner . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . 4.3.7,9.7,14.1.3 Contractor's Representations. . 1.2.2,3.5.1,3.12.7,6.2.2,8.2.1,9.3.3 Faulty Work(See Defective or Nonconforming Work) Contractor's Responsibility for Those Final Completion and Final Payment . . . . . .. . 4.2.1,4.2.9,4.3.2, Performing the Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.2,3.18,4.2.3,10 4.3.5,9.10, 11.1.2, 11.1.3, 11.3.5, 12.3.1, 13.7 Contractor's Review of Contract Documents. . . . . . 1.2.2,3.2,3.7.3 Financial Arrangements,Owner's. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. 2.2.1 Contractor's Right to Stop the Work . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.7 Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 11.3 Contractor's Right to Terminate the Contract . . . . . .. . . . . . . . 14.1 Contractor's Submittals . . . . . . . 3.10,3.11,3.12,4.2.7,5.2.1,5.2.3, GENERAL PROVISIONS. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 7.3.6, 9.2,9.3.1,9.8.2,9.9.1,9.10.2, Governing Law . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 13.1 9.10.3, 10.1.2,.8.2 11.4.2,.9.1, 11.4.3 Guarantees(See Warranty and Warranties) Hazardous Materials. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.1,10.2.4 Contractor's Superintendent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 3.9,10.2.6 Contractor's Supervision and Construction Procedures. . . . . . 1.2.4, Identification of Contract Documents 1.2.1 3.3, 3.4, 4.2.3,8.2.2,8.2.3, ]0 Identification of Subcontractors and Suppliers .. . . . . . . . . . .. 5.2.1 Contractual Liability Insurance. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . 11.1.1.7,11.2.1 Indemnification. . . . . . . 3.17,3.18,9.10.2,10.1.4,11.3.1.2,11.3.7 Coordination and Correlation 9 . 9 . 9 . . 9 . . . . . . . . 11. 11.7, 1.2.1 Information and Services Required of the Owner. . . . . 2.1.2,2.2, 3.10, 3.12.7,6.1.3, 6.2.1 4.3.4,6.1.3,6.1.4,6.2.6,9.3.2,9.6.1,9.6.4,9.8.3, 9.9.2, Copies Furnished of Drawings and Specifications . . . 1.3,2.2.5,3.11 9.10.3,Property, 11. . 11.. . 13. . .. 13.5.2 Correction of Work . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 2.3,2.4,4.2.1,9.8.2, Injury or Damage to Person or Property . . . . .3,3.3. . . . .. 4.3.9 9.9.1, 12.1.2, 12.2, 13.7.1.3 Inspections. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . 3.3.3,3.3.4,3.7.1,4.2.2, Cost,Definition of . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12. . , 7.3.6, .7.3.5 4.2.6, 4.2.9, 4.3.6,9.4.2,9.8.2,9.9.2, 9.10.1, 13.5 Costs . . . . 2.4,3.2.1,3.7.4,3.8.2,3.15.2,4.3.6,4.3.7,4.3.8.1,5.2.3, Instructions to Bidders Contractor . .. . . . .1, . .8,5.2 . . . . . . 1, 1.1.1 6.1.1,6.2.3,6.3,7.3.3.3,7.3.6,7.3.7,9.7,9.8.2,9.10.2,11.3.1.2, Instructions to the Contractor 1,7. 3.8.1,4.2.8,5.2.1,7,12 .1 .2,11 11.3.1.3,11-3.4,11-3.9,12.1,12.2.1,12.2.4,12.2-5,13.5,14 Insurance 9 Boller 4.3.9 chin,7.3.6.4. . . .. . .. . . . . . 9.10.2,11 Cutting nd Patching .14,6.2.6 Insurance,Boiler and Machinery . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 11.3.2 g g. ' ' ' ' ' ' . . ' ' ' . . . ' ' . Insurance,Contractor's Liability Damage to Construction of Owner or Separate Contractors 3.14.2, • . ' • . • •• 11'1 6.2.4, 9.5.1.5, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.5, 10.3, 11.1, 11.3, 12.2.5 Insurance,Effective Date of . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8. . 11.1.2 Damage to the Work . . . .. 3.14.2,9.9.1,10.2.1.2,10.2.5,10.3,11.3 Insurance,Loss of Use. . .y. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 11.3.3 am Damages,Claims for . . 3.18,4.3.9,6.1.1,6.2.5,8.3.2,9.5.1.2,10.1.4 Insurance,Owner's Liability. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.2 Damages for Delay . . . .. . . . 6.1.1,8.3.3,9.5.1.6,9.7 Insurance,Property. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.2.5,11.3 Damages y' ' ' ' ' Date of Commencement of the Work,Definition of. . . . . . . . . 8.1.2 Insurance,Stored Materials . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.3.2,11.3.1.4 Date of Substantial Completion,Definition of. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.1.3 INSURANCE AND BONDS . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Day,Definition of. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.1.4 Insurance Companies,Consent to Partial Occupancy . .9.9.1,11.3.11 Decisions of the Architect. . . . .. 4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.11,4.2.12,4.2.13, Insurance Companies,Settlement with. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.3.10 4.3.2, 4.3.6, 4.4.1, 4.4.4, 4.5,6.3, 7.3.6, 7.3.8, 8.1.3, 8.3.1,9.2, Intent of the Contract Documents . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 1.2.3,3.12.4, 9.4,9.5.1,9.8.2, 9.9.1, 10.1.2, 13.5.2, 14.2.2, 14.2.4 4.2.6,4.2.7, 4.2.12, 4.2.13, 7.4 Decisions to Withhold Certification .. . . . . . . . . 9.5,9.7,14.1.1.3 Interest. . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.6 Defective or Nonconforming Work,Acceptance, Interpretation. . . . . . . . 1.2.5,1.4,1.5,4.1.1,4.3.1,5.1,6.1.2,8.1.4 Rejection and Correction of . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3,2.4,3.5.1,4.2.1, 4.2.6,4.3.5,9.5.2,9.8.2,9.9.1, 10.2.5, 12, 1.3.7.1.3 Interpretations,Written . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 4.2.11,4.2.12,4.3.7 Defective Work,Definition 5, . .2 ,9. 2 . 9 . 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5.1 Joinder and Consolidation of Claims Required . . . . . . . . . . .. . 4.5.6 Definitions 9 9 9 9 D 1.1,2.1-1,of 3.1,3.. . .3.12.. . . . .. . . . . . 3.5.1 Judgment on Final Award . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. 4.5.1,4.5.4.1,4.5.7 4.3.1, 1,6.1.2, 7.2.1, 7.3.1, 7.3.6, 8.1, .3, .181, Labor Materials,Equipment . . . . 1.1.3,1.1.6,3.4,3.5.1,3.8.2, Delays and Extensions of Time . . . . .. . . . . 4.3.1,4.3.8.1,4.3.8.2, 3.12.2, 3.12.3, 3.12.7,3.12.11, 3.13, 3.15.1, 6.1.1,6.2.3, 7.2.1, 7.3.1, 7.3.4, 7.3.5, 7.3.8, 4.2.7,6.2.1, 7.3.6, 9.3.2,9.3.3, 12.2.4, 14 7.3.9, 8.1.1,8.3, 10.3.1, 14.1.1.4 Labor Disputes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.3.1 Disputes 9 9 9 9 . . . 4.1.4,4.3,4.4,4.5,6.2.5,6.3,7.3.8,9.3.1.2 Laws and Regulations . . . . . . . 1.3,3.6,3.7,3.13,4.1.1,4.5.5,4.5.7, Documents and Samples at the Site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11 9.9.1, 10.2.2, 11.1, 11.3, 13.1, 13.4, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 13. Drawings,Definition of .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1.5 Liens . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1.2,4.3.2,4.3.5.1,8.2.2,9.3.3,9.10.2 Drawings and Specifications,Use and Ownership of. . . . . 1.1.1,.1.3, Limitation on Consolidation or Joinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5.5 2.2.5, 3.11, 5.3 Limitations,Statutes of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5.4.2,12.2.6,13.7 Duty to Review Contract Documents and Field Conditions. . . . . 3.2 Limitations of Authority. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.1,4.1.2,4.2.1, Effective Date of Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.2.2,11.1.2 4.2.3, 4.2.7, 4.2.10, 5.2.2, 5.2.4, 7.4, 11.3.10 AIA DOCUMENT A201 •GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION•FOURTEENTH EDITION AIA° •©1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,1735 NEW YORK AVENUE,N.W.,WASHINGTON,D.C.20006 AZO1-1987 3 WARNING:Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S.copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. INDEX Acceptance of Nonconforming Work . . . . . . . . . 9.6.6,9.9.3,12.3 Building Permit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3.7.1 Acceptance of Work . . . . . . . . . . . 9.6.6,9.8.2,9.9.3,9.10.1,9.10.3 Capitalization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.4 Access to Work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.16,6.2.1,12.1 Certificate of Substantial Completion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.8.2 Accident Prevention. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2-3,10 Certificates for Payment. . . . . .. 4.2.5,4.2.9,9.3.3,9.4,9.5,9.6.1, Acts and Omissions . . . 3.2.1,3.2.2,3.3.2,3.12.8,3.18,4.2.3,4.3.2, 9.6.6,9.7.1,9 8.3, 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 13.7, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.4 4.3.9, 8.3.1, 10.1.4, 10.2.5, 13.4.2, 13.7, 14.1 Certificates of Inspection,Testing or Approval . . . . . 3.12.11,13.5.4 Addenda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1-1,3.11 Certificates of Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.3.2,9.10.2, 11.1.3 Additional Cost,Claims for . . . . . . . . . 4.3.6,4.3.7,4.3.9,6.1.1,10.3 Change Orders. . . . . . 1.1.1.2.4.1,3.8.2.4,3.11,4.2.8,4.3.3,5.2.3, Additional Inspections and Testing. . . . . . . 4.2.6,9.8.2,12.2.1,13.5 7.1,7.2, 7.3.2,8.3.1,9.3.1.1,9.10.3, 11.3.1.2, .,. Additional Time,Claims for. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.6,4.3.8,4.3.9,8.3.2 11.3.4, 11.3.9, 12.1.2 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT . . . . . . . 3.3-3,4,9.4,9.5 Change Orders,Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.2.1 Advertisement or Invitation to Bid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1.1 Changes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 7.1 Aesthetic Effect. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.13,4.5.1 CHANGES IN THE WORK .. . 11.11,4.2.8,7,8.3.1,9.3.1.1,10.1.3 wer Allowances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8 Claim,Definition of. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.1 All-risk Insurance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.3.1.1 Claims and Disputes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3,4.4,4.5,6.2.5,8.3.2, Applications for Payment . . 4.2.5,7.3.7,9.2,9.3,9.4,9.5.1,9.6.3, 9.3.1.2,9.3.3, 9.10.4, 10.1.4 9.8.3, 9.10.1,9.10.3,9.10.4, 11.1.3, 14.2.4 Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5.6 Approvals . . . . 2.4,3.3.3,3.5,3.10.2,3.12.4 through 3.12.8,3.18.3, Claims for Additional Cost. . . . . . . 4.3.6,4.3.7,4.3.9,6.1.1,10.3 we 4.2.7, 9.3.2, 11.3.1.4, 13.4.2, 13.5 Claims for Additional Time. . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.6,4.3.89 4.3.9,8.3.2 Arbitration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.4,4.3.2,4.3.4,4.4.4,4.5, Claims for Concealed or Unknown Conditions. . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.6 8.3.1, 10.1.2, 11.3.9, 11.3.10 Claims for Damages. . .3.18,4.3.9,6.1.1,6.2.5,8.3.2,9.5.1.2, 10.1.4 Architect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1 Claims Subject to Arbitration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.2,4.4.4,4.5.1 Architect,Definition of. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1.1 Cleaning U 3.15,6.3 JIM Architect,Extent of Authority. . . . . . . . 2.4,3.12.6,4.2,4.3.2,4.3.6, Commencement of Statutory Limitation Period . . . . . . . . . . 13.7 4.4, 5.2,6.3, 7.1.2, 7.2.1, 7.3.6, 7.4,9.2,9.3.1, Commencement of the Work,Conditions Relating to . . . . . . . 2.1.2, 9.4,9.5, 9.6.3,9.8.2,9.8.3,9.10.1,9.10.3, 12.1, 12.2.1, 2.2.1, 3.2.1. 3.2.2, 3.7.1, 3.10.1, 3.12.6, 4.3.7, 5.2.1, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 14.2.2, 14.2.4 6.2?, 8.1.2,8.2.2,9.2, 11.1.3, 11.3.6, 11.4.1 ww Architect,Limitations of Authority and Responsibility . 3.3.3,3.12.8, Commencement of the Work,Definition of. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.1.2 3.12.11, 4.1.2, 4.2.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.10, 4.2.12, Communications Facilitating Contract 4.2.13, 4.3.2, 5.2.1, 7.4,9.4.2, 9.6.4,9.6.6 Administration 3.9.1,4.2.4,5.2.1 Architect's Additional Services and Expenses . . . . . . . . . . 2.4,9.8.2, Completion,Conditions Relating to . . . . . . . 3.11,3.15,4.2.2,4.2.9, 11.3.1.1, 12.2.1, 12.2.4, 13.5.2, 13.5.3, 14.2.4 4.3.2,9.4.2,9.8, 9.9.1, 9.10, 11.3.5, 12.2.2, 13.7.1 Architect's Administration of the Contract. . . . . . . . . . 4.2,4.3.6, COMPLETION,PAYMENTS AND. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 4.3.7,4.4, 9.4, 9.5 Completion,Substantial. . . . . . . . 4.2.9,4.3.5.2,8.1.1,8.1.3,8.2.3, Architect's Approvals 2.4,3.5.1,3.10.2,3.12.6,3.12.8,3.18.3,4.2.7 9.8, 9.9.1, 12.2.2, 13.7 Architect's Authority to Reject Work. . . . 3.5.1,4.2.6,12.1.2,12.2.1 Compliance with Laws. . . . . 1.3,3.6,3.7,3.13,4.1.1, 10.2.2,11.1, Architect's Copyright . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3 11.3, 13.1, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 13.6, 14.1.1, 14.2.1.3 Architect's Decisions. . . . . . . . . . 4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.11,4.2.12,4.2.13, Concealed or Unknown Conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.6 4.3.2, 4.3.6, 4.4.1, 4.4.4, 4.5, 6.3, 7.3.6, 7.3.8, 8.1.3,8.3.1, Conditions of the Contract . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 1.1.1,1.1.7,6.1.1 9.2, 9.4, 9.5.1, 9.8.2, 9.9.1, 10.1.2, 13.5.2, 14.2.2, 14.2.4 Consent,Written . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3.1,3.12.8,3.14.2,4.1.2, Architect's Inspections . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.2,4.2.9,4.3.6,9.4.2,9.8.2, 4.3.4, 4.5.5, 9.3.2, 9.8.2,9.9.1,9.10.2, 9.10.3,10.1.2, 10.1.3, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 13.5 11.3.1, 11.3.1.4, 11.3.11, 13.2, 13.4.2 Architect's Instructions. . 4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.8,4.3.7,7.4.1,12.1,13.5.2 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE Architect's Interpretations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.11,4.2.12,4.3.7 CONTRACTORS . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1.4,6 Architect's On-Site Observations . . . . . . . . 4.2.2,4.2.5,4.3.6,9.4.2, Construction Change Directive,Definition of. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.3.1 ww 9.5.1,9.10.1, 13.5 Construction Change Directives . . . . 1.1.1,4.2.8,7.1,7.3,9.3.1.1 Architect's Project Representative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2.10 Construction Schedules,Contractor's . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,10,6.1 3 Architect's Relationship with Contractor . . . . . . . 1.1.2,3.2.1,3.2.2, Contingent Assignment of Subcontracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.4 3.3.3, 3.5.1, 3.7.3, 3.1 l, 3.12.8, 3.12.11, 3.16, 3.18, 4.2.3, 4.2.4, Continuing Contract Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.4 4.2.6, 4.2.12, 5.2,6.2.2, 7.3.4, 9.8.2, 11.3.7, 12.1, 13.5 Contract,Definition of. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1.2 Architect's Relationship with Subcontractors. . . . 1.1.2,4.2.3,4.2.4, CONTRACT,TERMINATION OR 4.2.6, 9.6.3, 9.6.4, 11.3.7 SUSPENSION OF THE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.7,5.4.1.1,14 Architect's Representations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.4.2,9.5.1,9.10.1 Contract Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3.3,4,9.4,9.5 Architect's Site Visits . . . . . . . . 4.2.2,4.2.5,4.2.9,4.3.6,9.4.2,9.5.1, Contract Award and Execution,Conditions Relating to . . . . . . 3.7.1, a, 9.8.2, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 13.5 3.10, 5.2,9.2, 11.1.3, 11.3.6, 11.4.1 Asbestos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.1 Contract Documents,The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1, 1.2,7 Attorneys'Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.18.1,9.10.2, 10.1.4 Contract Documents,Copies Furnished and Use of. . . 1.3,2.2.5,5.3 Award of Separate Contracts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.1.1 Contract Documents,Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1.1 Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for Contract Performance During A rbitration. . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.4,4.5.3 Portions of the Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.2 Contract Sum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8,4.3.6,4.3.7,4.4.4,5.2.3, Basic Definitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1 6.1.3, 7.2, 7.3,9.1, 9.7, 11.3.1, 12.2.4, 12.3, 14.2.4 Bidding Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1.1,1.1.7,5.2.1,11.4.1 Contract Sum,Definition cif. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.1 Boiler and Machinery Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.3.2 Contract Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.6,4.3.8,4.4.4,7.2.1.3,7.3, ... Bonds,Lien . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.10.2 8.2.1, 8.3.1,9.7, 12.1.1 Bonds,Performance and Payment. . . . . 7.3.6.4,9.10.3, 11.3.9, 11.4 Contract Time,Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.1.1 AIA DOCUMENT A201 •GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION•FOURTEENTH EDITION 2 A201-1987 AIA° •©1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,1735 NEW YORK AVENUE,N.W.,WASHINGTON,D.C.20006 WARNING:Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S.copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. T H E A M E R I C A N I N S T I T U T E O F A R C H I T E C T S AIA Document A201 General Conditions of the Contract for Construction THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES, CONSULTATION WITH ANA TTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS MODIFICATION 1987 EDITION TABLE OF ARTICLES 1. GENERAL PROVISIONS 8. TIME 2. OWNER 9. PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 3. CONTRACTOR 10. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 4. ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 11. INSURANCE AND BONDS 5. SUBCONTRACTORS 12. UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 6. CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY 13. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 14. TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE 7. CHANGES IN THE WORK CONTRACT This document has been approved and endorsed by the Associated General Contractors of America. Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963,1966,1967,1970, 1976,©1987 by The American Institute of Architects, 1735 New York Avenue,N.W.,Washington,D.C.,20006.Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United States and will be subject to legal prosecutions. I I CAUTION: You should use an original AIA document which has this caution printed in red. An original assures that changes will not be obscured as may occur when documents are reproduced. AIA DOCUMENT A201 •GENERAL.CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION•FOURTEENTH EDITION AIA° •©1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,1735 NEW YORK AVENUE,N.W.,WASHINGTON,D.C.20006 A201-1987 1 WARNING:Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S.copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. ..t .m am am am ... a.m w. am .m am mm .. .. 1'r-irtted on Receded Paper .. Reprinted 10/93 Alm 4- 9.1.7 Other documents, if any, forming part of the Contract Documents are as follows: (List here any additional documents which are intended to form part of the Contract Documents. The General Conditions provide that bidding requirements such as advertisement or invitation to bid,Instructions to Bidders,sample forms and the Contractor's bid are not part of the Contract Documents unless enumerated in this Agreement. They should be listed here only if intended to be part of the Contract Documents.) Pill t This Agreement is entered into as of the day and year first written above and is executed in at least three original copies of which one is to be delivered to the Contractor,one to the Architect for use in the administration of the Contract,and the remainder to the W Owner. OWNER CONTRACTOR 111111111 (Signature) (Signature) (Printed name and title) (Printed name and title) ®1 CAUTION: You should sign an original AIA document which has this caution printed in red. An original assures that changes will not be obscured as may occur when documents are reproduced. AIA DOCUMENT A101 • OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT • TWELFTH EDITION• AIAI" • 01987 A101-1987 8 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE,N.W.,WASHINGTON,D.C.20006 WARNING:Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S.copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. 9.1.5 The Drawings are as follows, and are elated unless a different date is shown below: (Hither list the Dranrings here ar rc J2 r!o art c.�'bibi!atieia ea to[bus Agreement.) Number Title Date 40 9.1.6 The addencla, if any. are as follows: Number Date Pages lwl�ll 40 Portions of addenda relating to bidding requirements are not hart of the Contract Documents unless the bidding requirements are also enumerated in this Article 9. AIA DOCUMENT A101 • OWNER-CON"FRACTOR AGREEMENT • TWELFTH EDITION • AIA" • ©1987 A1�1-1987 7 THE AMERICAN INSTITUT L'OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE.N.W.,WASHINGTON,D.C.20006 WARNING:Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S.copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. 0 ARTICLE 9 ENUMERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS I� 9.1 The Contract Documents, except for Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement, are enumerated as follows: 9.1.1 The Agreement is this executed Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor,AIA Document A101, 1987 Edition. 9.1.2 The General Conditions are the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction,AIA Document A201, 1987 Edition. 9.1.3 The Supplementary and other Conditions of the Contract are those contained in the Project Manual dated and are as follows: Pill Document Title Pages pit !At a 9.1.4 The Specifications are those contained in the Project Manual dated as in Subparagraph 9.1.3, and are as follows: (Either fist the.Specifications here or refer to an exhibit attacbed to this Agreement.) Section Title Pages AIA DOCUMENT A101 • OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT • TWELFTH EDITION • AIA° • ©1987 A101-1987 6 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE,N.W.,WASHINGTON,D.C.20006 WARNING:Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S.copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. ARTICLE 6 FINAL PAYMENT Final payment,constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum,shall.be made by the Owner to the Contractor when(1) the Contract has been fully performed by the Contractor except for the Contractor's responsibility to correct nonconforming Work as provided in Subparagraph 12.2.2 of the General Conditions and to satisfy other requirements, if any,which necessarily survive finall payment;and(2)a final Certificate for Payment has been issued by the Architect;such final payment shall be made by the Owner not more than 30 days after the issuance of the Architect's final Certificate for Payment, or as follows: ARTICLE 7 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 7.1 Where reference is made in this Agreement to a provision of the General Conditions or another Contract Document,the ref- erence refers to that provision as amended or supplemented by other provisions of the Contract Documents. 7.2 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract shall bear interest from the date payment is due at the rate stated below,or in the absence thereof, at the legal rate prevailing from time to time at the place where the Project is located. (Insert rate of interest agreed upon, if any.) A� (Usury taws and requirements under the Federal Truth in Lending Act,similar state and local consumer credit taus and other regulations at the ouner's and Contractor's principal places of business,the location of the Project and elsewhere may affect the validity of this provision.Legal advice sbould be obtained with respect to deletions or modifications, and also regarding requirements such as written disclosures or waivers.) 7.3 Other provisions: ARTICLE 8 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION 8.1 The Contract may be terminated by the Owner or the Contractor as provided in Article 14 of the General Conditions. 8.2 The Work may be suspended by the Owner as provided in Article 14 of the General Conditions. AIA DOCUMENT A101 • OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT • TWELFTH EDITION • AIA", • 101987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,1735 NEW YORK AVENUE,N.W.,WASHINGTON,D.C.20006 A101-1987 rJ WARNING:Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S.copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. ARTICLE 5 PROGRESS PAYMENTS op 5.1 Based upon Applications for Payment submitted to the Architect by the Contractor and Certificates for Payment issued by the Architect, the Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Sum to the Contractor as provided below and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 5.2 The period covered by each Application for Payment shall be one calendar month ending on the last day of the month,or as No follows: O 0! 41111111, 5.3 Provided an Application for Payment is received by the Architect not later than the day of a month,the Owner shall make payment to the Contractor not later than the day of the month. If an Application for Payment is received by the Architect after the application date fixed above, payment shall be made by the Owner not later than !o days after the Architect receives the Application for Payment. 5.4 Each Application for Payment shall be based upon the schedule of values submitted by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents.The schedule of values shall allocate the entire Contract Sum among the various portions of the Work and be prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Architect may require.This schedule, unless objected to by the Architect, shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's Applications for Payment. 5.5 Applications for Payment shall indicate the percentage of completion of each portion of the Work as of the end of the period covered by the Application for Payment. 5.6 Subject to the provisions of the Contract Documents, the amount of each progress payment shall be computed as follows: 5.6.1. Take that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to completed Work as determined by multiplying the percentage completion of each portion of the Work by the share of the total Contract Sum allocated to that portion of the Work in the schedule Of values, less retainage of percent ( %).Pending final determination of cost to the Owner of changes in the Work,amounts not in the dispute may be included as provided in Subparagraph 7.3.7 of the General Conditions even though the Contract Sum has not yet been adjusted by Change Order; 5.6.2 Add that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the completed construction(or,if approved in advance by the Owner,suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing),less retainage of percent ( %); ON 5.6.3 Subtract the aggregate of previous payments made by the Owner; and 5.6.4 Subtract amounts, if any, for which the Architect has withheld or nullified a Certificate for Payment as provided in Para- graph 9.5 of the General Conditions. 5.7 The progress payment amount determined in accordance with Paragraph 5.6 shall be f-irther modified under the following me circumstances: 5.7.1 Add, upon Substantial Completion of the Work, a sum sufficient to increase the total payments to percent( %)of the Contract so Sum, less such amounts as the Architect shall determine for incomplete Work and unsettled claims; and 5.7.2 Add, if filial completion of the Work is thereafter materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor, any additional amounts payable in accordance with Subparagraph 9.10.3 of the General Conditions. 5.8 Reduction or limitation of retainage, if any, shall be as follows: (1/it is intended,prior to Substantial Completion of the entire Work, to reduce or limit the retainage resulting from the percentages inserted in Subpara- graphs 5.6.1 and 5.0.2 above, ruin this is and explained elsewhere in the Contract Doatmems, insert here provisions for such reduction or limitation.) AIA DOCUMENT A101 • OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT • 'TWELFTH EDITION • A10 • ©1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE,N.W.,WASHINGTON,D.C.20006 A101-1987 4 WARNING:Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S.copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. ARTICLE 4 CONTRACT SUM 4.1 The Owner shall pay the Contractor in current funds for the Contractor's performance of the Contract the Contract Sum of Dollars (S ), subject to additions and deductions as provided in the Con- tract Documents. 4.2 The Contract Sum is based upon the following alternates, if any, which are described in the Contract Documents and are hereby accepted by the Owner: (State the numbers or other identification of accepted alternates. U decisions on other alternates are to be made by the Owner subsequent to the execution of this Agreement, attach a schedule of such other alternates showing the amount for each and the date until which that amount is valid.) 4.3 Unit prices, if any, are as follows: $0 I'm Pill 40 on 40 4P AIA DOCUMENT A101 • OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT • TWELFTH EDITION• AIA© • ©1957 A101-1987 3 so THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE,N.W.,WASHINGTON,D.C.20006 WARNING:Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S.copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. ARTICLE 1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement,Conditions of the Contract('General,Supplementary and other Conditions), Drawings, Specifications,addenda issued prior to execution of this Agreement, other documents listed in this Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement;these form the Contract,and are as fully a part of the Contract as if attached to this Agreement or repeated herein. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations,representations or agreements,either written or oral.An enumeration of the Contract Documents, other than Modifications, appears in Article 9. ARTICLE 2 THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT The Contractor shall execute the entire Work described in the Contract Documents,except to the extent specifically indicated in the Contract Documents to be the responsibility of others, or as follows: ARTICLE 3 DATE OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 3.1 The date of commencement is the date from which the Contract Time of Paragraph 3.2 is measured,and shall be the date of this Agreement,as first written above,unless a different date is stated below or provision is made for the date to be fixed in a notice to proceed issued by the Owner. (Insert the date of commencement, 4 it differs Jrom the date of this Agreement or, if applicable, state that the(late will he(i.yed in a notice to pro(ecd.) Unless the date of commencement is established by a notice to proceed issued by the Owner, the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing not less than five days before commencing the Work to permit the timely filing of mortgages,mechanic's liens and other security interests. 3.2 The Contractor shall achieve Substantial Completion of the entire Work not later than (Insert the calendar date or number of calendar daps after the date of connnencentent.Also insert any requiremen s.lor earlier suhstanl ial completion o/(er- tain portions of the Work, if not stated elsewhere ill the ContracI Documents.) subject to adjustments of this Contract Time as provided in the Contract Documents. (Insert provisions, it anp,]or liquidated damages relating to failure to complete on time.) AIA DOCUMENT A101 • OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT • TWELFTH EDITION • ALA° • ©1987 A101-1987 2 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,1735 NEW YORK AVENUE,N.W.,WASHINGTON,D.C.20006 WARNING:Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S.copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. H E A M E R I C A N I N S T I T U T E O F A R C H I T E C T S AIA Document A101 Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor where the basis of payment is a STIPULATED SUAI 1987 EDITION THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES; CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION. The 1987 Edition of AIA Document A201, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, is adopted ! in this document by reference. Do not use with other general conditions unless this document is modified. This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America. !' AGREEMENT made as of the day of in the year of on Nineteen Hundred and BETWEEN the Owner: (Name and address) 46 so and the Contractor: (Name and address) The Project is: (Name and location) The Architect is: (,'Vane and address) The Owner and Contractor agree as set forth below. Copyright 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1967, 1974, 1977, ©1987 by The American Institute of Archi- tects, 1735 New York Avenue, N.W.,Washington,D.C.20006. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United States and will be subject to legal prosecution. AIA DOCUMENT A101 • OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT • TWELFTH EDITION • AIA° • ©1987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OFARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE,N.W.,WASHINGTON,D.C.20006 A101-1987 1 WARNING:Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S.copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. DEWEY HOUSE Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. SECTION 00300 FORM OF GENERAL BID To: Smith College Physical Plant Project: Renovations to Dewey House 126 West Street Northampton, MA 01060 From: Name of General Bidder Address City State A. The undersigned, having familiarized himself/herself with the local conditions affecting the Work and the Contract Documents(including Instructions to Bidders, this bid form, the Form of Agreement, the General Conditions, the Supplemental Conditions, the Drawings, the Technical Specifications), and any Addenda thereto, as prepared by Dietz&Company Architects, Inc., hereby proposes to furnish all labor, materials, equipment and services required for the Renovations to Dewey House, Northampton, Massachusetts, all in accordance therewith, for the contract price specified below. B. This bid includes addenda numbered C. The proposed contract price is Dollars ($ ). D. For Alternate No. One ADD $ _ For Alternate No. Two ADD $ For Alternate No. Three ADD $ Date (Name of General Bidder) By Title END OF SECTION 00300 FORM OF GENERAL BID 00300 Page 1 OR Now DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. SECTION 00110 - SUPPLEMENTS TO INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Article 4 - Bidding Procedures 4.2 Bid Security Note that bid security is not required. 4.4 Modification or Withdrawal of Bid 4.4.1 Bids shall not be modified, withdrawn or canceled by the Bidder for a period of sixty calender days. following the time and date designated for the receipt of Bids. Article 5 - Consideration of Bids 5.1 Opening of Bids Note that the bids shall be opened privately and the results will be released at the sole discretion of e Owner. 5.3 Acceptance of Bid (Award) The Owner reserves the exclusive right to award a contract based on factors other than low price alone. Article 7 - Performance Bond and Payment Bond no 7.1 Bond Requirements Performance and Payment Bonds are not required. However, the Owner reserves the right to request Lien Waivers at each Application for Payment. END OF SECTION 00110 SUPPLEMENTS TO INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00110 Page 1 1 4p tir A, furnishing of such bonds is required after receipt of bids and 7.2.3 The bonds shall be dated on or after the date of the before execution of the Contract, the cost of such bonds shall Contract. be added to the Bid in determining the Contract Sum. 7.1.3 If the Owner requires that bonds be secured from other 7.2.4 The Bidder shall require the attorney-in-fact who than the Bidder's usual sources,changes in cost will be adjusted executes the required bonds on behalf of the surety to affix thereto a certified and current copy of the power of attorney. as provided in the Contract Documents. 7.2 TIME OF DELIVERY AND FORM OF BONDS 7.2.1 The Bidder shall deliver the required bonds to the ARTICLE 8 Owner not later than three days following the date of execution ^ of the Contract. If the Work is to be commenced prior thereto FORM OF AGREEMIT BETWEEN in response to a letter of intent, the Bidder shall,prior to com- OWNER AND CONTRACTOR mencement of the Work, submit evidence satisfactory to the Owner that such bonds will be furnished and delivered in 8.1 FORM TO BE USED accordance with this Subparagraph 7.2.1. 7.2.2 Unless otherwise provided, the bonds shall be written 8.1.1 Unless otherwise required in the Bidding Documents, on AIA Document A312, Performance Bond and Payment the Agreement for the Work will lie written on AIA Document Bond. Both bonds shall be written in the amount of the Con- A101, Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Con- ..� tract Sum. tractor Where the Basis of Payment Is a Stipulated Sum. pow ww sir rer AIA DOCUMENT A701 •INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS•FOURTH',EDITION•AIA® •©1987•THE 5 A701-1987 AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,1735 NEW YORK AVENUE,N.W.,WASHINGTON,D.C.20006 WARNING:Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S.copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. and date designated for the receipt of Bids,and each Bidder so required and submitted as a prerequisite to the issuance of Bid- agrees in submitting a Bid. ding Documents. 4.4.2 Prior to the time and date designated for receipt of Bids, a Bid submitted may be modified or withdrawn by notice to 6.2 OWNER'S FINANCIAL CAPABILITY the party receiving Bids at the place designated for receipt of 6.2.1 The Owner shall, at the request of the Bidder to whom Bids. Such notice shall be in writing over the signature of the award of a Contract is under consideration and no later than Bidder or by telegram; if by telegram, written confirmation seven days prior to the expiration of the time for withdrawal of over the signature of the Bidder shall be mailed and postmarked Bids, furnish to the Bidder reasonable evidence that financial on or before the date and time set for receipt of Bids.A change arrangements have been made to fulfill the Owner's obligations shall be so worded as not to reveal the amount of the original under the Contract. Unless such reasonable evidence is fur- Bid. nished, the Bidder will not be required to execute the Agree- 4.4.3 Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the date and ment between the Owner and Contractor. time designated for the receipt of Bids provided that they are -ft" then fully in conformance with these Instructions to Bidders. 6.3 SUBMITTALS 4.4.4 Bid security,if required,shall be in an amount sufficient 6.3.1 The Bidder shall,as soon as practicable after notification for the Bid as modified or resubmitted. of selection for the award of a Contract, furnish to the Owner through the Architect in writing: .1 a designation of the Work to be performed with the ARTICLE 5 Bidder's own forces; CONSIDERATION OF BIDS .2 names of the manufacturers, products and the sup- pliers of principal items or systems of materials and 5.1 OPENING OF BIDS equipment proposed for the Work; and .3 names of persons or entities(including those who are 5.1.1 Unless stated otherwise in the Advertisement or Invita- to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a tion to Bid, the properly identified Bids received on time will special design)proposed for the principal portions of be opened publicly and will be read aloud. An abstract of the the Work. Bids will be made available to Bidders.When it has been stated that Bids will be opened privately,an abstract of the same infor- 6.3.2 The Bidder will be required r establish to the onsi il- mation may, at the discretion of the Owner,be made available tion of the Architect and Owner the reliability and responsibil- to the Bidders within a reasonable time. ity of the persons or entities proposed to furnish and perform the Work described in the Bidding Documents. 5.2 REJECTION OF BIDS 6.3.3 Prior to the award of the Contract, the Architect will notify the Bidder in writing if either the Owner or Architect, 5.2.1 The Owner shall have the right to reject any or all Bids, after due investigation,has reasonable objection to a person or reject a Bid not accompanied by a required bid security or by entity proposed by the Bidder. If the Owner or Architect has other data required by the Bidding Documents,or reject a Bid reasonable objection to a proposed person or entity,the Bidder which is in any way incomplete or irregular. may,at the Bidder's option,(1)withdraw the Bid,or(2)submit an acceptable substitute person or entity with an adjustment in 5.3 ACCEPTANCE OF BID(AWARD) the Base Bid or Alternate Bid to cover the difference in cost occasioned by such substitution. The Owner may accept the 5.3.1 It is the intent of the Owner to award a Contract to the adjusted bid price or disqualify the Bidder. In the event of lowest responsible Bidder provided the Bid has been submitted either withdrawal or disqualification, bid security will not be in accordance with the requirements of the Bidding Documents forfeited. and does not exceed the funds available.The Owner shall have 6.3.4 Persons and entities proposed by the Bidder and to the right to waive informalities or irregularities in a Bid received whom the Owner and Architect have made no reasonable and to accept the Bid which,in the Owner's judgment,is in the objection must be used on the Work for which they were pro- Owner's own best interests. posed and shall not be changed except with the written con- 5.3.2 The Owner Shall have the right to accept Alternates in sent of the Owner and Architect. ► on any order or combination, unless otherwise specifically pro- vided in the Bidding Documents,and to determine the low Bid- der on the basis of the sum of the Base Bid and Alternates ac- ARTICLE 7 cepted. PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND ARTICLE 6 tA11 POST-BID INFORMATION 7.1 BOND REQUIREMENTS 7.1.1 If stipulated in the Bidding Documents, the Bidder shall 6.1 CONTRACTOR'S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of the Con- 6.1.1 Bidders to whom award of a Contract is under con- tract and payment of all obligations arising thereunder. Bonds W may be secured through the Bidder's usual sources. sideration shall submit to the Architect, upon request, a prop- erly executed AIA Document A305, Contractor's Qualification 7.1.2 If the furnishing of such bonds is stipulated in the Bid- Statement, unless such a Statement has been previously ding Documents, the cost shall be included in the Bid. If the M AIA DOCUMENT A701 •INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS•FOURTH EDITION AIA° •©1987•THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,1735 NEW YORK AVENUE,N.W.,WASHINGTON,D.C.20006 A701-1987 4 WARNING:Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S.copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. dimension,appearance and quality to be met by any proposed of the bid security,state the Bidder's refusal to accept award of substitution. less than the combination of Bias stipulated by the Bidder.The 3.3.2 No substitution will be considered prior to receipt of Bidder shall make no additional stipulations on the bid form nor qualify the Bid in any other manner. Bids unless written request for approval has been received by the Architect at least ten days prior to the date for receipt of 4.1.7 Each copy of the Bid shall include the legal name of the Bids. Such requests shall include the name of the material or Bidder and a statement that the Bidder is a sole proprietor,part- equipment for which it is to be substituted and a complete nership, corporation or other legal entity. Each copy shall be description of the proposed substitution including drawings, signed by the person or persons legally authorized to bind the performance and test data,and other information necessary for Bidder to a contract. A Bid by 4 corporation shall further give an evaluation.A statement setting forth changes in other mate- the state of incorporation and hajve the corporate seal affixed.A rials, equipment or other portions of the Work including Bid submitted by an agent shall have a current power of changes in the work of other contracts that incorporation of attorney attached certifying the',agent's authority to bind the the proposed substitution would require shall be included.The Bidder. burden of proof of the merit of the proposed substitution is upon the proposer.The Architect's decision of approval or dis- 4.2 BID SECURITY a approval of a proposed substitution shall be final. 4.2.1 If so stipulated in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, 3.3.3 If the Architect approves a proposed substitution prior or supplementary instructions to bidders, each Bid shall be to receipt of Bids, such approval will be set forth in an Adden- accompanied by a bid security in the form and amount dum. Bidders shall not rely upon approvals made in any other required, pledging that the Bidder will enter into a Contract manner. with the Owner on the terms stated in the Bid and will, if 3.3.4 No substitutions will be considered after the Contract required, furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of award unless specifically provided in the Contract Documents. the Contract and payment of all obligations arising thereunder. Should the Bidder refuse to ente into such Contract or fail to furnish such bonds if required, tte amount of the bid security 3.4 ADDENDA shall be forfeited to the Owner as liquidated damages, not as a penalty.The amount of the bid security shall not be forfeited to 3.4.1 Addenda will be mailed or delivered to all who are the Owner in the event the Owner fails to comply with Sub- known by the issuing office to have received a complete set of paragraph 6.2.1. Bidding Documents. 4.2.2 If a surety bond is required, it shall be written on AIA 3.4.2 Copies of Addenda will be made available for inspection Document A310, Bid Bond, unl s otherwise provided in the wherever Bidding Documents are on file for that purpose. Bidding Documents,and the attotney-in-fact who executes the 3.4.3 No Addenda will be issued later than four days prior to bond on behalf of the surety sh�affix to the bond a certified ower the date for receipt of Bids except an Addendum withdrawing and current copy of the p attorney. the request for Bids or one which includes postponement of 4.2.3 The Owner will have the right to retain the bid security the date for receipt of Bids. of Bidders to whom an award is eing considered until either 3.4.4 Each Bidder shall ascertain prior to submitting a Bid that (a)the Contract has been executed and bonds,if required,have the Bidder has received all Addenda issued,and the Bidder shall been furnished, or (b) the specified time has elapsed so that acknowledge their receipt in the Bid. Bids may be withdrawn, or(c)all',Bids have been rejected. 4.3 SUBMISSION OF BIDS o "' ARTICLE 4 4.3.1 All copies of the Bid, the bld security, if any, and other documents required to be submitted with the Bid shall be BIDDING PROCEDURES enclosed in a sealed opaque envelope. The envelope shall be addressed to the party receiving the Bids and shall be identified a.r 4.1 FORM AND STYLE OF BIDS with the Project name, the Bidder's name and address and, if applicable, the designated portion! the Work for which the 4.1.1 Bids shall be submitted on forms identical to the form Bid is submitted. If the Bid is sent by mail,the sealed envelope included with the Bidding Documents. shall be enclosed in a separate mailing envelope with the nota- 4.1.2 All blanks on the bid form shall be filled in by typewriter tion "SEALED BID ENCLOSED" d o the face thereof. or manually in ink. 4.3.2 Bids shall be deposited at the designated location prior to the time and date for receipt of Bids. Bids received after the 4.1.3 Where so indicated by the makeup of the bid form,sums time and date for receipt of Bids be returned unopened. shall be expressed in both words and figures,and in case of dis- crepancy between the two, the amount written in words shall 4.3.3 The Bidder shall assume ftill responsibility for timely govern. delivery at the location designated for receipt of Bids. 4.1.4 Interlineations, alterations and erasures must be initialed 4.3.4 Oral, telephonic or telegraphic Bids are invalid and will by the signer of the Bid. not receive consideration, 4.1.5 All requested Alternates shall be bid. If no change in the Base Bid is required, enter "No Change." 4.4 MODIFICATION OR WITHDRAWAL OF BID 4.1.6 Where two or more Bids for designated portions of the 4.4.1 A Bid may not be modified, withdrawn or canceled by Work have been requested,the Bidder may,without forfeiture the Bidder during the stipulated time period following the time AIA DOCUMENT A701 •INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS•FOURTH EDITION•AIA® •©1987•THE 3 A701-1987 AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,1735 NEW YORK AVENUE,N.W.,WASHINGTON,D.C.20006 WARNING:Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S.copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ARTICLE 1 has correlated the Bidder's personal observations with the DEFINITIONS requirements of the proposed Contract Documents. 2.1.4 The Bid is based upon the materials,equipment and sys- 1.1 Bidding Documents include the Bidding Requirements and tems required by the Bidding Documents without exception. the proposed Contract Documents.The Bidding Requirements consist of the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, Supplementary Instructions to Bidders, the bid ARTICLE 3 form, and other sample bidding and contract forms. The pro- BIDDING DOCUMENTS posed Contract Documents consist of the form of Agreement between the Owner and Contractor, Conditions of the Con- 3.1 COPIES tract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions), Draw- ings,Specifications and all Addenda issued prior to execution of 3.1.1 Bidders may obtain complete sets of the Bidding Docu- the Contract. ments from the issuing office designated in the Advertisement 1.2 Definitions set forth in the General Conditions of the Con or Invitation to Bid in the number and for the deposit sum, if t any, stated therein. The deposit will be refunded to Bidders tract for Construction, AIA Document A201, or in other Con- who submit a bona fide Bid and return the Bidding Documents tract Documents are applicable to the Bidding Documents. in good condition within ten days after receipt of Bids. The 1.3 Addenda are written or graphic instruments issued by the cost of replacement of missing or damaged documents will be Architect prior to the execution of the Contract which modify deducted from the deposit. A Bidder receiving a Contract or interpret the Bidding Documents by additions, deletions, award may retain the Bidding Documents and the Bidder's clarifications or corrections. deposit will be refunded. 1.4 A Bid is a complete and properly signed proposal to do the 3.1.2 Bidding Documents will not be issued directly to Sub- Work for the sums stipulated therein,submitted in accordance bidders or others unless specifically offered in the Advertise- with the Bidding Documents. ment or Invitation to Bid, or in supplementary instructions to bidders. 1.5 The Base Bid is the sum stated in the Bid for which the Bid 3.1.3 Bidders shall use complete sets of Bidding Documents in der offers to perform the Work described in the Bidding Docu- preparing Bids; neither the Owner nor Architect assumes ments as the base,to which Work may be added or from which Work may be deleted for sums stated in Alternate Bids. responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. 1.6 An Alternate Bid(or Alternate) is an amount stated in the Bid to be added to or deducted from the amount of the Base 3.1.4 In making copies of the Bidding Documents available on Bid if the corresponding change in the Work, as described in the above terms, the Owner and the Architect do so only for the Bidding Documents, is accepted. the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work and do not confer a license or grant permission for any other use of the Bidding 1.7 A Unit Price is an amount stated in the Bid as a price per Documents. unit of measurement for materials, equipment or services or a portion of the Work as described in the Bidding Documents. 3.2 INTERPRETATION OR CORRECTION OF 1,8 A Bidder is a person or entity who submits a Bid. BIDDING DOCUMENTS 1.9 A Sub-bidder is a person or entity who submits a bid to a 3.2.1 The Bidder shall carefully study and compare the Bid- Bidder for materials, equipment or labor for a portion of the ding Documents with each other, and with other work being Work. bid concurrently or presently under construction to the extent that it relates to the Work for which the Bid is submitted,shall examine the site and local conditions,and shall at once report ARTICLE 2 to the Architect errors, inconsistencies or ambiguities discovered. BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS 3.2.2 Bidders and Sub-bidders requiring clarification or inter- pretation of the Bidding Documents shall make a written 2.1 The Bidder by making a Bid represents that: request which shall reach the Architect at least seven days prior ' to the date for receipt of Bids. 2.1.1 The Bidder has read and understands the Bidding Docu- 3.2.3 Interpretations, corrections and changes of the Bidding ments and the Bid is made in accordance therewith. Documents will be made by Addendum. Interpretations, cor- 2.1.2 The Bidder has read and understands the Bidding Docu- rections and changes of the Bidding Documents made in any ments or contract documents, to the extent that such docu- other manner will not be binding, and Bidders shall not rely mentation relates to the Work for which the Bid is submitted, upon them., for other portions of the Project,if any,being bid concurrently or presently under construction. 3.3 SUBSTITUTIONS 2.1.3 The Bidder has visited the site, become familiar with 3.3.1 The materials,products and equipment described in the local conditions under which the Work is to be performed and Bidding Documents establish a standard of required function, AIA DOCUMENT A701 •INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS•FOURTH EDITION AIA° •©1987•THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,1735 NEW YORK AVENUE,N.W.,WASHINGTON,D.C.20006 A701-1987 2 WARNING:Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S.copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. I� i �!, �! M i A i I T H E A M E R I C A N I N S T I T U T E O F A R C H I T E C T S ALA Document A701 Instructions to Bidders 1987 EDITION TABLE OF ARTICLES 1. DEFINITIONS 6. POST-BID INFORMATION 2. BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS 7. PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND 3. BIDDING DOCUMENTS 8. FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER 4. BIDDING PROCEDURES AND CONTRACTOR 5. CONSIDERATION OF BIDS I M CAUTION: You should sign an original AIA document which has this caution printed in red. An original assures that changes will not be obscured as may occur when documents are reproduced. R Copyright 1970, 1974, 1978, ©1987 by The American Institute of Architects, 1735 New York Avenue, N.W., Washington, D.C.20006.Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United States and will be subject to legal prosecution. AIA DOCUMENT A701 •INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS•FOURTH EDITION•AIA° •©1987•THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,1735 NEW YORK AVENUE,N.W.,WASHINGTON,D.C.20006 A701-1987 1 WARNING:Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S.copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. DE'WEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Division 15 15001 Summary of Mechanical Work t 15006 Mechancial Alternates 15007 Definitions and Standards 15010 Basic Mechanical Requirements 15030 Electrical Requirements of Mechanical Work 15040 Mechanical Demolition 15055 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15100 Valves 15135 Meters and Gages 15140 Supports and Anchors 15190 Mechanical Identification pa 15250 Mechanical Insulation 15300 Fire Protection Systems 15411 Water Distribution Piping 15420 Drainage and Vent Systems 15440 Plumbing Fixtures 15520 Steam and Condensate Piping 15891 Metal Ductwork 15910 Ductwork Accessories 15990 Testing, Adjusting and Balancing Division 16 16010 General Provisions 16100 Basic Methods and Materials 16400 Service and Distribution 16450 Grounding 16500 Lighting Fixtures, Lamps and Ballasts 16620 Emergency Lighting 16721 Fire Alarm System END OF SECTION 00002 TABLE OF CONTENTS 00002 Page 3 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Division 4 04200 Unit Masonry Division 5 05500 Metal Fabrications 05510 Metal Stairs 05521 Pipe and Tube Railing Division 6 06100 Rough Carpentry 06200 Finish Carpentry , Division 7 07160 Bituminous Damproofmg "" 07210 Building Insulation 07315 Slate Shingles 07600 Flashing and Sheet Metal .� 07610 Sheet Metal Roofing 07900 Joint Sealants Division 8 08111 Standard Steel Doors and Frames 08212 Stile and Rail Wood Doors 08610 Wood Windows 08710 Finish Hardware Division 9 09255 Gypsum Board Assemblies 09511 Acoustical Panel Ceilings 09666 Sheet Vinyl Floor Coverings 09680 Carpeting 09900 Painting 09950 Wall Coverings Division 10 ••� 10100 Visual Display Boards 10800 Toilet& Bath Accessories Division 12 12511 Horizontal Louver Blinds TABLE OF CONTENTS 00002 Page 2 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz& Company Architects, Inc. SECTION 00002 - TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION NUMBER TITLE Division 0 00001 Title Page 00002 Table of Contents Instructions to Bidders (AIA A701) 00110 Supplements to Instructions to Bidders 00300 General Bid Form Form of Agreement between Owner and Contractor (AIA A101) General Conditions of the Contract for Construction(AIA A201) 00815 Supplemental Conditions 00850 Drawing Index Division 1 01010 Summary of Work 01027 Applications for Payment 01030 Alternates 01035 Modification Procedures 1 01040 Project Coordination 01045 Cutting & Patching 01050 Field Engineering 01095 Definitions and Standards 01200 Project Meetings 01300 Submittals 01400 Quality Control Services 01500 Temporary Facilities 01600 Materials & Equipment 01631 Product Substitutions 01700 Project Closeout 01740 Warranties &Bonds Division 2 02070 Selective Demolition 02110 Site Clearing 02200 Earthwork 02511 Hot-Mixed Asphalt Paving 02520 Portland Cement Concrete Paving 02665 Water Systems 02700 Sewerage & Drainage Division 3 03300 Cast-in-place Concrete JP TABLE OF CONTENTS 00002 Page 1 DEWEY HOUSE Dietz& Company Architects, Inc. PROJECT MANUAL RENOVATIONS TO DEWEY HOUSE O SMITH COLLEGE NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS SMITH COLLEGE PHYSICAL PLANT 126 WEST STREET NORTHAMPTON, MA 01060 PHONE NO: 413-585-2400 FAX NO: 413-585-2444 Architect Mechanical Engineer Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. Kohler&Lewis 17 Hampden Street Mechanical Engineers Springfield MA 01103 28 Mechanic Street Phone No: 413-733-6798 Keene, NH 03431 _ Fax No: 413-732-4385 Phone No: 603-3524841 Fax No: 603-352-1456 1N Electrical Engineer Structural Engineer Downing Engineering P.A. Brennan & Partners, Inc. Cabot Road, Box 276 Charles Lane Road Harrisville, NH 03450 New Braintree, MA 01531 Phone No: 603-827-3672 Phone No: 508-867-8011 Fax No: 603-827-3684 Fax No: 508-867-8011 DATE: April 20, 1994 PROJECT MANUAL Page 1 1 RENOVATHONS TO DEWEY HOUSE DMHTH COLLEGE PROJECT MAN UAL ,p�ingfield, do Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. 17 Hampden Street Springfield, MA 01103 April 20, 1994 2-